FolioCorpusBhagavad-gītā

18 · Conclusion — The Perfection of Renunciation

78 verses · 🖨 Class prep
Sanskrit Recitation
Reciter: His Grace Rādhā-Gopīnātha Prabhu
Reading along — Chapter 18
18.1
arjuna uvāca
sannyāsasya mahā-bāho
tattvam icchāmi veditum
tyāgasya ca hṛṣīkeśa
pṛthak keśi-niṣūdana
18.2
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
kāmyānāṁ karmaṇāṁ nyāsaṁ
sannyāsaṁ kavayo viduḥ
sarva-karma-phala-tyāgaṁ
prāhus tyāgaṁ vicakṣaṇāḥ
18.3
tyājyaṁ doṣa-vad ity eke
karma prāhur manīṣiṇaḥ
yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma
na tyājyam iti cāpare
18.4
niścayaṁ śṛṇu me tatra
tyāge bharata-sattama
tyāgo hi puruṣa-vyāghra
tri-vidhaḥ samprakīrtitaḥ
18.5
yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma
na tyājyaṁ kāryam eva tat
yajño dānaṁ tapaś caiva
pāvanāni manīṣiṇām
18.6
etāny api tu karmāṇi
saṅgaṁ tyaktvā phalāni ca
kartavyānīti me pārtha
niścitaṁ matam uttamam
18.7
niyatasya tu sannyāsaḥ
karmaṇo nopapadyate
mohāt tasya parityāgas
tāmasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ
18.8
duḥkham ity eva yat karma
kāya-kleśa-bhayāt tyajet
sa kṛtvā rājasaṁ tyāgaṁ
naiva tyāga-phalaṁ labhet
18.9
kāryam ity eva yat karma
niyataṁ kriyate ’rjuna
saṅgaṁ tyaktvā phalaṁ caiva
sa tyāgaḥ sāttviko mataḥ
18.10
na dveṣṭy akuśalaṁ karma
kuśale nānuṣajjate
tyāgī sattva-samāviṣṭo
medhāvī chinna-saṁśayaḥ
18.11
na hi deha-bhṛtā śakyaṁ
tyaktuṁ karmāṇy aśeṣataḥ
yas tu karma-phala-tyāgī
sa tyāgīty abhidhīyate
18.12
aniṣṭam iṣṭaṁ miśraṁ ca
tri-vidhaṁ karmaṇaḥ phalam
bhavaty atyāgināṁ pretya
na tu sannyāsināṁ kvacit
18.13
pañcaitāni mahā-bāho
kāraṇāni nibodha me
sāṅkhye kṛtānte proktāni
siddhaye sarva-karmaṇām
18.14
adhiṣṭhānaṁ tathā kartā
karaṇaṁ ca pṛthag-vidham
vividhāś ca pṛthak ceṣṭā
daivaṁ caivātra pañcamam
18.15
śarīra-vāṅ-manobhir yat
karma prārabhate naraḥ
nyāyyaṁ vā viparītaṁ vā
pañcaite tasya hetavaḥ
18.16
tatraivaṁ sati kartāram
ātmānaṁ kevalaṁ tu yaḥ
paśyaty akṛta-buddhitvān
na sa paśyati durmatiḥ
18.17
yasya nāhaṅkṛto bhāvo
buddhir yasya na lipyate
hatvāpi sa imāḻ lokān
na hanti na nibadhyate
18.18
jñānaṁ jñeyaṁ parijñātā
tri-vidhā karma-codanā
karaṇaṁ karma karteti
tri-vidhaḥ karma-saṅgrahaḥ
18.19
jñānaṁ karma ca kartā ca
tridhaiva guṇa-bhedataḥ
procyate guṇa-saṅkhyāne
yathāvac chṛṇu tāny api
18.20
sarva-bhūteṣu yenaikaṁ
bhāvam avyayam īkṣate
avibhaktaṁ vibhakteṣu
taj jñānaṁ viddhi sāttvikam
18.21
pṛthaktvena tu yaj jñānaṁ
nānā-bhāvān pṛthag-vidhān
vetti sarveṣu bhūteṣu
taj jñānaṁ viddhi rājasam
18.22
yat tu kṛtsna-vad ekasmin
kārye saktam ahaitukam
atattvārtha-vad alpaṁ ca
tat tāmasam udāhṛtam
18.23
niyataṁ saṅga-rahitam
arāga-dveṣataḥ kṛtam
aphala-prepsunā karma
yat tat sāttvikam ucyate
18.24
yat tu kāmepsunā karma
sāhaṅkāreṇa vā punaḥ
kriyate bahulāyāsaṁ
tad rājasam udāhṛtam
18.25
anubandhaṁ kṣayaṁ hiṁsām
anapekṣya ca pauruṣam
mohād ārabhyate karma
yat tat tāmasam ucyate
18.26
mukta-saṅgo ’nahaṁ-vādī
dhṛty-utsāha-samanvitaḥ
siddhy-asiddhyor nirvikāraḥ
kartā sāttvika ucyate
18.27
rāgī karma-phala-prepsur
lubdho hiṁsātmako ’śuciḥ
harṣa-śokānvitaḥ kartā
rājasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ
18.28
ayuktaḥ prākṛtaḥ stabdhaḥ
śaṭho naiṣkṛtiko ’lasaḥ
viṣādī dīrgha-sūtrī ca
kartā tāmasa ucyate
18.29
buddher bhedaṁ dhṛteś caiva
guṇatas tri-vidhaṁ śṛṇu
procyamānam aśeṣeṇa
pṛthaktvena dhanañ-jaya
18.30
pravṛttiṁ ca nivṛttiṁ ca
kāryākārye bhayābhaye
bandhaṁ mokṣaṁ ca yā vetti
buddhiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī
18.31
yayā dharmam adharmaṁ ca
kāryaṁ cākāryam eva ca
ayathāvat prajānāti
buddhiḥ sā pārtha rājasī
18.32
adharmaṁ dharmam iti yā
manyate tamasāvṛtā
sarvārthān viparītāṁś ca
buddhiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī
18.33
dhṛtyā yayā dhārayate
manaḥ-prāṇendriya-kriyāḥ
yogenāvyabhicāriṇyā
dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī
18.34
yayā tu dharma-kāmārthān
dhṛtyā dhārayate ’rjuna
prasaṅgena phalākāṅkṣī
dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha rājasī
18.35
yayā svapnaṁ bhayaṁ śokaṁ
viṣādaṁ madam eva ca
na vimuñcati durmedhā
dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī
18.36
sukhaṁ tv idānīṁ tri-vidhaṁ
śṛṇu me bharatarṣabha
abhyāsād ramate yatra
duḥkhāntaṁ ca nigacchati
18.37
yat tad agre viṣam iva
pariṇāme ’mṛtopamam
tat sukhaṁ sāttvikaṁ proktam
ātma-buddhi-prasāda-jam
18.38
viṣayendriya-saṁyogād
yat tad agre ’mṛtopamam
pariṇāme viṣam iva
tat sukhaṁ rājasaṁ smṛtam
18.39
yad agre cānubandhe ca
sukhaṁ mohanam ātmanaḥ
nidrālasya-pramādotthaṁ
tat tāmasam udāhṛtam
18.40
na tad asti pṛthivyāṁ vā
divi deveṣu vā punaḥ
sattvaṁ prakṛti-jair muktaṁ
yad ebhiḥ syāt tribhir guṇaiḥ
18.41
brāhmaṇa-kṣatriya-viśāṁ
śūdrāṇāṁ ca paran-tapa
karmāṇi pravibhaktāni
svabhāva-prabhavair guṇaiḥ
18.42
śamo damas tapaḥ śaucaṁ
kṣāntir ārjavam eva ca
jñānaṁ vijñānam āstikyaṁ
brahma-karma svabhāva-jam
18.43
śauryaṁ tejo dhṛtir dākṣyaṁ
yuddhe cāpy apalāyanam
dānam īśvara-bhāvaś ca
kṣātraṁ karma svabhāva-jam
18.44
kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyaṁ
vaiśya-karma svabhāva-jam
paricaryātmakaṁ karma
śūdrasyāpi svabhāva-jam
18.45
sve sve karmaṇy abhirataḥ
saṁsiddhiṁ labhate naraḥ
sva-karma-nirataḥ siddhiṁ
yathā vindati tac chṛṇu
18.46
yataḥ pravṛttir bhūtānāṁ
yena sarvam idaṁ tatam
sva-karmaṇā tam abhyarcya
siddhiṁ vindati mānavaḥ
18.47
śreyān sva-dharmo viguṇaḥ
para-dharmāt sv-anuṣṭhitāt
svabhāva-niyataṁ karma
kurvan nāpnoti kilbiṣam
18.48
saha-jaṁ karma kaunteya
sa-doṣam api na tyajet
sarvārambhā hi doṣeṇa
dhūmenāgnir ivāvṛtāḥ
18.49
asakta-buddhiḥ sarvatra
jitātmā vigata-spṛhaḥ
naiṣkarmya-siddhiṁ paramāṁ
sannyāsenādhigacchati
18.50
siddhiṁ prāpto yathā brahma
tathāpnoti nibodha me
samāsenaiva kaunteya
niṣṭhā jñānasya yā parā
18.51-53
buddhyā viśuddhayā yukto
dhṛtyātmānaṁ niyamya ca
śabdādīn viṣayāṁs tyaktvā
rāga-dveṣau vyudasya ca
vivikta-sevī laghv-āśī
yata-vāk-kāya-mānasaḥ
dhyāna-yoga-paro nityaṁ
vairāgyaṁ samupāśritaḥ
ahaṅkāraṁ balaṁ darpaṁ
kāmaṁ krodhaṁ parigraham
vimucya nirmamaḥ śānto
brahma-bhūyāya kalpate
18.54
brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā
na śocati na kāṅkṣati
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām
18.55
bhaktyā mām abhijānāti
yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ
tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā
viśate tad-anantaram
18.56
sarva-karmāṇy api sadā
kurvāṇo mad-vyapāśrayaḥ
mat-prasādād avāpnoti
śāśvataṁ padam avyayam
18.57
cetasā sarva-karmāṇi
mayi sannyasya mat-paraḥ
buddhi-yogam upāśritya
mac-cittaḥ satataṁ bhava
18.58
mac-cittaḥ sarva-durgāṇi
mat-prasādāt tariṣyasi
atha cet tvam ahaṅkārān
na śroṣyasi vinaṅkṣyasi
18.59
yad ahaṅkāram āśritya
na yotsya iti manyase
mithyaiṣa vyavasāyas te
prakṛtis tvāṁ niyokṣyati
18.60
svabhāva-jena kaunteya
nibaddhaḥ svena karmaṇā
kartuṁ necchasi yan mohāt
kariṣyasy avaśo ’pi tat
18.61
īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ
hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati
bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni
yantrārūḍhāni māyayā
18.62
tam eva śaraṇaṁ gaccha
sarva-bhāvena bhārata
tat-prasādāt parāṁ śāntiṁ
sthānaṁ prāpsyasi śāśvatam
18.63
iti te jñānam ākhyātaṁ
guhyād guhya-taraṁ mayā
vimṛśyaitad aśeṣeṇa
yathecchasi tathā kuru
18.64
sarva-guhyatamaṁ bhūyaḥ
śṛṇu me paramaṁ vacaḥ
iṣṭo ’si me dṛḍham iti
tato vakṣyāmi te hitam
18.65
man-manā bhava mad-bhakto
mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru
mām evaiṣyasi satyaṁ te
pratijāne priyo ’si me
18.66
sarva-dharmān parityajya
mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo
mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ
18.67
idaṁ te nātapaskāya
nābhaktāya kadācana
na cāśuśrūṣave vācyaṁ
na ca māṁ yo ’bhyasūyati
18.68
ya idaṁ paramaṁ guhyaṁ
mad-bhakteṣv abhidhāsyati
bhaktiṁ mayi parāṁ kṛtvā
mām evaiṣyaty asaṁśayaḥ
18.69
na ca tasmān manuṣyeṣu
kaścin me priya-kṛttamaḥ
bhavitā na ca me tasmād
anyaḥ priya-taro bhuvi
18.70
adhyeṣyate ca ya imaṁ
dharmyaṁ saṁvādam āvayoḥ
jñāna-yajñena tenāham
iṣṭaḥ syām iti me matiḥ
18.71
śraddhāvān anasūyaś ca
śṛṇuyād api yo naraḥ
so ’pi muktaḥ śubhāḻ lokān
prāpnuyāt puṇya-karmaṇām
18.72
kaccid etac chrutaṁ pārtha
tvayaikāgreṇa cetasā
kaccid ajñāna-sammohaḥ
praṇaṣṭas te dhanañ-jaya
18.73
arjuna uvāca
naṣṭo mohaḥ smṛtir labdhā
tvat-prasādān mayācyuta
sthito ’smi gata-sandehaḥ
kariṣye vacanaṁ tava
18.74
sañjaya uvāca
ity ahaṁ vāsudevasya
pārthasya ca mahātmanaḥ
saṁvādam imam aśrauṣam
adbhutaṁ roma-harṣaṇam
18.75
vyāsa-prasādāc chrutavān
etad guhyam ahaṁ param
yogaṁ yogeśvarāt kṛṣṇāt
sākṣāt kathayataḥ svayam
18.76
rājan saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya
saṁvādam imam adbhutam
keśavārjunayoḥ puṇyaṁ
hṛṣyāmi ca muhur muhuḥ
18.77
tac ca saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya
rūpam aty-adbhutaṁ hareḥ
vismayo me mahān rājan
hṛṣyāmi ca punaḥ punaḥ
18.78
yatra yogeśvaraḥ kṛṣṇo
yatra pārtho dhanur-dharaḥ
tatra śrīr vijayo bhūtir
dhruvā nītir matir mama
Connection between Chapter 17 and Chapter 18
To emphasize the goal of surrender to Krishna, the essence of previous chapters is taught in the final chapter
Krishna begins His summary by reiterating His prescription that Arjuna should renounce the fruit of work, not work itself; Thus Krishna reviews that “dutiful, detached work brings no reaction”
— Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Chapter Quiz · 12 questions
12 questions · Chapter 18
1. What two terms does Arjuna ask Kṛṣṇa to distinguish at the start of BG 18.1?
BG 18.1 — Arjuna asks for distinction between sannyāsa and tyāga.
Refs: 18.1
2. Per BG 18.2, what is sannyāsa according to Kṛṣṇa?
BG 18.2 — 'kāmyānāṁ karmaṇāṁ nyāsaṁ sannyāsaṁ kavayo viduḥ'.
Refs: 18.2
3. What is tyāga per BG 18.2?
BG 18.2 — tyāga is renouncing the fruits of action.
Refs: 18.2
4. What three activities should never be abandoned per BG 18.5?
BG 18.5 — these three should be performed; they purify.
Refs: 18.5
5. Per BG 18.13-14, how many factors are involved in any action?
BG 18.13-14 — adhiṣṭhāna, kartā, karaṇa, ceṣṭā, daiva (the Supersoul as 5th).
Refs: 18.13, 18.14
6. What is sāttvika knowledge per BG 18.20?
BG 18.20 — sāttvika knowledge sees the indivisible in the divided.
Refs: 18.20
7. What is sva-dharma per BG 18.41-44?
BG 18.41 — these four divisions and their duties are given by Kṛṣṇa based on guṇa and karma.
Refs: 18.41
8. What does BG 18.47 say about doing one's own work imperfectly versus another's well?
BG 18.47 — 'śreyān sva-dharmo viguṇaḥ' — repeating BG 3.35.
Refs: 18.47
9. What is the BG 18.55 statement about how Kṛṣṇa can be known?
BG 18.55 — 'bhaktyā tv ananyayā śakya aham evaṁ-vidho 'rjuna jñātuṁ draṣṭuṁ ca tattvena praveṣṭuṁ ca parantapa'.
Refs: 18.55
10. What is the famous sarva-dharmān parityajya verse?
BG 18.66 — Kṛṣṇa's caramaśloka.
Refs: 18.66
11. What instruction does Kṛṣṇa give Arjuna in BG 18.63 about decision?
BG 18.63 — Kṛṣṇa preserves Arjuna's free will: deliberate and act.
Refs: 18.63
12. How does the Gītā end?
BG 18.73 (Arjuna's resolution) and 18.78 (Sañjaya's conclusion) end the Gītā.
Refs: 18.73, 18.78
Section 1 (18.1–18.12) — SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS 1 – 6: KARMA SECTION
A true sannyasi does not renounce his activities, but is detached from their fruits
Krishna concludes that renounced order of life (sannyasa) and renunciation of the fruits of action (tyaga) are the same.
Work performed in this way is renunciation in the mode of goodness
Section 2 (18.13–18.18) — SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS 13 – 17: JNANA SECTION
Krishna cites Vedanta and analyzes activities as comprised of five factors; this is to help us perform activities without becoming bound
Most prominent of these factors is the Supersoul
Acting under the Supersoul’s direction, one is unaffected by reactions to his actions
Section 3 (18.19–18.40) — THE MODES CONTROL ALL ACTIVITIES
One’s work according to the five factors mentioned above is dictated by the three modes of material nature
This includes:
One’s knowledge (19-22)
One’s action (23-26)
One’s performance of action (27-28)
One’s understandings (29-32)
One’s determination(33-35)
One’s happiness (36-39)
All activities within the universe are thus controlled by the three modes
Section 4 (18.41–18.48) — FREEDOM FROM REACTION BY OCCUPATIONAL WORK
All work is controlled by the modes, yet one can become free from the reactions of work by acting as brahmana, ksatriya, vaisya or sudra in Niskama karma yoga while worshipping the Lord through that work
Section 6 (18.56–18.60) — WORKING IN PURE DEVOTIONAL SERVICE
One on the platform of devotion should work under the order of Lord, fully depending on Him and being fully conscious of Him
One will thus be free from the control of the modes of material nature
Section 9 (18.67–18.71) — PREACHING AND STUDYING THE BHAGAVA-GITA
One who explains this knowledge of Bhagavad Gita to austere, nonenvious devotees, pure devotional service is guaranteed
Those who study Bhagavad-gita, worship Krishna with their intelligence, and faithful and nonenvious hearers become free from sinful action
Section 10 (18.72–18.73) — ARJUNA IS FIRMLY FIXED
After hearing Bhagavad-gita, Arjuna is fixed and determined to act according to Krishna’s instructions
— Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Section 1 (18.1–18.12)
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS 1 – 6: KARMA SECTION
Section overview
A true sannyasi does not renounce his activities, but is detached from their fruits
Krishna concludes that renounced order of life (sannyasa) and renunciation of the fruits of action (tyaga) are the same.
Work performed in this way is renunciation in the mode of goodness

Bhagavad-gītā 18.1

↗
सन्न्यासस्य महाबाहो तत्त्वमिच्छामि वेदितुम् । त्यागस्य च हृषीकेश पृथक्केशिनिषूदन ॥ १ ॥
arjuna uvāca
[arjuna uvaacha]
sannyāsasya mahā-bāho
[sannyaasasya mahaa-baaho]
tattvam icchāmi veditum
[tattvam ichchaami veditum]
tyāgasya ca hṛṣīkeśa
[tyaagasya cha hrisheekesha]
pṛthak keśi-niṣūdana
[prithak keshi-nishoodana]
arjunaḥ uvāca — Arjuna said sannyāsasya — of renunciation mahā - bāho — O mighty-armed one tattvam — the truth icchāmi — I wish veditum — to understand tyāgasya — of renunciation ca — also hṛṣīkeśa — O master of the senses pṛthak — differently keśi - niṣūdana — O killer of the Keśī demon .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
arjuna uvāca
arjunaḥ uvāca
Arjuna said
sannyāsasya mahā-bāho
sannyāsasya
of renunciation
mahā - bāho
O mighty-armed one
tattvam icchāmi veditum
tattvam
the truth
icchāmi
I wish
veditum
to understand
tyāgasya ca hṛṣīkeśa
tyāgasya
of renunciation
ca
also
hṛṣīkeśa
O master of the senses
pṛthak keśi-niṣūdana
pṛthak
differently
keśi - niṣūdana
O killer of the Keśī demon .
  • sannyāsasya — of renunciation (the order)
    Genitive. Arjuna is asking about sannyāsa as the formal āśrama — the renounced order of life, the giving up of activities themselves. He will set this against tyāga in the next phrase.
  • tyāgasya — of renunciation (of fruits)
    Genitive. The whole chapter pivots on this pair. Arjuna senses that sannyāsa and tyāga are not the same and wants the distinction laid bare before he acts.
  • tattvam — the truth, the essential nature
    Not a definition but the essence. Arjuna is not asking for vocabulary; he is asking what these two actually *are* at their root.
  • pṛthak — separately, distinctly
    He wants the two terms unbraided. Common speech blurs them; Arjuna wants the cut made clean.
  • hṛṣīkeśa — O master of the senses
    Address chosen with care. Only the Lord of the senses can settle what should and should not be given up — the question itself is an indriya question.
Arjuna said: O mighty-armed one, I wish to understand the purpose of renunciation [tyāga] and of the renounced order of life [sannyāsa], O killer of the Keśī demon, master of the senses.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Arjuna opens the closing chapter by asking Kṛṣṇa to disentangle two near-synonyms — sannyāsa and tyāga — that have been used throughout the dialogue. Three vocatives stack his appeal: mighty-armed, sense-controller, demon-slayer.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The Gītā's final chapter begins as a request for terminological clarity, but the answer will become a summary of the whole teaching. 'Pṛthak' (distinctly) signals that Arjuna senses these words have been used both interchangeably and contrastively. The three epithets — strength, sense-mastery, demon-slaying — anticipate the qualities the rest of the chapter will demand of any genuine renouncer.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे महा-बाहो हृषीकेश केशि-निषूदन! सन्न्यासस्य त्यागस्य च तत्त्वं पृथक् वेदितुम् इच्छामि ।
he mahā-bāho hṛṣīkeśa keśi-niṣūdana! sannyāsasya tyāgasya ca tattvaṃ pṛthak veditum icchāmi |
O mighty-armed Hṛṣīkeśa, slayer of Keśī, I wish to know distinctly the truth of sannyāsa and of tyāga.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
अर्जुनः उवाच
arjunaḥ uvāca
सन्न्यासस्य महा-बाहो तत्त्वम् इच्छामि वेदितुम् । त्यागस्य च हृषीकेश पृथक् केशि-निषूदन ॥
sannyāsasya mahā-bāho tattvam icchāmi veditum | tyāgasya ca hṛṣīkeśa pṛthak keśi-niṣūdana ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
सन्न्यासस्य sannyāsasya सन्न्यास (m.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of sannyāsa (renunciation of action)
महा-बाहो mahā-bāho महा-बाहु (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular), bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) O mighty-armed one
तत्त्वम् tattvam तत्त्व (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) the essential truth
इच्छामि icchāmi √इष् pres. (present) 1sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) I desire
वेदितुम् veditum √विद् inf. (infinitive) to know
त्यागस्य tyāgasya त्याग (m.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of tyāga (renunciation)
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
हृषीकेश hṛṣīkeśa हृषीकेश (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular), bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) O master of the senses
पृथक् pṛthak ind. (indeclinable) separately, distinctly
केशि-निषूदन keśi-niṣūdana केशिन् (m.) + निषूदन (adj.) voc.sg. (vocative singular), tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) O slayer of Keśī

Actually the Bhagavad-gītā is finished in seventeen chapters. The Eighteenth Chapter is a supplementary summarization of the topics discussed before. In every chapter of Bhagavad-gītā, Lord Kṛṣṇa stresses that devotional service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the ultimate goal of life. This same point is summarized in the Eighteenth Chapter as the most confidential path of knowledge. In the first six chapters, stress was given to devotional service: yoginām api sarveṣām … “Of all yogīs or transcendentalists, one who always thinks of Me within himself is best.” In the next six chapters, pure devotional service and its nature and activity were discussed. In the third six chapters, knowledge, renunciation, the activities of material nature and transcendental nature, and devotional service were described. It was concluded that all acts should be performed in conjunction with the Supreme Lord, represented by the words oṁ tat sat, which indicate Viṣṇu, the Supreme Person. The third part of Bhagavad-gītā has shown that devotional service, and nothing else, is the ultimate purpose of life. This has been established by citing past ācāryas and the Brahma-sūtra, the Vedānta-sūtra . Certain impersonalists consider themselves to have a monopoly on the knowledge of Vedānta-sūtra, but actually the Vedānta-sūtra is meant for understanding devotional service, for the Lord Himself is the composer of the Vedānta-sūtra, and He is its knower. That is described in the Fifteenth Chapter. In every scripture, every Veda, devotional service is the objective. That is explained in Bhagavad-gītā . As in the Second Chapter a synopsis of the whole subject matter was described, in the Eighteenth Chapter also the summary of all instruction is given. The purpose of life is indicated to be renunciation and attainment of the transcendental position above the three material modes of nature. Arjuna wants to clarify the two distinct subject matters of Bhagavad-gītā, namely renunciation ( tyāga ) and the renounced order of life ( sannyāsa ). Thus he is asking the meaning of these two words. Two words used in this verse to address the Supreme Lord – Hṛṣīkeśa and Keśi-niṣūdana – are significant. Hṛṣīkeśa is Kṛṣṇa, the master of all senses, who can always help us attain mental serenity. Arjuna requests Him to summarize everything in such a way that he can remain equipoised. Yet he has some doubts, and doubts are always compared to demons. He therefore addresses Kṛṣṇa as Keśi-niṣūdana. Keśī was a most formidable demon who was killed by the Lord; now Arjuna is expecting Kṛṣṇa to kill the demon of doubt.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
1. Arjuna said: O Mighty-armed one, controller of the senses, killer of Keśī, I desire to know the true meaning of sannyāsa and the different meaning of tyāga.
Commentary

The eighteenth chapter speaks of the three types of sannyāsa, jñāna and karma, defines liberation, and indicates bhakti as the highest secret of all. “You stated in the previous chapter ‘Uttering the word tat, without seeking results, sacrifices, austerities and charities are performed by those with desire for liberation from the atat material world.’ Those with a desire for liberation are sannyāsīs. But there seems to be others who are detached from all the results of their work, as mentioned by You when you said sarva-karma-phala-tyāgaṁ tataḥ kuru yatātmavān: give up all the result of your work with great attention. (BG 12.11) What is the tyāga of these others?” Wanting to know the distinction, Arjuna asks a question in this verse. “If the words sannyāsa and tyāga have different meanings, I desire to know the distinct essence of these two. But if they mean the same thing, in Your opinion or others’ opinion, I desire to know what is that one meaning as well.

“O controller of the senses (hṛṣīkeśa), you have made this doubt arise in me since You are the instigator of my intelligence. O killer of Keśī (keśī-nisūdana), You will kill this doubt of mine just as You killed Keśī. O Mighty-armed one (mahā-bāho), You have great strength in Your arms, and I have insignificant strength in my arms. You have become friendly with an expansion such as me, rather than with Your other expansions with vast knowledge. Therefore I am not afraid to ask this question, since You have become somewhat friendly with me.”

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
1. Arjuna said: O Mighty-armed one, controller of the senses, killer of Keśi, I desire to know the difference between sannyāsa and tyāga.
Commentary

In the eighteenth chapter, the Lord, summarizing all the topics of the Gītā, speaks about the most secret aspect of devotion and surrender within devotion. The doubting Arjuna asks about the meaning of the word sannyāsa mentioned in statements such as sarva-karmāṇi manasā sannyasyāste sukhaṁ vaśī (BG 5.13) and the meaning of tyāga mentioned in such statements as tyaktvā karma-phalāsaṅgaṁ (BG 4.20). Do the two words have completely different meanings such as trees and stones, or do they have similar meanings like Kurus and Pāṇḍavas. If the words are completely different, then I want to know the different natures (pṛthak tattvam) of sannyāsa and tyāga. If they are two alternative words describing the same thing, I want to know that. O mighty-armed Kṛṣṇa, Hṛṣīkeśa, because You stimulate the function of intelligence, You alone have produced my doubt. You are also the killer of Keśi, and therefore You can kill my doubt.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

In order to emphasize the goal of the all Bhagavad‑gita, which is surrender to Krsna, Krsna is now going to summarize more or less everything that He already told before. And He will begin by going over again that question that He has answered in many occasions ‑ what is Krsna recommending between renunciation of work and the renunciation of the fruits of one's work? Krsna is going to give His final prescription in His summary here: to renounce the fruits of one's work. But this is just one basic step in the relationship with Krsna summarizing the Bhagavad‑gita and leading us again to surrender to Krsna's lotus feet. This particualar question is interesting. " I wish to understand the purpose of renunciation (tyaga) and of the renounced order of life (sannyasa)." What Arjuna is asking is: ''are the sannyasi or the renouncing order of life and tyaga or renunciation, are they the same thing? Are they two words meaning the same thing or are they two different words meaning two different things? Is any difference between tyaga and sannyasa or are they the same?" Arjuna is asking Krsna what is His opinion about this, and also in His reply, Krsna, is going to give the opinion of others as well. We are already familiar with this: whether one should perform jnana‑yoga and renounce the activities, or perform niskama karma‑ yoga. In the second verse, Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, says:

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Arjuna asks Krishna to distinguish between Tyaga and Sannyasa (What is the goal of renunciation

and of the renounced order of life? Should one work while remaining detached from the fruit of work

(niskama-karma) or should one renounce activities to perform jnana-yoga?)

PLEASE NOTE: For an exact answer to the question asked by Arjuna in Text 18.1, Please refer to the

Common Theme of Text 18.7 – 18.9 and Text 18.12

Focus of Learning

(a) Main emphasis of every chapter in the Bhagavad-gita – “Devotional service unto Supreme

Personality of Godhead is the ultimate goal of life”

First six chapters conclude in Text 6.47 – “yoginam api…” – Bhakti-yoga is the best
Middle six chapters describe pure devotional service and its nature and activity
Last six chapters:
Recommend – “Do all acts in conjunction with the Lord” as indicated by “Om tat sat” which indicates Vishnu, the Supreme Person (Bg. Chapter 17)
Establishes – ‘Devotional service is the ultimate purpose of life’ by citing past Acharyas, the Brahma-sutra and Vedanta-sutra; and thus refutes Impersonalists who claim monopoly on Vedanta-sutra

▪ Chapter 13 – 17 establishes devotional service on the authority of Vedanta-

sutra (e.g. Chapter 13 and Chapter 15)

▪ Especially Bg. 15.5 says Vedanta-sutra is meant for understanding devotional

service

Chapter 18 summarizes the same point, ‘Devotional service as the most confidential knowledge’

(b) Purpose of life (As per Chapter 2 and Chapter 18) – Renunciation and attainment of

transcendental position above the three modes

(c) Meaning of ‘Hrsikesha’ – Master of all senses

One who helps to attain mental serenity
Arjuna uses this name because he wants to know everything clearly so that he can be equipoised

(d) Meaning of ‘Kesi-nisudana’ – Killer of Kesi demon and now He is expected to kill the doubts which

are compared to demons

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SECTION I

Acting with detachment is true renunciation and brings freedom from reaction

Texts 18.2

THEME: Krishna begins by citing great philosophers who say:

‘Tyaga’ – To renounce the results of all activities
‘Sannyasa’ – To renounce the activities that are based on material desire; which implies to renounce fruits and also the work itself

Texts 18.3

THEME: There are different opinions in abandoning activities

Some say all fruitive activity is faulty
Others maintain that acts of sacrifice, charity and penance should never be abandoned
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.1 O mighty-armed Hrsikesa, kesi-nisudana, O slayer of (the demon) Kesi; icchami, I want; veditum, to know; prthak, severally, through their mutual distinctions; tattvam, the truth, the intrinsic nature, i.e. the real meaning; sannyasasya, of sannyasa, i.e. the meaning of the word sannyasa, ca, as also; tyagasya, of tyaga, i.e. the meaning of the word tyaga. Kesi was a demon who had assumed the form of a horse, and Lord Vasudeva had killed him. Hence He is addressed by that name (Kesi-nisudana) by Arjuna. The word sannyasa and tyaga, used in various places in the preceding chapters, are not explicit in their implications. Therefore, in order to determine them for Arjuna who had put the estion,-
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.1 Arjuna said Both Sannyasa and Tyaga as a means for release are enjoined in such Srutis: 'Not by rituals, nor by progeny, nor by rituals, nor by progeny, nor by wealth but by Tyaga alone do some attain immortality ৷৷.' (Ma. Na., 5.14). Ascertaining the truth about the Supreme Reality from a knowledge of Vedanta, and becoming purified in mind by the means of Sannyasa Yoga, these Yatis (ascetics), at the dissolution of their bodies, attain the Lord who is higher than the freed selves and become liberated from bondage' (Man. U., 3.2.6). I want to know separately the truth, viz., whether Tyaga and Sannyasa are synonymous or not. The import is this. Do these two terms Sannyasa and Tyaga have different meanings or do they signify the same thing? If they signify different things, I want to know their different natures. If they are synonymous, their identical nature should be elucidated. Then, in order to prove that the nature of both is identical and that it is such and such, the Lord explains, showing the disagreements among some disputants:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.1 Samnyasaya etc. It has been delcared earlier that 'He [alone] is a man of relinishment and is also a man of wisdom' (II, 50); and 'He [alone] is a man of renunciation and a man of Yoga; but not he who remains without his fires (VI, 1)', and so on. Thus, becuase a man of relinishment and a man of renunciation are both found mentioned, now arises this estion from a person (Arjuna) who is desirous of understanding their difference. Now [by giving] the answer -
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.1 Arjuna said I desire to know severally, O mighty-armed, the essence or truth of renunciation, O Hrishikesa, as also of abandonment, O slayer of Kesi.
Commentary

18.1 संन्यासस्य of renunciation? महाबाहो O mightyarmed? तत्त्वम् the essence of truth? इच्छामि (I) wish? वेदितुम् to know? त्यागस्य of Tyaga or abandonment? च and? हृषीकेशः O Krishna? पृथक् severally? केशिनिषूदन् slayer of Kesi.Commentary The teaching of the whole of the GitaSastra is summed up beautifully in this discourse. This last discourse is a brief masterly summary of all that is told in the previous chapters. Arjuna wishes to know the distinction between Sannyasa and Tyaga.Kesi was an Asura whom Lord Krishna slew. So Lord Krishna is addressed as Kesinishudana by Arjuna.The words Sannyasa and Tyaga have been used here and there in the preceding discourses but their connotations are not lucidly distinguished. Therefore Lord Krishna clearly explains to Arjuna the right significance of the two terms in the following verse.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.1 Arjuna said O mighty-armed Hrsikesa, O slayer of (the demon) Kesi, I want to know serverally the truth about sannyasa as also about tyaga.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.1 "Arjuna asked: O mighty One! I desire to know how relinquishment is distinguished from renunciation.
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Asteya (Non-stealing / Honesty)Kshama (Forgiveness / Patience)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Aparigraha (Non-possessiveness)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)
Related verses
BG 5.1 BG 3.2 BG 2.7 SB 11.19.27 SB 1.2.8 SB 11.3.21 CC Madhya 8.51 CC Madhya 22.7 CC Madhya 20.102 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.1.20Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.12
Arjuna asks for the final clarity: what is sannyāsa (renunciation) and what is tyāga (relinquishment)? — the seeker's final question for definitions before commitment.
Practical Applications
  • Honor the need for clear definitions before committing fully.
  • Don't be embarrassed to ask basic questions late in the journey.
  • Bring final questions to your guide.
Reflection Questions
  • What 'last' clarification do I still need before committing?
  • Whom should I ask?

A traveler at a crossroads asks not for a map but for the meaning of the two roads themselves. Arjuna does not yet know what he is being asked to give up — so he asks Kṛṣṇa to define the terms before he walks either path.

Naciketas before Yama

When Naciketas stood before Yama in the Kaṭha Upaniṣad, he refused the three boons of wealth, sons, and long life. Instead he asked the deepest question: what happens to the soul after death.

Like Arjuna here, he insisted on understanding tattva — the truth of the matter — before he would settle for anything less. Real inquiry begins when one stops asking for things and begins asking what things are.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.2

↗
श्रीभगवानुवाच । काम्यानां कर्मणां न्यासं सन्न्यासं कवयो विदु: । सर्वकर्मफलत्यागं प्राहुस्त्यागं विचक्षणा: ॥ २ ॥
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
[shree-bhagavaan uvaacha]
kāmyānāṁ karmaṇāṁ nyāsaṁ
[kaamyaanaam karmanaam nyaasam]
sannyāsaṁ kavayo viduḥ
[sannyaasam kavayo viduh]
sarva-karma-phala-tyāgaṁ
[sarva-karma-phala-tyaagam]
prāhus tyāgaṁ vicakṣaṇāḥ
[praahus tyaagam vichakshanaah]
śrī - bhagavān uvāca — the Supreme Personality of Godhead said kāmyānām — with desire karmaṇām — of activities nyāsam — renunciation sannyāsam — the renounced order of life kavayaḥ — the learned viduḥ — know sarva — of all karma — activities phala — of results tyāgam — renunciation prāhuḥ — call tyāgam — renunciation vicakṣaṇāḥ — the experienced .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
śrī - bhagavān uvāca
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
kāmyānāṁ karmaṇāṁ nyāsaṁ
kāmyānām
with desire
karmaṇām
of activities
nyāsam
renunciation
sannyāsaṁ kavayo viduḥ
sannyāsam
the renounced order of life
kavayaḥ
the learned
viduḥ
know
sarva-karma-phala-tyāgaṁ
sarva
of all
karma
activities
phala
of results
tyāgam
renunciation
prāhus tyāgaṁ vicakṣaṇāḥ
prāhuḥ
call
tyāgam
renunciation
vicakṣaṇāḥ
the experienced .
  • kāmyānām — desire-motivated
    Specifically actions undertaken for personal material gain. The wise sannyāsī gives up *these* — not all action. The qualifier is everything.
  • sannyāsam — the renounced order
    Kṛṣṇa fixes the definition: sannyāsa = giving up *kāmya-karma*. It is a renunciation of motive-laden work, not of work itself.
  • tyāgam — renunciation of fruits
    Defined here as sarva-karma-phala-tyāga — giving up the fruits of *all* actions, including prescribed ones. The act continues; the claim on its result is dropped.
  • vicakṣaṇāḥ — the experienced, the truly discerning
    Not merely kavayaḥ (the learned of the first half). Vicakṣaṇa carries the weight of *seeing through* — those who have weighed action and inaction in practice and know which letting-go actually liberates.
  • phala — fruit, result
    The hinge. Tyāga targets phala, not karma. The Gītā keeps drawing this line — the same line as in 2.47 — and this verse plants the technical vocabulary that the rest of chapter 18 will unpack.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The giving up of activities that are based on material desire is what great learned men call the renounced order of life [sannyāsa]. And giving up the results of all activities is what the wise call renunciation [tyāga].
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Kṛṣṇa offers a working definition: sannyāsa drops the desire-driven actions themselves; tyāga drops only the fruits while the actions continue. Two registers of renunciation, distinguished by what is let go.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
This first definition will be refined across the next ten verses. Note that the verse cites two authorities — kavayaḥ and vicakṣaṇāḥ — without yet identifying which Kṛṣṇa endorses. The rest of the chapter will side with tyāga (fruit-renunciation while acting) as the operative path for an embodied being, culminating in 18.11 ('he who renounces fruits is truly tyāgī').
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
कवयः काम्यानां कर्मणां न्यासं सन्न्यासं विदुः । विचक्षणाः सर्व-कर्म-फल-त्यागं त्यागं प्राहुः ।
kavayaḥ kāmyānāṃ karmaṇāṃ nyāsaṃ sannyāsaṃ viduḥ | vicakṣaṇāḥ sarva-karma-phala-tyāgaṃ tyāgaṃ prāhuḥ |
The learned poets know sannyāsa as the giving-up of desire-driven actions; the wise call tyāga the giving-up of the fruits of all actions.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
श्री-भगवान् उवाच
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
काम्यानां कर्मणां न्यासं सन्न्यासं कवयः विदुः । सर्व-कर्म-फल-त्यागं प्राहुः त्यागं विचक्षणाः ॥
kāmyānāṃ karmaṇāṃ nyāsaṃ sannyāsaṃ kavayaḥ viduḥ | sarva-karma-phala-tyāgaṃ prāhuḥ tyāgaṃ vicakṣaṇāḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
काम्यानाम् kāmyānām काम्य (adj.) gen.pl. (genitive plural)n. of desire-prompted (actions)
कर्मणाम् karmaṇām कर्मन् (n.) gen.pl. (genitive plural) of actions
न्यासम् nyāsam न्यास (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) laying-aside
सन्न्यासम् sannyāsam सन्न्यास (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) as sannyāsa
कवयः kavayaḥ कवि (m.) nom.pl. (nominative plural) the poets, seers
विदुः viduḥ √विद् perf. (perfect) 3pl.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) know
सर्व-कर्म-फल-त्यागम् sarva-karma-phala-tyāgam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. the giving-up of the fruits of all actions
प्राहुः prāhuḥ प्र + √अह् perf. (perfect) 3pl.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) they call, declare
त्यागम् tyāgam त्याग (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) as tyāga
विचक्षणाः vicakṣaṇāḥ विचक्षण (adj.) nom.pl. (nominative plural)m. the discerning

The performance of activities for results has to be given up. This is the instruction of Bhagavad-gītā. But activities leading to advanced spiritual knowledge are not to be given up. This will be made clear in the next verses. In the Vedic literature there are many prescriptions of methods for performing sacrifice for some particular purpose. There are certain sacrifices to perform to attain a good son or to attain elevation to the higher planets, but sacrifices prompted by desires should be stopped. However, sacrifice for the purification of one’s heart or for advancement in the spiritual science should not be given up.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
2. The Lord said: The learned know that sannyāsa means to give up all actions performed for personal benefit. The learned say that tyāga means giving up the results of all actions.
Commentary

Taking up the former idea first, the Lord explains the different derivations of the two words. To renounce (nyāsa) at the very root activities performed for fulfilling personal desires (kāmyānāṁ karmaṇām) is called sannyāsa. Personal desires are indicated in such statements as the following: putra-kāmo yajeta, svarga-kāmo yajeta One with a desire for a son should worship. One with desire for Svarga should worship. Āpastamba Śrauta Sūtra 3.9.4, 19.10.14 This does not mean that one should reject daily obligatory activities (nitya-karma) such as sandhya worship. [Note: Nitya-karmas are activities ordered by the scriptures as obligatory for certain persons. Kāmya-karmas are activities described in the scriptures for persons having certain desires such as desire for wealth or sons. These are not obligatory for anyone, but are performed according to personal desire.] Tyāga means that one should give up the results of all activities in performance of actions with personal desire (kāmya-karma) or in performance of obligatory actions (nitya-karma), rather than to give up those activities completely. For the śrutis also promise results even for the obligatory actions (nitya-karma). karmaṇā pitṛloka By the obligatory actions one goes to Pitṛloka. Bṛhad Āraṇyaka Upaniṣad 1.5 dharmeṇa pāpam apanudati By following dharma, one eradicates sin. Mahānārāyaṇa Upaniṣad 15.7 Therefore, in tyāga, one should perform all kāmya-karmas and nitya-karmas without seeking results, whereas in sannyāsa one performs only obligatory duties (nitya-karma) without the desire for results, and completely rejects rituals for personal gratification (kāmya-karma). This is the distinction of the two words sannyāsa and tyāga.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
2. The Lord said: The learned people know that sannyāsa means to give up all actions performed for personal benefit. The learned say that tyāga means giving up the results of all actions.
Commentary

Being asked the question, the Lord speaks. The learned (kavayaḥ) know that sannyāsa means complete rejection of activities such as putreṣṭi and jyotiṣṭoma [Note: These are sacrifices for gaining sons and going to heavenly planets.] which are prescribed for fulfilling personal desires (kāmya karma), as expressed in verses like putra-kāmo yajeta svarga-kāmo yajet: one with a desire for a son should perform sacrifice. One with desire for svarga should perform sacrifice. (Apastambha Śrauta Sūtra 3.9.4, 19.10.14) This means that the daily rituals (nitya karma) such as daily fire sacrifice should not be given up. The wise among those learned persons say that tyāga means to renounce the results of the daily activities and kāmya karmas, but not to renounce the actions themselves. Daily rites also bear results according to the śruti. karmaṇā pitṛloka By the daily obligatory actions (nitya karma), one goes to pitṛ loka. Bṛhad Āraṇyaka Upaniṣad 1.5 dharmeṇa pāpam apanudati By following dharma, one eradicates sin. Mahānārāyaṇa Upaniṣad 15.7 Though we do not hear of such explicit fruits (putra-kāmo yajeta) mentioned in such statements as aharahaḥ sandhyām upāsīta, [Note: Bhasma Upaniṣad] yāvaj-jīvanam agnihotraṁ juhoti (one should perform sandhya rites daily, one should offer sacrifice for ones whole life still), we do hear from other statements about nitya karmas that they yield fruits to a small degree: viśvajitā yajeta (worshipping with the viśvajit fire one attains all wealth) (Apastambha Srauta Sūtra 22.13.25) There is difficulty in extinguishing results completely because there would be total futility in human endeavors. Therefore the word sannyāsa means to give up kāmya karmas completely, and to give up the results of nitya karmas. Tyāga means to perform all actions (nitya and kāmya karmas) but giving up the desire for results of all those activities. According to what was previously said, the Lord has answered that it is difficult to avoid action, as long as one is not functioning from the level of sattva resulting from the dawn of knowledge.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

This is the opinion of others, the opinion of the wise and learned. This is not exactly Krsna's opinion. According to this opinion of the learned and the wise, are tyaga and renunciation or tyaga and sannyasa the same or different? ‑ They are not the same although similar. The giving up of activities based on material desires is sannyasa, and renunciation is giving up the results of all activities. They are different according to the opinion of the learned and the wise. What are activities based on material desires are the activities of the karma‑kanda section of the Vedas; and tyaga, according to this definition, is giving up the fruit. In the next verse is the opinion of others.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.2 Some kavayah, learned ones; viduh, know; sannyasam, sannyasa, the meaning of the word sannyasa, the non-performance of what comes as a duty; to be the nyasam, giving up; karmanam, of actions; kamyanam, done with a desire for reward, e.g. Horse-sacrifice etc. Sarva-karma-phala-tyagah, abandonment of the results of all actions, means the giving up of the results accruing to oneself from all actions- the daily obligatory and the occasional (nitya and naimittika) that are performed. Vicaksanah, the adepts, the learned ones; prahuh, call, speak of that; as tyagam, tyaga, as the meaning of the word tyaga. Even if 'the giving up of actions for desired results' or 'the abandonment of results' be the intended meaning, in either case the one meaning of the words sannyasa and tyaga amounts only to tyaga (giving up); they do not imply distinct categories as do the words 'pot' and 'cloth'. Objection: Well, is it not that they say the daily obligatory (nitya) and the occasional (naimittika) rites and duties have no results at all? How is the giving up of their results spoken of-like the abandoning of a son of a barren woman?! Reply: This defect does not desire. It is the intention of the Lord that the nitya-karmas (daily obligatory duties) also have results; for the Lord will say, 'The threefold results of actions-the undesirable, the desirable and the mixed-accrue after death to those who do not resort to tyaga', and also, 'but never to those who resort to sannyasa (monks)' (12). Indeed, by showing that, it is only in the case of sannyasins (monks) alone that there is no connection with the results of actions, the Lord asserts in, '৷৷.accrue after death to those who do not resort to tyaga (renunciation)' (abid.), that the result of daily obligatory (nitya) duties accrue to those who are not sannyasins (monks).
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.2 The Lord said Some scholars understand that Sannyasa is complete relinishment of desire-prompted acts. Some other wise men say that the meaning of the term Tyaga, according to the Sastras dealing with release, is relinishment of the fruits not only of all desiderative (Kamya), but also of obligatory and occasional, duties . Here, the problem is, whether the Tyaga taught in the Sastras concern desiderative acts themselves, or fruits of all acts. Sri Krsna has used the terms Sannyasa in one place and Tyaga elsewhere. From this it is understood that Sri Krsna uses the terms Tyaga and Sannyasa as synonyms. Likewise, the decisive teaching is about Tyaga alone in the statement: 'Hear My decision, O Arjuna, about Tyaga' (18.4). That the terms are synonymously used to denote the same sense, is conclusively established from such passages as: 'But the renunciation (Sannyasa) of obligatory work is not proper. Abandonment (Tyaga) of it through delusion is declared to be Tamasika' (18.7); and 'To those who have not renounced the fruits of actions, threefold are the conseences after death - undesirable, desriable and mixed. But to those who have renounced, none whatsoever' (18.12).
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.2 Kamyanam etc. The desire-motivated actions : the Agnistoma (sacrifce) etc. All actions etc. : The relinishment is the relinishment of fruits, even while performing all actions tha are to be performed daily or occasionally. Whatever remains to be spoken in this chapter had been examined in detail even by the previous commentators like the revered Bhatta Bhaskara and others. Hence why should we take the trouble of repeating. For, our main concern is to fulfil the promise to show only the hidden purport of this [work]. Therefore now [the Bhagavat] relates different views in order to determine the best in this regard -
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.2 The Blessed Lord said The sages understand Sannyasa to be the renunciation of action with desire; the wise declare the abandonment of the fruits of all actions as Tyaga.
Commentary

English Commentary By Swami Sivananda18.2 काम्यानाम् (of) desireful? कर्मणाम् of actions? न्यासम् the renunciation? संन्यासम् Sannyasa? कवयः the sages? विदुः understand? सर्वकर्मफलत्यागम् the abandonment of the fruits of all works? प्राहुः declare? त्यागम् abandonment? विचक्षणाः the wise.Commentary Kamya Karmani Activities such as the Asvamedha (a special sacrifice)? etc.? which are performed for the attainment of specific selfish ends. The wise men declare that Tyaga means abandonment of the fruits of all the Nitya and Naimittika works (ordinary and extraordinary or occasional duties).The rootmeaning of the words Sannyasa and Tyaga is to give up. In popular usage Sannyasa and Tyaga are more or less synonymous. Both mean renunciation. The two words do not mean two altogether distinct ideas as stone and fruit? or pot and cloth. They convey the same general idea with a slight distinction.An objector asks It is said that the Nitya and Naimittika actions cannot produce any fruits. Why then is the relinishment of their fruits mentioned here It is like asking for the relinishment of the barren womans sonWe say The objection is not correct. In the opinion of the Lord? ordinary and occasional duties cause their own fruits (vide XVIII.12). Sannyasins alone who have renounced the desire for the fruits of actions will not get the fruits? but other persons will have to reap the fruits of the ordinary and occasional actions.If one renounces all actions after the attainment of Selfrealisation and enters into the fourth order of life (Sannyasa) it is called VidvatSannyasa. If one renounces all actions and enters into the order of Sannyasa for the sake of doing VedantaVichara (or reflection on the truths of the Vedantaphilosophy and on the true significance of the great sentences of the Upanishads which reveal the identity of the individual soul with the Supreme Being) and for thus attaining Selfrealisation? it is called VividishaSannyasa.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.2 The Blessed Lord said The learned ones know sannyasa to be the giving up of actions done with a desire for reward. The adepts call the abandonment of the results of all works as tyaga.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.2 Lord Shri Krishna replied: The sages say that renunciation means forgoing an action which springs from desire; and relinquishing means the surrender of its fruit.
Primary values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)
Related values
Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Prema (Divine Love)Asteya (Non-stealing / Honesty)
Related verses
Stories
bharata_kingdom_renunciation_middle
Sannyāsa is renunciation of all activities aimed at material enjoyment; tyāga is renunciation of the fruits of all activities.
Practical Applications
  • Distinguish sannyāsa (giving up activities) from tyāga (giving up fruits).
  • Practice tyāga in your present situation.
  • Don't confuse the two.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I confuse sannyāsa and tyāga?
  • Which is currently my actual practice?

Two paths up the same mountain. Sannyāsa stops at the foot and refuses the desire-laden climb altogether. Tyāga walks the path but lets the wind carry away whatever fruit the trees drop. Both leave the orchard empty-handed; only the second arrives at the summit having also done the work.

King Janaka rules without owning

Janaka ruled Mithilā with full kingly competence — armies, taxes, justice — yet claimed nothing as his own. He performed every prescribed duty but renounced the fruits.

Kṛṣṇa praises him in 3.20 as one who attained perfection through action. He is the living definition of tyāga as given in this verse: kāmya-karma set aside, sarva-karma-phala released, duty itself continued.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.3

↗
त्याज्यं दोषवदित्येके कर्म प्राहुर्मनीषिण: । यज्ञदानतप:कर्म न त्याज्यमिति चापरे ॥ ३ ॥
tyājyaṁ doṣa-vad ity eke
[tyaajyam dosha-vad ity eke]
karma prāhur manīṣiṇaḥ
[karma praahur maneeshinah]
yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma
[yajna-daana-tapah-karma]
na tyājyam iti cāpare
[na tyaajyam iti chaapare]
tyājyam — must be given up doṣa - vat — as an evil iti — thus eke — one group karma — work prāhuḥ — they say manīṣiṇaḥ — great thinkers yajña — of sacrifice dāna — charity tapaḥ — and penance karma — works na — never tyājyam — are to be given up iti — thus ca — and apare — others .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tyājyaṁ doṣa-vad ity eke
tyājyam
must be given up
doṣa - vat
as an evil
iti
thus
eke
one group
karma prāhur manīṣiṇaḥ
karma
work
prāhuḥ
they say
manīṣiṇaḥ
great thinkers
yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma
yajña
of sacrifice
dāna
charity
tapaḥ
and penance
karma
works
na tyājyam iti cāpare
na
never
tyājyam
are to be given up
iti
thus
ca
and
apare
others .
  • tyājyam — must be given up
    Gerundive — 'fit to be abandoned.' One camp slaps this label on all karma; Kṛṣṇa will reject the blanket application in the next verses.
  • doṣa-vat — as a fault, as defective
    The Sāṅkhya-leaning view: karma is intrinsically flawed and therefore to be discarded entirely. Kṛṣṇa will partially agree (every action carries doṣa — 18.48) but disagree about the conclusion.
  • manīṣiṇaḥ — great thinkers
    Honorific. Kṛṣṇa is not dismissing these schools; he is naming a real and respected position that he must answer rather than ignore.
  • yajña — sacrifice
    First of the three irreducible purifying acts of Vedic dharma (yajña, dāna, tapas). The opposing camp insists these can never be abandoned. Kṛṣṇa will side with them on this specific point in verse 5.
  • apare — others
    Marks the second school. The verse stages a debate, not a verdict — preparing the ground for Kṛṣṇa's own niścaya in verse 4.
Some learned men declare that all kinds of fruitive activities should be given up as faulty, yet other sages maintain that acts of sacrifice, charity and penance should never be abandoned.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Two opposing schools are placed side by side: one says even ritual work is bondage and must be dropped; the other says yajña, dāna, tapas are purifying and never to be dropped. Kṛṣṇa is framing the debate before stating his verdict.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The 'eke' (some) likely refers to renunciate-leaning thinkers (e.g. Sāṅkhya, certain Mīmāṁsā-rejecting positions) who view all karma as bondage. The 'apare' (others) preserve the karma-kāṇḍa stance that the three great purifying acts — sacrifice, charity, austerity — must be maintained. Kṛṣṇa's nirṇaya (decision) follows in vv. 4-6.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
एके मनीषिणः कर्म दोष-वत् त्याज्यम् इति प्राहुः । अपरे च यज्ञ-दान-तपः-कर्म न त्याज्यम् इति प्राहुः ।
eke manīṣiṇaḥ karma doṣa-vat tyājyam iti prāhuḥ | apare ca yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma na tyājyam iti prāhuḥ |
Some thinkers say all action is to be abandoned as faulty; others say that yajña, dāna and tapas should never be abandoned.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
त्याज्यं दोष-वत् इति एके कर्म प्राहुः मनीषिणः । यज्ञ-दान-तपः-कर्म न त्याज्यम् इति च अपरे ॥
tyājyaṃ doṣa-vat iti eke karma prāhuḥ manīṣiṇaḥ | yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma na tyājyam iti ca apare ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
त्याज्यम् tyājyam √त्यज् gerundive nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. to be abandoned
दोष-वत् doṣa-vat दोष (m.) + वत् (suffix) ind. (indeclinable) as if faulty
इति iti ind. (indeclinable), quotation marker thus
एके eke एक (pron. (pronoun)) nom.pl. (nominative plural)m. some
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) action
प्राहुः prāhuḥ प्र + √अह् perf. (perfect) 3pl.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) they say
मनीषिणः manīṣiṇaḥ मनीषिन् (adj.) nom.pl. (nominative plural)m. thinkers
यज्ञ-दान-तपः-कर्म yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma dvandva-tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. the work of sacrifice, charity and austerity
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
अपरे apare अपर (adj.) nom.pl. (nominative plural)m. others

There are many activities in the Vedic literature which are subjects of contention. For instance, it is said that an animal can be killed in a sacrifice, yet some maintain that animal killing is completely abominable. Although animal killing in a sacrifice is recommended in the Vedic literature, the animal is not considered to be killed. The sacrifice is to give a new life to the animal. Sometimes the animal is given a new animal life after being killed in the sacrifice, and sometimes the animal is promoted immediately to the human form of life. But there are different opinions among the sages. Some say that animal killing should always be avoided, and others say that for a specific sacrifice it is good. All these different opinions on sacrificial activity are now being clarified by the Lord Himself.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
3. Some learned persons say that all actions should be given up because they are all faulty. Others say that activities like sacrifice, charity and austerity should not be given up.
Commentary

In this verse, the Lord describes other opinions about the meaning of tyāga. The sāṅkhya philosophers (eke manīṣiṇaḥ) say that all activities described in the scripture, because of being defective by inclusion of violence or other bad qualities, should be given up completely. On the other hand, the Mīmāṁsakas (apare) say that activities such as sacrifice cannot be given up because they are prescribed by the scriptures.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
3. Some learned persons say that all actions should be given up because they are faulty. Others say that activities like sacrifice, charity and austerity should not be given up.
Commentary

In this verse the Lord states differing opinions about tyāga. The followers of sāṅkhya philosophy of Kapila say that actions should be completely given up (tyagyam), since by their very nature actions breed violence to other creatures. They quote the śruti statement mā hiṁsyāt sarva-bhūtāni: do not commit violence against any living entity. [Note: This is also quoted by Śrīdhara in his commentary on this verse. It also is quoted in the 2.19 by Rāmānuja, as well as in their Vedānta Sūtra commentaries on 3.1.25. Source is not given in all these cases. Chāndogya Upaniṣad 8.15 has a similar statement: ahiṁsa sarva bhūtāni] The śrutis say that violence is integral to the sacrifice. agnīṣomīyaṁ paśum ālabhet: one should obtain an animal for the sacrifice. (Taittirīya Saṁhita 6.1.11.6) Therefore one should give up all these actions as being causes of impurity. Also there is the possiblility of violence in procuring the ingredients of sacrifice. They say that all prescribed duties should be given up. Others, the followers of Jaimini, say that actions such as sacrifice should never be given up, because one incurs no sin from performing what is prescribed in the Vedas. Even if there is violence in the actions, there is not fault because it is following the principles of dharma according to the Vedas. They must be performed. The injunction of nonviolence stated in the Vedas is a general rule, and speaks of incurring sin for actions other than sacrifice. The sacrifice cannot at all be criticized.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

What kind of lerned men declare that? Those who follow the sankhya philosophy and the followers of jnana‑yoga which are almost the same. All fruitive activities should be given up as faulty because those who are engaged in karma‑kanda activities they are engaged in sacrifices and maybe they have to kill animals and things like that...; so there are faults in these things, therefore they should be given up. "Yet other sages... (here is the third opinion), maintain that acts of sacrifice, charity and penance should never be abandoned." This is the opinion of the karma‑mimansas, they say: 'don't give up sacrifice, charity and penance.' What is the question of, they say, of being faulty or violent ‑ they are Vedic. They just follow the Vedic formulas, the sastras, we should never give up these things. After hearing these three opinions, Krsna Himself, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will give His own opinion.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.3 Eke, some; manisinah, learned ones, subscribing to the views of the Sankhyas and others; prahuh, say; that dosavat, beset with evil (as it is);-What is it?- karma, action, all actions, becuase they are the cause of bondage; tyajyam, should be given up even by those who are eligible for actions (rites and duties). Or, it (action) is to be given up dosavat, just as defects such as attachment etc. are renounced. Ca and, in that very context; apare, others; (say) that yajana-dana-tapah-karma, the practice of sacrifice, charity and auterity; na tyajyam, should not be given up. These alternatives are with regard to only those who are alified for action, but not with regard to the monks who are steadfast in Knowledge and have gone beyond the stages of life. This discussion is not concerned with those who are held to be outside the scope of eligibility for action in the assertion (by the Lord), 'The steadfastness in the Yoga of Knowledge by men of realization was spoken of by Me in the days of yore' (see 3.3). Objection: Well, just as those who are alified for rites and duties and who have their distinct steadfastness are being considered here in the chapter summarizing the entire scripture, though they have been dealt with earlier in '৷৷.through the Yoga of Action for the yogis' (3.3), similarly, let even the men of realization who are steadfast in Knowledge be considered here. Reply: No, because it is not logical that their renunciation should result from delusion and sorrow (cf. 7 and 8). The men of realization do not perceive in the Self the sorrows arising from physical torment; for it has been shown that desire etc. are attributes only of the field (body) (see 13.6). Therefore, they do not renounce action but of fear for physical trouble and pain. Nor do they perceive actions in the Self, on account of which they should give up obligatory duties out of delusion. In fact, they renounce with the conviction that 'action belongs to the organs' (see 3.28); 'I certainly do not do anything' (see 5.8); for, the mode of renunciation of an enlightened person was shown in, '৷৷.having given up all actions mentally' (5.13). Therefore, those others who are alified for rites and duties, who are unelightened about the Self, and for whom renunciation is possible out of delusion and from fear of physical trouble, are alone condemned as persons who, being possessed of tamas and rajas, resort to renunciation. And this is done with a veiw to eulogizing the renunciation of the results of rites and duties by the unenlightened men of action. Besides, the men of renunciation in the real sense have been particularly pointed out in, 'who has renounced ever undertaking,' 'who is silent, content with anything, homeless, steadyminded' (12.16, 19), and also (while determining) the characteristics of one who has transcended the gunas (Chapter 14). The Lord will further say, '৷৷.which is the supreme consummation of Knowledge' (50). Therefore the monks steadfast in Knowledge are not intended to be spoken of here. It is only the abandoning of the results of action which, by virtue of its being imbued with the ality of sattva, is spoken of as sannyasa in contrast to the renunciation of actions which is possessed of tamas etc.; it is not sannyasa in the primary-sense-the renunciation of all actions. Objection: According to the reason shown in the text, 'Since it is not possible for one who holds on to a body to give up actions entirely' (11), may it not be argued that the actions entirely' (11), may it not be argued that the word sannyasa is certainly used in the primary sense because it is impossible to abandon all works? Reply: No, for the next adducing the reason is meant for eulogy. Just as, 'From renunciation immediately (follows) Peace' (12.12), is a mere eulogy of renunciation of the fruits of action, it having been enjoined on Arjuna who was unenlightened and incapable of undertaking the various alternatives (paths) as stated earlier, so also is this sentence, 'Since it is not possible for one who holds on to a body to give up actions entirely' (11), meant for eulogizing the renunciation of the resorts of all actions. No one can point an exception to the proposition that 'having given up all actions mentally, (the embodied man of self-control) continues happily৷৷.without doing or causing (others) to do anything at all' (see 5.13). Therefore these alternative veiws regarding sannyasa and tyaga are concerned only with those who are alified for rites and duties. But the enlightened ones who have realized the supreme Truth are competent only for steadfastness in Knowledge, which is characterized by renunciation of all actions; not for anything else. Hence, they do not come within the purview of the alternative veiws. Thus has this been pointed out by us in connection with the text, '৷৷.he who knows this One as indestructible৷৷.' (2.21) as also in the beginning of the third chapter.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.3 Some sages, viz., the adherents of Kapila and those Vaidikas who agree with his creed, contend that all acts such as sacrifices etc., should be renounced by aspirants for release, as they bind even as desires and other similar defects tend to bind. Other learned men say that acts like sacrifices etc., should not be renounced.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.3 Tyajyam etc. The harmful : that which is connected with sin, becuase it consists of act of injury etc. Such an action must be relinished and not all aciton that has auspicious result. In this way certain persons-as if they are attached (as domesticated animals do ) to the house of the Sankhyas - think of a distinction is relinishing. But there are other learned persons who put on the coat of the Mimamsakas and who, basing exclusively the scriptures, classify what action to be performed and what action not to be performed . They opine : The act of killing that constitutes the technical aspect of execution of a sacrifice is [in fact] not an act of injury at all in view of the principles, like 'The action intended for sacrifice is indeed known from the scripture only' - (SB, IV, i, 2) and 'Therefore the act of injury known from the Vedas' etc. - (SV, I, i, 2.23) For, the general rule 'Don't injure' is annulled in this case. But, at the same time the Syena-sacrifice etc., is an act of killing. Becuase, 'The injunctive suffix does not prescribe what falls within the purveiw of fruit of an action of the injunction.' [SV, I, i, 2.222). Therefore other [Vedic] sacrifices one should not relinish eventhough they are connected with an act of injury.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.3 Some philosophers declare that actions should be abandoned as an evil; while others (declare) that acts of sacrifice, gift and austerity should not be relinished.
Commentary

18.3 त्याज्यम् should be abandoned? दोषवत् (full of) as an evil? इति thus? एके some? कर्म action? प्राहुः declare? मनीषिणः philosophers? यज्ञदानतपःकर्म acts of sacrifice? gift and austerity? न not? त्याज्यम् should be relinished? इति thus? च and? अपरे others.Commentary Some philosophers who follow the doctrine of the Sankhyas declare that all actions,should be abandoned as evil? even by those who are fit for Karma Yoga.Doshavat As an evil All Karmas should be abandoned as involving evil because they cause bondage or that they should be relinished like passion and other such evil tendencies.Others declare that the acts of sacrifice? gifts and austerities should not be given up by those who are fit for Karma Yoga. These are the opinions of some? who are of great understanding.Now listen to Me. I will settle this matter and will tell thee how renunciation should be practised.The subject of the discourse here is about the Karma Yogins only and not about those persons who have gone beyond the path of Karma. It is with reference to the Karma Yogins that these conflicting opinions are held and not with reference to the Jnana Yogins or the Sannyasins who have risen above all worldly concerns.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.3 Some learned persons say that action, beset with evil (as it is), should be given up, and others (say) that the practice of sacrifice, charity and austertiy should not be given up.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.3 Some philosophers say that all action is evil and should be abandoned. Others that acts of sacrifice, benevolence and austerity should not be given up.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)
Related verses
Concepts
YajnaDharma
Some philosophers say all action should be given up; others say sacrifice, charity, and austerity should not.
Practical Applications
  • Notice that scripture acknowledges philosophical disagreement.
  • Don't expect monolithic teaching.
  • Engage with the disagreement honestly.
Reflection Questions
  • Which view have I been quietly assuming is the only one?
  • What would honest engagement with the other view do?

Two schools stand on opposite riverbanks shouting across the water. One side says burn the whole field. The other says save the harvest crops at least. The traveler waiting on the bridge needs Kṛṣṇa to come and show which crops feed the soul and which only feed the fire.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.4

↗
निश्चयं श‍ृणु मे तत्र त्यागे भरतसत्तम । त्यागो हि पुरुषव्याघ्र त्रिविध: सम्प्रकीर्तित: ॥ ४ ॥
niścayaṁ śṛṇu me tatra
[nishchayam shrinu me tatra]
tyāge bharata-sattama
[tyaage bharata-sattama]
tyāgo hi puruṣa-vyāghra
[tyaago hi purusha-vyaaghra]
tri-vidhaḥ samprakīrtitaḥ
[tri-vidhah samprakeertitah]
niścayam — certainty śṛṇu — hear me — from Me tatra — therein tyāge — in the matter of renunciation bharata - sat - tama — O best of the Bhāratas tyāgaḥ — renunciation hi — certainly puruṣa - vyāghra — O tiger among human beings tri - vidhaḥ — of three kinds samprakīrtitaḥ — is declared .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
niścayaṁ śṛṇu me tatra
niścayam
certainty
śṛṇu
hear
me
from Me
tatra
therein
tyāge bharata-sattama
tyāge
in the matter of renunciation
bharata - sat - tama
O best of the Bhāratas
tyāgo hi puruṣa-vyāghra
tyāgaḥ
renunciation
hi
certainly
puruṣa - vyāghra
O tiger among human beings
tri-vidhaḥ samprakīrtitaḥ
tri - vidhaḥ
of three kinds
samprakīrtitaḥ
is declared .
  • niścayam — settled conclusion, certainty
    Not opinion, not argument — niścaya. The chapter is structured around final rulings, and this is the first. Kṛṣṇa is closing a debate, not opening one.
  • tyāge — in the matter of renunciation
    Locative. He is ruling specifically *on the field of tyāga*. The earlier verse staged the question; here he locates his answer precisely.
  • tri-vidhaḥ — of three kinds
    The chapter's master pattern: every category — tyāga, knowledge, action, doer, intelligence, determination, happiness — will be split into the three guṇas. This is the first announcement of the schema.
  • puruṣa-vyāghra — O tiger among men
    Direct flattery before a hard teaching. Kṛṣṇa names Arjuna's kṣatriya fierceness because what is coming will require him to keep fighting, not to retreat into renunciation.
  • samprakīrtitaḥ — is fully declared
    The prefix sam- adds completeness. This is no whisper of opinion — it is the śāstric declaration, sealed.
O best of the Bhāratas, now hear My judgment about renunciation. O tiger among men, renunciation is declared in the scriptures to be of three kinds.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Kṛṣṇa cuts the debate short and announces his verdict: hear My decision on tyāga, for it has three varieties. The grand epithets 'best of Bhāratas, tiger among men' brace Arjuna for an answer that will demand kṣatriya nerve.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
'Niścaya' (final ruling) signals that what follows is Kṛṣṇa's authoritative position, not a survey. The three-fold partition of tyāga (tāmasa-rājasa-sāttvika) in vv. 7-9 will set the template for the chapter's grand catalog: knowledge, action, agent, intelligence, determination, happiness — each in three guṇa-tiers.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे भरत-सत्तम पुरुष-व्याघ्र! तत्र त्यागे मे निश्चयं शृणु । त्यागः हि त्रि-विधः सम्प्रकीर्तितः ।
he bharata-sattama puruṣa-vyāghra! tatra tyāge me niścayaṃ śṛṇu | tyāgaḥ hi tri-vidhaḥ samprakīrtitaḥ |
O best of the Bhāratas, O tiger among men, hear from Me My decision concerning this question of tyāga; tyāga has been declared to be of three kinds.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
निश्चयं शृणु मे तत्र त्यागे भरत-सत्तम । त्यागः हि पुरुष-व्याघ्र त्रि-विधः सम्प्रकीर्तितः ॥
niścayaṃ śṛṇu me tatra tyāge bharata-sattama | tyāgaḥ hi puruṣa-vyāghra tri-vidhaḥ samprakīrtitaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
निश्चयम् niścayam निश्चय (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) decisive conclusion
शृणु śṛṇu √श्रु impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) hear!
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) from Me
तत्र tatra ind. (indeclinable) in that matter
त्यागे tyāge त्याग (m.) loc.sg. (locative singular) regarding tyāga
भरत-सत्तम bharata-sattama tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) voc.sg. (vocative singular)m. O best of the Bhāratas
त्यागः tyāgaḥ त्याग (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) tyāga
हि hi ind. (indeclinable) indeed
पुरुष-व्याघ्र puruṣa-vyāghra tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) voc.sg. (vocative singular)m. O tiger among men
त्रि-विधः tri-vidhaḥ dvigu cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. of three kinds
सम्प्रकीर्तितः samprakīrtitaḥ सम् + प्र + √कीर्त् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. fully declared

Although there are differences of opinion about renunciation, here the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, gives His judgment, which should be taken as final. After all, the Vedas are different laws given by the Lord. Here the Lord is personally present, and His word should be taken as final. The Lord says that the process of renunciation should be considered in terms of the modes of material nature in which it is performed.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
4. Hear from Me the conclusion regarding tyāga, O best descendent of Bharata. O tiger among men, tyāga is said to have three types.
Commentary

In this verse the Lord states His opinion. Tyāga has three types: in sattva, rajas and tamas. The Lord delays describing these three types till verse seven, and then starts with a description of tyāga in the mode of tamas. From the use of the word sannyāsa in describing tamasic tyāga in that verse, it is understood that tyāga and sannyāsa have the same meaning in the opinion of the Lord.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
4. Hear from Me the conclusion regarding tyāga, O best descendent of Bharata. O tiger among men, tyāga is said to have three types.
Commentary

After describing the different opinions, the Lord states his own opinion. “Please listen to the conclution coming from Me, the omniscient Supreme Lord, concerning the subject of tyāga, about which there are many opinions.” “Since you have just explained about tyāga, what more must be heard?” “You must hear because (hi) three types of tyāga are discerened by the learned, by distinction of sattva, rajas and tamas (tri vidhaḥ). That which is difficult to understand should be heard. Therefore listen about three types.” The description actually starts in verse 7.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Arjuna replies here: "I asked what is the difference between tyaga and sannyasa, and Your answer is that there is three types of tyaga." And Krsna says: "Don't worry, now I'll tell you definitively!"

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

But Krishna’s opinion is that there are three kinds of renunciation based on the three modes

Lord’s opinion stands above all Vedas. After all, the Vedas are different laws given by God (purport)
His words should be taken as final (purport)
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.4 Bharata-sattama, O the most excellent among the descendants of Bharata; srnu, hear, understand; me, from Me, from My statement; niscayam, the firm conclusion; tatra tyage, regarding that tyaga, regarding these alternative veiws on tyaga and sannyasa as they have been shown. Hi, for; purusavyaghra, O greatest among men; tyagah, tyaga; samprakirtitah, has been clearly declared, has been distinctly spoken of in the scriptures; to be trividhah, of three kinds, threefold, under the classes of tamasa (those based on tamas [Tamas: darkness, mental darkness, ignorance; one of the three alities of everything in Nature. Also see 14.8, and note under 2.45.-Tr.], etc. The Lord has used the word tyaga with the idea that the (primary) meanings of tyaga and sannyasa are verily the same. Since it is difficult to comprehend this idea, that the primary meanings of the words tyaga and sannyasa can be threefold under the classification based on tamas etc. in the case of one who is unenlightened and who is alified for rites and duties-but not in the case of one who has realized the supreme Goal-,therefore no one else is capable of speaking the truth in this connection. Hence, listen to the firm conclusion of the Lord with regard to the supreme Truth as revealved by the scriptures. Which, again, is this firm conclusion? In reply the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.4 Regarding contradictory versions on Tyaga among disputants, listen from Me My decision. Tyaga has been described by Me in respect of actions prescribed by the scriptures from three points of view: (1) as referring to fruits, (2) as referring to acts themselves and, (3) as referring to agency. It is contained in the statement, 'Surrendering all your actions to Me with a mind focussed on the self,' and 'Free from desire and selfishness and cured of fever - fight' (3.30). The renunciation of fruits consists in the following manner. 'Heaven and such other results arising from acts do not belong to Me.' Renunciation of acts is complete abandonment of the sense of possession in regard to one's acts. This sense of possession is of the following nature: 'Those acts are mine on account of their being the means for fruits which are to be mine.' Renunciation referring to agency is the renunciation of agency of oneself by ascribing the agency to the Lord of all.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.4 See Comment under 18.11
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.4 Hear from Me the conclusion or the final truth about this abandonment, O best of the Bharatas; abandonment, verily, O best of men, has been declared to be of three kinds.
Commentary

18.4 निश्चयम् conclusion or the final truth? श्रृणु hear? मे My? तत्र there? त्यागे about abandonment? भरतसत्तम O best of the Bharatas? त्यागः abandonment? हि verily? पुरुषव्याघ्र O best of men? त्रिविधः of three kinds? संप्रकीर्तितः has been declared (to be).Commentary Now the Lord gives His own decisive opinion. It is declared in the scriptures that renunciation is of three kinds? viz.? Sattvic? Rajasic and Tamasic. The Lord alone can teach the truth about the subject. Whoever wants to be liberated from the miseries of this world must understand the real nature of renunciation.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.4 O the most excellent among the descendants of Bharata, hear from Me the firm conclusion regarding that tyaga. For, O greatest among men, tyaga has been clearly declared to be of three kinds.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.4 O best of Indians! Listen to my judgment as regards this problem. It has a threefold aspect.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Prema (Divine Love)Asteya (Non-stealing / Honesty)Discriminative WisdomShaucha (Cleanliness / Purity)
Related verses
BG 6.46 BG 15.15 BG 7.2 SB 1.2.6 SB 11.19.27 SB 11.14.1 CC Madhya 25.121 CC Madhya 6.135 CC Madhya 9.362 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.7Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.18
Hear My definitive opinion on tyāga, which is of three kinds.
Practical Applications
  • Treat Kṛṣṇa's definitive opinion as the final reference.
  • Don't average across philosophical positions.
  • Take His verdict seriously.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I average instead of taking the definitive verdict?
  • What does taking it seriously change?

When two surgeons disagree, the patient does not pick by majority — he turns to the chief surgeon for the binding judgment. Kṛṣṇa, having let the two schools state their cases, now steps forward as the final authority and announces His own ruling.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.5

↗
यज्ञदानतप:कर्म न त्याज्यं कार्यमेव तत् । यज्ञो दानं तपश्चैव पावनानि मनीषिणाम् ॥ ५ ॥
yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma
[yajna-daana-tapah-karma]
na tyājyaṁ kāryam eva tat
[na tyaajyam kaaryam eva tat]
yajño dānaṁ tapaś caiva
[yajno daanam tapash chaiva]
pāvanāni manīṣiṇām
[paavanaani maneeshinaam]
yajña — of sacrifice dāna — charity tapaḥ — and penance karma — activity na — never tyājyam — to be given up kāryam — must be done eva — certainly tat — that yajñaḥ — sacrifice dānam — charity tapaḥ — penance ca — also eva — certainly pāvanāni — purifying manīṣiṇām — even for the great souls .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma
yajña
of sacrifice
dāna
charity
tapaḥ
and penance
karma
activity
na tyājyaṁ kāryam eva tat
na
never
tyājyam
to be given up
kāryam
must be done
eva
certainly
tat
that
yajño dānaṁ tapaś caiva
yajñaḥ
sacrifice
dānam
charity
tapaḥ
penance
ca
also
eva
certainly
pāvanāni manīṣiṇām
pāvanāni
purifying
manīṣiṇām
even for the great souls .
  • yajñaḥ — sacrifice
    The first of the three irreducibles. Not optional even for the manīṣī. In Kali-yuga, harināma-saṅkīrtana is yajña — the same purifying act in its current authorized form.
  • dānam — charity
    The breaking of clutching. Giving keeps a soul from calcifying into proprietorship. The renouncer who still hoards has renounced nothing.
  • tapaḥ — penance, austerity
    Voluntary heat. Fasting, vows, silence, ekādaśī — the friction that burns out the subtle film of sense-attachment.
  • pāvanāni — purifying agents
    Plural participle. These three are *agents of purification* — they act on the practitioner. They are not symbolic gestures; they actually clean the heart.
  • manīṣiṇām — even of the great thinkers
    The very class invoked in verse 3 to argue for abandoning karma. Kṛṣṇa turns the term back: even those manīṣīs themselves are still being purified by these acts. No one outgrows the bath.
Acts of sacrifice, charity and penance are not to be given up; they must be performed. Indeed, sacrifice, charity and penance purify even the great souls.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Kṛṣṇa sides with the second school: don't abandon yajña, dāna, tapas — perform them. These three are the great purifiers even for the wise. Renunciation does not mean inactivity.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Yajña-dāna-tapas form a classical triad of dharmic action that the Gītā repeatedly endorses (cf. 17.7, 17.24-28). Note that Kṛṣṇa calls them 'pāvanāni manīṣiṇām' — purifiers even of the already-wise, not just of beginners. The verse refutes the renunciate-extreme that all karma is bondage and prepares the redefinition of true tyāga in v. 6.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यज्ञ-दान-तपः-कर्म न त्याज्यम्, तत् कार्यम् एव । यज्ञः दानं तपः च एव मनीषिणां पावनानि ।
yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma na tyājyam, tat kāryam eva | yajñaḥ dānaṃ tapaḥ ca eva manīṣiṇāṃ pāvanāni |
The work of sacrifice, charity and austerity is not to be abandoned; it must indeed be done. Sacrifice, charity and austerity are purifiers of the thoughtful.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यज्ञ-दान-तपः-कर्म न त्याज्यं कार्यम् एव तत् । यज्ञः दानं तपः च एव पावनानि मनीषिणाम् ॥
yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma na tyājyaṃ kāryam eva tat | yajñaḥ dānaṃ tapaḥ ca eva pāvanāni manīṣiṇām ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यज्ञ-दान-तपः-कर्म yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma dvandva-tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. the work of yajña, dāna, tapas
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
त्याज्यम् tyājyam √त्यज् gerundive nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. to be abandoned
कार्यम् kāryam √कृ gerundive nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. to be done
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) emphatic indeed
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. that
यज्ञः yajñaḥ यज्ञ (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) sacrifice
दानम् dānam दान (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) charity
तपः tapaḥ तपस् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) austerity
पावनानि pāvanāni पावन (adj.) nom.pl. (nominative plural)n. purifiers
मनीषिणाम् manīṣiṇām मनीषिन् (adj.) gen.pl. (genitive plural)m. of the thoughtful

The yogīs should perform acts for the advancement of human society. There are many purificatory processes for advancing a human being to spiritual life. The marriage ceremony, for example, is considered to be one of these sacrifices. It is called vivāha-yajña. Should a sannyāsī, who is in the renounced order of life and who has given up his family relations, encourage the marriage ceremony? The Lord says here that any sacrifice which is meant for human welfare should never be given up. Vivāha-yajña, the marriage ceremony, is meant to regulate the human mind so that it may become peaceful for spiritual advancement. For most men, this vivāha-yajña should be encouraged even by persons in the renounced order of life. Sannyāsīs should never associate with women, but that does not mean that one who is in the lower stages of life, a young man, should not accept a wife in the marriage ceremony. All prescribed sacrifices are meant for achieving the Supreme Lord. Therefore, in the lower stages, they should not be given up. Similarly, charity is for the purification of the heart. If charity is given to suitable persons, as described previously, it leads one to advanced spiritual life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
5. Sacrifice, charity and austerity should not be given up but should be performed, since they purify even the wise.
Commentary

According to the Lord, even among kāmya-karmas (optional), those sacrifices, charities and austerities which are sattvic in nature, , should be performed without desire for results. [Note: In the second verse, sannyāsa was defined as giving up kāmya-karmas.] This is explained in this verse. Sacrifice, austerity and charity must be done, because they cause purification of the consciousness.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
5. Sacrifice, charity and austerity should not be given up but should be performed, since they purify the wise.
Commentary

In two verses, the Lord first states His own conviction in the matter. For the wise, the obligatory activities such as sacrifices, charity and austerity should never be given up, because they purify (pāvaṇāni)—they destroy the faults accumulated by repeated births, through the knowledge arising within them like a lotus blossoming from a root.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

The acaryas mention in their explanation that: 'as a lotus stem has fibers inside, these three activities have the fiber of jnana, or knowledge, inside. Do these activities as Krsna's prescriptions and become purified in the heart and thereby you will attain knowledge.'

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Krishna’s opinion is presented – “Religious duties as opposed to worldly duties purify the heart”

Sacrifice, Charity and Penance should never be given up – they purify even the great souls
Focus of Learning

(a) Suggestion to yogis / advanced souls / sannyasis – They must perform acts for advancement of

human society

(b) Example of such purificatory processes – Marriage ceremony (Vivaha-yajna)

Purpose: To regulate the human mind so that it becomes peaceful for spiritual advancement
Attitude of sannyasi: Should never discourage one in the lower stages of life e.g. a young man to practice this yajna

(c) Another example is charity – It is for purification of heart ,especially if it is given to suitable

persons, it leads to advanced spiritual life

(a) Instruction of Bhagavad-gita (18.2)

Activities for advanced spiritual activities are not to be given up
e.g. Sacrifices for purification of one’s heart
But performance of activities for results has to be given up
e.g. Sacrifices to attain a good son or elevation to higher planets

(b) Example of subjects of contention in Vedic literatures

e.g. Animal killing in sacrifice is a subject of contention among the sages
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.5 Yajna-dana-tapah-karma, the practice of sacrifice, charity and austerity-this threefold practice; na tyajyam, is not to be abandoned; tat, it; is eva, surely; karyam, to be undertaken. Why? Yajnah, sacrifice; danam, charity; and tapah, austerity; are eva, verily; pavanani, the purifiers, the causes of sanctification; manisinam, of the wise, i.e. of those who do not seek results for themselves.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.5 Acts such as sacrifices, gifts, austerities etc., enjoined in the Vedas should not be relinished by the aspirant for release, but should be performed day after day until his death. Why? Acts like sacrifices, gifts and austerities associated with the different stations of life, are the means of purification for the wise., i.e., for those given to contemplation. Contemplation is worship. For the aspirants who perform such worship (Upasana) throughout their lives, they (sacrifices etc.) are a help to erase the previous Karmas which stand in the way of the fulfilment of such worship.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.5 See Comment under 18.11
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.5 Acts of sacrifice, gift and austerity should not be abandoned, but should be performed; sacrifice, gift and also austerity are the purifiers of the wise.
Commentary

18.5 यज्ञदानतपःकर्म acts of sacrifice? gift and austerity? न not? त्याज्यम् should be abandoned? कार्यम् should be performed? एव indeed? तत् that? यज्ञः sacrifice? दानम् gift? तपः austerity? च and? एव indeed? पावनानि purifiers? मनीषिणाम् of the wise.Commentary Acts of sacrifice? gift and austerity purify the hearts of those who have no desire for rewards. These actions are considered obligatory and ought to be performed. Actions that are skilfully performed lose their power to bind the soul and free it from earthly bondage.Now? O Arjuna? I will explain to thee that skilful way by which actions can destroye their own effect.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.5 The practice of sacrifice, charity and austerity is not to be abandoned; it is surely to be undertaken. Sacrifice, charity and austerity are verily the purifiers of the wise.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.5 Acts of sacrifice, benevolence and austerity should not be given up but should be performed, for they purify the aspiring soul.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Asteya (Non-stealing / Honesty)
Related verses
Sacrifice, charity, austerity should not be given up — they are to be performed; they purify even the great souls.
Practical Applications
  • Do not abandon sacrifice, charity, or austerity in the name of renunciation.
  • Honor them as purifiers.
  • Continue them through your life-stages.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I been tempted to abandon the three?
  • What sustained practice is calling?

Even the seasoned monk does not stop bathing. Yajña, dāna, and tapas are the soul's daily washing — to skip them is not advancement but neglect. The fire of purification belongs to every stage of the path, not just the beginner's.

King Yudhiṣṭhira's Rājasūya

Even after the Pāṇḍavas had received Kṛṣṇa's direct association and the highest spiritual instruction, Yudhiṣṭhira did not consider himself above sacrifice. He performed the great Rājasūya yajña with full splendor — and Kṛṣṇa Himself attended and washed the feet of the guests.

The greatest of dharmic kings did not skip yajña, dāna, or tapas. These three remain pāvanāni — purifying — even for those whom one would assume to need no further purification.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.6

↗
एतान्यपि तु कर्माणि सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा फलानि च । कर्तव्यानीति मे पार्थ निश्चितं मतमुत्तमम् ॥ ६ ॥
etāny api tu karmāṇi
[etaany api tu karmaani]
saṅgaṁ tyaktvā phalāni ca
[sangam tyaktvaa phalaani cha]
kartavyānīti me pārtha
[kartavyaaneeti me paartha]
niścitaṁ matam uttamam
[nishchitam matam uttamam]
etāni — all these api — certainly tu — but karmāṇi — activities saṅgam — association tyaktvā — renouncing phalāni — results ca — also kartavyāni — should be done as duty iti — thus me — My pārtha — O son of Pṛthā niścitam — definite matam — opinion uttamam — the best .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
etāny api tu karmāṇi
etāni
all these
api
certainly
tu
but
karmāṇi
activities
saṅgaṁ tyaktvā phalāni ca
saṅgam
association
tyaktvā
renouncing
phalāni
results
ca
also
kartavyānīti me pārtha
kartavyāni
should be done as duty
iti
thus
me
My
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
niścitaṁ matam uttamam
niścitam
definite
matam
opinion
uttamam
the best .
  • saṅgam — attachment, association
    The Gītā's pivotal word, repeated again. The same saṅga of 2.47 reappears here as the precise thing to be dropped. Not the karma — the saṅga to it.
  • phalāni — fruits
    Plural again, as in 2.47. Not one fruit — every fruit. Material, recognitional, even subtle spiritual results are all included in the renunciation.
  • kartavyāni — are to be done as duty
    Gerundive of necessity. The verse refuses the false binary 'attached action vs. no action.' A third way: detached *yet* obligatory performance.
  • niścitam — definite
    Echoes niścaya from verse 4. Kṛṣṇa keeps marking his rulings as final, sealing each layer of the teaching.
  • uttamam — the highest, the best
    He does not call this *an* opinion but *the* highest opinion. This verse is the compressed essence of the entire chapter's teaching on action.
All these activities should be performed without attachment or any expectation of result. They should be performed as a matter of duty, O son of Pṛthā. That is My final opinion.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Here is Kṛṣṇa's reconciliation: the great purifying acts must be performed, but with two interior renunciations — drop attachment, drop expectation of fruits. This is His final, supreme verdict on tyāga.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The verse is a doctrinal hinge: outer action continues, inner grip releases. Two objects of 'tyaktvā' — saṅga (attachment to doing) and phala (attachment to result) — define sāttvika tyāga. 'Niścitam mama matam uttamam' is unusually emphatic phrasing in the Gītā, signaling that this is the operative formula the rest of the chapter elaborates.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे पार्थ! एतानि अपि तु कर्माणि सङ्गं फलानि च त्यक्त्वा कर्तव्यानि इति मे निश्चितम् उत्तमं मतम् ।
he pārtha! etāni api tu karmāṇi saṅgaṃ phalāni ca tyaktvā kartavyāni iti me niścitam uttamaṃ matam |
But even these actions, O Pārtha, are to be done having abandoned attachment and fruits — that is My settled, supreme view.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
एतानि अपि तु कर्माणि सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा फलानि च । कर्तव्यानि इति मे पार्थ निश्चितं मतम् उत्तमम् ॥
etāni api tu karmāṇi saṅgaṃ tyaktvā phalāni ca | kartavyāni iti me pārtha niścitaṃ matam uttamam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
एतानि etāni एतद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. these
अपि api ind. (indeclinable) even
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) but
कर्माणि karmāṇi कर्मन् (n.) acc.pl. (accusative plural) actions
सङ्गम् saṅgam सङ्ग (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) attachment
त्यक्त्वा tyaktvā √त्यज् abs. (absolutive) having abandoned
फलानि phalāni फल (n.) acc.pl. (accusative plural) fruits
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
कर्तव्यानि kartavyāni √कृ gerundive nom.pl. (nominative plural)n. to be done
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of Me
पार्थ pārtha पार्थ (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O son of Pṛthā
निश्चितम् niścitam नि + √चि p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. settled
मतम् matam √मन् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. opinion
उत्तमम् uttamam उत्तम (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. supreme

Although all sacrifices are purifying, one should not expect any result by such performances. In other words, all sacrifices which are meant for material advancement in life should be given up, but sacrifices that purify one’s existence and elevate one to the spiritual plane should not be stopped. Everything that leads to Kṛṣṇa consciousness must be encouraged. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam also it is said that any activity which leads to devotional service to the Lord should be accepted. That is the highest criterion of religion. A devotee of the Lord should accept any kind of work, sacrifice or charity which will help him in the discharge of devotional service to the Lord.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
6. These actions must be done, but without the misconception of being the doer and without longing for results. This is My final opinion.
Commentary

In this verse the Lord shows the method by which these actions become purifying. Giving up the misconception of being the doer (saṅgaṁ tyaktvā) and also giving up the quest for results (phalāni), one should perform those actions. Giving up the idea of being the doer and giving up seeking results is tyāga and this is also called sannyāsa.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
6. These actions must be done, but without the misconception of being the doer and without longing for results. This is My final opinion.
Commentary

In this verse, the Lord speaks of how the sacrifices and other acts are purifying. Having given up the idea of being the agent (saṅgam) and giving up all the results (phalāni) which the actions are said to produce, such as going to pitṛloka, one should do the actions only with the thought that they are worship of the Lord. This is the highest conclusion (uttamam matam) discerned by Me (niścitam). This conclusion of the Lord about tyāga is the best because it includes additionally renunciation of being the doer.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

The opinion that Krsna gives here, because it is His opinion it is superior to the opinions of others that Krsna presented previously. And Krsna explains here that all these activities should be performed without attachment, without any expectation of result. This is His opinion and this means that is not the activity that has to be given up, is not the activity that causes one trouble. The problem that we have is the consciousness, the false ego in which we perform the activity, thinking that 'I am the enjoyer. I am performing the activity, let me get the fruit and enjoy.' Krsna speaks here of the true standard of tyaga being only internal renunciation and at the same time, externally, one should perform one's duty. This is Krsna 's prescription here in the Bhagavad‑gita ‑ do one's duty externally and internally one should be completely renounced. If Arjuna follows this prescription, that he should fight, but detached from the results. Krsna defined, previously, tyaga of three kinds, now He is going to define three kinds of nitya‑sannyasis, and we will see here, in next text, that Krsna uses both words, sannyasa and tyaga, and this is giving a hint to Krsna's answer to the question:'are sannyasa or tyaga the same or are they different?' Some opinions were that they are different but Krsna's opinion here is that the renounced order of life and renunciation of the fruits of one's work, are exactly the same. But now Krsna is going to describe one of those types of sannysa or so‑called renunciation of work.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Attitude while performing sacrifice, charity and penance:

Without attachment or any expectation of result
Example of what should be given up – All sacrifices meant for material advancement should be given up (purport)
Only as a matter of duty for the purpose of purification of one’s existence
Example of what should be encouraged – Everything that leads to Krishna consciousness must be encouraged (purport)
Ref. SB 1.2.6: “sa vai pumsam…” – Highest criteria of religion is anything which leads to devotional service
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.6 Tu, but; api, even; etani, these; karmani, actions, viz sacrifice, charity and austerity, which have been spoken of as purifiers; kartavyani, have to be undertaken; tyaktva, by renouncing; sangam, attachment to them; and by giving up (hankering for) their phalani, results. Iti, this; is me, My; niscitam, firm; and uttamam, best; matam, conculsion. Having promised, 'hear from Me the firm conclusion regarding that (tyaga)' (4) and also adduced the reason that they are purifiers, the utterance, 'Even these actions have to be performed. This is the firm and best conclusion', is only by way of concluding the promised subject-matter; this sentence does not introduce a fresh topic. For it stands to reason that the phrase 'even these' refers to some immediate topic under discussion. The implication of the word api (even) is: 'Even these acts, which are causes of bondage to one who has attachment and who hankers after their results, have to be undertaken by a seeker of Liberation.' But the phrase 'even these' is not used in relation to other acts. Others explain (thus): Since the nityakarmas have no results, therefore (in their case) it is illogical to say, 'by giving up attachment and (hankering for their) results'. The meaning of the phrase etani api (even these) is that, 'even these rites and duties, which are undertaken for desired results and are different from the nityakarmas, have to be undertaken. What to speak of the nityakarmas like sacrifice, charity and austerity!' (Reply:) This is wrong since it has been established by the text, 'sacrifice, charity and austerity are verily the purifiers,' that even the nityakarmas have results. For a seeker of Liberation who wants to give up even the nityakarmas from fear of their being causes of bondage, how can there be any association with actions done for desired results? Moreover, the phrase etani api cannot apply to actions done for desired results (kamyakarmas), since they have been denigrated in, '৷৷.indeed, actions is ite inferior' (2.49), and in, '৷৷.by actions other than that action meant for God' (3.9), and since, on the strength of the texts [Which support the two earlier arguments.], 'the Vedas have the three alities as their object' (2.45), 'Those who are versed in the Vedas, who are drinkers of Soma,৷৷.(pray for the heavenly goal by worshipping) Me' (9.20), and 'they enter into the human world on the exhaustion of their merit' (9.21), it has been definitely stated that actions done for desired results are causes of bondage; and also because they are far removed from the context.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.6 Since sacrifices, gifts, austerities etc., are the means for the purification of the wise, therefore, it is My decided and final view that they should be performed as a part of my worship until one's death, renouncing attachment, viz., possessiveness towards actions and their fruits.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.6 See Comment under 18.11
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.6 But even these actions should be performed leaving aside attachment and the desire for rewards, O Arjuna; this is My certain and best conviction.
Commentary

18.6 एतानि these? अपि even? तु but? कर्माणि actions? सङ्गम् attachment? त्यक्त्वा leaving? फलानि fruits? च and? कर्तव्यानि should be performed? इति thus? मे My? पार्थ O Arjuna? निश्चितम् certain? मतम् belief? उत्तमम् best.Commentary This is a summary of the doctrine of Karma Yoga enunciated before on several occasions. The fault of defect of Karma is certainly not in the action itself? but in the expectation of reward and attachment.Etani api Even these Sacrifice? charity and austerity also? in the same way as other unselfish actions. Even these refers to acts of sacrifice? charity and austerity. Actions that are performed in an unselfish spirit without attachment and idea of agency? do not stand in the way of your obtaining emancipation. When actions are done without expectation of rewards? Rajas and Tamas are destroyed and the mind is filled with Sattva or purity. Actions done with the spirit of selflessness and with discrimination are instrumental in destroying the bonds of Karma (the law of cause and effect).The Lord said Hear from Me the conclusion or the final truth about renunciation (verse 4 above). Then He said with all the force of His authority that acts of sacrifice? charity and austerity should not be given up as they are purifiers of the wise. Even these actions should be performed? etc.? is only the conclusion of what the Lord has stated in verse 4.The word Api (even) implies that the acts of sacrifice? charity and austerity should be done by an aspirant although they bind one who has attachment to the actions and a desire for their reward.Just as the seeds of trees can be rendered barren by being scorched? so the aspirant burns the fruitbearing tendency of Karma through the abandonment of the desire for the reward.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.6 But even these actions have to be undertaken by renouncing attachment and (hankering for) results. This is My firm and best conclusion, O Parhta.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.6 But they should be done with detachment and without thought of recompense. This is my final judgment.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)
Related verses
These activities should be performed without attachment or expectation of result — that is My definite, supreme opinion.
Practical Applications
  • Perform the three with explicit detachment.
  • Treat 'My definite, supreme opinion' as final word.
  • Don't relitigate the verdict.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I keep relitigating settled spiritual matters?
  • What would settling them allow?

A skilled potter throws clay on the wheel knowing the pot will leave his shop. He does the work with full attention but never confuses the pot with himself, nor calculates the buyer's payment while shaping the rim. Duty done as duty — the form perfected, the result released.

Mahārāja Pṛthu's reign

Mahārāja Pṛthu ruled the earth with such attention to dharma that the planet herself yielded her wealth to him. Yet he performed every kingly duty as offering — saṅgam tyaktvā, phalāni ca — without personal attachment to its outcome.

The Bhāgavatam records that he distributed everything he gained and considered himself only the Lord's servant on the throne. The same prescribed action that binds the proprietor liberates the offerer.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.7

↗
नियतस्य तु सन्न्यास: कर्मणो नोपपद्यते । मोहात्तस्य परित्यागस्तामस: परिकीर्तित: ॥ ७ ॥
niyatasya tu sannyāsaḥ
[niyatasya tu sannyaasah]
karmaṇo nopapadyate
[karmano nopapadyate]
mohāt tasya parityāgas
[mohaat tasya parityaagas]
tāmasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ
[taamasah parikeertitah]
niyatasya — prescribed tu — but sannyāsaḥ — renunciation karmaṇaḥ — of activities na — never upapadyate — is deserved mohāt — by illusion tasya — of them parityāgaḥ — renunciation tāmasaḥ — in the mode of ignorance parikīrtitaḥ — is declared .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
niyatasya tu sannyāsaḥ
niyatasya
prescribed
tu
but
sannyāsaḥ
renunciation
karmaṇo nopapadyate
karmaṇaḥ
of activities
na
never
upapadyate
is deserved
mohāt tasya parityāgas
mohāt
by illusion
tasya
of them
parityāgaḥ
renunciation
tāmasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ
tāmasaḥ
in the mode of ignorance
parikīrtitaḥ
is declared .
  • niyatasya — of prescribed (duty)
    Specifically the duty assigned to one by varṇa, āśrama, and situation. Kṛṣṇa is not talking about giving up just any work — only about abandoning *one's own* prescribed duty.
  • sannyāsaḥ — renunciation
    Same word as before, now applied wrongly. The verse exposes the misuse — sannyāsa of niyata-karma is not real sannyāsa at all.
  • mohāt — from illusion
    Ablative of cause. The motive matters. Renunciation born from moha — not from understanding — is the diagnostic mark of tamas.
  • tāmasaḥ — in the mode of ignorance
    First of the three tyāga categories the chapter will name. Kṛṣṇa starts at the bottom — the worst kind — to clear the field before describing what real tyāga looks like.
  • parikīrtitaḥ — is fully declared, is named
    Strong verb. This is not a tentative label; it is the formal classification. Such renunciation has a name in śāstra, and that name is tāmasa.
Prescribed duties should never be renounced. If one gives up his prescribed duties because of illusion, such renunciation is said to be in the mode of ignorance.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sannyāsa of one's allotted duty is improper; dropping it out of delusion is renunciation in the mode of ignorance. Quitting from confusion, not clarity, never qualifies as tyāga.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
First of three guṇa-graded forms of giving-up. Tāmasa-tyāga is abandonment of niyata-karma (prescribed duty — directly relevant to Arjuna's threatened battlefield desertion of 1.46-47). The verse silently indicts Arjuna's earlier impulse and frames flight as the lowest, not the highest, response.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
नियतस्य कर्मणः तु सन्न्यासः न उपपद्यते । तस्य मोहात् परित्यागः तामसः परिकीर्तितः ।
niyatasya karmaṇaḥ tu sannyāsaḥ na upapadyate | tasya mohāt parityāgaḥ tāmasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |
But renunciation of one's prescribed duty is not proper; its abandonment from delusion is declared to be tāmasa (in the mode of ignorance).
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
नियतस्य तु सन्न्यासः कर्मणः न उपपद्यते । मोहात् तस्य परित्यागः तामसः परिकीर्तितः ॥
niyatasya tu sannyāsaḥ karmaṇaḥ na upapadyate | mohāt tasya parityāgaḥ tāmasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
नियतस्य niyatasya नि + √यम् p.p.p. (past passive participle) gen.sg. (genitive singular)n. of the prescribed
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) but
सन्न्यासः sannyāsaḥ सन्न्यास (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) renunciation
कर्मणः karmaṇaḥ कर्मन् (n.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of action
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
उपपद्यते upapadyate उप + √पद् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) is fitting
मोहात् mohāt मोह (m.) abl.sg. (ablative singular) from delusion
तस्य tasya तद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular)n. its
परित्यागः parityāgaḥ परि + √त्यज् → परित्याग (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) abandonment
तामसः tāmasaḥ तामस (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. tāmasa
परिकीर्तितः parikīrtitaḥ परि + √कीर्त् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. is declared

Work for material satisfaction must be given up, but activities which promote one to spiritual activity, like cooking for the Supreme Lord and offering the food to the Lord and then accepting the food, are recommended. It is said that a person in the renounced order of life should not cook for himself. Cooking for oneself is prohibited, but cooking for the Supreme Lord is not prohibited. Similarly, a sannyāsī may perform a marriage ceremony to help his disciple in the advancement of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. If one renounces such activities, it is to be understood that he is acting in the mode of darkness.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
7. It is not recommended to give up nitya-karmas even for the sannyāsī. Rejection arising from ignorance of scripture ends in ignorance.
Commentary

Starting the description of the three types of tyāga, the Lord here describes tamasic tyāga. Giving up daily activities (niyatasya karmaṇaḥ) is not recommended. To reject the nitya-karmas out of ignorance of the meaning of scriptures (mohāt) is called tamasic tyāga. The sannyāsī can reject kāmya-karmas since they are not obligatory, but nitya-karmas are not to be rejected. That is the suggestion of the word tu. The result of such tamasic tyāga is ignorance, instead of attainment of knowledge, which was the very goal in rejecting the nitya-karma.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
7. It is not recommended that even the sannyāsī give up daily rituals. Rejection arising from lack of knoweldge ends in the mode of ignorance.
Commentary

Now the Lord speaks of the three types of tyāga that He promised to explain, in three verses. One should give up kāmya karmas because they lead to bondage. But one should not renounce nitya and naimittika karms such as the five daily sacrifices. [Note: These are the pañca mahā yajñas: offerings to brahman by chanting the Vedas, offerings to the devas by arcana, offerings to the pitṛs by tarpaṇa, offerings to guests by food, and offerings to animals by food. Nitya karmas are those prescribed for daily performance and naimittika are those prescribed periodically, such as monthly or yearly.] These should not be given up because they produce liberation through the knowledge inherent in them from aiming at ātmā, and they enable one to continue to support the material body. A person worshipping the devatās who are vibhūṭis of the Lord can accomplish maintenance of his body for pursuing knowledge of the truth, by taking the purified remnants. If a person does the opposite of what was stated in Chapter three, in such statements as niyataṁ kuru karma tvam, and gives up those duties completely (parityāgaḥ) out of lack of knowledge (mohāt), thinking they will cause bondage, it is in the tamasic mode, since that moha is the quality of the mode of ignorance.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

What is the result of illusion or acting in illusion? ‑ Simply further illusion. These three kinds of renunciation are going to be described here and it should be clear by the end that Krsna is recommending one of these three kinds of renunciation. It is not renunciation in ignorance nor renunciation in passion. Here, giving up prescribed duties out of illusion, is in ignorance.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Renunciation in the mode of ignorance

Prescribed duties should never be renounced
Giving up prescribed duties because of illusion is in the mode of ignorance
Examples – Cooking and marriage ceremony
Activities which promotes one to spiritual activity are recommended e.g. cooking and offering to the Lord; For a sannyasi, cooking for oneself is prohibited, but cooking for Supreme Lord is not prohibited
Sannyasi may perform marriage ceremony for his disciple to help him advance in Krishna consciousness
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.7 Therefore, sannyasah, the abandoning; niyatasya tu karmanah, of the daily obligatory acts, by the seeker of Liberation who is as yet unenlightened and is fit for rites and duites; na apapadyate, is not justifiable, because what is desired is the purification of unenlightened persons. Parityagah, giving up; tasya, of that, of the daily obligatory duty; mohat, through delusion, through ignorance; parikirtitah, is declared; to be tamasah, based on tamas. Niyata is that duty which must be performed. That an act is niyata (obligatory) and it is relinished is contradictory. Therefore the giving up of that through delusion is declared to be based on tamas, for delusion is tamas. Besides,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.7 Obligatory acts consist of daily, and occasional ceremonies like the five great sacrifices; their abandonment is not proper, for without actions even the sustenance of the body would be impossible, as already stated: 'From no-work, not even the body can be sustained' (3.8). The sustenance of the body by eating the sacrificial remnants produces perfect knowledge. Otherwise, as declared in the statement, 'But the sinful ones eat sin' (3.13). The satisfaction that comes by eating food which is not the remnant of sacrifice and which is therefore of the form of sin, is productive of erroneous knowledge in the mind. For, as declared in the Sruti, 'The mind consists of food' (Cha. U., 6.5.4), the mind is sustained by food. Also, there is the Sruti text, 'When the food is pure, the mind becomes pure; when the mind is pure, remembrance becomes firmly fixed; and when remembrance is acired, there is release from all knots of the heart' (Ibid., 7.26.2). It is therefore proved by the Sruti that knowledge of the form of direct perception of Brahman, is dependent on the purity of food. Hence the great sacrifices and such other obligatory and occasional rites are worthy of adoption till one's death, as they help in the knowledge of the Brahman. The renunciation of these is therefore not proper. Thus, the relinishment of these acts which produce knowledge through the delusion that they bind the self, is rooted in Tamas. Tamasika renunciation has its roots in Tamas. Since such renunciation has its roots in ignorance which is the effect of Tamas, such renunciation is said to have its roots in Tamas. For Tamas is the root of ignorance as has been stated: 'From Tamas arise negligence and delusion, and also, ignorance' (14.17). Ignorance is erroneous knowledge which is antagonistic to right knowledge. So, it will be taught, 'That reason which, enveloped in Tamas, regards wrong as right, and which reverses every value, O Arjuna, is Tamasika' (18.32). It is for this reason that the renunciation of obligatory and occasional actions are said to have their roots in erroneous knowledge.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.7 See Comment under 18.11
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.7 Verily the renunciation of obligatory action is not proper; the abandonment of the same from delusion is declared to be Tamasic.
Commentary

18.7 नियतस्य obligatory? तु verily? संन्यासः renunciation? कर्मणः of action? न not? उपपद्यते is proper? मोहात् from delusion? तस्य of the same? परित्यागः abandonment? तामसः Tamasic? परिकीर्तितः is declared.Commentary Renunciation of obligatory action is not proper because it is purifying in the case of an ignorant man. Should a man renounce actions that he should perform as a duty? such renunciation can only be of the ality of darkness. Prescribed duties must not be abandoned and if anyone does so? he is certainly deluded by ignorance. Tamas is ignorance.Niyata Prescribed according to ones religion. To hold that a duty is obligatory and then to relinish it is indeed selfcontradictory.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.7 The abandoning of daily obligatory acts (nityakamas) is not justifiable. Giving up that through delusion is declared to be based on tamas.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.7 It is not right to give up actions which are obligatory; and if they are misunderstood, it is the result of sheer ignorance.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Renunciation of prescribed duty is improper — out of illusion, called tamasic renunciation.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that giving up prescribed duty is tamasic, not spiritual.
  • Don't confuse laziness with renunciation.
  • Honor your prescribed duty.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I confused laziness with renunciation?
  • What prescribed duty calls?

A soldier who throws down his weapon mid-battle because the noise upsets him has not renounced — he has deserted. To leave one's post under the spell of moha is not vairāgya but tamas wearing vairāgya's robe.

Arjuna's own first impulse

At the opening of the Gītā, Arjuna threw down his Gāṇḍīva and said he would rather beg than fight. It looked like renunciation. Kṛṣṇa diagnosed it as moha — the very tāmasa-tyāga this verse names.

The whole Gītā is in one sense Kṛṣṇa's correction of that first impulse. Real renunciation is not the dropping of niyata-karma under emotional pressure; that is the lowest variety masquerading as the highest.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.8

↗
दु:खमित्येव यत्कर्म कायक्ल‍ेशभयात्त्यजेत् । स कृत्वा राजसं त्यागं नैव त्यागफलं लभेत् ॥ ८ ॥
duḥkham ity eva yat karma
[duhkham ity eva yat karma]
kāya-kleśa-bhayāt tyajet
[kaaya-klesha-bhayaat tyajet]
sa kṛtvā rājasaṁ tyāgaṁ
[sa kritvaa raajasam tyaagam]
naiva tyāga-phalaṁ labhet
[naiva tyaaga-phalam labhet]
duḥkham — unhappy iti — thus eva — certainly yat — which karma — work kāya — for the body kleśa — trouble bhayāt — out of fear tyajet — gives up saḥ — he kṛtvā — after doing rājasam — in the mode of passion tyāgam — renunciation na — not eva — certainly tyāga — of renunciation phalam — the results labhet — gains .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
duḥkham ity eva yat karma
duḥkham
unhappy
iti
thus
eva
certainly
yat
which
karma
work
kāya-kleśa-bhayāt tyajet
kāya
for the body
kleśa
trouble
bhayāt
out of fear
tyajet
gives up
sa kṛtvā rājasaṁ tyāgaṁ
saḥ
he
kṛtvā
after doing
rājasam
in the mode of passion
tyāgam
renunciation
naiva tyāga-phalaṁ labhet
na
not
eva
certainly
tyāga
of renunciation
phalam
the results
labhet
gains .
  • duḥkham — trouble, distress
    The whole motive of rājasa renunciation in one word. The work is given up *because* it causes pain — not because the soul has matured beyond it.
  • bhayāt — out of fear
    Ablative. The renouncer here is identified not by what he gives up but by what he is afraid of. Fear, not vairāgya, drives the action.
  • kleśa — trouble, distress
    Specifically bodily trouble (kāya-kleśa in the compound). The dread of kleśa is what powers rājasa renunciation — comfort, not wisdom, is its motive.
  • rājasam — in the mode of passion
    The middle category. Rājasa-tyāga is more dignified than tāmasa but still bound to the body and its preferences.
  • phalam — fruit, result
    An exquisite irony. He renounced fruits and yet does not even gain the fruit *of renouncing* (tyāga-phalam). Tāmasa and rājasa both miss the real harvest of giving up.
  • labhet — gains
    Optative. With the verse's negation, Kṛṣṇa firmly states that the elevation tyāga is meant to confer will not arrive when its motive is bodily fear.
Anyone who gives up prescribed duties as troublesome or out of fear of bodily discomfort is said to have renounced in the mode of passion. Such action never leads to the elevation of renunciation.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Quitting an action merely because it hurts the body is renunciation in the mode of passion. Such cowardly drop-out yields nothing of the real fruit of renunciation — the inner freedom that tyāga is meant to deliver.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Rājasa-tyāga is calibrated to comfort, not to truth. The motive is 'kāya-kleśa-bhaya' — fear of physical effort. The verse warns against confusing aversion with detachment: the rājasa renunciate looks like a yogī but has only swapped one craving (for ease) for another. Cross-ref to 3.4-6 on the futility of forced inaction.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत् कर्म दुःखम् इति एव काय-क्ल‍ेश-भयात् त्यजेत्, सः राजसं त्यागं कृत्वा त्याग-फलं न एव लभेत् ।
yat karma duḥkham iti eva kāya-kla‍eśa-bhayāt tyajet, saḥ rājasaṃ tyāgaṃ kṛtvā tyāga-phalaṃ na eva labhet |
Whoever abandons an action merely as 'painful', out of fear of bodily strain — having performed that rājasa renunciation, he obtains no fruit of renunciation at all.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
दुःखम् इति एव यत् कर्म काय-क्ल‍ेश-भयात् त्यजेत् । सः कृत्वा राजसं त्यागं न एव त्याग-फलं लभेत् ॥
duḥkham iti eva yat karma kāya-kla‍eśa-bhayāt tyajet | saḥ kṛtvā rājasaṃ tyāgaṃ na eva tyāga-phalaṃ labhet ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
दुःखम् duḥkham दुःख (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) pain
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) merely
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. which
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) action
काय-क्लेश-भयात् kāya-kleśa-bhayāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)n. from fear of bodily distress
त्यजेत् tyajet √त्यज् opt. (optative) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) should abandon
सः saḥ तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. he
कृत्वा kṛtvā √कृ abs. (absolutive) having performed
राजसम् rājasam राजस (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. rājasa
त्यागम् tyāgam त्याग (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) renunciation
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
त्याग-फलम् tyāga-phalam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. the fruit of renunciation
लभेत् labhet √लभ् opt. (optative) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) would obtain

One who is in Kṛṣṇa consciousness should not give up earning money out of fear that he is performing fruitive activities. If by working one can engage his money in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, or if by rising early in the morning one can advance his transcendental Kṛṣṇa consciousness, one should not desist out of fear or because such activities are considered troublesome. Such renunciation is in the mode of passion. The result of passionate work is always miserable. If a person renounces work in that spirit, he never gets the result of renunciation.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
8. One who gives up the obligatory actions out of fear of bodily pain, thinking it is an unnecessary inconvenience for the body, performs tyāga in the mode of rajas, and does not attain the intended result of that tyāga.
Commentary

Even though one knows that performance of nitya-karma is necessary and to do it is praiseworthy and to neglect to do it is a sinful, if one rejects the action thinking it is useless trouble to the body, it is known as rajasic tyāga. One will not attain the desired result of tyāga, knowledge, by doing so.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
8. One who gives up the obligatory actions out of fear of bodily pain, thinking it is an unnecessary inconvenience for the body, and performs tyāga in the mode of rajas, does not attain the intended result of that tyāga.
Commentary

Even knowing that performing prescribed actions with no desire is a cause of liberation, if the desirer of liberation gives up those actions out of fear of bodily pain (kāya kleśa bhāyāt), such as having difficulties to obtain the materials for sacrifice or disliking the discomfort of a morning bath, his renunciation is in the mode of passion, since such experience of discontent is the quality of the mode of passion. Having given up the actions, that person will not attain steadiness in jñāna (tyāga phalam), which is the result of performance of the action.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Someone may take sannyasa because he is having so many business troubles, the family his giving him so much trouble, and his work is so difficult, he finds no happiness in the world... one may take sannyasa and think 'what is the use of working hard to get bread, if I go to Vrndavana I can get so many capatis to eat and I don't have to work at all and I save myself so much trouble.' In that way if someone takes sannyasa and dresses in the sannyasa way ‑ this is in the mode of passion, not what Krsna recommends. A person in this consciousness knows that he should do his duty in detachment but he rejects doing the duty because it is too hard, too difficult. And yet, he still wants to get some spiritual benefit, 'I will be a sadhu, I will be a sannyasi, but I don't work hard, it is too difficult.'

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Renunciation in the mode of passion

Giving up prescribed duties as troublesome or out of fear of bodily discomfort
Examples:
In Krishna consciousness, giving up earning money out of fear that it is fruitive activity is not recommended, one should engage his money in Krishna consciousness
Rising early in the morning may be troublesome
Result of passionate work is always miserable – One does not elevate in renunciation

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF TEXTS 18.5 & 18.6

Regardless of his personal level of advancement, the

spiritualist always encourage the following of purificatory practices

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.8 Yat, whatever; karma, action; tyajet, one may relinish, eva, merely; iti, as being; kuhkham, painful; [As being impossible to accomplish.] kaya-klesa-bhayat, from fear of physical suffering, out of fear of bodily pain; sah, he; krtva, having resorted; tyagam, to renunciation; rajasam, based on rajas, arising from rajas; will eva, surely; na labhet (shuld rather be labhate), not acire; tyaga-phalam, fruits of renunciation, the result called Liberation, which follows from renunciation of all actions as a conseence of Illumination. Which, again, is the renunciation based on sattva?
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.8 Although actions constitute the indirect menas for release, yet they produce mental depression, since they can be done only by collecting materials involving painful effort and since they cause bodily strain on account of their reiring strenuous exertion. If, on account of such fear, one decides that the practice of knowledge alone should be tried for perfection in Yoga, and abandons actions like the great sacrifices applicable to one's station in life, he practises renunciation rooted in Rajas. Since that is not the meaning of the Sastras, one cannot win the fruit of renunciation in the form of the rise of knowledge. So it will be shown further one: 'That reason by which one erroneously knows, O Arjuna, is Rajasika' (18.31). In fact, actions do not directly cause purity of the mind but indirectly by winning the grace of God.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.8 See Comment under 18.11
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.8 He who abandons action on account of the fear of bodily trouble (because it is painful), does not obtain the merit of renunciation by doing such Rajasic renunciation.
Commentary

18.8 दुःखम् (it is) painful? इति thus? एव even? यत् which? कर्म action? कायक्लेशभयात् from fear of bodily trouble? त्यजेत् abandons? सः he? कृत्वा performing? राजसम् Rajasic? त्यागम् abandonment? न not? एव even? त्यागफलम् the fruit of abandonment? लभेत् obtains.Commentary Phalam Fruit or reward Moksha or emancipation which is the reward of renunciation of all actions accompanied with wisdom.Determination and persistence are reired for the performance of religious duties and actions. One may begin action but may relinish it before it is completed on account of some difficulties or physical suffering. What then is Sattvic renunciation The Lord says --

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.8 Whatever action one may relinish merely as being painful, from fear of physical suffering, he, having resorted to renunciation based on rajas, will surely not acire the fruits of renunciation.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.8 To avoid an action through fear of physical suffering, because it is likely to be painful, is to act from passion, and the benefit of renunciation will not follow.
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Daya (Compassion / Mercy)Asteya (Non-stealing / Honesty)Kritajnata (Gratitude)Aparigraha (Non-possessiveness)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Nyaya (Justice / Righteous Judgment)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)
Related verses
Renunciation done out of fear of bodily trouble — rajasic; one does not gain the result of renunciation.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize fear-based renunciation as rajasic, not pure.
  • Address the fear; don't bypass it through renunciation.
  • Refine the motive.
Reflection Questions
  • Where is my renunciation fear-based?
  • What addresses the underlying fear?

A pilgrim quits the long walk because his feet hurt and the sun is hot. He sits in the shade and calls it renunciation. The shade is real, the rest is real — but the destination is no closer. He has spared his body and lost his pilgrimage.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.9

↗
कार्यमित्येव यत्कर्म नियतं क्रियतेऽर्जुन । सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा फलं चैव स त्याग: सात्त्विको मत: ॥ ९ ॥
kāryam ity eva yat karma
[kaaryam ity eva yat karma]
niyataṁ kriyate ’rjuna
[niyatam kriyate ’rjuna]
saṅgaṁ tyaktvā phalaṁ caiva
[sangam tyaktvaa phalam chaiva]
sa tyāgaḥ sāttviko mataḥ
[sa tyaagah saattviko matah]
kāryam — it must be done iti — thus eva — indeed yat — which karma — work niyatam — prescribed kriyate — is performed arjuna — O Arjuna saṅgam — association tyaktvā — giving up phalam — the result ca — also eva — certainly saḥ — that tyāgaḥ — renunciation sāttvikaḥ — in the mode of goodness mataḥ — in My opinion .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kāryam ity eva yat karma
kāryam
it must be done
iti
thus
eva
indeed
yat
which
karma
work
niyataṁ kriyate ’rjuna
niyatam
prescribed
kriyate
is performed
arjuna
O Arjuna
saṅgaṁ tyaktvā phalaṁ caiva
saṅgam
association
tyaktvā
giving up
phalam
the result
ca
also
eva
certainly
sa tyāgaḥ sāttviko mataḥ
saḥ
that
tyāgaḥ
renunciation
sāttvikaḥ
in the mode of goodness
mataḥ
in My opinion .
  • kāryam — it is to be done
    Gerundive of pure obligation. Not 'because I will benefit' or 'because I will suffer if I don't' — simply because it is the right thing. The motive collapses to bare duty.
  • niyatam — prescribed
    Echoes verse 7. The action is the same one that the tāmasa-renouncer abandons; here it is performed but emptied of saṅga and phala. Same act, opposite mode.
  • saṅgam — attachment
    The literal target of renunciation in the phrase saṅgam tyaktvā. Not the work and not the result — the *attachment* to both is what is dropped. The Gītā's surgical instrument applied again.
  • sāttvikaḥ — in the mode of goodness
    The destination of the three-fold analysis. This is the renunciation Kṛṣṇa wants Arjuna to enact — and through Arjuna, the reader.
  • mataḥ — is held (in My opinion)
    The verse closes with mataḥ — 'is My settled view.' Even after the formal classification, Kṛṣṇa reasserts the personal stamp. This is not abstract philosophy; it is the Lord's own judgment.
O Arjuna, when one performs his prescribed duty only because it ought to be done, and renounces all material association and all attachment to the fruit, his renunciation is said to be in the mode of goodness.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
True (sāttvika) tyāga: do the duty because it must be done, internally letting go of both clinging and the result. The act is kept; the appropriative grip is dropped.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
This verse crystallizes the operative formula of v. 6 into a definition: niyata-karma + 'kāryam iti' attitude + saṅga-tyāga + phala-tyāga = sāttvika-tyāga. Note the passive 'kriyate' — the sāttvika renouncer experiences action almost as something that flows through him, not as ego-driven doing. Cf. 3.19, 4.20.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे अर्जुन! यत् नियतं कर्म कार्यम् इति एव सङ्गं फलं च त्यक्त्वा क्रियते, सः त्यागः सात्त्विकः मतः ।
he arjuna! yat niyataṃ karma kāryam iti eva saṅgaṃ phalaṃ ca tyaktvā kriyate, saḥ tyāgaḥ sāttvikaḥ mataḥ |
O Arjuna, when a prescribed action is performed merely as a duty to be done, with attachment and fruit abandoned — that renunciation is regarded as sāttvika.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
कार्यम् इति एव यत् कर्म नियतं क्रियते अर्जुन । सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा फलं च एव सः त्यागः सात्त्विकः मतः ॥
kāryam iti eva yat karma niyataṃ kriyate arjuna | saṅgaṃ tyaktvā phalaṃ ca eva saḥ tyāgaḥ sāttvikaḥ mataḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
कार्यम् kāryam √कृ gerundive nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. to be done
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) only
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) action
नियतम् niyatam नि + √यम् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. prescribed
क्रियते kriyate √कृ pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is performed
अर्जुन arjuna अर्जुन (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O Arjuna
सङ्गम् saṅgam सङ्ग (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) attachment
त्यक्त्वा tyaktvā √त्यज् abs. (absolutive) having abandoned
फलम् phalam फल (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) fruit
सः saḥ तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. that
त्यागः tyāgaḥ त्याग (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) renunciation
सात्त्विकः sāttvikaḥ सात्त्विक (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. sāttvika
मतः mataḥ √मन् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. considered

Prescribed duties must be performed with this mentality. One should act without attachment for the result; he should be disassociated from the modes of work. A man working in Kṛṣṇa consciousness in a factory does not associate himself with the work of the factory, nor with the workers of the factory. He simply works for Kṛṣṇa. And when he gives up the result for Kṛṣṇa, he is acting transcendentally.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
9. O Arjuna, that tyāga in which obligatory actions are performed out of duty, without sense of doership and desire for results, is considered tyāga in the mode of sattva.
Commentary

Performing the nitya-karma (niyataṁ karma) thinking “this should be done” while rejecting doership and desired results is called sattvic tyāga. It is understood here that the result of renouncing the fruits and not renouncing the action in this sattvic tyāga is knowledge.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
9. O Arjuna, that tyāga in which obligatory actions are performed out of duty without sense of doership and desire for results is considered tyāga in the mode of sattva.
Commentary

As much as prescribed actions are done daily with the idea that they should be done (kāryam), they should be performed giving up identification as the doer (saṅgam) and giving up all the results (phalam). That type of renunciation is in the mode of goodness, since such awareness is in the mode of goodness.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

This is what Krsna recommended in 8:6 when He said: "All these activities should be performed without attachment or any expectation of result. They should performed as a matter of duty, O son of Prtha, that is My opinion." And then Krsna, towards the end, describes the symptoms of one who renounced in goodness because this is what Krsna recommended: doing one's duty, externally and internally being detached.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Renunciation in the mode of goodness

Performing prescribed duty because it is ought to be done
Renouncing all material associations and all attachment to the fruit
Example: A man working in Krishna consciousness in a factory, does not associate himself with the work of the factory nor with the workers of the factory – Simply works for Krishna and gives the result to Krishna; thus situated on transcendental platform

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.9 & 18.10:

Text 18.10 describes the symptoms of proper renunciation

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.9 Yat, whatever; niyatam karma, daily obligatory duty; kriyate, is performed, accomplished; iti eva, just because; it is karyam, a bounden duty; O Arjuna, tyaktva, by giving up; sangam, attachment; and phalam, the result; ca eva, as well; sah, that; tyagah, renunciation, giving up of attachment and (hankering for) the resutls of daily obligatory duties; matah, is considered; to be sattvikah, based on sattva, arising from sattva. We said that the Lord's utterance is proof of the fruitfulness of daily obligatory duties. Or, even if the niyakarmas be understood (from the Lord's worlds) to be fruitless, still the ignorant man does certainly imagine that the nityakarmas (daily obligatory duites) when performed produce for oneself a result either in the form of purification of the mind or avoidance of evil. As to this, the Lord aborts even that imagination by saying, 'by giving up the result'. Hence it has been well said, 'by giving up attachment and the result'. Objection: Well, is not the threefold relinishment of actions, also called sannyasa, under discussion? As regards this, the renunciation based on tamas and rajas have been stated. Why is the relinishment of attachment and (desire for their) results spoken of here as the third? This is like somody saying, 'Three Brahmanas have come. Of them two are versed in the six auxiliaries [The six auxiliaries are: Siksa (Phonetics), Kalpa (Code of Rituals and Sacrifices), Vyakarana (Grammar), Nirukta (Etymology), Chandas (Meter, Prosody), and Jyotisa (Astronomy).-Tr.] of the Vedas; the third is a Ksatirya!' Reply: This is not wrong, for this is meant as a eulogy on the basis of the common factor of renunciation. Between renunciation of actions and renunciation. of hankering for results, there is, indeed, the similarity of the fact of renunciation. While on this subject, by condemning 'renunciation of actions' on account of its being based on rajas and tamas, the 'renunciation of desire for results of actions' is being praised on account of its being based on sattva, by saying, 'that renunciation is considered to be based on sattva.' The internal organ of a person who is alified for rites and duties, who performs the nityakarmas by giving up attachment and hankering for results, becomes pure on account of its being untainted by attachment to results etc. and refined by the nitya-karmas. When it is pure and tranil, it becomes capable of contemplating on the Self. Since, for that very person whose internal organ has become purified by performing the nityakarmas and who has become ready for the knowledge of the Self, the process by which he can become steadfast in it has to be stated, therefore the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.9 When rites like obligatory and occasional ceremonies and the great sacrifices enjoined on one's station and stage in life, are practised for their own sake, as worship of Myself and as a duty, relinishing possessiveness and fruits - such abandonment is regarded as Sattvika. It is noted in Sattva. The idea is that it is rooted in the knowledge of the meaning of the Sastras as it really is. That Sattva generates the knowledge of things as they really are, has been taught in: 'From Sattva arises knowledge' (14.17), and it will be further declared: 'That reason by which one knows action and renunciation, what ought to be done and what ought not to be done, fear and fearlessness, bondage and release, O Arjuna, is Sattvika' (18.30).
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.9 See Comment under 18.11
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.9 Whatever obligatory action is done, O Arjuna, merely because it ought to be done, abandoning attachment and also the desire for reward, that renunciation is regarded as Sattvic (pure).
Commentary

18.9 कार्यम् ought to be done? इति thus? एव even? यत् which? कर्म action? नियतम् obligatory? क्रियते is performed? अर्जुन O Arjuna? सङ्गम् attachment? त्यक्त्वा abandoning? फलम् fruit? च and? एव even? सः that? त्यागः abandonment? सात्त्विकः Sattvic (pure)? मतः is regarded.Commentary A man of pure nature performs actions that have fallen to his lot in accordance with his capacity and his inherent nature. He is not filled with the pride that he is the performer of such actions nor does he hope for any gain therefrom.An ignorant man may think that the obligatory duties may produce their fruits for the performer by causing selfpurification and preventing the sin of omission or nonperformance. This sort of thinking and expectation of rewards also must be abandoned. Abandonment of the rewards of actions is praised in this verse.When a man does obligatory duties without agency and with unselfishness and egolessness his,mind is purified? his Antahkarana is prepared for the reception of the divine light or the dawn of Selfknowledge. He gradually becomes fit for devotion to knowledge (JnanaNishtha).The aspirant or seeker after liberation should be prepared to undergo physical sufferings. All acts of selfdiscipline and selfsacrifice entail physical suffering.This? again? is the central teaching of the Gita -- do your duty without attachment and selfish desires.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.9 Whatever obligatory duty is performed just because it is a bounden duty, O Arjuna, by giving up attachment and the result as well,-that renunciation is considered to be based on sattva.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.9 He who performs an obligatory action, because he believes it to be a duty which ought to be done, without any personal desire to do the act or to receive any return - such renunciation is Pure.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Prescribed duty performed because it ought to be done, with attachment given up, and with no expectation of fruit — sattvic renunciation.
Practical Applications
  • Cultivate the sattvic formula: do duty because it must be done; release attachment and fruit.
  • Trust this formula.
  • Apply it consistently.
Reflection Questions
  • Where does this formula fit in my actual work?
  • What single act this week to test it?

A surgeon performs the operation because it must be done. He does not refuse out of squeamishness, nor does he linger to be admired for it. The scalpel moves with full skill; the credit and the consequences are left on the table. This is sāttvika-tyāga in one image.

Bharata Mahārāja's governance

Emperor Bharata — for whom Bhārata-varṣa is named — ruled the entire earth and performed every kingly duty because it was kāryam, simply that which must be done. He did not cling to the throne nor flee from it.

When the time came, he handed the kingdom to his sons and turned to bhakti. Duty performed because it ought to be performed; result and attachment both released. The Bhāgavatam holds him up as the very model of this verse.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.10

↗
न द्वेष्ट्यकुशलं कर्म कुशले नानुषज्ज‍ते । त्यागी सत्त्वसमाविष्टो मेधावी छिन्नसंशय: ॥ १० ॥
na dveṣṭy akuśalaṁ karma
[na dveshty akushalam karma]
kuśale nānuṣajjate
[kushale naanushajjate]
tyāgī sattva-samāviṣṭo
[tyaagee sattva-samaavishto]
medhāvī chinna-saṁśayaḥ
[medhaavee chinna-samshayah]
na — never dveṣṭi — hates akuśalam — inauspicious karma — work kuśale — in the auspicious na — nor anuṣajjate — becomes attached tyāgī — the renouncer sattva — in goodness samāviṣṭaḥ — absorbed medhāvī — intelligent chinna — having cut off saṁśayaḥ — all doubts .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
na dveṣṭy akuśalaṁ karma
na
never
dveṣṭi
hates
akuśalam
inauspicious
karma
work
kuśale nānuṣajjate
kuśale
in the auspicious
na
nor
anuṣajjate
becomes attached
tyāgī sattva-samāviṣṭo
tyāgī
the renouncer
sattva
in goodness
samāviṣṭaḥ
absorbed
medhāvī chinna-saṁśayaḥ
medhāvī
intelligent
chinna
having cut off
saṁśayaḥ
all doubts .
  • dveṣṭi — hates
    Verb negated in the verse. The sāttvika tyāgī does not push away unpleasant duty. Aversion is itself a form of saṅga — clinging in reverse.
  • akuśalam — inauspicious, unpleasant
    Work that does not bring obvious benefit or pleasure. The verse cuts both extremes: no recoil from such work, no attraction to its opposite.
  • anuṣajjate — becomes attached
    From the same root as saṅga. The verse negates this verb: he does not even cling to *pleasant* duty. The sāttvika is equipoised across the kuśala-akuśala axis.
  • medhāvī — intelligent, possessing buddhi
    A specific kind of intelligence — one informed by śāstra and steadied by sattva. Not cleverness, but the discernment that has digested the teaching.
  • chinna — cut off
    Past participle of chid — to slice. With saṁśayaḥ, the verse says doubts about work and renunciation have been *cut*, not merely answered. The quiet promise: a stable inner ground is possible.
The intelligent renouncer situated in the mode of goodness, neither hateful of inauspicious work nor attached to auspicious work, has no doubts about work.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
The sign of the genuine tyāgī: no recoil from disagreeable work, no addiction to agreeable work. He is steeped in sattva, sharp in intelligence, free from doubt. Equanimity, not avoidance, is the mark.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A psychological portrait of the sāttvika renouncer. Three epithets stack: sattva-samāviṣṭa (absorbed in goodness), medhāvī (discerning), chinna-saṁśaya (doubt-severed). The negative criterion is striking: not even pleasant duty captivates him. This anticipates 18.54's 'samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu' — equanimity is downstream of fruit-renunciation.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
सत्त्व-समाविष्टः मेधावी छिन्न-संशयः त्यागी अकुशलं कर्म न द्वेष्टि कुशले न अनुषज्जते ।
sattva-samāviṣṭaḥ medhāvī chinna-saṃśayaḥ tyāgī akuśalaṃ karma na dveṣṭi kuśale na anuṣajjate |
The sāttvika, intelligent, doubt-free tyāgī neither resents unpleasant work nor clings to pleasant work.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
न द्वेष्टि अकुशलं कर्म कुशले न अनुषज्जते । त्यागी सत्त्व-समाविष्टः मेधावी छिन्न-संशयः ॥
na dveṣṭi akuśalaṃ karma kuśale na anuṣajjate | tyāgī sattva-samāviṣṭaḥ medhāvī chinna-saṃśayaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
द्वेष्टि dveṣṭi √द्विष् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) hates
अकुशलम् akuśalam अकुशल (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. inauspicious
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) action
कुशले kuśale कुशल (adj.) loc.sg. (locative singular)n. in auspicious (action)
अनुषज्जते anuṣajjate अनु + √सञ्ज् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) clings
त्यागी tyāgī त्यागिन् (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) the renouncer
सत्त्व-समाविष्टः sattva-samāviṣṭaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound), p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. absorbed in sattva
मेधावी medhāvī मेधाविन् (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) intelligent
छिन्न-संशयः chinna-saṃśayaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. whose doubts are cut

A person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness or in the mode of goodness does not hate anyone or anything which troubles his body. He does work in the proper place and at the proper time without fearing the troublesome effects of his duty. Such a person situated in transcendence should be understood to be most intelligent and beyond all doubts in his activities.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
10. The wise renunciate situated in sattva, devoid of doubt, does not hate uncomfortable duties nor prefer comfortable duties.
Commentary

This verse describes the characteristics of one fixed in such sattvic tyāga. Akuśalam means those activities which bring suffering to the body, such as bathing during the winter. Kuśala means those activities which are pleasurable for the body, such as bathing during the summer.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
10. The wise renunciate situated in sattva, devoid of doubt, does not hate uncomfortable duties nor prefer comfortable duties.
Commentary

This verse describes the quality of a renunciate in the mode of goodness. He does not hate that which gives pain (akuśalam) such as taking bath in the winter. He is not attached to that which gives comfort (kuśale), such as bathing during the summer heat. This is because he is firmly fixed in sattva (sattva samāviṣṭaḥ), and thus very discerning, [Note: Seeing things as they are is the quality of sattva.] that intelligence is steady (medhāvī), and because he does not doubt that performance of prescribed actions under difficult circumstances will produce knowledge (chinna saṁśayaḥ). Such a person is known as a renunciate in the mode of goodness.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Arjuna asks: " But why can't I just renounce both auspicious and inauspicious work. What is wrong with that?" ‑ Krsna answer is in next text.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Defines “Intelligent renouncer”

One who is in the mode of goodness
Neither hateful of inauspicious work nor attached to auspicious work, which implies:
One does not hate anyone or anything that troubles his body
Works in proper place at proper time
Without fearing the troublesome effects
Has no doubts about work LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.10 & 18.11: Can’t one just renounce all work, both the auspicious and inauspicious? This is answered in Text 18.11
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.10 Na devesti, he does not hate; akusalam, unbefitting; karma, action, rites and duties meant for desired results-with the idea, 'What is the usefulness of this which is a cause of transmigration through fresh embodiment?' Na anusajjate, he does not become attached to; kusale, befitting activity, daily obligatory duties, by thinking that this is the cause of Liberation by virtue of its being the cause of purification of the mind, rise of Knowledge and steadfastness in it. That is to say, he does not entertain any liking even for it, because he finds no purpose in it. Who, again, is he? Tyagi, the man of renunciation, who has become so by having given up attachment and rewards of action in the manner stated above. He is a tyagi who performs nityakarmas by relinishing attachment to those acts and (their) results. Again, it is being stated as to when that person does not hate an unbefitting act and does not become attached to a befitting activity: When he has become sattva-samavistah, imbued with sattva, i.e., when he is filled with, possessed of, sattva, which is the means to the knowledge that discriminates between the Self and the not-Self; and hence medhavi, wise-endowed with intelligence (medha), intuitive experience, characterized as knowledge of the Self; one possessed of that is medhavai (wise)-; and owing to the very fact of being wise, chinnasamsayah, freed from doubts-one whose doubts created by ignorance have been sundered, one who is freed from doubts by his firm conviction that nothing but abiding in the ture nature of the Self is the supreme means to the highest Good. The person competent (for rites and duties) who, having gradually become purified in mind through the practice of Karma-yoga in the way described above, has realized as his own Self the actionless Self, which is devoid of modifications like birth etc., he, '৷৷.having given up all actions mentally, remaining at without doing or causing (others) to do anything at all' (cf. 5.13), attains steadfastness in Knowledge, which is characterized as 'actionless-ness'. In this way, the purpose of the aforesaid Karma-yoga has been stated through the present verse. On the other hand, since, for the unenlightened person-who, while being alified (for rites and duties), holds on to the body owing to the erroneous conception that the body is the Self, and who has the firm conviction, 'I am the agent,' because of the persistence of his idea that the Self is the agent-it is not possible to renounce actions totally, therefore he has competence only for performing enjoined duties by giving up fruits of actions. But he is not to renounce them (actions). In order to point out this idea the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.10 Thus, 'filled with Sattva,' endowed with right knowledge, i.e., with the knowledge of the reality as it is, and as a conseence of it 'having all doubts shattered' - he alone becomes a renouncer of attachment to work and the fruits of work. He 'neither hates works productive of harmful effects,' nor 'loves others productive of worldly prosperity.' Disagreeable acts are fraught with undesirable fruits; and agreeable acts bring about desirable results such as heaven, sons, cows, food etc. On account of his renouncing all results other than the Brahman and on account of his renouncing the sense of agency, he shows neither love nor hatred for above-mentioned types of works. Here 'sinful acts having undesirable fruits' are only such acts as are inadvertently performed. For it has been taught in the Srutis that nor turning away from bad conduct is antagonistic to the production of knowledge. 'But one who has not ceased from bad conduct, who is not tranil, is not composed, is not of peaceful mind, cannot obtain Him by knowledge' (Ka. U., 1.2.24). Thus, 'the abandonment' according to the Sastras is renunciation of the sense of agency, attachment and fruits of actions, and not total relinishment of actions as such. He explains this further:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.10 See Comment under 18.11
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.10 The man of renunciation, pervaded by purity, intelligent, and with his doubts cut asunder, does not hate a disagreeable work nor is he attached to an agreeable one.
Commentary

18.10 न not? द्वेष्टि hates? अकुशलम् disagreeable? कर्म action? कुशले to an agreeable one? न not? अनुषज्जते is attached? त्यागी the abandoner? सत्त्वसमाविष्टः pervaded by purity? मेधावी intelligent? छिन्नसंशयः with his doubts cut asunder.Commentary All actions are eally welcome to the man of renunciation. He is not affected by either pleasure or pain. He is not elated at performing pleasant actions nor does he find unpleasantness when he does disagreeable actions. He does not hate the latter? nor is he attached to the former. Neither has he aversion to painful actions nor attraction to pleasant ones. As he has no attachment to any action or its rewards? he will do any action for the welfare of all beings.Akusalam Karma Disagreeable work or work done with expectation of reward? which becomes the cause of bondage to Samsara? by producing a body. He does not hate an unpleasnt action? thinking? Of what use is itKusale To good ones which include obligatory daily duties. He has no attachment to them even with the notion that they lead to salvation by purifying the heart and conseently giving rise to the dawn of knowledge and devotion to it.When one abandons attachment to action and desire for its reward and performs actions vigorously? his heart is filled with Sattva or purity which produces discrimination between the Real and the unreal? the Eternal and the transient. Then he attains knowledge of the Self which dispels all the doubts caused by ignorance. He now realises that the only means of attaining the spureme bliss or eternal peace or immortality is knowledge of the Self. This rends asunder all his doubts. What is the nature of doubt Does Brahman exist or not Do the Upanishads deal with Saguna Brahman or Nirguna Brahman Is the individual soul identical with the Supreme Being or not Will I be able to realise the Self or not Will any of the Karmas (Prarabdha? Sanchita and Agami) affect me Does this Samsara whose nature is the feelings I do this and I enjoy this belong to the Self or to the mind and intellect What are the means for liberation -- Yoga? devotion? Karma or knowledge of the Self What is Moksha Is it Selfrealisation or the attainment of the Salokya? Samipya? Sarupya and Sayujya states (dwelling in the kingdom of God? proximity to Him? assuming the same form as the Lord and merging in Him)When a man practises Karma Yoga he gets purity of heart and through purity of heart knows himself to be the immutable actionless Self Who is destitute of birth? or remains without acting or causing others to act (Cf.V.13). He attains devotion to the knowledge of the Self and freedom from all actions. The purpose of the Karma Yoga described above has been taught in this verse.Medhavi He who is endowed or united with wisdom. He is a Sthitaprajna. What is Medha? then It is the immediate knowledge of the identity of the individual soul and the Supreme Being by meditation on the right significance of the great sentence (I am Brahman or That thou art)? which,is free from the three kinds of doubts? viz.? Samsaya Bhavana (doubt)? Asambhavana (improbability) and Viparitabhavana (perversion)? and by the practice of the four means and service of the Guru (who is versed in the scriptures and established in Brahman) and hearing the truths from him.Such a Medhavi will not think that prohibited actions which bind an ignorant man will be unfavourable to him. He will never think that they will bind him if he has to perform them? because he is above good and evil? virtue and vice? right and wrong. He has no idea of agency (Kartritva Abhimana) he feels that he is a Kritakritya? one who has accomplished all actions.This does not mean that he will do wrong actions. As his will is one with the cosmic will? whatever action he performs will be in accordance with the scriptures. He will never deviate even a fraction of an inch from the rules of the scriptures. The Lord alone works through his mind and senses as he has no individual will.RagaDvesha (likes and dislikes) are the motives that induce a worldly man to actions. As they are absent in a sage or a Medhavi? he can renounce the fruits of all actions and actions as well.As the ocean remains calm amidst stormy waves? even so a Sattvic man remains calm amidst adverse or stormy conditions of life. He recognises that the happenings of life are inevitable. He acts in a variety of ways but is not disturbed as he has a balanced and disciplined mind.There must be no hatred for unpleasant or disagreeable action that brings physical suffering? danger or unlucky results or untoward conseences? when it is the work that should be done. You will have to accept such work also with a willing heart and work with hear and soul. You must have a profound and comprehensive understanding of its need and meaning also. Arjuna failed to understand in the beginning the deep significance and need of the work given by the Lord. He brought in his own foolish philosophy. He failed to do his bounden duty because? due to ignorance? he thought it was an unpleasant or disagreeable action to kill people but in the end when his eyes were opened by the valuable teachings of the Lord? he understood the need and the meaning of the work although it appeared to him as disagreeable and unpleasant in the beginning? and said My illusion is destroyed. I have gained knowledge through Thy grace? O Krishna. I am firm? my doubts are gone. I will act according to Thy instructions.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.10 The man of renunciation who has become imbued with sattva, who is wise and freed from doubts, does not hate unbefitting action, nor does he become attached to befitting activity.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.10 The wise man who has attained purity, whose doubts are solved, who is filled with the spirit of self-abnegation, does not shrink from action because it brings pain, nor does he desire it because it brings pleasure.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
BG 2.56 BG 5.3 BG 12.17 SB 11.25.28 SB 11.19.36 SB 7.9.43 CC Madhya 8.78 CC Antya 4.175 CC Madhya 19.149 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.9Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.20
The renouncer in sattva neither hates disagreeable work nor is attached to agreeable work — knowledge frees from all doubt.
Practical Applications
  • Cultivate equality toward agreeable and disagreeable work.
  • Use the encounter with disagreeable work as practice ground.
  • Refuse to dodge the disagreeable.
Reflection Questions
  • What disagreeable work am I dodging?
  • What does facing it offer?

A mature gardener does not curse the weeds nor cling to the roses. He bends to whatever the season requires, the trowel moving by its own intelligence. No work disturbs him; no work attracts him; the doubts of the apprentice have burned away in years of steady hands.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.11

↗
न हि देहभृता शक्यं त्यक्तुं कर्माण्यशेषत: । यस्तु कर्मफलत्यागी स त्यागीत्यभिधीयते ॥ ११ ॥
na hi deha-bhṛtā śakyaṁ
[na hi deha-bhritaa shakyam]
tyaktuṁ karmāṇy aśeṣataḥ
[tyaktum karmaany asheshatah]
yas tu karma-phala-tyāgī
[yas tu karma-phala-tyaagee]
sa tyāgīty abhidhīyate
[sa tyaageety abhidheeyate]
na — never hi — certainly deha - bhṛtā — by the embodied śakyam — is possible tyaktum — to be renounced karmāṇi — activities aśeṣataḥ — altogether yaḥ — anyone who tu — but karma — of work phala — of the result tyāgī — the renouncer saḥ — he tyāgī — the renouncer iti — thus abhidhīyate — is said .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
na hi deha-bhṛtā śakyaṁ
na
never
hi
certainly
deha - bhṛtā
by the embodied
śakyam
is possible
tyaktuṁ karmāṇy aśeṣataḥ
tyaktum
to be renounced
karmāṇi
activities
aśeṣataḥ
altogether
yas tu karma-phala-tyāgī
yaḥ
anyone who
tu
but
karma
of work
phala
of the result
tyāgī
the renouncer
sa tyāgīty abhidhīyate
saḥ
he
tyāgī
the renouncer
iti
thus
abhidhīyate
is said .
  • deha-bhṛtā — by an embodied being
    Instrumental. Anyone wearing a body is, by definition, acting — breathing, eating, sensing. The verse forecloses the fantasy of bodily-life-without-karma.
  • aśeṣataḥ — altogether, without remainder
    The qualifier that does the work. Complete cessation of action is impossible; *partial* cessation is just another action. Kṛṣṇa cuts the logical escape.
  • phala — fruit, result
    In the compound karma-phala-tyāgī. The chapter's working definition of the true renouncer hinges here. Not karma-tyāgī — that is impossible for the embodied — but karma-phala-tyāgī.
  • tyāgī — the renouncer
    Twice in the verse — emphatic identification. The honorific tyāgī is reserved for one specific person — the one who lets go of fruits — not for the cave-dweller who has merely changed activities.
  • abhidhīyate — is called, is named
    Passive of abhi-dhā, to designate authoritatively. The verse formally bestows the title tyāgī on the phala-tyāgī alone.
It is indeed impossible for an embodied being to give up all activities. But he who renounces the fruits of action is called one who has truly renounced.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
While embodied, total action-abstention is impossible — the body itself keeps acting. The real renouncer, therefore, is the one who lets go not of action but of its fruits. This is the Gītā's operative definition of tyāga.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A pragmatic, embodied realism: as long as one has a body, one breathes, eats, moves — total karma-cessation is a fiction. The Gītā therefore redirects renunciation inward, from quantity of actions to quality of attitude. This redefinition closes the sannyāsa/tyāga debate begun in v. 1: for the embodied person, fruit-renunciation IS the practicable form of renunciation.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
देह-भृता हि कर्माणि अशेषतः त्यक्तुं न शक्यम् । यः तु कर्म-फल-त्यागी, सः त्यागी इति अभिधीयते ।
deha-bhṛtā hi karmāṇi aśeṣataḥ tyaktuṃ na śakyam | yaḥ tu karma-phala-tyāgī, saḥ tyāgī iti abhidhīyate |
Indeed it is not possible for an embodied being to abandon actions completely. But he who renounces the fruits of action — he is called a tyāgī.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
न हि देह-भृता शक्यं त्यक्तुं कर्माणि अशेषतः । यः तु कर्म-फल-त्यागी सः त्यागी इति अभिधीयते ॥
na hi deha-bhṛtā śakyaṃ tyaktuṃ karmāṇi aśeṣataḥ | yaḥ tu karma-phala-tyāgī saḥ tyāgī iti abhidhīyate ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
हि hi ind. (indeclinable) indeed
देह-भृता deha-bhṛtā tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)m. by the body-bearer
शक्यम् śakyam √शक् gerundive nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. possible
त्यक्तुम् tyaktum √त्यज् inf. (infinitive) to abandon
कर्माणि karmāṇi कर्मन् (n.) acc.pl. (accusative plural) actions
अशेषतः aśeṣataḥ ind. (indeclinable) completely
यः yaḥ यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. who
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) but
कर्म-फल-त्यागी karma-phala-tyāgī tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. renouncer of action's fruits
सः saḥ तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. he
त्यागी tyāgī त्यागिन् (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) a tyāgī
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
अभिधीयते abhidhīyate अभि + √धा pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is called

It is said in Bhagavad-gītā that one can never give up work at any time. Therefore he who works for Kṛṣṇa and does not enjoy the fruitive results, who offers everything to Kṛṣṇa, is actually a renouncer. There are many members of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness who work very hard in their office or in the factory or some other place, and whatever they earn they give to the Society. Such highly elevated souls are actually sannyāsīs and are situated in the renounced order of life. It is clearly outlined here how to renounce the fruits of work and for what purpose fruits should be renounced.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
11. As it is not possible for one with a body to give up all actions completely, he who gives up the results of action is considered a tyāgī.
Commentary

Therefore, actions ordained by scripture should not be given up. It is not possible for one with a body to give up activities. Śakyam is used for the proper word śakyāni. The Lord has already said that not for a moment can the person remain without doing action: na hi kaścit kṣaṇam api jātu tiṣṭhaty akarma-kṛt. (BG 3.5)

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
11. As it is not possible for one with a body to give up all actions completely, he who gives up the results of action is considred a tyāgī.
Commentary

“But it is better to completely give up actions than simply to give up the results, because that complete renunciation of action will produce steadiness in jñāna without disturbances.” Actions cannot be given up at any time by one who is embodied. That has been said before: na hi kaścit kṣaṇam api. (BG 3.5) Therefore the person who performs activities but gives up the results, is actually the tyāgī. The person on the level of saniṣṭham, devoid of the conception of being the doer and devoid of desire for results, should perform all actions to the best of his ability with the object of attaining jñāna. This is the conclusion of the Lord.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Here Krsna says 'karma‑phala‑tyagi/sa tyagity abhidhiyate', 'it is said that a person who renounces from the fruits of his activities, he is actually called a true renouncer'. Krsna's opinion here is,

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Defines ‘true renunciation’ and declares it impossible to give up all activities completely

‘True renunciation’ – To perform only religious duties, and without attachment to their fruits
e.g. Many members of ISKCON work very hard in their office and whatever they earn they give to the society. Such highly elevated souls are actual sannyasis
It is impossible for an embodied being to give up all activities
Prescribed duties should never be renounced

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.11 & 18.12 This verse answers the question “What about the reaction which

comes from the work as prescribed in Texts 18.9 – 18.11”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.11 Deha-bhrta, for one who holds on to a body-one who maintains (bibharti) a body (deha) is called a deha-bhrt. One who has self-indentification with the body is called a deha-bhrt, but not a so a man of discrimination; for he has been excluded from the eligibility for agentship by such texts as, 'He who knows this One is indestructible৷৷.' etc. Hence, for that unenlightened person who holds on to the body, he, since; it is na, not; sakyam, possible; tyaktum, to give up, renounce; karmani, actions; asesatah, entirely, totally; therefore the ignorant person who is competent (for rites and duties), yah, who; tu, on the other hand; karma-phala-tyagi, renounces results of actions, relinishes only the hankering for the results of actions while performing the nityakarmas; sah, he; is abhidhiyate, called; tyagi iti, a man of renunciation-even though he continues to be a man of rites and duties. This is said by way of eulogy. Therefore total renunciation of actions is possible only for one who has realized the supreme Truth, who does not hold on to the body, and who is devoid of the idea that the body is the Self. Again, what is that purpose which is accomplished through renunciation of all actions? This is being stated:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.11 It is impossible for one who has a body and has to nourish it. 'to abandon action entirely'; for eating, drinking etc., reired for nourshing the body and other acts connected therewith are unavoidable. And for the same reason the five great sacrifices etc., are also indispensable. He who has given up the fruits of the five great sacrifices, is said to have renounced; this is referred to in the Srutis such as: 'Only through renunciation do some obtain immortality' (Ma. Na., 8.14). Renunciation of fruits of actions is illustrative; it implies much more. It implies one who has renounced the fruits, agency and attachment to works, as the topic has been begun with the declaration: 'For abandonment (Tyaga) is declard to be of three kinds' (18.4). This statement may be estioned in the following manner: 'Agnihotra, the full moon and new moon sacrifices, Jyotistoma etc., and also the five great sacrifices are enjoined by the Sastras only for the attainment of their results like heaven. They are not purposeless. Even the injunction with regard to obligatory and occasional ceremonies is enjoined because they yield results, as implied in the following passage: "For householders, Prajapatya ceremony" (V.P., 1.6.37). Therefore, as the performance of actions has to be understood as a means for attaining their respective results, the accruing of agreeable and disagreeable results is inevitable, even though they are performed without any desire for fruits, just as a seed sown must grow into a tree and bear fruit. Hence, actions ought not to be performed by an aspirant for release, because the results are incompatible with release. Sri Krsna answers such objections:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.4-11 Niscayam etc. upto abhidhiyate. The conclusion here is this : Due to the manifoldness of the nature of the Strands, that have been defined earlier, the act of relinishment itself is performed with a certain mental disposition which is a modification of the Sattva, the Rajas and the Tamas (the Strands). Because it reflects (is contaminated by) the nature of the person having the same (the said mental dispositon), what is called the real (unalloyed) relinishment is the performance of the actions by the knowers of the Supreme Brahman by giving up desire to achieve fruits and by avoiding the craving and hatred on account of their eanimity to [the pairs of opposites like] success and failure etc. That is why [the Bhagavat] says : 'By the act of relinishment born of the Rajas or of the Tamas (Strands), no connection with the fruit [of relinishment] is attained'. However, for an act of relinishing, born of the Sattva (Strand), there is the fruit in the form of honouring the purport of the scriptures. The application of the term 'relinishment' stands to reason, in fact, only in the case of a sage who has relinished his holding on the multitude of the Strands.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.11 Verily, it is not possible for an embodied being to abandon actions entirely; but he who relinishes the rewards of actions is verily called a man of renunciation.
Commentary

18.11 न not? हि verily? देहभृता by an embodied being? शक्यम् possible? त्यक्तुम् to abandon? कर्माणि actions? अशेषतः entirely? यः who? तु but? कर्मफलत्यागी relinisher of the fruits of actions? सः he? त्यागी relinisher? इति thus? अभिधीयते is called.Commentary He who has assumed a human body and yet grumbles at having to perform actions is verily a fool. Can fire that is endowed with heat as its natural property ever think of getting rid of it So long as you are living in this body you cannot entirely relinish action. Lord Krishna says to Arjuna Nor can anyone? even for an instant remain actionless for helplessly is everyone driven to action by the alities born of Nature (Cf.III.5). Nature (and your own nature? too) will urge you to do actions. You will have to abandon the idea of agency and the fruits of actions. Then you are ite safe. No action will bind you.The ignorant man who identifies himself with the body and who thinks that he is himself the doer of all actions should not abandon actions. It is impossible for him to relinish actions. He will have to perform all the prescribed duties while relinishing their fruits.Dehabhrita A wearer of the body An embodied being? i.e.? he who identifies himself with the body. A man who has discrimination between the Real and the unreal? the Eternal and the transient? cannot be called a bodywearer? because he does not think that he is the doer of actions -- vide chapter II.21 (He who knows Him Who is indestructible? eternal? unborn? undiminishing -- how can that man slay? O Arjuna? or cause to be slain).When the ignorant man who is alified for action does the prescribed duties? relinishing the desire for the fruits of his actions? he is called a Tyagi? although he is active. This title Tyagi is given to him for the sake of courtesy.The relinishment of all actions is possible only for him who has attained Selfrealisation and who is? therefore? not a wearer of the body? i.e.? does not hink that the body is the Self. (Cf.III.5)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.11 Since it is not possible for one who holds on to a body to give up actions entirely, therefore he, on the other hand, who renounces results on actions is called a man of renunciation.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.11 But since those still in the body cannot entirely avoid action, in their case abandonment of the fruit of action is considered as complete renunciation.
Primary values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)
Related values
Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
An embodied being cannot give up activities entirely — but he who gives up the fruits of action is called truly renounced.
Practical Applications
  • Accept that complete cessation isn't possible while embodied.
  • Aim for fruit-renunciation, not activity-cessation.
  • Honor the achievable goal.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I been pursuing the impossible?
  • What achievable goal redirects me?

A swimmer cannot stop the water from touching his skin. The body, while embodied, will move — heart will beat, hands will reach, words will rise. Total cessation is not the goal. The goal is to swim with no thought of the riverbank's praise.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.12

↗
अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मण: फलम् । भवत्यत्यागिनां प्रेत्य न तु सन्न्यासिनां क्‍वचित् ॥ १२ ॥
aniṣṭam iṣṭaṁ miśraṁ ca
[anishtam ishtam mishram cha]
tri-vidhaṁ karmaṇaḥ phalam
[tri-vidham karmanah phalam]
bhavaty atyāgināṁ pretya
[bhavaty atyaaginaam pretya]
na tu sannyāsināṁ kvacit
[na tu sannyaasinaam kvachit]
aniṣṭam — leading to hell iṣṭam — leading to heaven miśram — mixed ca — and tri - vidham — of three kinds karmaṇaḥ — of work phalam — the result bhavati — comes atyāginām — for those who are not renounced pretya — after death na — not tu — but sannyāsinām — for the renounced order kvacit — at any time .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
aniṣṭam iṣṭaṁ miśraṁ ca
aniṣṭam
leading to hell
iṣṭam
leading to heaven
miśram
mixed
ca
and
tri-vidhaṁ karmaṇaḥ phalam
tri - vidham
of three kinds
karmaṇaḥ
of work
phalam
the result
bhavaty atyāgināṁ pretya
bhavati
comes
atyāginām
for those who are not renounced
pretya
after death
na tu sannyāsināṁ kvacit
na
not
tu
but
sannyāsinām
for the renounced order
kvacit
at any time .
  • aniṣṭam — undesirable
    Leading to lower destinations. The first of three karmic fruits — born of action done for selfish gain that violated dharma.
  • iṣṭam — desirable
    Leading to higher planets. The second fruit. Note Kṛṣṇa lists this too as bondage — even heavenly results bind the soul to the wheel.
  • miśram — mixed
    The third fruit, born of ordinary mixed-motive action — the bulk of human karma. Most of life lands here, and the verse warns even this binds.
  • pretya — after death
    Adverb of timing. The fruits do not all ripen now; they wait. The non-renouncer carries an invisible account into the next body.
  • sannyāsinām — for the renounced
    Genitive plural. For *these*, no fruit accrues — neither aniṣṭa nor iṣṭa nor miśra. The phala-tyāgī breaks the entire ledger.
For one who is not renounced, the threefold fruits of action – desirable, undesirable and mixed – accrue after death. But those who are in the renounced order of life have no such result to suffer or enjoy.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Non-renouncers carry the three-fold karmic harvest beyond death; true sannyāsīs (those who have inwardly let go of fruit-grasping) never inherit any such harvest. The fruit-renunciation of v. 11 yields total post-mortem freedom.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Closes the opening section on tyāga/sannyāsa. The three-fold karma-phala (aniṣṭa, iṣṭa, miśra) maps to hell/heaven/mixed births. 'Pretya' (after dying) locates the difference where it matters most — what one carries forward. Notice that 'sannyāsin' here means the inner fruit-renouncer of v. 11, not formal monastic order — Kṛṣṇa has gently equated the two.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
अनिष्टम् इष्टं मिश्रं च त्रि-विधं कर्मणः फलम् अत्यागिनां प्रेत्य भवति, सन्न्यासिनां तु क्व‍चित् न ।
aniṣṭam iṣṭaṃ miśraṃ ca tri-vidhaṃ karmaṇaḥ phalam atyāgināṃ pretya bhavati, sannyāsināṃ tu kva‍cit na |
The three-fold fruit of action — undesired, desired, and mixed — accrues to non-renouncers after death; but to the sannyāsīs, never anywhere.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
अनिष्टम् इष्टं मिश्रं च त्रि-विधं कर्मणः फलम् । भवति अत्यागिनां प्रेत्य न तु सन्न्यासिनां क्व‍चित् ॥
aniṣṭam iṣṭaṃ miśraṃ ca tri-vidhaṃ karmaṇaḥ phalam | bhavati atyāgināṃ pretya na tu sannyāsināṃ kva‍cit ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
अनिष्टम् aniṣṭam अ + इष्ट (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. undesired
इष्टम् iṣṭam √इष् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. desired
मिश्रम् miśram मिश्र (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. mixed
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
त्रि-विधम् tri-vidham dvigu cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. three-fold
कर्मणः karmaṇaḥ कर्मन् (n.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of action
फलम् phalam फल (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) fruit
भवति bhavati √भू pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) becomes
अत्यागिनाम् atyāginām अ + त्यागिन् (m.) gen.pl. (genitive plural) of non-renouncers
प्रेत्य pretya प्र + √इ abs. (absolutive) after death
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) but
सन्न्यासिनाम् sannyāsinām सन्न्यासिन् (m.) gen.pl. (genitive plural) of sannyāsīs
क्वचित् kvacit ind. (indeclinable) ever, anywhere

A person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness acting in knowledge of his relationship with Kṛṣṇa is always liberated. Therefore he does not have to enjoy or suffer the results of his acts after death.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
12. Those who do not renounce in the prescribed way get results in the form of hellish suffering, heavenly enjoyment or human birth in the next life. This is not so for one who renounces in the correct manner.
Commentary

The fault of not following this process of tyāga is described. Those who do not renounce in the prescribed way get results in the form of suffering of hell (aniṣṭam), the pleasures of Svarga (iṣṭam) and human birth (miśram) in the next life (pretya).

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
12. Those who do not renounce in the prescribed way get results in the form of hellish suffering, heavenly enjoyment or human birth in the next life. This is not the result for the person who renounces in the correct manner.
Commentary

This verse explains the fault in not having such renunciation. For those who do not renounce in the way described by Me (atyāginām), after death (pretya), there are three types of results: suffering in the form of hell (aniṣṭam); happiness in the form of svarga (isṭām); and a mixture of happiness and suffering in a human birth (miśram). This is not so for the persons who renunouce as I have declared. They attain liberation by the jñāna contained with the actions. That is the real result of tyāga that I have explained.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Most of the fruits of one's actions for one who is attached is mixed like the rose with the nice fragrance and the thorns both. In this verse which sums‑up this section, Krsna uses 'sannyasinam' and 'atyaginam' and 'karmanah phalam'. He describes clearly that tyaga, or renunciation and sannyasa, the renounced order of life (where one is detached from the fruits of his work), they are exactly the same. Sannyasa and tyaga has been defined by Krsna, in His own opinion, as exactly the same. This Section A which just ended may sound very familiar to everyone, because we heard about it so many times in the first six chapters of the Bhagavad‑gita. This section sums‑up all the points on karma from the first six chapters of the Bhagavad‑gita. In the next section, Krsna is going to sum‑up jnana and to help us to perform activities without being bound, Krsna cites Vedanta and He analyzes the activities, comprised of five different factors. Krsna is going to describe things in a jnana type of manner so that we can analyze them for the same purpose of detaching us from the fruits of our work, knowing that we are not this body, etc. And Krsna takes us one step further for the perfection of jnana ‑ He is going to explain how one should surrender to the Supersoul.

[B. THE CONCLUSION OF SANKHYA AND VEDANTA: ACTIONS DIRECTED BY THE SUPERSOUL BRING FREEDOM FROM REACTION (18. 13‑18) Vedanta describes five factors that comprise all activities, and the most important factor is the Supersoul. One who acts under the direction of the Supersoul is not affected by the reactions to his actions. ]

Krsna is going to analyze how one can act without being bound which is the same point of Section A but from the point of view of jnana.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

. Although various good and bad reactions result from religious duties, one who works without

desires for these fruits is not subject to them. He becomes liberated from all the threefold reactions –

desirable, undesirable and mixed

It explains the result achieved after death, by both attached and the detached
Attached – Has to suffer or enjoy the threefold reactions of material existence
Detached – Does not have to suffer or enjoy the results of the threefold reactions
Krishna conscious person is always liberated
Because a person in Krishna consciousness is acting in knowledge of relationship with Krishna
Therefore he does not have to suffer or enjoy the results of his acts after death
We should note that in this verse Krishna has again used both words, sannyasa and tyaga, to emphasize that they are synonymous. Thus Krishna has again established that the superior method of becoming free from the reactions to work is niskama-karma—renouncing the fruits of work, not the work itself.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.12 These trividham, threefold-of three kinds; phalam, results; karmanah, of actions characterized as the righteous and the unritheous; anistam, the undesirable, consisting in (birth in) hell, (among) animals, etc.; istam, the desirable, consisting in (birth as) gods and others; and misram, the mixed, having a mixture of the desirable and the undesirable, consisting in (birht as) human beings;-these results that are of these kinds, bhavati, accrues; pretya, after death, after the fall of the body; atyaginam, to those who do not resort to renunciation, to the unilllumined, the men with rites and duties, who are not men of renunciation in the truest sense. The derivative sense of the word phala (pha-la) is this: On accunt of being accomplished through the operation of diverse external accessories, and a result of ignorance, comparable to the charm cast by jugglery, a source of great delusion and appearing as though close to the indwelling Self, it is phalgu (unsubstantial), and as a conseence it undergoes layam (disappearance). (The result that is of this kind accrues to those who do not resort to renunciation). Tu, but; na kvacit, never; sannyasinam, to those who resort tomonasticism for the sake of the highest Reality, to the class of monks called paramahamsas who remain steadfast in Knowledge alone. For, it cannot be that those who are devoted wholly to steadfastness in complete enlightenment do not dig out the seed of transmigration. This is the meaning. Therefore it is only for those who have realized the supreme Truth that it is possible to become a monk who renounces actions totally, because action, accessories and results are superimmpositions on the Self through ignorance. But the renunciation of all actions is not possible for an unenlightened person who perceives the locus (the body etc.), action, agentship and accessories as the Self. This the Lord shows in the following verses:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.12 The 'undesirable result' is Naraka etc., 'the desirable' is heaven etc., 'the mixed' is sons, cows, food etc., which are combined with some undesirable results. Those who have not renounced, namely, those who are devoid of renunciation of agency, possessiveness and fruits - they meet with threefold conseences after death. The meaning of 'after death' (Pretya) may be understood as subseent to the performance of actions. But 'to those who have renounced, none whatsoever,' viz., to those who have relinished the sense of agency etc., no such results antagonistic to release accrue. Here the purport is this: Agnihotra, the great sacrifices etc. are obligatory throughout life and are reired for attaining the objects of desire; but in regard to release their application is different. Though externally they appear to be the same in their nature in both the conditions, they are different in their fruits by virtue of difference in application. Their application to release is seen in such texts as 'The Brahmanas desire to know Him by the study of the Vedas, by sacrifices, by gifts, by austerities conjoined with fasting' (Br. U., 4.4.22). Here the performance of actions without sense of agency is enforced. Such giving up agency etc., are relevant only with regard to acts that are actually performed. Thus Sannyasa or renouncing of this kind is established in the Sastras. The same is also called Tyaga or giving up. Sri Krsna now explains the manner of realising that one is non-agent, by attributing all agency to God, who is the Supreme Person and the Inner Ruler, By cultivating this attitude, an aspirant can attain the renunciation of possessiveness with regard to actions and also their fruits. For it is the Supreme Person who performs all actions through the individual selves who belong to Him. The organs, bodies and Pranas of embodied beings are His. They exist for the sake of His own sport as the only purpose. Therefore, even the appeasement of hunger etc., and such other acts which affect the life of the individual souls and their works constitute only the means for accomplishing that purpose, namely, the sport of the Highest Purusa Himself. The purport of the argument is this: The analogy of seeds producing the tree and its fruits is not applicable to the actions of release-seekers. Their actions may look like those of fruit-seekers externally. But as mentally they do not entertain any such purpose, the conseence of their actions can be ite different. The purpose served by their actions is only affording sport for the Supreme Being.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.12 Anistam etc. To those who are not men of relinishment : to those who are full of [desire for] fruit. Even at the stage of mundane life, where all the five factors do exist for actions, those persons, blind with their ignorance, obstinately burden their own Self with the entire load of agency. Hence they fetter their own Self with their own thinking. But, in fact, there is no bondage for Him (the Self). This is now being taught as :
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.12 The threefold fruit of action (evil, good and mixed) accrues after death to the non-abandoners, but never to the abandoners.
Commentary

18.12 अनिष्टम् unwished or disagreeable or evil? इष्टम् wished or agreeable or good? मिश्रम् mixed? च and? त्रिविधम् threefold? कर्मणः of action? फलम् fruit? भवति accrues? अत्यागिनाम् to nonrenouncers? प्रेत्य after death? न not? तु but? संन्यासिनाम् to renouncers? क्वचित् ever.Commentary One fruit (of action) is pleasant? another is unpleasant? while the third is a mixture of both. Those in whom good actions preponderate are rorn as gods. Men of evil lives are rorn into animal or vegetable kingdoms. If their actions are eally good and bad? they are rorn into the human kingodm. These distinctions of good? evil and mixed do not exist for the liberated sage who has gone beyond the bonds of Karma by destroying egoism? by annihilating the idea of agency and by abandoning the hope of rewards of actions.The action of a renouncer does not generate desire or attachment thereto. Therefore? after death he is not born again. The actions that are performed without any desire for the reward can bring no bondage to the man at any time.He who has surrendered the fruits of all his works to the Lord is free from the bondage of Karma. Some kind of action is inevitable and natural to all beings? but the man of renunciation abandons the fruits of actions.Phalam Fruit This is caused by the operation of various external factors. This is brought forth by Avidya (ignornace). It is like jugglery and very delusive. The term Phala denotes something that ickly passes away? something not real? not solid.Karma Action Virtue and vice.Anishtam Disagreeable or evil? such as hell? the animal kingdom? etc.Ishtam Wished or agreeable or good.Misram Good and evil mixed together the human birth.Only the unenlightened who have not renounced the fruits of actions reap these three sorts of fruits. The real Sannyasins who belong to the highest order of Sannyasa (Paramahamsa Parivrajakas) who are ever engaged in meditation on the pure? immortal Self? who are solely devoted to Selfknowledge? and who rest in their own essential nature as ExistenceKnowledgeBliss Absolute do not reap any fruits as the fire of Selfknowledge has burnt ignorance and its effects which are the seeds of Samsara.Only a liberated sage who has attained knowledge of the Self and who has no identification with the body can totally relinish all actions. He knows that the Self is beyond all actions and that action is attributed to the Self by ignorance. The ignorant man who identifies himself with the body cannot abandon actions. He thinks that he is the agent or the doer of all actions and expects to attain the fruits of his actions and so he is born again and again in this world to reap the fruits of these actions.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.12 The threefold results of actions-the undesirable, the desirable, and the mixed-accrues after death to those who do not resort to renunciation, but never to those who resort to monasticism.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.12 For those who cannot renounce all desire, the fruit of action hereafter is threefold - good, evil, and partly good and partly evil. But for him who has renounced, there is none.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 4.14 BG 5.10 BG 9.28 SB 11.20.12 SB 6.1.15 SB 10.14.8 CC Madhya 22.142 CC Antya 4.178 CC Madhya 24.90 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.1.3Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.23
Three kinds of fruit-results — desirable, undesirable, mixed — accrue to those who don't renounce; but for the renouncer, no such results.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that even desirable results bind.
  • Don't romanticize good outcomes; they too tie.
  • Cultivate fruit-blindness.
Reflection Questions
  • What desirable outcome am I clinging to?
  • What does fruit-blindness offer?

Two travelers eat from the same field. One eats with hands full of ownership and goes home heavier with debts of pleasure and pain. The other eats as the Lord's prasāda, leaves the field as he found it, and walks on weightless. The food is the same; only one carries it after death.

📝 My note

Section 2 (18.13–18.18)
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS 13 – 17: JNANA SECTION
Section overview
Krishna cites Vedanta and analyzes activities as comprised of five factors; this is to help us perform activities without becoming bound
Most prominent of these factors is the Supersoul
Acting under the Supersoul’s direction, one is unaffected by reactions to his actions
SUMMARY OF THE YOGA LADDER (SECTION III – SECTION VIII)

KARMA

Bhagavad-gītā 18.13

↗
पञ्चैतानि महाबाहो कारणानि निबोध मे । सांख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि सिद्धये सर्वकर्मणाम् ॥ १३ ॥
pañcaitāni mahā-bāho
[panchaitaani mahaa-baaho]
kāraṇāni nibodha me
[kaaranaani nibodha me]
sāṅkhye kṛtānte proktāni
[saankhye kritaante proktaani]
siddhaye sarva-karmaṇām
[siddhaye sarva-karmanaam]
pañca — five etāni — these mahā - bāho — O mighty-armed one kāraṇāni — causes nibodha — just understand me — from Me sāṅkhye — in the Vedānta kṛta - ante — in the conclusion proktāni — said siddhaye — for the perfection sarva — of all karmaṇām — activities .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pañcaitāni mahā-bāho
pañca
five
etāni
these
mahā - bāho
O mighty-armed one
kāraṇāni nibodha me
kāraṇāni
causes
nibodha
just understand
me
from Me
sāṅkhye kṛtānte proktāni
sāṅkhye
in the Vedānta
kṛta - ante
in the conclusion
proktāni
said
siddhaye sarva-karmaṇām
siddhaye
for the perfection
sarva
of all
karmaṇām
activities .
  • pañca — five
    The number is doctrinal. Sāṅkhya/Vedānta enumerates exactly five factors in every action. Kṛṣṇa is about to use this enumeration to dismantle the illusion of sole doership.
  • kāraṇāni — causes
    Plural — the verse insists on plurality. Every act has *causes*, not a cause. False ego collapses many into one and calls itself the agent.
  • sāṅkhye — in the Sāṅkhya / analytical tradition
    Locative. Kṛṣṇa invokes the conclusion of analytical knowledge — kṛta-anta means 'at the end of action,' i.e. the final settled view. He is citing authority, not opinion.
  • kṛta-ante — at the conclusion (of action)
    Literally 'end of the made.' The settled doctrinal close of the action-analysis. This is where Sāṅkhya's working out terminates — five and no fewer.
  • siddhaye — for the accomplishment
    Dative. Five factors are required *for any action to be accomplished*. Their cooperation, not any single one, is what produces a deed.
O mighty-armed Arjuna, according to the Vedānta there are five causes for the accomplishment of all action. Now learn of these from Me.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Kṛṣṇa now opens the analytical core of the chapter: there are five factors behind every action. He cites the authority of Sāṅkhya (here meaning the analytical wisdom-tradition that concludes action) to underwrite the list.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
'Kṛtānta' is read either as 'where action terminates' (Vedānta, the wisdom that ends karma) or as the established conclusion of Sāṅkhya. Either way, an authoritative pedigree is invoked. The list arrives next (v. 14) and underwrites the doctrine that pure ego-doership is impossible: action is always a five-factor ensemble in which the kartṛ is but one node.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे महा-बाहो! सर्व-कर्मणां सिद्धये कृत-अन्ते साङ्ख्ये प्रोक्तानि एतानि पञ्च कारणानि मे निबोध ।
he mahā-bāho! sarva-karmaṇāṃ siddhaye kṛta-ante sāṅkhye proktāni etāni pañca kāraṇāni me nibodha |
O mighty-armed one, learn from Me these five causes for the accomplishment of all actions, declared in Sāṅkhya, where action is brought to an end.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
पञ्च एतानि महा-बाहो कारणानि निबोध मे । साङ्ख्ये कृत-अन्ते प्रोक्तानि सिद्धये सर्व-कर्मणाम् ॥
pañca etāni mahā-bāho kāraṇāni nibodha me | sāṅkhye kṛta-ante proktāni siddhaye sarva-karmaṇām ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
पञ्च pañca num. acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. five
एतानि etāni एतद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. these
महा-बाहो mahā-bāho bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) voc.sg. (vocative singular)m. O mighty-armed
कारणानि kāraṇāni कारण (n.) acc.pl. (accusative plural) causes
निबोध nibodha नि + √बुध् impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) learn!
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) from Me
साङ्ख्ये sāṅkhye साङ्ख्य (n.) loc.sg. (locative singular) in Sāṅkhya
कृत-अन्ते kṛta-ante tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) loc.sg. (locative singular)m. where action ends (Vedānta)
प्रोक्तानि proktāni प्र + √वच् p.p.p. (past passive participle) acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. declared
सिद्धये siddhaye सिद्धि (f.) dat.sg. (dative singular) for the accomplishment
सर्व-कर्मणाम् sarva-karmaṇām tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) gen.pl. (genitive plural)n. of all actions

A question may be raised that since any activity performed must have some reaction, how is it that the person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness does not suffer or enjoy the reactions of work? The Lord is citing Vedānta philosophy to show how this is possible. He says that there are five causes for all activities, and for success in all activity one should consider these five causes. Sāṅkhya means the stock of knowledge, and Vedānta is the final stock of knowledge accepted by all leading ācāryas. Even Śaṅkara accepts Vedānta-sūtra as such. Therefore such authority should be consulted. The ultimate control is invested in the Supersoul. As it is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā, sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭaḥ. He is engaging everyone in certain activities by reminding him of his past actions. And Kṛṣṇa conscious acts done under His direction from within yield no reaction, either in this life or in the life after death.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
13. O Mighty-armed one, learn from Me the five factors necessary for completion of action, which are mentioned in the Vedānta, which speaks about the destruction of karma.
Commentary

“But how can doing action not give karmic results?” In order to establish that there is no contamination of karma when performing actions without false identification, the Lord speaks five verses. For the completion (siddhaye) of all actions, know these five factors from My words (me). Sāṅkhya means to speak (khyā) directly (samyak) about the Paramātmā. These five causes are mentioned in the Vedānta scriptures (sāṅkhye), whose purpose is to destroy karma (kṛtānte).

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
13. O Mighty-armed one, learn from Me the five factors necessary for completion of action, which are mentioned in the Vedānta, which gives the conclusion of the scriptures.
Commentary

“But why do those who perform actions (and renounce the results) not obtain results (which are binding to this world)?” “This happens because such a person renounces the concept of being the doer himself, and has the conviction that the Supreme Lord is the main doer.” Five verses explain this principle. Know (nibodha) from Me the five causes for the accomplishment (siddhaye) of all actions, O Mighty-armed one! The Lord then mentions the proof for this. This is described in that which produces knowledge—sāṅkhya—the Vedānta scripture (sāṇkhye). How is it described? It produces conclusions (kṛtānte). Vedānta concludes that paramātmā is the initiator of all other causes of action. He is known as antaryāmi- brahman, the brahman within. This has also been stated in the Gītā in verses such as sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi (BG 15.15), and will be stated later in other verses such as īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānām (BG 18.61)

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Krsna's purpose in explaining the five cause will be known soon.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Five causes of action – To more precisely explain the consciousness of one not bound by

fruits of his action, Krishna refers to Vedanta Sutra.

Krishna describes five factors as the responsible causes for accomplishment of any kind of action (right or wrong)

Material Causes:

1. ‘Adhistaan’ – Place of action (Body)

2. ‘Karta’ – The doer (That is the consciousness reflected in false ego)

Refers to the soul because he is acting to bring about the results of his activity
Supporting Ref. For soul as the knower and doer
Prasna Upanishad
Vedanta Sutra

3. ‘Karana’– Senses (Instruments of action)

4. ‘Cesta’ – Endeavour (Effort, exerted by life airs to move the body)

Ultimate cause:

5. ‘Daivam’ – Super-cause (All our activities depend on the will of the Supersoul)

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.13 O mighty-armed one, nibodha, learn; me, from Me; imani, these; panca, five; karanani, factors, accessories, which are going to be stated-for drawing the attention of his (Arjuna's) mind and for showing the difference among these categories [Categories: locus (body) etc], the Lord praises those accessories in the succeeding verses as fit for being known-; siddhaye, for the accomplishment; sarva-karmanam, of all actions; proktani, which have been spoken of; sankhye, in Vedanta-sankhya is that scripture where the subject-matters [In the sentence, 'Thou art That', the word Thou means the individual Self, and That means Brahman. The comprehension of their unity, and also 'hearing, reflection and meditation' are referred to as the subject-matters.] to be known are fully (samyak) stated (khyayante)-; krtante, in which actions terminate. Krtante alifies that very word (Vedanta). Krtam mean action. That in which occurs the culmination (anta) of that krtam is krtantam, i.e. the termination of actions. In the texts, '৷৷.as much utility as a man has in a well' (2.46), and 'O son of Prtha, all actions in their totality culminate in Knowledge' (4.33), the Lord shows the cessation of all actions when the knowledge of the Self dawns. Hence (it is said): '৷৷.which have been spoken of in that Vedanta where actions culminate and which is meant for the knowledge of the Self.' Which are they? This is being answered:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.13 'Sankhya' means Buddhi (reasoning). 'Sankhya-krtanta' means that which is determined after due deliberations by the Buddhi in accordance with the Vedas on the nature of the things as they are. Learn them from Me. There are five causes for the accomplishment of all actions. But the understanding according to the Vedas (Vaidiki-buddhi) is that the Supreme Self alone is the agent working through body, senses, Pranas and the individual self, as asserted in the following Srutis: 'He who, dwelling in the self, who rules the self from within your self, the Inner Ruler, immortal' (Br. U. Madh., 3.7.22), and 'He who has penetrated the interior, is the Ruler of all creatures and the Self of all' (Tai. A., 3.11.3). Sri Krsna nows sets forth the five causes:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.13 See Comment under 18.17
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.13 Learn from Me, O mighty-armed Arjuna, these five causes as declared in the Sankhya system for the accomplishment of all actions.
Commentary

18.13 पञ्च five? एतानि these? महाबाहो O mightyarmed? कारणानि causes? निबोध learn? मे from Me? सांख्ये in the Sankhya? कृतान्ते which is the end of all actions? प्रोक्तानि as declared? सिद्धये for the accomplishment? सर्वकर्मणाम् of all actions.Commentary The Self has no connection whatevr with activity. Nature does everything. The Self is the silent witness. He remains indifferent. The whole superstructure of human activity is the result of the five welldefined causes which are enumerated in the following verse.Etani These Which are going to be mentioned.Sankhya Vedanta Knowledge of the Self as taught in the Vedanta (the Upanishads) puts an end to all actions. This is the reason why the term Kritante (the end of actions) is used here. When the knowledge of the Self arises? all actions terminate. This is taught in chapter II? verse 46 To the Brahman who has known the Self al the Vedas are of so much use as is a reservoir of water in a place where there is a flood everywhere. Again? in verse 33 of chapter IV? it is said All actions in their entirety? O Arjuna? culminate in knowledge. Vedanta? therefore? which imparts knowledge of the Self? is the end of action. A liberated sage who has attained the knowledge of the Self in accordance with the instructions laid down in the Vedanta becomes a Kritakritya (one who has done everything and has nothing more to do).

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.13 O mighty-armed one, learned from Me these [Another reading is etani.-Tr.] five factors for the accomplishment of all actions, which have been spoken of in the Vedanta in which actions terminate.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.13 I will tell thee now, O Mighty Man, the five causes which, according to the final decision of philosophy, must concur before an action can be accomplished.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 3.27 BG 13.21 BG 15.15 SB 3.26.7 SB 6.1.11 SB 11.22.1 CC Madhya 20.264 CC Madhya 24.78 CC Madhya 25.33 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.11Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.3.10

Five fingers grip a single tool. Remove any one and the grip loosens. The doer who claims sole credit is a single finger announcing it lifted the hammer — comic if it were not so common.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.14

↗
अधिष्ठानं तथा कर्ता करणं च पृथग्विधम् । विविधाश्च पृथक्‍चेष्टा दैवं चैवात्र पञ्चमम् ॥ १४ ॥
adhiṣṭhānaṁ tathā kartā
[adhishthaanam tathaa kartaa]
karaṇaṁ ca pṛthag-vidham
[karanam cha prithag-vidham]
vividhāś ca pṛthak ceṣṭā
[vividhaash cha prithak cheshtaa]
daivaṁ caivātra pañcamam
[daivam chaivaatra panchamam]
adhiṣṭhānam — the place tathā — also kartā — the worker karaṇam — instruments ca — and pṛthak - vidham — of different kinds vividhāḥ — various ca — and pṛthak — separate ceṣṭāḥ — the endeavors daivam — the Supreme ca — also eva — certainly atra — here pañcamam — the fifth .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
adhiṣṭhānaṁ tathā kartā
adhiṣṭhānam
the place
tathā
also
kartā
the worker
karaṇaṁ ca pṛthag-vidham
karaṇam
instruments
ca
and
pṛthak - vidham
of different kinds
vividhāḥ
various
vividhāś ca pṛthak ceṣṭā
ca
and
pṛthak
separate
ceṣṭāḥ
the endeavors
daivaṁ caivātra pañcamam
daivam
the Supreme
ca
also
eva
certainly
atra
here
pañcamam
the fifth .
  • adhiṣṭhānam — the place, the seat
    The body — the field in which the act occurs. Without an adhiṣṭhāna there is nowhere for the action to land. Listed first to ground the analysis in the embodied condition.
  • kartā — the doer
    The individual jīva, the conditioned agent. Listed as one factor among five — already a demotion from his self-image. The doer is included, not enthroned.
  • karaṇam — the instruments, the senses
    Plural-flavored singular. The senses and mind through which the doer engages. Without the karaṇa, the kartā is paralyzed.
  • ceṣṭāḥ — the endeavors, the various movements
    Plural. The many concrete efforts — physical, vocal, mental — that go into any complete act. The bridge between intention and effect.
  • daivam — the divine, the Supersoul
    The fifth and decisive factor — the Paramātmā within. Without His sanction the other four cannot produce a single deed. The whole chapter's theistic conclusion is seeded here.
The place of action [the body], the performer, the various senses, the many different kinds of endeavor, and ultimately the Supersoul – these are the five factors of action.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
The five factors of action: (1) adhiṣṭhāna — the bodily field; (2) kartṛ — the doer-ego; (3) karaṇa — the instruments (senses); (4) ceṣṭā — the manifold efforts; (5) daiva — divine providence or Supersoul. Action is a confluence, never a solo performance.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The fifth factor — daiva — is the doctrinally heaviest: read by Vedānta as Paramātman/Antaryāmin, by other schools as fate or the deities of the senses. In any reading, an unseen, non-egoic factor co-authors the act. This sets up vv. 16-17's demolition of pure ego-doership.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
अधिष्ठानं तथा कर्ता पृथक्-विधं करणं च विविधाः पृथक् चेष्टाः च अत्र पञ्चमं दैवं च एव — एतानि पञ्च ।
adhiṣṭhānaṃ tathā kartā pṛthak-vidhaṃ karaṇaṃ ca vividhāḥ pṛthak ceṣṭāḥ ca atra pañcamaṃ daivaṃ ca eva — etāni pañca |
The locus (body), the doer, the manifold instruments, the various distinct efforts, and the fifth here is divine providence — these are the five.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
अधिष्ठानं तथा कर्ता करणं च पृथक्-विधम् । विविधाः च पृथक् चेष्टा दैवं च एव अत्र पञ्चमम् ॥
adhiṣṭhānaṃ tathā kartā karaṇaṃ ca pṛthak-vidham | vividhāḥ ca pṛthak ceṣṭā daivaṃ ca eva atra pañcamam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
अधिष्ठानम् adhiṣṭhānam अधि + √स्था → अधिष्ठान (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) the locus, body
तथा tathā ind. (indeclinable) likewise
कर्ता kartā कर्तृ (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) the doer
करणम् karaṇam करण (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) instrument (senses)
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
पृथक्-विधम् pṛthak-vidham bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. of various kinds
विविधाः vividhāḥ विविध (adj.) nom.pl. (nominative plural)f. various
पृथक् pṛthak ind. (indeclinable) distinct
चेष्टाः ceṣṭāḥ चेष्टा (f.) nom.pl. (nominative plural) efforts
दैवम् daivam दैव (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) providence, divinity
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) emphatic indeed
अत्र atra ind. (indeclinable) here
पञ्चमम् pañcamam पञ्चम (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. the fifth

The word adhiṣṭhānam refers to the body. The soul within the body is acting to bring about the results of activity and is therefore known as kartā, “the doer.” That the soul is the knower and the doer is stated in the śruti. Eṣa hi draṣṭā sraṣṭā ( Praśna Upaniṣad 4.9). It is also confirmed in the Vedānta-sūtra by the verses jño ’ta eva (2.3.18) and kartā śāstrārthavattvāt (2.3.33). The instruments of action are the senses, and by the senses the soul acts in various ways. For each and every action there is a different endeavor. But all one’s activities depend on the will of the Supersoul, who is seated within the heart as a friend. The Supreme Lord is the supercause. Under these circumstances, he who is acting in Kṛṣṇa consciousness under the direction of the Supersoul situated within the heart is naturally not bound by any activity. Those in complete Kṛṣṇa consciousness are not ultimately responsible for their actions. Everything is dependent on the supreme will, the Supersoul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
14. These five factors are the body, the false ego, the senses of various types, the life airs with various functions, and the Supersoul.
Commentary

The five causes are listed. Adhiṣṭhānam means the body. Kartā means the ahaṅkāra, which ties together the soul with the body. [Note: Viśvanātha does not include the jīva as a factor in action because in the next verses, the Lord explains that the jīva is not a doer.] Karaṇam means the senses of many types (pṛthag-vidham) such as eyes or ears. Ceṣṭā refers to the life airs such as prāṇa and apāna, which have various functions (pṛthak). Daiva refers to the antaryāmī who sets everything in motion.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
14. These five factors are the body, the false ego, the senses of various types, the life airs with various functions, and the supersoul.
Commentary

This verse enumerates the five causes. That which is ruled (adhiṣṭhīyate) by the jīva is called the adhiṣṭhānam. This indicated the body. The doer (kartā) is the jīva. The śrutis state that the jīva is the knower and doer, in statements such as eṣa hi draṣṭā sraṣṭā: he is the seer and doer. (Praśna Upaniṣad 4.9) The author of the Vedānta also says jño’ta eva: the jīva is the knower (Vedānta Sūtra 2.3.18); kartā śāstrārthavattvāt: he alone is the agent, not prakṛti, because this gives the scriptures a use. [Note: The scriptures are meant for humans, giving them directions for action. If the jīva is not a agent, what is the use of scripture. Scripture is of no use to give directions to prakṛṭi, if prakṛti is the only agent.] (Vedānta Sūtra 2.3.31). Karaṇam refers to the senses like the ear, and the mental faculties. They have differing functions (pṛthag vidham) in accomplishing the actions. Pṛthag ceṣṭā refers to the differing functions of various types of prāṇa. [Note: Ceṣṭa cannot mean “activity” because activity is the subject which is constituted of the five factors.] Daivam refers to the param brahma, worthy of worship by all. He is the fifth element in the accomplishment of action, among the causes of action (atra). This means that the Lord, Hari, the antaryāmī is the chief cause. Those who are convinced that the body, senses, prāṇas and jīva are only assistant causes, and that the Lord is the initiator of action; those people who thus reject the desire for results for themselves and the concept of being the doer— are consequently not bound by actions. This is the meaning. “But if the jīva’s actions depend on the Lord, his action becomes mere engagement by the Lord, in fulfillment of the Lord’s goal. Jīva is simply like a piece of wood. The rules and prohibitions of scripture meant for the jīva would then be useless. It would not be possible to initiate action by ones own intelligence, since it is seen that the jīva is simply made to act by the Lord.” The jīva is the susbstrauam of body, senses and prāṇas which are given by the Lord, whose powers bestowed by the Lord alone. Being the possessor of these bestowed powers, the jīva rules over his body and senses by his own desires alone, for accomplishing his actions. The Supreme Lord, situated within all the jīvas, giving His permission for action to the jīva, sets the actions of the jīva in motion. The jīva by his intelligence can chose to act or not to act. He is not at all forced to act in one particular way by the Lord. This is supported by the author of Vedānta. parāt tat tac chakteḥ (Vedānta Sūtra 2.3.40): his powers come from the Supreme Lord. “But then at least the liberated jīva should not be the agent, because he no longer has a body, senses and prāṇas.” No, that is not so, because the liberated souls have spiritual senses and body, by which to accomplish their desires.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

'Adhisthanam' or the place of action, is considered by all the acaryas as the body. It is different from the instruments of action which are the 'karanam', the senses which are parts of the body. The body as the place of action refer to the entire body, that thing which is held by the skeleton. The performer is called the 'karta', or the doer. Who is the performer of material activities? Here it is described as the 'false ego the soul reflected in matter. And the many different kinds of endeavor, that is the 'cestah', the endeavors of the senses. And ultimately, the Supersoul, Paramatma or 'daivam', the Supreme. These are the five factors of action. The Supersoul is the one who controls all the others. He is the Lord over everything in the material world and matter does nothing, because matter is inert. And the soul does nothing, but the soul reflects in material consciousness and is called 'ahamkara'. This is the Vedantic definition. Now, to stress that these alone are the causes of action, Krsna says:

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Five causes of action – To more precisely explain the consciousness of one not bound by

fruits of his action, Krishna refers to Vedanta Sutra.

Krishna describes five factors as the responsible causes for accomplishment of any kind of action (right or wrong)

Material Causes:

1. ‘Adhistaan’ – Place of action (Body)

2. ‘Karta’ – The doer (That is the consciousness reflected in false ego)

Refers to the soul because he is acting to bring about the results of his activity
Supporting Ref. For soul as the knower and doer
Prasna Upanishad
Vedanta Sutra

3. ‘Karana’– Senses (Instruments of action)

4. ‘Cesta’ – Endeavour (Effort, exerted by life airs to move the body)

Ultimate cause:

5. ‘Daivam’ – Super-cause (All our activities depend on the will of the Supersoul)

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.14 Adhisthanam, the locus, the body, which is the seat, the basis, of the manifestation of desire, hatred, happiness, sorrow, knowledge, etc.; tatha, as also karta, the agent, the enjoyer [The individual Self which has intelligence etc. as its limiting adjuncts, due to which it appears to possess their characteristics and become identified with them.] who has assumed the characteristics of the limiting adjuncts; prthak vidham, the different kinds of; karanam, organs, the ears etc. which, twelve [The five organs of knowledge (eyes, ears, nose, tongue and skin), the five organs of actions (hands, feet, speech, organ of excertion and that of generation), the mind and the intellect.] in number, are of different kinds for the experience of sound etc.; the vividhah, many; and prthak, distinct; cesta, activities connected with air-exhalation, inhalation, etc.; ca eva, and; daivam, the divine, i.e. the Sun and the others who are the presiding deities of the eye etc.; is atra, here, in relation to these four; pancamam, the fifth-completing the five.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.14 - 18.15 For all actions, performed through body, words or mind, whether they be authorized by the Sastras or not, the causes are these five. (1) The body, which is a conglomeration of the 'great elements,' is known as the seat, since it is governed by the individual self. (2) The agent is the individual self. That this individual self is the knower and the agent is established in the Vedanta-Sutras: 'For this reason, (the individual self) is the knower' (2.3.18) and 'The agent, on account of the scripture having a purport' (2.3.33.). (3) The organs of various kinds are the five motor organs like that of speech, hands, feet etc., along with the mind. They are of various kinds, viz., they have different functions in completing an action. (4) The different and distinctive functions of vital air - here the expression 'functions' (Cesta) means several functions. Distinctive are the functions of this fivefold vital air which sustains the body and senses through its divisions of Prana, Apana etc. (5) Divinity is the fifth among these causes. The purport is this: Among these, which constitute the conglomeration of causes of work the Divinity is the fifth. It is the Supreme Self, the Inner Ruler, who is the main cause in completing the action. It has been already affirmed: 'I am seated in the hearts of all. From Me are memory, knowledge and their removal also' (15.15), and He will say further: 'The Lord, O Arjuna, lives in the heart of every being casuing them to spin round and round by His power as if set on a wheel' (18.61). The agency of the individual self is dependent on the Supreme Self as established in the aphorism: 'But from the Supreme, because the scripture says so' (B. S., 2.3.41). Now an objection may be raised in this way: If the agency of the individual self is dependent on the Supreme Self and the individual self cannot be charged with moral responsibility, then the scriptures containing injunctions and prohibitions become useless, as the individual self cannot be enjoined to act in regard to any action. The objection is disposed off by the author of the Vedanta-Sutras in the aphorism: 'But with a view to the effects made on account of the purposelessness of injunctions and prohibitions' (2.3.42). The purport is this: By means of his senses, body etc., granted by the Supreme Self - having Him for their support, empowered by Him, and thus deriving power from Him - the individual self begins, of his own free will, the effort for directing the senses etc., for the purpose of performing actions conditioned by his body and organs. The individual self Itself, of Its own free will, is responsible for activity, since the Supreme Self, abiding within, causes It to act only by granting His permission, just as works such as moving heavy stones and timber are collectively the labour of many persons and they are together responsible for the effect. But each one of them (severally) also is responsible for it. In the same way each individual is answerable to Nature's law in the form of positive and negative ?ndments.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.14 See Comment under 18.17
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.14 The seat (body), the doer, the various senses, the different functions of various sorts, and the presiding deity, also, the fifth.
Commentary

18.14 अधिष्ठानम् the seat or body? तथा also? कर्ता the doer? करणम् the senses? च and? पृथग्विधम् of different? विविधाः various? च and? पृथक् different? चेष्टाः functions? दैवम् the presiding deity? च and? एव even? अत्र here? पञ्चमम् the fifth.Commentary Now listen to the characteristics of these five? of which the body is the first. It is termed the support or the seat. The body is the seat of desire? hatred? happiness? misery? knowledge and the like. The individual soul experiences through the body the pleasure and pain that arise through contact with matter. Egoism is the agent or the doer or the enjoyer. Nature does actions but through delusion the individual soul takes to himself the credit of their execution and? therefore? he is called the agent.Karta The enjoyer putting on the nature or properties of the limiting adjuncts with which he comes into contact.Karanam prithagvidham Various organs such as the organ of hearing? by which the individual soul hears the sound? etc. organs of knowledge and action and the mind.Daivam The presiding deity such as the Sun and the other gods by whose help the eye and the other organs perform their respective functions destiny.Cheshta Play of energy in the organs or the senses during the action.Absence of any of these factors will make action impossible.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.14 The locus as also the agent, the different kinds of organs, the many and distinct activities, and, the divine is here the fifth.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.14 They are a body, a personality, physical organs, their manifold activity and destiny.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 3.27 BG 13.21 BG 15.15 SB 3.26.7 SB 6.1.11 SB 11.22.1 CC Madhya 20.264 CC Madhya 24.78 CC Madhya 25.33 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.11Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.3.10

A flute plays — but five things are present: the bamboo (body), the player (doer), the breath and fingers (senses), the song's effort (endeavor), and the air that carries every note (the Supersoul). Pull out any one and there is silence. The player who imagines he alone makes music has forgotten the air.

Arjuna at Kurukṣetra

Throughout the Gītā Kṛṣṇa keeps reminding Arjuna that he is merely an instrument — nimitta-mātram (11.33). Arjuna's body is the adhiṣṭhāna, Arjuna is the kartā, his bow-arm and eyes are the karaṇa, the various movements of battle are the ceṣṭā — and Kṛṣṇa Himself, seated as the chariot-driver and within the heart, is the daivam.

The entire Mahābhārata war is verse 18.14 in motion: five factors converging, and the central worker repeatedly tempted to claim sole authorship.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.15

↗
शरीरवाङ्‍मनोभिर्यत्कर्म प्रारभते नर: । न्याय्यं वा विपरीतं वा पञ्चैते तस्य हेतव: ॥ १५ ॥
śarīra-vāṅ-manobhir yat
[shareera-vaan-manobhir yat]
karma prārabhate naraḥ
[karma praarabhate narah]
nyāyyaṁ vā viparītaṁ vā
[nyaayyam vaa vipareetam vaa]
pañcaite tasya hetavaḥ
[panchaite tasya hetavah]
śarīra — by the body vāk — speech manobhiḥ — and mind yat — which karma — work prārabhate — begins naraḥ — a person nyāyyam — right vā — or viparītam — the opposite vā — or pañca — five ete — all these tasya — its hetavaḥ — causes .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śarīra-vāṅ-manobhir yat
śarīra
by the body
vāk
speech
manobhiḥ
and mind
yat
which
karma prārabhate naraḥ
karma
work
prārabhate
begins
naraḥ
a person
nyāyyaṁ vā viparītaṁ vā
nyāyyam
right
vā
or
viparītam
the opposite
vā
or
pañcaite tasya hetavaḥ
pañca
five
ete
all these
tasya
its
hetavaḥ
causes .
  • śarīra — body
    First of the three instruments of action — kāyika karma. Every deed comes through body, speech, or mind, and all five factors operate in each. The verse opens with śarīra as the most visible channel.
  • nyāyyam — right, just
    Action in accord with dharma. The verse names both ends of the spectrum to make a sharper point: even *right* action is not solo work.
  • viparītam — the opposite, wrong
    Action against dharma. Both nyāyya and viparīta share the same five-factor structure — which means false ego claims *both* good and bad with equal error.
  • pañca — five
    Demonstrative recap of verse 14. Kṛṣṇa drives the enumeration home — these specific five, not some other count, are the causes of any act done with body, speech, or mind.
  • hetavaḥ — causes
    Synonym of kāraṇa from verse 13 but with a slightly different emphasis — hetu is 'reason, contributing cause.' Each of the five is a hetu; together they produce the act.
Whatever right or wrong action a man performs by body, mind or speech is caused by these five factors.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Every action — done by body, speech, or mind, whether ethical or not — issues from those same five factors. The framework is morally neutral; it explains both good and evil deeds without absolving anyone.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
An important qualifier: the five-factor analysis covers nyāyya (right) and viparīta (wrong) action alike, which protects the doctrine from becoming an excuse ('it wasn't really me'). The three triggers — body, speech, mind — are a classical categorization of action (cf. 17.15-19 for tapas threefold).
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
शरीर-वाक्-मनोभिः नरः न्याय्यं विपरीतं वा यत् कर्म प्रारभते, एते पञ्च तस्य हेतवः ।
śarīra-vāk-manobhiḥ naraḥ nyāyyaṃ viparītaṃ vā yat karma prārabhate, ete pañca tasya hetavaḥ |
Whatever action a person undertakes with body, speech, or mind — whether right or contrary to right — these five are its causes.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
शरीर-वाक्-मनोभिः यत् कर्म प्रारभते नरः । न्याय्यं वा विपरीतं वा पञ्च एते तस्य हेतवः ॥
śarīra-vāk-manobhiḥ yat karma prārabhate naraḥ | nyāyyaṃ vā viparītaṃ vā pañca ete tasya hetavaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
शरीर-वाक्-मनोभिः śarīra-vāk-manobhiḥ dvandva cpd. (compound) ins.pl. (instrumental plural) by body, speech, and mind
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. which
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) action
प्रारभते prārabhate प्र + √आरभ् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) undertakes
नरः naraḥ नर (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) a person
न्याय्यम् nyāyyam न्याय्य (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. right
वा vā ind. (indeclinable) or
विपरीतम् viparītam वि + परि + √इ p.p.p. (past passive participle) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. contrary, wrong
पञ्च pañca num. nom.pl. (nominative plural)m. five
एते ete एतद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.pl. (nominative plural)m. these
तस्य tasya तद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular)n. of it
हेतवः hetavaḥ हेतु (m.) nom.pl. (nominative plural) causes

The words “right” and “wrong” are very significant in this verse. Right work is work done in terms of the prescribed directions in the scriptures, and wrong work is work done against the principles of the scriptural injunctions. But whatever is done requires these five factors for its complete performance.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
15. These five are the causes of all actions both dharmic and adharmic that man performs with his body, words or mind.
Commentary

Actions are of three types: physical, vocal and mental. These are all of two types: following dharma (nyāyam) or not following dharma (viparītam). The five are causes of all these actions.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
15. These five are the causes of all actions both dharmic and adharmic that man performs with his body, words or mind.
Commentary

Nyāyyam means “according to the scriptures” and viparītam means “not according to the scriptures.”

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

The Supersoul, as we know, even sanctions 'asastric' work, work against the sastras.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

These five co-operatively perform every action, both religious (right) and irreligious (wrong)

performed by either body, mind or speech

Right work – Work done in terms of prescribed scriptural directions
Wrong work – Work done against principles of scriptural injunctions LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.15 & 18.16: Krishna categorizes action into three: that performed with the body, mind or words. Action in all three categories can be performed either according to sastric injunctions or against them. In either case, however, it is the Supersoul who ultimately sanctions all

action. This is confirmed as follows.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.15 Yat, whatever; karma, action; narah, a man; prarabhate, performs; with these three-sarira-van-manobhih, with the body, speech and mind; be it nyayyam, just, rigtheous, conforming to the scriptures; va, or; viparitam, its reverse, not conforming to the scriptures, unrighteous; and even such activities like closing the eyes etc. whch are conseent on the fact of living (i.e. instinctive acts)-they also are certainly the result of righteous and unrighteous acts done in earlier lives, and hence they are understood by the very, use of the words 'just and its reverse'-; tasya, of it, of all activities without exception; ete, these; panca, five, as mentioned; are the hetavah, causes. Objection: Well, are not the locus etc. the cause of all actions? Why is it said, '৷৷.performs with the body, speech and mind'? Reply: This fault does not arise. All actions described as 'enjoined' or 'prohibited' are mainly based on the three, body etc. Seeing, hearing, etc., which are characteristics of life and are subsidiaries to these (body etc.) [Seeing etc. are accomplished by the eye etc., which are part and parcel of the body etc.] , are divided into three groups and spoken of in, 'performs with the body,' etc. Even at the time of reaping the fruits (of actions), they are experienced mainly through these (three). Hence, there is no contradiction with the assertion that the five are the causes.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.14 - 18.15 For all actions, performed through body, words or mind, whether they be authorized by the Sastras or not, the causes are these five. (1) The body, which is a conglomeration of the 'great elements,' is known as the seat, since it is governed by the individual self. (2) The agent is the individual self. That this individual self is the knower and the agent is established in the Vedanta-Sutras: 'For this reason, (the individual self) is the knower' (2.3.18) and 'The agent, on account of the scripture having a purport' (2.3.33.). (3) The organs of various kinds are the five motor organs like that of speech, hands, feet etc., along with the mind. They are of various kinds, viz., they have different functions in completing an action. (4) The different and distinctive functions of vital air - here the expression 'functions' (Cesta) means several functions. Distinctive are the functions of this fivefold vital air which sustains the body and senses through its divisions of Prana, Apana etc. (5) Divinity is the fifth among these causes. The purport is this: Among these, which constitute the conglomeration of causes of work the Divinity is the fifth. It is the Supreme Self, the Inner Ruler, who is the main cause in completing the action. It has been already affirmed: 'I am seated in the hearts of all. From Me are memory, knowledge and their removal also' (15.15), and He will say further: 'The Lord, O Arjuna, lives in the heart of every being casuing them to spin round and round by His power as if set on a wheel' (18.61). The agency of the individual self is dependent on the Supreme Self as established in the aphorism: 'But from the Supreme, because the scripture says so' (B. S., 2.3.41). Now an objection may be raised in this way: If the agency of the individual self is dependent on the Supreme Self and the individual self cannot be charged with moral responsibility, then the scriptures containing injunctions and prohibitions become useless, as the individual self cannot be enjoined to act in regard to any action. The objection is disposed off by the author of the Vedanta-Sutras in the aphorism: 'But with a view to the effects made on account of the purposelessness of injunctions and prohibitions' (2.3.42). The purport is this: By means of his senses, body etc., granted by the Supreme Self - having Him for their support, empowered by Him, and thus deriving power from Him - the individual self begins, of his own free will, the effort for directing the senses etc., for the purpose of performing actions conditioned by his body and organs. The individual self Itself, of Its own free will, is responsible for activity, since the Supreme Self, abiding within, causes It to act only by granting His permission, just as works such as moving heavy stones and timber are collectively the labour of many persons and they are together responsible for the effect. But each one of them (severally) also is responsible for it. In the same way each individual is answerable to Nature's law in the form of positive and negative ?ndments.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.15 See Comment under 18.17
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.15 Whatever action a man performs with his body, speech and mind whether right or the reverse these five are its causes.
Commentary

18.15 शरीरवाङ्मनोभिः by (his) body? speech and mind? यत् whatever? कर्म action? प्रारभते performs? नरः man? न्याय्यम् right? वा or? विपरीतम् the reverse? वा or? पञ्च five? एते these? तस्य its? हेतवः causes.Commentary Nyayyam Right Not opposed to Dharma conformable to the scriptures justifiable.Viparitam The opposite What is opposite to Dharma and opposed to the scriptures unjustifiable.Even those actions? -- acts like winking and the like which are necessary conditions of life? are indicated by the term the right and the reverse? as they are effects of past Dharma and Adharma.Tasya Hetavah Its Causes The causes of every action.An objector argues In the previous verse it is said that the body? actor? various organs? etc.? are the necessary factors of every action. Why do you then make a distinction in actions by saying whatever action a man does by the body? speech and mindOur answer is In the performance of every action? one of the three -- body? speech or mind -- has a more prominent share than the others while seeing? hearing and other activities which accompany or go along with life are subordinate to that one.Therefore all actions are classified under three groups and are spoken of as done by the body or speech or mind. The fruit of an actions also is enjoyed through the body? speech and mind and one of the three takes a more prominent share than the rest. Therefore? it is proper to say Whatever action a man performs with his body? speech and mind৷৷.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.15 Whatever action a man performs with the body, speech and mind, be it just or its reverse, of it these five are the cuases.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.15 Whatever action a man performs, whether by muscular effort or by speech or by thought, and whether it be right or wrong, these five are the essential causes.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
BG 3.27 BG 5.8 BG 13.30 SB 11.22.53 SB 3.26.8 SB 6.1.45 CC Madhya 24.80 CC Madhya 20.270 CC Madhya 25.36 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 4.6Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.1.1
Concepts
Dharma
Whatever right or wrong action one does with body, mind, or speech — these five causes account for it.
Practical Applications
  • Apply the five causes to recent actions, both right and wrong.
  • Don't take excessive credit or excessive blame.
  • Use the analysis honestly, not as evasion.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I taken too much blame ignoring the five?
  • Where have I taken too much credit?

A loom weaves the cloth, but five threads cross every shuttle-pass. Whether the pattern that emerges is straight or crooked, the same five threads run through it. The weaver who blames or boasts has forgotten his own warp and weft.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.16

↗
तत्रैवं सति कर्तारमात्मानं केवलं तु य: । पश्यत्यकृतबुद्धित्वान्न स पश्यति दुर्मति: ॥ १६ ॥
tatraivaṁ sati kartāram
[tatraivam sati kartaaram]
ātmānaṁ kevalaṁ tu yaḥ
[aatmaanam kevalam tu yah]
paśyaty akṛta-buddhitvān
[pashyaty akrita-buddhitvaan]
na sa paśyati durmatiḥ
[na sa pashyati durmatih]
tatra — there evam — thus sati — being kartāram — the worker ātmānam — himself kevalam — only tu — but yaḥ — anyone who paśyati — sees akṛta - buddhitvāt — due to unintelligence na — never saḥ — he paśyati — sees durmatiḥ — foolish .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatraivaṁ sati kartāram
tatra
there
ātmānaṁ kevalaṁ tu yaḥ
evam
thus
paśyaty akṛta-buddhitvān
na sa paśyati durmatiḥ
sati
being
kartāram
the worker
ātmānam
himself
kevalam
only
tu
but
yaḥ
anyone who
paśyati
sees
akṛta - buddhitvāt
due to unintelligence
na
never
saḥ
he
paśyati
sees
durmatiḥ
foolish .
  • kartāram — the worker, doer
    The verse's exact target. The soul *is* a kartā (one of five), but the false-doer takes himself as the sole kartā. Same word that was listed as one of the five in verse 14 — but here misappropriated to one alone.
  • ātmānam — himself
    Accusative reflexive. The false-doer sees *himself* as the sole kartā. The grammar pinpoints the misidentification — self collapsed into solo agent.
  • kevalam — only, sole
    Adverb of exclusivity. *Only* — the falsehood lives here. The soul is *a* doer, not the *only* doer. One word that distinguishes truth from error.
  • durmatiḥ — the misguided one
    Strong word — 'bad-minded.' Such a person is not merely ignorant but actively miscalibrated, seeing as solo what is fivefold. The diagnosis is sharp.
  • paśyati — sees
    Verb. The verse plays on this — *he sees but does not see*. He sees only one cause; the reality of five remains invisible. Same verb, opposite contents.
Therefore one who thinks himself the only doer, not considering the five factors, is certainly not very intelligent and cannot see things as they are.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Anyone who — given the five-factor analysis — still credits the self alone as agent simply does not see. His untrained mind mistakes a node in the network for the whole network.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Doership-egoism (ahaṅkāra) is named the chief epistemic error of the unrefined intellect. The verse marks a turning point: from analytical description (vv. 13-15) to soteriological consequence (vv. 16-17). The reward of clear sight is the freedom announced in v. 17 — even slaying becomes non-binding.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
तत्र एवं सति यः तु अकृत-बुद्धित्वात् केवलम् आत्मानं कर्तारं पश्यति, सः दुर्मतिः न पश्यति ।
tatra evaṃ sati yaḥ tu akṛta-buddhitvāt kevalam ātmānaṃ kartāraṃ paśyati, saḥ durmatiḥ na paśyati |
Such being the case, whoever — through an untrained intellect — sees the self alone as the doer, that wrong-minded one does not see at all.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
तत्र एवं सति कर्तारम् आत्मानं केवलं तु यः । पश्यति अकृत-बुद्धित्वात् न सः पश्यति दुर्मतिः ॥
tatra evaṃ sati kartāram ātmānaṃ kevalaṃ tu yaḥ | paśyati akṛta-buddhitvāt na saḥ paśyati durmatiḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
तत्र tatra ind. (indeclinable) thereupon
एवम् evam ind. (indeclinable) thus
सति sati √अस् pres. (present)part. loc.sg. (locative singular)n. (loc. absolute) being so
कर्तारम् kartāram कर्तृ (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) the doer
आत्मानम् ātmānam आत्मन् (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) the self
केवलम् kevalam केवल (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. alone
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) but
यः yaḥ यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. who
पश्यति paśyati √दृश् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) sees
अकृत-बुद्धित्वात् akṛta-buddhitvāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)n. from an unrefined intellect
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
सः saḥ तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. he
दुर्मतिः durmatiḥ दुर्मति (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. wrong-minded

A foolish person cannot understand that the Supersoul is sitting as a friend within and conducting his actions. Although the material causes are the place, the worker, the endeavor and the senses, the final cause is the Supreme, the Personality of Godhead. Therefore, one should see not only the four material causes but the supreme efficient cause as well. One who does not see the Supreme thinks himself to be the doer.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
16. Though these five are the causes of action, the unintelligent fool who sees only himself as the doer does not see.
Commentary

Then what happens? Though these five are causes of action (tatra evam), one who sees only that the self, the jīva, is the doer, though actually the jīva is not associated with action at all, does not see, being a fool (durmatiḥ), because of impure intelligence (akṛta-buddhitvāt). One may say that such a foolish person is blind.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
16. Though these five are the causes of action, the unintelligent fool, who, because of not attaining that knowledge, sees only himself as the doer, does not see.
Commentary

Then what happens? Though the jīva’s acting as doer takes place only with permission of the Lord, and depends upon the body and senses given by the Lord (evam), he who sees only the jīva as the doer in his action (tatra), called a fool, (durmatiḥ) because of lack of that knowledge, does not see. He is like a blind man.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Krsna says that this consciousness of 'kartaham', 'I am the doer', is of a 'mudhah', a person bewildered by that false ego reflecting within his materialistic heart. Thinking 'I am the doer' means thinking that ' I am the only doer', and this, specifically, exactly what binds one in the material world, binds one to the fruits of one's actions (either good, bad or mixed). This consciousness that 'I am the One', (we already have heard that in Chapter Sixteen) 'isvaro 'ham aham bhogi/ siddho 'ham balavan sukhi', 'I am the enjoyer, I am the controller, I am perfect, I am powerful, I am happy...', ‑ this is just the definition of illusion. It stems from ignorance of who real are. And here we are, so tiny, so insignificant... Even the bug he is thinking that is the doer, the enjoyer... What can anyone in this world do actually? To explain to us from the point of view of Vedanta that we are not the big controllers, the big doers, Krsna says that there are five factors of action. Ultimately the real sanctioner, who no one can do anything without getting permission from, is the Supersoul, the Lord in the heart. One who thinks himself the only doer, who is not considering these five factors, he is certainly not intelligent, he is 'akr ta‑ buddhitvan' and he cannot see things as they are, in other words he is in illusion. This kind of person who thinks 'I am the doer', he is getting sinful reactions or pious reactions in everything that he does. But one who is , on the other hand, free from reactions, because Krsna is still making the point of how to become free from reaction,...

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Non-intelligent seer defined

Does not consider the final doer, the Supreme Lord
It is not intelligent to consider oneself as independent doer of one’s actions

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SECTION II

Because the Supreme Lord is the ultimate cause, therefore one who is acting in Krishna consciousness

under the direction of Supersoul within the heart is:

Naturally not bound by any activity
Those in complete Krishna consciousness are not ultimately responsible for their actions
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.16 Tatra is used for connecting with the topic under discussion. Tatra evam sati, this being the case, when actions are thus accomplished by the five causes mentioned above;-this portion has to be connected with 'perverted intellect' by way of causality [Actions are done by the body etc., but since a person thinks that the Self is the agent, therefore he is said to have a perverted intellect.]-yah, tu, anyone, an unenlightened person, who; pasyati, perceives; kevalam, the absolute, pure; atmanam, Self; as the kartaram, agent-thinking, 'I myself am the agent of the actions being done by them', as a conseence of imagining the Self as identified with them; why?-akrta-buddhitvat, owing to the imperfection of his intellect, owing to his intellect not having been refined by the instructions of Vedanta and the teachers, and by reasoning-. Even the person who, believing in the Self as distinct from the body etc., looks upon the distinct [Ast. omits anyam (distinct).-Tr.], absolute Self as the agent, he, too, is surely of imperfect intellect. Hence, owing to his having an imperfect intellect, sah, that man; na, does not; pasyati, perceive (properly) either the truth about the Self or about actions. This is the meaning. Therefore he is a durmatih, man of perverted intellect, in the sense that his intellect is contemptible, perverse, corrupted, and the cause of repeatedly undergoing births and deaths. He does not perceive even while seeing-like the man suffering from Timira seeing many moons, or like one thinking the moon to be moving when (actually) the clouds are moving, or like the one seated on some conveyance (e.g. palanin), thinking oneself to be moving when others (the bearers) are moving. Who, again, is the man of right intellect who perceives correctly? This is being answered:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.16 In fact, the agency of the individual self is subject to the consent of Supreme Self; such being the case, if the 'individual self regards Itself as the agent,' It is of wicked or perverse mind. For, It does not perceive the agent as It really is, since It possesses an 'uncultivated understanding,' namely, an understanding which does not reveal the real state of affairs.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.16 See Comment under 18.17
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.16 Now, such being the case, verily he who owing to untrained understanding looks upon his Self, which is isolated, as the agent, he of perverted intelligence, sees not.
Commentary

18.16 तत्र there (the case)? एवम् thus? सति being? कर्तारम् as the agent? आत्मानम् the Self? केवलम् alone? तु verily? यः who? पश्यति sees? अकृतबुद्धित्वात् owing to untrained understanding? न not? सः he? पश्यति sees? दुर्मतिः of perverted intelligence.Commentary The Self is always actionless. He is unattached like ether. He is always the silent witness. He is the spectator of activity. The egoistic man of little understanding only thinks that he is the real agent? and so he is bound by actions. He takes birth again and again to reap the fruits of his actions. For him who considers the body as consciousness? God or the Self? it naturally follows that the Self is the agent or the doer. He who identifies himself with the body? who has taken the body as the pure Self? has cast a net over himself? and he leads a deluded life of utter ignorance. He is bound by the fetters or bonds of Karma. He is ever shut up in the prisonhouse of this body.He who has not united himself with the Buddhi? who has got an impure or untrained understanding? who regards the Self as the actor or the agent is certainly a man of perverted intelligence. He is deluded. He is really a blind man. He sees not though he has eyes. He does not behold the essence of things. He has no idea of the supreme Principle (the Self) Which is Itself actionless? Which ever stands as a silent witness of the activities of all minds and all organs of all beings? Which moves the minds? organs and the lifeforce and the bodies to action? just as the magnet makes the iron pieces move. He does not behold the truth about the Self and action.Durmati Evilminded person A man of perverted intellect or undeveloped reason. He thinks that he alone is the doer or agent. He does not understand anything. He has no knowledge of the,actionless? pure? selfluminous Self.The ignorant man of untrained understanding identifies himself with the five causes and regards the pure actionless Self as the agent or doer of the actions which are really done by these five causes. What is the reason for this Why does he regard them so Because he is not endowed with a pure and subtle intellect his understanding (Buddhi) has not been trained in the practice of Vedanta he is not eipped with the four means of salvation his intellect has not been trained by the teachings of the preceptor or the spiritual teacher in the methods of logical reasoning.He who considers that the pure actionless Self is the agent or the doer is certainly a man of untrained understanding. He has no knowledge of the actionless Self and action. Therefore? he is a man of perverted intelligence. His intellect works or moves in the wrong direction. His intellect moves in the sensual grooves or avenues. It runs like the vicious horse and leads to birth and death. The technie of Buddhi Yoga taught in the Gita enables one effectively to prevent this.He does not perceive or cognise the Truth though he has eyes. Though he sees? he sees the external? gross? illusory? everchanging? perishable objects only. He does not behold the one immortal? unchanging? allblissful essence? which is the basis or substratum of everything. He is like the man with jaundiced eyes? who sees all objects tinged with yellow colur? or like the man suffering from diplopia who beholds many moons? or like the man who thinks that the moon moves when the clouds move? or like the man who? seated in a train? imagines that the trees are moving when it is the train that is really moving. (Cf.V.15XIII.30)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.16 This being the case, anyone, who, owing to the imperfection of his intellect, perceives the absolute Self as the agent, that man does not perceive (properly), and has a perverted intellect.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.16 But the fool who supposes, because of his immature judgment, that it is his own Self alone that acts, he perverts the truth and does not see rightly.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
He who, due to undeveloped intelligence, sees only himself as the doer — does not see things rightly.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that undeveloped intelligence is at the root of false-ego doership.
  • Cultivate the intelligence that sees the five causes.
  • Treat 'I am the doer' as a beginner's stage.
Reflection Questions
  • Where am I at the beginner's stage of doership?
  • What ripens past it?

The lamp's flame insists, 'I light the room.' But pull away the oil, the wick, the still air, the matchstick, and the hand that lit it — and the flame vanishes. The doer who calls himself the only doer is precisely such a flame in love with its own brightness, blind to everything keeping it lit.

Yudhiṣṭhira's grief over the slain

After the Kurukṣetra war, Yudhiṣṭhira was wracked with the thought that he alone had killed his elders and kinsmen. Vyāsa, Bhīṣma, and Kṛṣṇa repeatedly applied this exact teaching: he had acted in the line of dharma, as one factor among five. The killing belonged to time and divine arrangement and the kṣatriya order as much as to him.

Until he understood that *kartāram ātmānam kevalam* was a false reading of his own role, his buddhi remained akṛta and his grief untreatable. The lesson finally settled, and he accepted the throne.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.17

↗
यस्य नाहंकृतो भावो बुद्धिर्यस्य न लिप्यते । हत्वापि स इमाँल्ल‍ोकान्न हन्ति न निबध्यते ॥ १७ ॥
yasya nāhaṅkṛto bhāvo
[yasya naahankrito bhaavo]
buddhir yasya na lipyate
[buddhir yasya na lipyate]
hatvāpi sa imāḻ lokān
[hatvaapi sa imaaḻ lokaan]
na hanti na nibadhyate
[na hanti na nibadhyate]
yasya — one whose na — never ahaṅkṛtaḥ — of false ego bhāvaḥ — nature buddhiḥ — intelligence yasya — one whose na — never lipyate — is attached hatvā — killing api — even saḥ — he imān — this lokān — world na — never hanti — kills na — never nibadhyate — becomes entangled .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yasya nāhaṅkṛto bhāvo
yasya
one whose
na
never
ahaṅkṛtaḥ
of false ego
bhāvaḥ
nature
buddhir yasya na lipyate
buddhiḥ
intelligence
yasya
one whose
na
never
lipyate
is attached
hatvāpi sa imāḻ lokān
hatvā
killing
api
even
saḥ
he
imān
this
lokān
world
na hanti na nibadhyate
na
never
hanti
kills
na
never
nibadhyate
becomes entangled .
  • ahaṅkṛtaḥ — of false ego
    Past participle. The doer whose nature is *made by* ahaṅkāra. Verse 17 isolates exactly this inner stance — the I-am-doing posture — as the binding factor, not the outer act.
  • bhāvaḥ — nature, disposition
    The inner condition. With ahaṅkṛtaḥ as qualifier: the mood of false ego. The verse names the precise inner stance that bondage requires — and its absence is what makes even killing non-binding.
  • lipyate — is attached / smeared
    From lip — to smear, anoint. The verb is precise: karma normally *smears* the buddhi. The pure-buddhi worker is not so smeared even by drastic acts.
  • hanti — kills
    Negated in the verse. The outer act may slay, but in the absence of ahaṅkṛta-bhāva, the doer *does not kill* in the karmic-binding sense. The verse is one of the Gītā's sharpest moral surgeries.
  • nibadhyate — is bound
    From nibandh — to bind down. Also negated. The result of pure-buddhi action: no bondage. The non-binding follows from the non-ego, not from the non-killing.
One who is not motivated by false ego, whose intelligence is not entangled, though he kills men in this world, does not kill. Nor is he bound by his actions.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
The ego-free, untainted intellect commits no real slaughter even in cosmic combat — and incurs no bondage. The hyperbole — slaying the worlds — is a deliberate reply to Arjuna's terror of killing his kin in 1.36-45.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Among the Gītā's most ethically demanding verses, easily misread. The point is not antinomianism but the inner condition under which dharma-mandated, sva-dharmic action (here a kṣatriya's war duty) generates no karmic residue. The two qualifiers — ego-free disposition and untainted intellect — are absolute. Compare 4.20-22 and the akartṛ-bhāva of 5.8-9.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यस्य भावः न अहङ्कृतः, यस्य बुद्धिः न लिप्यते — सः इमान् लोकान् हत्वा अपि न हन्ति न निबध्यते ।
yasya bhāvaḥ na ahaṅkṛtaḥ, yasya buddhiḥ na lipyate — saḥ imān lokān hatvā api na hanti na nibadhyate |
He whose disposition is not gripped by ego, whose intellect is not stained — even slaying these worlds, he does not slay and is not bound.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यस्य न अहङ्कृतः भावः बुद्धिः यस्य न लिप्यते । हत्वा अपि सः इमान् लोकान् न हन्ति न निबध्यते ॥
yasya na ahaṅkṛtaḥ bhāvaḥ buddhiḥ yasya na lipyate | hatvā api saḥ imān lokān na hanti na nibadhyate ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यस्य yasya यद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular)m. whose
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
अहङ्कृतः ahaṅkṛtaḥ अहम् + √कृ p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. ego-stamped
भावः bhāvaḥ भाव (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) disposition
बुद्धिः buddhiḥ बुद्धि (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) intellect
लिप्यते lipyate √लिप् pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is smeared, tainted
हत्वा hatvā √हन् abs. (absolutive) having slain
अपि api ind. (indeclinable) even
सः saḥ तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. he
इमान् imān इदम् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.pl. (accusative plural)m. these
लोकान् lokān लोक (m.) acc.pl. (accusative plural) worlds
हन्ति hanti √हन् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) slays
निबध्यते nibadhyate नि + √बन्ध् pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is bound

In this verse the Lord informs Arjuna that the desire not to fight arises from false ego. Arjuna thought himself to be the doer of action, but he did not consider the supreme sanction within and without. If one does not know that a supersanction is there, why should he act? But one who knows the instruments of work, himself as the worker, and the Supreme Lord as the supreme sanctioner is perfect in doing everything. Such a person is never in illusion. Personal activity and responsibility arise from false ego and godlessness, or a lack of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Anyone who is acting in Kṛṣṇa consciousness under the direction of the Supersoul or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, even though killing, does not kill. Nor is he ever affected by the reaction of such killing. When a soldier kills under the command of a superior officer, he is not subject to be judged. But if a soldier kills on his own personal account, then he is certainly judged by a court of law.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
17. He who does not think he is the doer, and is not attached to actions by thinking them good or bad, does not kill even though he kills, and is not bound.
Commentary

Who then is intelligent with good eyes? One who does not have the nature of ahaṅkāra (ahaṅkṛto bhāvaḥ), who is not thinking himself the doer, who is not attached to actions by thinking the action will give good or bad results (yasya buddhir na lipyate), does not obtain reactions of karma. What else can be said? Though he may do pious or sinful acts, he does not do them. Though it may appear from ordinary vision that he has killed all these living beings, he does not kill, from his own vision, because he has no motive for the action. Therefore he is not bound. He does not receive the reactions of karma.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
17. He who does not think he is the doer, and is not attached to actions thinking them good or bad, does not kill all these people, even though he kills them, and is not contaminated by the killing.
Commentary

Who then is the wise man who has eyes to see? That person who has powers to think (bhāvaḥ), knowing that his action is dependent on the Lord, and thus does not think that he is the only doer (na ahaṅkṛtaḥ), whose intelligence is not contaminated by desires for results of his actions (na lipyate), even though he has killed not just Bhīṣma but all others (imāl lokān), does not kill them. Nor is he contaminated by the action of killing all of them.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Krsna is telling this for no chanced reason to Arjuna who is poised on the battlefield, and Krsna is asking him to fight and even to kill. Srila Prabhupada explains in his Purport: "In this verse the Lord informs Arjuna that the desire not to fight arises from false ego. Arjuna thought himself to be the doer of action, but he did not consider the supreme sanction within and without. If one does not know that a supersanction is there, why should he act? But one who knows the instruments of work, himself as the worker, and the Supreme Lord as the supreme sanctioner is perfect in doing everything. Such a person is never in illusion. Personal activity and responsibility arise from false ego and godlessness, or a lack of Krsna consciousness. Anyone who is acting in Krsna consciousness under the direction of the Supersoul or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, even though killing, does not kill. Nor is he ever affected by the reaction of such killing. When a soldier kills under the command of a superior officer, he is not subject to be judged. But if a soldier kills on his own personal account, then he is certainly judged by a court of law." The first two words in the next text are 'jnanam jneyam'. From which chapter did we hear these words? ‑ From Chapter Thirteen. Jnana means knowledge or the process of knowledge, and jneyam the object of knowledge. Because this is summarizing this jnana section, Krsna is going to further analyze action.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Intelligent seer defined (In contrast with foolish, non-intelligent seer of Text 18.16)

One who does not foolishly think himself as the sole cause, does not get enamored by the fruits
Not motivated by false ego
Intelligence is not entangled
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.17 Yasya, he who, the person whose intellect is refined by the instructions of the scriptures and the teachers, and reason; who has na, not; ahankrtah bhavah, the feeling of egoism, in whom does not occur the notion in the form, 'I am the agent'; i.e., he who sees thus: 'These five, viz locus etc. (14), imagined in the Self through ignorance, are verily the agents of all actions; not I. But I am the absolute, unchanging witness of their functions, 'Without vita force, without mind, pure, superior to the (other) superior immutable (Maya)" (Mu. 2.1.1)'; yasya, whose; buddhih, intellect, the internal organ, which is the limiting adunct of the Self; is na, not; lipyate, tainted, does not become regretful thinking, 'I have done this; as a result, I shall enter into hell'; whose intellect does not become thus tainted, he has a good intellect and he perceives (rightly). Api, even; hatva, by killing; iman, these; lokan, creatures, i.e. all living beings; sah he; does not hanti, kill-he does not perform the act of killing; nor does he nibadhyate, become bound, nor even does he become connected with its result, the fruit of an unrighteous action. Objection: Even if this be a eulogy, is it not contradictory to say, 'even by killing he does not kill'? Reply: This defect does not arise; for this becomes logical from the ordinary and the enlightened points of view. By adopting the empirical point of view (which consists in thinking), 'I am the slayer', by identifying the body with the Self, the Lord says, 'even by killing'; and, by taking His stand on the supreme Truth as explained above (the Lord says), 'he does not kill, nor does he become bound'. Thus both these surely become reasonable. Objection; Is it not that the Self certainly does act in combination with the locus etc., which conclusion follows from the use of the word kevala (absolute) in the text, 'the absolute Self as the agent' (16)? Reply: There is not such fault, because, the Self being changeless by nature, there is no possiblity of Its becoming united with the locus etc. For it is only a changeful entity that can possibly be united with another, or come to have agentship through combination. But, for the changeless Self there can be no combination with anything whatsoever. Hence, agentship through combination is not logical. Therefore, the absoluteness of the Self being natural, the word kevalam is merely a reiteration of an established fact. And the changelessness of the Self is well known from the Upanisads, the Smrtis and logic. As to that, in the Gita itself this has been established more than once in such texts as, 'It is said that৷৷.This is unchangeable' (2.25), 'Actions are being done by the gunas themselves' (see 3.27), 'this ৷৷.supreme Self does not act৷৷.although existing in the body' (13.31), and in the Upanisads also in such texts as, 'It thinks, as it were, and shakes, as it were' (Br. 4.3.7). And from the standpoint of reason also, the royal path is to hold that the true nature of the Self is that It is partless, independent of others and changeless. Even if mutability (of the Self) be accepted, It should have a change that is Its own. The functions of the locus etc. cannot be attributed to the agency of the Self. Indeed, an action done by someone else cannot be imputed to another by whom it has not been done! As for what is imputed (on somody) through ignorance, that is not his. As the ality of silver is not of nacre, or as surface or dirt attributed through ignorance to the sky by foolish people is not of the sky, similarly, the changes in the locus etc. also are verily their own, and not of the Self. Hence it has been well said that the enlightened person 'does not kill, nor is he bound', becuase of the absence of his being tainted by the idea that actions are done by himself. [Some translate this portion thus: '৷৷.because of the absence of the thought 'I am doing', and also due to the taintlessness of the mind'; or, '৷৷.in the absence of egotism and of all taint in the mind'.-Tr.] After having declared, 'This One does not kill, nor is It killed' (2.19); having stated the immutability of the Self through such texts as, 'Never is this One born' (2.20) , etc., which adduce the reason for this; having briefly stated at the commencement of the Scripture-in, 'he who knows this One as indestructible' (2.21)-that the enlightened man has no eligibility for rites and duties; and having deliberated in various places on that (cessation) which has been mooted in the middle (of the Scripture), the Lord, by way of summarizing the purport of the Scripture, concludes here by saying that the enlightened person 'does not kill, nor does he become bound.' If this be so, then it becomes established that the three kinds of results of actions, viz the undesirable etc., do not accrue to the monks, since it is reasonable that, because of the illogicality of their entertaining the idea of being embodied, all actions resulting from ignorance become abandoned (by them). And hence, as a conseence of a reversal of this, it becomes inevitable that the results do accrue to others. Thus, this is how the purport of the scripture Gita has been summed up. In order that this which is the essence of the teachings of all the Vedas should be. understood after deliberation by the learned ones possessing a sharp intellect, it has been explained by us in accordance with the scriptures and reasoning, in various places by dealing with it topically. Thereafter, now is being stated what promts actions:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.17 He who, through the contemplation of the agency of the Supreme Being, is free from the self-conceit, 'I alone do everything'; he whose understanding is not therefore tainted, and has come to be informed by the understanding; 'As I am not the agent of this work, its fruit is not connected with me; so this work does not belong to me' - such a person, though he slays all these men, not merely Bhisma, etc., does not slay them. Therefore, he is not bound by the actions known as battle. The meaning is that the fruits of such actions do not accrue to him. Sri Krsna now teaches how action is induced. For this he differentiates actions generated by Sattva and the other Gunas. The object is to inculcate the desirability of the Sattvika type. For, only meditation on the self not being the agent, brings about the growth of Sattva.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.13-17 Panca etc. upto na nibadhyate Conclusion : the established end, because here a decision is arrived at. Basis : the material object Destiny : the good and bad result [of actions] previously accumulated. These five viz., the basis etc., constitute the entire assembly of factors and hence they are the causes for each action. But other [commentators give an etymology of] adhisthana 'basis' to mean 'That by which all actions are governed'; and on that ground they believe that it denotes that action which exists in the intellect; which comes ot be due to the Rajas, and is being prone to transform itself into the pentad of (the mental dispositions viz.) the content, the faith, the happiness, the desire to know and the aversion to know; which is referable by the term karma-yoga (that which yokes man into activity); and which is described at times by the term prayatna 'effort'. Agent : the ascertainer characterised by the intellect. Instrument : [the personal instruments viz.] the mind, the eye etc., and also the external ones like sword etc. Activity : the activity of upper life-breath, nether life-breath etc. The effects of the righteous and unrighteous acts are indicated by the term Destiny. All the dispositions located in the intellect are indicated by these two. Still other commentators, however, take Basis to be the Absolute Lord. Due to his imperfect intellect : because of his having indecisive knowledge. But he, who performs actions with the stability due to disappearance of th I-sense (limited) and [a stability] refined by hundreds of reasoning, as detailed earlier - he does not get the fetter, because he is a man of perfect intellect. This is what is intended [in the passage under study].
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.17 He who is free from the egoistic notion, whose intelligence is not tainted (by good or evil), though he slays these people, he slayeth not, nor is he bound (by the action).
Commentary

18.17 यस्य whose? न not? अहंकृतः egoistic? भावः the notion? बुद्धिः intelligence? यस्य of whom? न not? लिप्यते is tainted? हत्वा having slain? अपि even? सः he? इमान् these? लोकान् people? न not? हन्ति slays? न not? निबध्यते is bound.Commentary I will explain to thee? O Arjuna? the characterisitics of the man who has transcended activity? and who has gone beyond the bonds of Karma.When selfishnes and egoism are destroyed? when desire and personal gain are renounced? actions cannot bind a man. He knows that the Self is not destroyed when the body perishes. He has no idea of agency. The act of killing itself? in his case? becomes one necessary for the peace and harmony of the world. His killing without desire is like the killing of a murderer by the executioner and the judge on behalf of the community for the preservation of peace and harmony in the world.He who has a trained intellect? pure understanding and developed reason? who has a knowledge of the scriptures? who has devoted himself to the study of the scriptures? who is eipped with the knowledge of logic? who is well trained by the instructions of his preceptor? is absolutely free from the egoistic notion that I am the agent or the doer. He knows perfectly well that Nature or Guna or ones own nature does everything. He thus thinks I am the silent witness of all activities. I am not the doer. These five (the body? the actor? etc.) which are superimposed on the pure? actionless Self through ignorance are the causes of all actions. I do not do anything. The senses move amongst the senseobjects. The alities (Gunas) move in their counterparts in the senses which are also the products of the Gunas. I know the essence of the divisions of the alities and their functions. I am in essence without limbs. How can action or work be ascribed to me I am without hands? without legs? without feet? without breath and without mind. I am ever pure? spotless and immovable and immutable. He will never repent thus I have done a wrong action. I ought to have done like this. I have done an evil action. I will go to hell. He is always wise. He can,never do a wrong action. His will has become one with the cosmic will. His will has become blended with the will of the Lord. Whatever he does is done by the Lord only. He has no will of his own. He sees rightly. Though he kills? he does not commit the act of killing. He is not bound by the fruit of a vicious action as an effect of that act. He is beyond good and evil? beyond the pairs of opposites? as he has knowledge of the Self.An objector says The statement that though he kills these people? he does not kill? is selfcontradictory.We say This objection is really not tenable. From the worldly point of view the Lord says though he kills? because man identifies the Self with the body? etc.? and thinks I am the killer. From the transcendental point of view explained above? the Lord says? He kills not? he is not bound.Another objector says The Self acts in conjunction with the body? etc.? -- He who looks upon his Self Which is isolated? as the agent৷৷. (XVIII.16)We say This objection also cannot stand. As the omnipresent ether is not affected by reason of its subtlety? even so the Self? seated everywhere in the body? is not affected. This immortal? immutable? changeless? formless? attributeless Self? though seated in the body? does not act and is not affected? just as the crystal is not affected by the red colour of the flower that comes into contact with it? just as the sun is not affected by the diseases of the eye. A thing that changes only can join with others and become the agent. The Self is always isolated? independent and free. This Self is immutable (II.25). The alities move amidst the alities (III.28). Though seated in the body? He does not act (XIII.31). Actions are wrought by the alities (III.27). You will find in the Brihadaranyaka were. By reasoning also we may establish the same conclusion thusThe Self is indivisible? allpervading? infinite? limbless? without parts? independent? ever free and immutable. Therefore the actions of the body can never be ascribed to the agency of the Self.Verily the actions of one cannot go to another who has not done them. Just as blue colour cannot belong to the sky? silver to the motherofpearl? water to mirage? so also what is ascribed to the Self by ignorance cannot really belong to It. The changes that occur in the body pertain to the body but not to the pure actionless Self which is always the spectator or the silent witness. Therefore? it is right to say that the wise man who is free from egoism and all impurities of the mind? neither kills nor is he bound though he kills.In chapter II.19? the Lord stated the proposition -- He slayeth not? nor is he slain. In chapter II.20? He said The Self is unborn? eternal? ancient the Self is not slain when the body is killed. The Lord has touched here and there that the Self is not affected by works? that there is no necessity for the wise man of doing actions. He concludes that the sage kills not? nor is he bound? and sums up the teaching of the Gita. The teaching of the Gita has been concluded in this verse. The Sannyasins who are free from egoism are not affected by Karma. The threefold fruits of action? viz.? evil? good and mixed (see verse 12 above) do not accrue to them. Those worldlyminded persons who work with egoism and expectation of fruits are tainted by the works. They are forced to experience the fruits of their actions and to take birth again and again. (Cf.II.19V.7)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.17 He who has not the feeling of egoism, whose intellect is not tainted, he does not kill, nor does he become bound-even by killing these creatures!
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.17 He who has no pride, and whose intellect is unalloyed by attachment, even though he kill these people, yet he does not kill them, and his act does not bind him.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Stories
ahimsa_epic_senior
Concepts
Bhava
He who is not motivated by false ego, whose intelligence is not entangled — though he kills, does not kill, and is not bound.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that ego-free action does not bind, even when consequential.
  • Cultivate ego-freedom as the protective shield.
  • Don't fear engagement; fear ego-engagement.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I avoid engagement out of fear of consequence?
  • What does ego-freedom enable?

A surgeon's scalpel separates diseased tissue from living flesh. The blade does not kill; the surgeon does not kill; the operation is for healing. So with the kṣatriya whose intelligence is unsmudged by ahaṅkāra — though his sword may slay, his sword does not kill, and his deed does not bind.

Hanumān at Laṅkā

Hanumān crossed the ocean, slew Rāvaṇa's warriors, and burned Laṅkā — yet when Rāma asked how he had done it, he replied that he was only a servant. He was the kartā in form but never the kartā in claim.

ahaṅkṛta-bhāva was absent. Though he slew rākṣasas, in the deeper sense he 'did not kill' — and karma did not adhere. The verse describes Hanumān exactly: na hanti, na nibadhyate.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.18

↗
ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना । करणं कर्म कर्तेति त्रिविध: कर्मसङ्‍ग्रह: ॥ १८ ॥
jñānaṁ jñeyaṁ parijñātā
[jnaanam jneyam parijnaataa]
tri-vidhā karma-codanā
[tri-vidhaa karma-chodanaa]
karaṇaṁ karma karteti
[karanam karma karteti]
tri-vidhaḥ karma-saṅgrahaḥ
[tri-vidhah karma-sangrahah]
jñānam — knowledge jñeyam — the objective of knowledge parijñātā — the knower tri - vidhā — of three kinds karma — of work codanā — the impetus karaṇam — the senses karma — the work kartā — the doer iti — thus tri - vidhaḥ — of three kinds karma — of work saṅgrahaḥ — the accumulation .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
jñānaṁ jñeyaṁ parijñātā
jñānam
knowledge
jñeyam
the objective of knowledge
parijñātā
the knower
tri-vidhā karma-codanā
tri - vidhā
of three kinds
karma
of work
codanā
the impetus
karaṇaṁ karma karteti
karaṇam
the senses
karma
the work
kartā
the doer
iti
thus
tri-vidhaḥ karma-saṅgrahaḥ
tri - vidhaḥ
of three kinds
karma
of work
saṅgrahaḥ
the accumulation .
  • jñānam — knowledge
    First of the inner triad that *motivates* (codanā) action. Without jñāna there is no impetus to act at all. The verse opens the analysis with the cognitive root.
  • jñeyam — the object of knowledge
    Second of the triad. The *to-be-known*. Action arises from the interplay between knower, known, and the act of knowing — exactly the codanā-triad.
  • parijñātā — the knower
    Third of the triad. Pari- prefix marks completeness — the *full* knower. The triad of impetus is now sealed; together they push action into being.
  • codanā — the impetus, the goading
    From cud — to urge. The triad of jñāna-jñeya-jñātā *urges* action forward. This is the verse's technical term for what gets the act started.
  • saṅgrahaḥ — the gathering, sum
    From sam-grah — to gather together. The three constituents karaṇa-karma-kartā form the karma-saṅgraha — the *bundle* of any complete act. The verse's classification anchors the guṇa analysis to follow.
Knowledge, the object of knowledge, and the knower are the three factors that motivate action; the senses, the work and the doer are the three constituents of action.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Two triads frame the analysis of action. What initiates action: knower-known-knowing. What constitutes the act once running: doer-deed-instrument. The next verses (19-39) will guṇa-grade several of these terms.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
An organizing-overview verse — like a chapter heading mid-chapter. The 'codanā' (incitement) triad belongs to the epistemic side of action (what prompts engagement), the 'saṅgraha' (constitution) triad to the operational side. Of these six elements, three will be guṇa-classified in detail: jñāna (vv. 20-22), karma (vv. 23-25), kartṛ (vv. 26-28).
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता — त्रि-विधा कर्म-चोदना । करणं कर्म कर्ता इति त्रि-विधः कर्म-सङ्ग्रहः ।
jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ parijñātā — tri-vidhā karma-codanā | karaṇaṃ karma kartā iti tri-vidhaḥ karma-saṅgrahaḥ |
Knowledge, the knowable, and the knower — these are the threefold incitement of action. Instrument, action, doer — this is the threefold constitution of action.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रि-विधा कर्म-चोदना । करणं कर्म कर्ता इति त्रि-विधः कर्म-सङ्‍ग्रहः ॥
jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ parijñātā tri-vidhā karma-codanā | karaṇaṃ karma kartā iti tri-vidhaḥ karma-saṅ‍grahaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
ज्ञानम् jñānam ज्ञान (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) knowledge
ज्ञेयम् jñeyam √ज्ञा gerundive nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. the knowable
परिज्ञाता parijñātā परि + √ज्ञा agent-noun nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. the knower
त्रि-विधा tri-vidhā dvigu cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. threefold
कर्म-चोदना karma-codanā tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. incitement of action
करणम् karaṇam करण (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) instrument
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) act
कर्ता kartā कर्तृ (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) doer
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
त्रि-विधः tri-vidhaḥ dvigu cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. threefold
कर्म-सङ्ग्रहः karma-saṅgrahaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. constitution of action

There are three kinds of impetus for daily work: knowledge, the object of knowledge, and the knower. The instruments of work, the work itself and the worker are called the constituents of work. Any work done by any human being has these elements. Before one acts, there is some impetus, which is called inspiration. Any solution arrived at before work is actualized is a subtle form of work. Then work takes the form of action. First one has to undergo the psychological processes of thinking, feeling and willing, and that is called impetus. The inspiration to work is the same if it comes from the scripture or from the instruction of the spiritual master. When the inspiration is there and the worker is there, then actual activity takes place by the help of the senses, including the mind, which is the center of all the senses. The sum total of all the constituents of an activity is called the accumulation of work.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
18. The rules for action are the process for knowledge, the object of knowledge and the knower. The factors in performance of action are the instrument, the object and the subject.
Commentary

The sattvic tyāga or sannyāsa just described and approved by the Lord is for the jñānīs. The bhaktas however reject karma-yoga by its very nature. In the Eleventh Canto of Bhāgavatam it is said: ājñāyaiva guṇān doṣān mayādiṣṭān api svakān dharmān santyajya yaḥ sarvān māṁ bhajet sa ca sattamaḥ He perfectly understands that the ordinary religious duties prescribed by Me in various Vedic scriptures possess favorable qualities that purify the performer, and he knows that neglect of such duties constitutes a discrepancy in one’s life. Having taken complete shelter at My lotus feet, however, a saintly person ultimately renounces such ordinary religious duties and worships Me alone. He is thus considered to be the best among all living entities. SB 11.11.32 Śrīdhara Svāmī has explained the meaning of the Bhāgavatam verse as follows. “He who giving up his duties prescribed by Me in the form of the Vedas and worships Me is the best. Is not such a person ignorant or an atheist? No, though knowing that following the principles of dharma has good qualities like purification, and on the other hand, knowing the sin of not following dharma, he gives up these practices with the firm conviction that just by being My devotee, all will be accomplished, as these other things cause distraction to meditation upon Me.” “Giving up dharma” in the verse does not mean mere giving up the results of those practices. It should be understood that there is no loss at all in giving up the results of those practices. The meaning is this. Understanding of the statements of Bhāgavatam and the explanations of the commentators requires purity of the consciousness. In proportion to the degree of purification of the heart by niṣkāma-karma, there will be an awakening of knowledge. There is no other way. Therefore for attaining the awakening of knowledge even the sannyāsīs must perform karma-yoga. However, such karma is no longer necessary for those who have attained complete purification of the heart by such karma. It is said: ārurukṣor muner yogaṁ karma kāraṇam ucyate yogārūḍhasya tasaiva śamaḥ kāraṇam ucyate For one who is a neophyte in the eightfold yoga system, work is said to be the means; and for one who is already elevated in yoga, cessation of all material activities is said to be the means. BG 6.3 yas tv ātma-ratir eva syād ātma-tṛptaś ca mānavaḥ ātmany eva ca santuṣṭas tasya kāryaṁ na vidyate But for one who takes pleasure in the self, whose human life is one of self-realization, and who is satisfied in the self only, fully satiated—for him there is no duty. BG 3.17 But bhakti, being independent, supreme and most powerful, does not rely on purification of the heart. It is said: vikrīḍitaṁ vraja-vadhūbhir idaṁ ca viṣṇoḥ śraddhānvito yaḥ śṛṇuyād atha varṇayed yaḥ bhaktiṁ parāṁ bhagavati parilabhya kāmaṁ hṛd-rogam āśv apahinoty acireṇa dhīraḥ Anyone who faithfully hears or describes the Lord’s playful affairs with the young gopīs of Vṛndāvana will attain the Lord’s pure devotional service. Thus he will quickly become sober and conquer lust, the disease of the heart.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
18. The formula for action consists of the process for knowledge, the object of knowledge and the knower. The formula for action consists of the instrument, the object and the subject.
Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Here that ends Krsna's analysis of jnana, or how to become free from work from the point of view of jnana, and surrendering to the Supersoul not thinking oneself as the doer. Now, Krsna is going to explain the resultant understanding. If one doesn't think himself the doer, but yet so much as being done, so who is doing all that? Or what is doing all that? ‑ It is Krsna through the demigods, through the modes of material nature. It is the gunas, the three modes of material nature who are making all these works get done. Although one is thinking himself the doer, it is actually the modes of material nature who are doing everything. Now, in the next section, Krsna is going to summarize in 19 to 40, how the five factors of action, if one is a materialist, they are all dictated by the three modes of material nature. First Krsna is going to speak about knowledge, action and performers of action.

[C. THE ENTANGLEMENT OF THE THREE MODES (18. 19‑40) 1. Knowledge: One in goodness sees one individed spirit in all entities, one in passion sees the body as the person, one in ignorance sees his work as everything. (19‑22) ]

If one is not the doer, who is doing? ‑ The Supersoul is sanctioning but who is actually doing? ‑ The modes of material nature are doing and to show us that everything is controlled by the modes of material nature, Krsna begins to explain:

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Three motivators and three constituents of action

Action is motivated by knower knowing the known, in other words activity is motivated by a person (knower) perceiving a desirable object/goal. Being thus inspired, action is carried out by senses with effort (work), exerted by Karta (doer)
Thus explains
Three motivators of action – Knowledge, object of knowledge and the Knower
Three Constituents of action – Senses, work and the doer

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.18 & 18.19: By elaborating on the motives and constituents of action, Krishna,

here in Text 18.18, finishes His summary of jnana. In pursuing that topic, Krishna will again describe the

effects of the three modes of nature (as He did in Chapters Fourteen and Seventeen) in the next series of

verses, Texts 18.19–18.40. He begins by confirming that even the motivators of action and the constituents of

action are under the dictates of the modes of nature. He first speaks of knowledge (one of the motivators),

action (one of the constituents) and the performer of action (another of the constituents)

Focus of Learning

(a) Inspiration – Before one acts, there is some impetus which is called inspiration

(b) Work – Any solution arrived at before work is actualized is a subtle form of work. Then work

takes the form of action

(c) Impetus – First one has to undergo the psychological process of thinking, feeling and willing and

that is called impetus

(d) Guru or Sastra – Inspiration to work is the same if it comes from scripture or from instruction of

spiritual master

(e) Accumulation of work – That is the sum total of all constituents of an activity

(a) Who is perfect at doing everything and is never in illusion – One who knows the instruments of

work, himself as the worker and the Supreme Lord as the supreme sanctioner is perfect in doing

everything

(b) ‘Personal activity’ and ‘Responsibility’ arise from false ego and godlessness, or a lack of Krishna

consciousness

(c) Action in Krishna consciousness under Supersoul’s direction is non-reactive

Analogy: e.g. Soldier killing under the command of a superior officer
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.18 Jnanam, knowledge (-being derived in the sense of 'that through which something is known', jnana means knowledge concerning all things in general-): so also jneyam, the object of knowledge (-that also is a reference to all objects in general-); similarly, parijnata, the knower, the experiencer, a product of ignorance, who partakes of the nature of the limiting adjuncts;-thus, this tripartite group formed by these is the trividha, threefold; karma-codana, inducement ot action, inducer of all actions in general. For, it is when the three, viz knowledge etc., combine that commencement of all actions meant either for acceptance or rejection [Acceptance, rejection or indifference.] are possible. After that, what are initiated by the five, viz locus etc., and are grouped in three ways according to the differences of their being based on speech, mind and body become comprehended under the three, viz instrument etc. This is what is being stated: Karma-sangrahah, the comprehension [It is well know that actions are based on the three-instrument etc.] of actions; iti, comes under; trividhah, three heads, three classes; viz karanam, the instrument (-derived in the sense of that through which anything is done-), i.e. the external (organs) (ear etc.) and the internal (organs) (intellect etc.); karma, the object (-derivatively meaning that which is most cherished by the subject and is achieved through an act-); and karta, the subject (agent), who employs the instrument etc., who partakes of the nature of the limiting adjuncts. Sangrahah is derived thus: that in which something is comprehended. The comprehension of action (karma) is karma-sangrahah. Indeed, action becomes included in these three. Hence is this 'threefold comprehension of action'. Now then, since action, instrument and result are all constituted by the gunas, it becomes necessary to state the three fold variety in them based on the differences among the gunas, viz sattva, rajas and tamas. Hence it is begun:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.18 (i) 'Knowledge' means this knowledge about the acts which ought to be performed. (ii) The 'object of knowledge' is the act which ought to be performed. (iii) 'The knower' is the person who knows that act. The meaning is that the injunction to do acts, like Jyotistoma etc., is a combination of knowledge, object of knowledge, and the knower. Among these, action itself, which is the object of knowledge, is briefly described as threefold - these being the instrument, action and the agent. The instrument forms the materials etc., which are the means. The action consists of the sacrifice etc. The agent is the performer.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.18 Jnanam etc. Prompting-in-action : the will to exert. At that time those things which - because they exist in one's thought alone - are referable by the terms knowledge, obect-of-knowledge and knowing-subject; at the time of that will (to exert) taking the form 'I shall enjoy it; for it is caused by me' as well as at the time of executing th act, the very same things-because they are fully absorbed [in desire for fruits] - get the names instrument, object and agent. Therefore, because there is no such absorption [in desire for fruits] in the case of the men of Yoga, there is no room in their action for the expressions instrument etc.; rather they exist only as knowledge etc. This is the purport here. Now [the Lord] speaks to explain, in brief, the classification of all these six items, basing on the classification of the Strands :-
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.18 Knowledge, the knowable and the knower form the threefold impulse to action; the organ, the action and the agent form the threefold basis of action.
Commentary

18.18 ज्ञानम् knowledge? ज्ञेयम् the knowable? परिज्ञाता the knower? त्रिविधा threefold? कर्मचोदना impulse to action? करणम् the organ? कर्म the action? कर्ता the agent? इति thus? त्रिविधः threefold? कर्मसंग्रहः the basis of action.Commentary Knowledge? the knower and the thing to be known? are together the seed of this world. This is known as the Triputi or the traid. It is the conjunction of these three that impels a man to threefold action? viz.? mental? verbal and physical. This triad is the driving force of all the activities of man. He rejoices at the sight of palatable sweetmeats and delicious fruits but is terrified at the sight of a cobra or tiger. The sight of pleasant or unpleasant objects affects him and he attempts either to possess the agreeable objects or to avoid the disagreeable ones.The Antahkarana (the inner instrument) consists of the mind? intellect? subconscious mind and egoism. The ear? the skin? the tongue? the nose and the eye are the five organs of knowledge. The individual soul? propelled by these five senses? is led into activity. He does actions with the help of the five organs of action? viz.? speech? hands? feet? genitals and anus.Jnanam Any knowledge knowledge in general knowledge of worldly objects? etc.Jneyam The object to be known objects in general.Parijnata The knower? the experiencer or the enjoyer? putting on the nature of the limiting adjuncts? a creature of ignorance.This triad forms the threefold impulse to all action? to action in general. The performance of an action in order to get a thing or to avoid an object is possible only when there is the conjunction of the three? viz.? knowledge? knowable and knower.Karanam The organ That by which something is done. The actions done by the five causes of action? viz.? the body? etc.? which are grouped under the three classes according to their respective seats? viz.? mind? speech and body? are all due to the interplay of the organ? etc.Karta The agent or the doer he who sets the organs in motion or action and puts on the nature of the limiting adjunct or vehicle in which he acts. All actions inhere in these three (the organ? the doer and the action itself) and they are? therefore? said to form the basis or the threefold constituents of action.As action? the various factors of action and the fruits are all made up of the Gunas? the Lord describes them in the following verses.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.18 Knowledge, the object the knowledge and the knower-this is the threefold inducement to action. The comprehension of actions comes under three heads-the instruments, the object and the subject.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.18 Knowledge, the knower and the object of knowledge, these are the three incentives to action; and the act, the actor and the instrument are the threefold constituents.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)
Related verses
BG 13.13 BG 13.8 BG 18.14 SB 11.22.11 SB 3.26.30 SB 11.22.19 CC Madhya 24.80 CC Madhya 25.56 CC Madhya 20.109 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.3.10Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 2.4.5
Concepts
Dharma
Knowledge, the object of knowledge, the knower — three motivators of action; the senses, the work, the doer — three components.
Practical Applications
  • Memorize the six-fold structure: motivators (knowledge / object / knower) and components (senses / work / doer).
  • Use this analysis on a recent action.
  • Cultivate analytical clarity.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of the six is most fuzzy in my self-perception?
  • What clarifies it?

A weaver's three threads — knowledge, the known, and the knower — set the loom in motion. Three more — senses, work, and doer — actually weave the cloth. Six elements, three pulling, three pushing. The doer awake to all six no longer claims the cloth as his own.

📝 My note

Section 3 (18.19–18.40)
THE MODES CONTROL ALL ACTIVITIES
Section overview
One’s work according to the five factors mentioned above is dictated by the three modes of material nature
This includes:
One’s knowledge (19-22)
One’s action (23-26)
One’s performance of action (27-28)
One’s understandings (29-32)
One’s determination(33-35)
One’s happiness (36-39)
All activities within the universe are thus controlled by the three modes

SAKAMA TO NISKAMA KARMA YOGA

Bhagavad-gītā 18.19

↗
ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदत: । प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने यथावच्छृणु तान्यपि ॥ १९ ॥
jñānaṁ karma ca kartā ca
[jnaanam karma cha kartaa cha]
tridhaiva guṇa-bhedataḥ
[tridhaiva guna-bhedatah]
procyate guṇa-saṅkhyāne
[prochyate guna-sankhyaane]
yathāvac chṛṇu tāny api
[yathaavach chrinu taany api]
jñānam — knowledge karma — work ca — also kartā — worker ca — also tridhā — of three kinds eva — certainly guṇa - bhedataḥ — in terms of different modes of material nature procyate — are said guṇa - saṅkhyāne — in terms of different modes yathā - vat — as they are śṛṇu — hear tāni — all of them api — also .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
jñānaṁ karma ca kartā ca
jñānam
knowledge
karma
work
ca
also
kartā
worker
ca
also
tridhaiva guṇa-bhedataḥ
tridhā
of three kinds
eva
certainly
guṇa - bhedataḥ
in terms of different modes of material nature
procyate guṇa-saṅkhyāne
procyate
are said
guṇa - saṅkhyāne
in terms of different modes
yathā - vat
as they are
śṛṇu
hear
yathāvac chṛṇu tāny api
tāni
all of them
api
also .
  • tridhā — of three kinds
    The master refrain of chapter 18. Kṛṣṇa announces that the threefold pattern will now be applied to jñāna, karma, and kartā — opening a long systematic analysis.
  • guṇa-bhedataḥ — by the divisions of the modes
    Ablative. The differentiation is *caused by* the three modes. Without prakṛti's guṇas there would be no division — the categories arise from the modes themselves.
  • procyate — is said, is taught
    Passive of pra-vac, with the prefix giving emphasis: 'is formally declared.' Kṛṣṇa marks the teaching as authoritative śāstric statement, not improvisation.
  • guṇa-saṅkhyāne — in the enumeration of the modes
    Locative. In the precise śāstra that counts and classifies the modes — i.e. authoritative Sāṅkhya analysis. The verse stands on lineage.
  • śṛṇu — hear
    The teacher's imperative. Throughout chapter 18 Kṛṣṇa frequently issues *śṛṇu* — the chapter is constructed as oral revelation, requiring the disciple's receptive ear.
According to the three different modes of material nature, there are three kinds of knowledge, action and performer of action. Now hear of them from Me.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Three of the elements just listed — jñāna, karma, kartṛ — will now be split into sattva, rajas, tamas varieties. Kṛṣṇa cites the established Sāṅkhya enumeration as authority.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A road-map verse. 'Guṇa-saṅkhyāna' refers to the school/tradition of classifying things by the three modes — a working framework the Gītā has used throughout chapters 14, 17, and now 18. The next nine verses (20-28) will execute the threefold partition of knowledge, action, and agent.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
गुण-सङ्ख्याने ज्ञानं कर्म कर्ता च गुण-भेदतः त्रिधा एव प्रोच्यते । तानि अपि यथावत् शृणु ।
guṇa-saṅkhyāne jñānaṃ karma kartā ca guṇa-bhedataḥ tridhā eva procyate | tāni api yathāvat śṛṇu |
In the Sāṅkhya classification of guṇas, knowledge, action, and doer are declared threefold according to mode-difference; hear those too in due order.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधा एव गुण-भेदतः । प्रोच्यते गुण-सङ्ख्याने यथावत् शृणु तानि अपि ॥
jñānaṃ karma ca kartā ca tridhā eva guṇa-bhedataḥ | procyate guṇa-saṅkhyāne yathāvat śṛṇu tāni api ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
ज्ञानम् jñānam ज्ञान (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) knowledge
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) action
कर्ता kartā कर्तृ (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) doer
त्रिधा tridhā ind. (indeclinable) threefold
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) indeed
गुण-भेदतः guṇa-bhedataḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ind. (abl. force) by mode-difference
प्रोच्यते procyate प्र + √वच् pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is declared
गुण-सङ्ख्याने guṇa-saṅkhyāne tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) loc.sg. (locative singular)n. in the enumeration of guṇas
यथावत् yathāvat ind. (indeclinable) duly
शृणु śṛṇu √श्रु impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) hear!
तानि tāni तद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. those
अपि api ind. (indeclinable) also

In the Fourteenth Chapter the three divisions of the modes of material nature were elaborately described. In that chapter it was said that the mode of goodness is illuminating, the mode of passion materialistic, and the mode of ignorance conducive to laziness and indolence. All the modes of material nature are binding; they are not sources of liberation. Even in the mode of goodness one is conditioned. In the Seventeenth Chapter, the different types of worship by different types of men in different modes of material nature were described. In this verse, the Lord says that He wishes to speak about the different types of knowledge, workers and work itself according to the three material modes.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
19. Hear about the three types of knowledge, action and the knower, which are described in the scriptures dealing with the guṇas.
Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
19. Hear about the three types of knowledge, action, and the doer, which are described in the scriptures dealing with the guṇas.
Commentary

In analyzing and explaining the guṇas in the fourtheenth chapter with words such as tatra sattvaṁ nirmalatvād (BG 14.6) the Lord showed the different types of bondage resulting from the guṇas. In the seventeenth chapter with words like yajante sāttvikā devān (BG17.4), the Lord explained the differing natures or impressions according to the guṇas. Now, according to the guṇas, the Lord will explain the three types of knowing, action and agent.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Three kinds of knowledge, action and performer are explained henceforth

PLEASE NOTE: Purport points for Texts 18.20 – 18.39 are included under the respective text themes. Therefore

there are no separate ‘Focus of Learning’ sections for these verses

Texts 18.20

THEME: Knowledge in goodness

That knowledge by which that undivided spiritual nature is seen in all the living entities, though they are divided into innumerable forms

Texts 18.21

THEME: Knowledge in passion

That knowledge by which one sees in every different body there is different type of living entity. e.g:
The concept that the material body is the living entity and with the destruction of the body, consciousness is also destroyed
Cause of different bodies – They say bodies differ from one another because of development of different types of consciousness
No separate soul – Body itself is the soul. Consciousness is temporary

Texts 18.22

THEME: Knowledge in ignorance

That knowledge by which one is attached to one type of work as all in all, without knowledge of the truth and which is very meager. e.g.
Knowledge of common man
Knowledge limited to body, because not developed through authorities or scriptural injunctions
For him God is money and knowledge implies satisfaction of bodily demands
No connection with Absolute Truth
Like knowledge of ordinary animals

Texts 18.23

THEME: Action in the mode of goodness

Action which is:
Regulated by sastra
Performed without attachment, without love or hatred
Without fruitive desires
In his purport to Text 18.23, Srila Prabhupada closely equates the mode of goodness with Krishna consciousness

Texts 18.24

THEME: Action in the mode of passion

Action with great effort by one seeking to gratify his desires
Enacted from a sense of false ego

Texts 18.25

THEME: Action in the mode of ignorance

Action performed in illusion
In disregard of scriptural injunction
Without concern for future bondage
Without concern for violence or the distress to others

Texts 18.26

THEME: Worker in goodness

Performs his duty without association with the modes of material nature and without false ego
With great determination and enthusiasm
Without wavering in success or failure
In his purport to Text 18.26, Srila Prabhupada again equates the mode of goodness with Krishna consciousness

Texts 18.27

THEME: Worker in passion

Attached to work and fruits of work, desiring to enjoy those fruits
Who is greedy
Always envious, impure and moved by joy and sorrow
e.g. Too much attached to a certain kind of work or result because too much attached for materialism or hearth and home, wife and children
Has no desire for higher elevation in life

Texts 18.28

THEME: Worker in ignorance

Works against the injunctions of scriptures
Materialistic
Obstinate
Cheating and expert in insulting others
Lazy, always morose and procrastinating (Anything which can be done in an hour, they drag on for years)
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.19 Jnanam, knowledge; karma, action-not the objective case in the technical sense, which is defined as 'that which is most cheirshed by the subject'; and karta, agent, the accomplisher of actions; procyate, are stated; guna-sankhyane, in the teaching about the gunas, in the philosophy of Kapila; to be eva, only (-only is used for emphasis, by way of showing that they have no classification other than that based on the gunas-); tridha, of three kinds; guna-bhedatah, according to the differences of the gunas, i.e. according to the differences of sattva etc. Even that philosophy teaching about the gunas is certainly vaild so far as it concerns the experiencer of the gunas, though it is contradictory so far as the non-duality of the supreme Reality, Brahman, is concerned. Those followers of Kapila are acknoweldge authorities in the ascertainment of the functions of the gunas and their derivatives. Hence, that scripture, too, is being referred to by way of eulogy of the subject-matter going to be spoken of. Therefore there is no contradiction. Srnu, hear; tani, about them; api, also; yathavat, as they are, as established by reason and as propounded in the scriptures. Hear about knowledge etc. and all their diversities created by the differences of the gunas. The idea is , 'Concentrate your mind on the subject going to be taught.' And now the threefold classification of knowledge is being stated:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.19 The knowledge of action which ought to be done, the act to be performed, and the performer of the act are threefold, each of them being divided in accordance with Sattva etc., Listen about these, which are differentiated according to the Gunas.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.19 Jnanam etc. In enumerating the Strands : In the consdered conclusion of the Sankhya where the Strands are decided numerically, these instruments of knowledge etc., are declared to be of three types. that you must listen to. This is what is conveyed by the association of words (or ideas) here. By instrument-of-knowledge (Jnanam) the two-fold instruments viz. that of knowledge and of activity, are spoken of. Similarly object (karman) speaks of both the object of knowledge and the object of activity and agent (kartr) refers to both the knower and the performer. Now the three verses. Sarvabhutesu etc. (20-22) speak of the three-foldness of the instrument of knowledge. That is why the Instrumental Yena is employed. The nature of all the instruments of knowledge and of action is described by this much of portion. The three-foldness of object of both the types viz. the object of knowledge and the object of action is described by the tripple verses Niyatam etc. (23-25). The three-fold nature of the agent of both the categories viz. the knower and the doer is briefly explained by the three verses Muktasangah etc. (26-28). The three types of the intellect is examined by three verses, Pravrttim etc. (30-32), in order to explain the different nature of the two-fold instruments (i.e. of knowledge and of action). By this means the three-fold nature of other instrumetns is also indicated. The instrument reires technical know-how, and this technical know-how, of course, consists of the pentad that includes content and so on. However, because faith [included in this pentad] has already been dealt with (XVII, 2ff.), and because the desire to know and the aversion to know [both belonging to the pentad] are obtained by inference through the firmness and happiness [of the pentad], the three-fold division of the last two is explained by the verses Dhrtya yaya etc. (33-35) and Sukham tu idanim etc. (36-39). All this [the Lord] declares [one by one] ;-
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.19 Knowledge, action and actor are declared in the science of the Gunas (Sankhya philosophy) to be of three kinds only, according to the distinction of the Gunas. Of these also, hear duly.
Commentary

18.19 ज्ञानम् knowledge? कर्म action? च and? कर्ता actor? च and? त्रिधा of three kinds? एव only? गुणभेदतः according to the distinction of Gunas? प्रोच्यते are declared? गुणसंख्याने in the science of Gunas (Sankhya philosophy)? यथावत् duly? श्रृणु hear? तानि them? अपि also.Commentary The three alities overpower the whole of creation with their special nature and bring it entirely under their control. The nature of action? the actor and his knowledge are threefold according to the Gunas that is predominant. If all the three are Sattvic? then the action will not bind the man.Karta The doer of the actions.The science of the Gunas here referred to is Kapilas system of philosophy. Though the Sankhya system is opposed to Vedanta with reference to the Supreme Truth? viz.? the oneness or nonduality of Brahman? yet it is an authority on the science of the Gunas.I shall describe knowledge? action and actor? as also their various distinctions caused by different Gunas? scientifically and rationally. Hear My teachings? O Arjuna? with rapt attention. You will be immensely benefited.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.19 Knowledge, action and agent are stated in the teaching about the gunas to be only of three kinds according to the differences of the gunas. Hear about them also as they are.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.19 The knowledge, the act and the doer differ according to the Qualities. Listen to this too:
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 14.5 BG 17.2 BG 7.13 SB 11.25.1 SB 11.13.1 SB 3.26.19 CC Madhya 24.145 CC Madhya 19.213 CC Madhya 25.91 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 4.5Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.7
Knowledge, action, the doer — each is of three kinds, according to the modes — listen.
Practical Applications
  • Welcome systematic teaching of mode-distinctions.
  • Don't shortcut the technical detail.
  • Use the structure to diagnose self.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I shortcut technical scriptural teaching?
  • What does sustained attention reveal?

The same lump of clay becomes a temple lamp, a market jug, or a tavern pot — the substance is one, the modes shape it threefold. So with knowledge, work, and the worker: nothing escapes the colorings of sattva, rajas, and tamas, and the wise student learns to see by which color his own life is currently lit.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.20

↗
सर्वभूतेषु येनैकं भावमव्ययमीक्षते । अविभक्तं विभक्तेषु तज्ज्ञानं विद्धि सात्त्विकम् ॥ २० ॥
sarva-bhūteṣu yenaikaṁ
[sarva-bhooteshu yenaikam]
bhāvam avyayam īkṣate
[bhaavam avyayam eekshate]
avibhaktaṁ vibhakteṣu
[avibhaktam vibhakteshu]
taj jñānaṁ viddhi sāttvikam
[taj jnaanam viddhi saattvikam]
sarva - bhūteṣu — in all living entities yena — by which ekam — one bhāvam — situation avyayam — imperishable īkṣate — one sees avibhaktam — undivided vibhakteṣu — in the numberless divided tat — that jñānam — knowledge viddhi — know sāttvikam — in the mode of goodness .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sarva-bhūteṣu yenaikaṁ
sarva - bhūteṣu
in all living entities
yena
by which
ekam
one
bhāvam avyayam īkṣate
bhāvam
situation
avyayam
imperishable
īkṣate
one sees
avibhaktaṁ vibhakteṣu
avibhaktam
undivided
vibhakteṣu
in the numberless divided
taj jñānaṁ viddhi sāttvikam
tat
that
jñānam
knowledge
viddhi
know
sāttvikam
in the mode of goodness .
  • ekam — one
    Not numerically one self spread across bodies, but one *kind* of eternal spiritual substance (sama-jāti) found in every jīva. Prabhupāda's purport: the same superior nature — Kṛṣṇa's taṭasthā-śakti — animates every body, while each jīva remains an individual atomic soul. Acintya-bhedābheda: identical in category, distinct in person.
  • avyayam — imperishable
    That which does not waste away. The unified soul-nature is not a temporary commonality (like being human) but an eternal one (being ātman).
  • avibhaktam — undivided
    Negative of vibhakta. The soul-substance is unsplit in *category* — every jīva is of the same superior nature — even though the jīvas themselves are many and distinct. Not the Advaitin Brahman undivided by māyā, but Baladeva's and Jīva Gosvāmī's reading: sama-jāti of souls, each an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa.
  • vibhakteṣu — in the divided
    Locative plural. The setting where the undivided is to be perceived — not in some abstract elsewhere, but right here, in the diverse beings around one.
  • sāttvikam — in the mode of goodness
    The classification. This kind of seeing is itself an effect of sattva-guṇa. The mode of goodness produces the unifying vision — they are intimately bound.
That knowledge by which one undivided spiritual nature is seen in all living entities, though they are divided into innumerable forms, you should understand to be in the mode of goodness.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sāttvika knowledge sees the one indivisible Reality shining through all the apparently divided forms of life. Unity behind diversity, imperishability under appearance — this is the highest cognitive register.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The verse states the unifying vision the Upaniṣads call ekam evādvitīyam — the one without a second, perceived across the manifold. Sāttvika-jñāna does not erase distinctions but reads them rightly: avibhakta-in-vibhakta. Cross-refs: BG 13.16, 13.27, and the universal-form vision of ch. 11. This is also the epistemic precondition for 18.54's samadarśana.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
येन विभक्तेषु सर्व-भूतेषु एकम् अविभक्तम् अव्ययं भावम् ईक्षते, तत् ज्ञानं सात्त्विकं विद्धि ।
yena vibhakteṣu sarva-bhūteṣu ekam avibhaktam avyayaṃ bhāvam īkṣate, tat jñānaṃ sāttvikaṃ viddhi |
That knowledge by which one beholds, in all divided beings, one undivided, imperishable Reality — know that to be sāttvika.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
सर्व-भूतेषु येन एकं भावम् अव्ययम् ईक्षते । अविभक्तं विभक्तेषु तत् ज्ञानं विद्धि सात्त्विकम् ॥
sarva-bhūteṣu yena ekaṃ bhāvam avyayam īkṣate | avibhaktaṃ vibhakteṣu tat jñānaṃ viddhi sāttvikam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
सर्व-भूतेषु sarva-bhūteṣu tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) loc.pl. (locative plural)n. in all beings
येन yena यद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)n. by which
एकम् ekam एक (num.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. one
भावम् bhāvam भाव (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) essence
अव्ययम् avyayam अ + √व्यय p.p.p. (past passive participle) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. imperishable
ईक्षते īkṣate √ईक्ष् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) sees
अविभक्तम् avibhaktam अ + वि + √भज् p.p.p. (past passive participle) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. undivided
विभक्तेषु vibhakteṣu वि + √भज् p.p.p. (past passive participle) loc.pl. (locative plural)n. in the divided
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. that
ज्ञानम् jñānam ज्ञान (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) knowledge
विद्धि viddhi √विद् impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) know!
सात्त्विकम् sāttvikam सात्त्विक (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. sāttvika

A person who sees one spirit soul in every living being, whether a demigod, human being, animal, bird, beast, aquatic or plant, possesses knowledge in the mode of goodness. In all living entities, one spirit soul is there, although they have different bodies in terms of their previous work. As described in the Seventh Chapter, the manifestation of the living force in every body is due to the superior nature of the Supreme Lord. Thus to see that one superior nature, that living force, in every body is to see in the mode of goodness. That living energy is imperishable, although the bodies are perishable. Differences are perceived in terms of the body; because there are many forms of material existence in conditional life, the living force appears to be divided. Such impersonal knowledge is an aspect of self-realization.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
20. Know that the process of knowledge is sattvic in nature when the individual indestructible soul with individual form is seen to exist successively in different bodies.
Commentary

This verse speaks of sattvic process of knowing. Seeing one soul (ekaṁ bhāvam), with one form (avibhaktam) which is indestructible (avyayam) residing successively in different forms (vibhakteṣu) such as human, devatā, or animal for the purpose of enjoying various fruits, which are temporary, through knowledge related to action (verse 18), is known as sattvic knowledge.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
20. Know that the process of knowledge is of sattva guṇa by which one sees the indestructible soul travelling into all types of bodies, undivided though he takes up separate bodies.
Commentary

This verse speaks of knowing in sattva guṇa. That knowledge by which [Note: Knowledge was defined in verse 18 as that by which something is known.] one sees one indestructible (avyayam ekam) jīva presiding successively in various destructible bodies (sarva bhūteṣu) of devatās, men and other creatures as a result of accepting results of various karmas, by which one sees the one jīva (avibhaktam) in mutually different temporary bodies (vibhakteṣu)—know that such knowledge of the ātmā which is non-different from the knowledge in the Upaniṣads, to be knowledge in sattva guna.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.20 Viddhi, know; tat, that; jnanam, knowledge, realization of the Self as non-dual, complete realization; to be sattvikam, originating from sattva; yena, through which knowledge; iksate, one sees; ekam, a single; avyayam, undecaying-that which does not undergo mutation either in itself or by the mutation of its alities-' i.e. eternal and immutable; bhavam, Entity-the word bhava is used to imply an entity-, i.e. the single Reality which is the Self; sarvabhutesu, in all things, in all things begining from the Unmanifest to the unmoving things; and through which knowledge one sees that Entity to be avibhaktam, undivided; in every body, vibhaktesu, in all the deversified things, in the different bodies. The idea is: that Reality which is the Self remains, like Space, undivided. Being based on rajas and tamas, those that are the dualistic philosophies are incomplete, and hence are not by themselves adeate for the eradication of worldly existence.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.20 The self (Atman), which is of the form of knowledge, is alike and uniform, though distinct, in all beings, even though they may externally, and from the point of view of duty, be distinguished as Brahmanas, Ksatriyas, householders, celibates, fair, tall etc. The immutable selves in all these perishing forms or bodies are unaffected by the fruits of actions. Such knowledge of the immutability of the self in all changing beings, is Sattvika.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.20 See Comment under 18.22
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.20 That by which one sees the one indestructible Reality in all beings, not separate in all the separate beings know thou that knowledge to be Sattvic.
Commentary

18.20 सर्वभूतेषु in all beings? येन by which? एकम् one? भावम् reality? अव्ययम् indestructible? ईक्षते (one) sees? अविभक्तम् inseparable? विभक्तेषु in the separated? तत् that? ज्ञानम् knowledge? विद्धि know? सात्त्विकम् Sattvic (pure).Commentary That knowledge that sees no difference in all objects that are perceived? is pure. The seer beholds the one allpervading imperishable substance or essence behind the seeming diversity of the objects. He beholds unity in diversity? one in many? all in one. He sees that all the diverse objects are rooted in the One.Bhavam Reality The One Self.Sarvabhuteshu In all beings From the Unmanifested down to the insentient and unmoving objects.Avyayam Indestructible inexhaustible unchangeable that which cannot be exhausted either in itself or in its properties immutable.Just as the ether is indivisible? so also the Self is indivisible. The Self is the same in all bodies. It is the common consciousness in all bodies. It is not different in different bodies. It is one homogeneous indivisible essence or substance in all bodies? in all beings. Know thou? O Arjuna? this direct and right perception of the nondual Self as Sattvic (pure). (Cf.IV.35VI.29XIII.16?28XVIII.30)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.20 Know that knowledge to be originating from sattva through which one sees a single, undecaying, undivided Entity in all the diversified things.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.20 That knowledge which sees the One Indestructible in all beings, the One Indivisible in all separate lives, may be truly called Pure Knowledge.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Concepts
Bhava
Knowledge that sees the one undivided spiritual nature in all the divided beings — sattvic knowledge.
Practical Applications
  • Cultivate the seeing of unity in diverse beings.
  • Use this seeing in cross-species and cross-human encounters.
  • Honor the sattvic vision.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I miss the unity in diversity?
  • What practice trains the seeing?

Kṛṣṇa is the original fire; the jīvas are sparks leaping from it (Bg. 2.23 frame; Cc. Madhya 20.108). Each spark is its own spark — never another spark, never the fire itself — yet every spark is of the same blazing substance. The sāttvika eye sees this in every body: the same eternal soul-nature in peasant, king, animal, sage, while their individual identities remain distinct. One kind, many sparks — avibhaktaṁ vibhakteṣu, read in Kṛṣṇa's light.

Mahārāja Ambarīṣa

Mahārāja Ambarīṣa, though emperor of the earth, treated all beings — brāhmaṇa, sage, common subject, even the angered Durvāsā — with the same equanimity. He saw the one indivisible soul-nature beneath the divisions of body, status, and conduct.

When Durvāsā attacked him with a fierce form born of his anger, Ambarīṣa offered no aggression; he saw the same avyaya-bhāva even there. This is the sāttvika-jñāna of 18.20 in practice: avibhaktam in vibhakteṣu.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.21

↗
पृथक्त्वेन तु यज्ज्ञानं नानाभावान्पृथग्विधान् । वेत्ति सर्वेषु भूतेषु तज्ज्ञानं विद्धि राजसम् ॥ २१ ॥
pṛthaktvena tu yaj jñānaṁ
[prithaktvena tu yaj jnaanam]
nānā-bhāvān pṛthag-vidhān
[naanaa-bhaavaan prithag-vidhaan]
vetti sarveṣu bhūteṣu
[vetti sarveshu bhooteshu]
taj jñānaṁ viddhi rājasam
[taj jnaanam viddhi raajasam]
pṛthaktvena — because of division tu — but yat — which jñānam — knowledge nānā - bhāvān — multifarious situations pṛthak - vidhān — different vetti — knows sarveṣu — in all bhūteṣu — living entities tat — that jñānam — knowledge viddhi — must be known rājasam — in terms of passion .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pṛthaktvena tu yaj jñānaṁ
pṛthaktvena
because of division
tu
but
yat
which
jñānam
knowledge
nānā-bhāvān pṛthag-vidhān
nānā - bhāvān
multifarious situations
pṛthak - vidhān
different
vetti sarveṣu bhūteṣu
vetti
knows
sarveṣu
in all
bhūteṣu
living entities
taj jñānaṁ viddhi rājasam
tat
that
jñānam
knowledge
viddhi
must be known
rājasam
in terms of passion .
  • pṛthaktvena — by separateness
    Instrumental. The mode of seeing is itself separative — it perceives by the lens of difference. The seer's eye is already colored rajas before the object arrives.
  • nānā-bhāvān — manifold natures
    He sees not one nature in many but many natures in many. Each body has its own essential type — and these types are taken to be foundational rather than incidental.
  • pṛthak-vidhān — of different kinds
    Reinforces nānā-bhāvān. The whole vocabulary of the verse is the vocabulary of multiplicity-as-ultimate — characteristic of rajas.
  • rājasam — in the mode of passion
    The middle category of jñāna. Not as harmful as tāmasa, not as liberating as sāttvika. It produces functional, pluralistic, transactional knowledge — useful, but not freeing.
  • viddhi — know!
    Imperative. Kṛṣṇa is not describing — he is *training the disciple's diagnostic eye*. Recognize this kind of knowing for what it is and label it correctly.
That knowledge by which one sees that in every different body there is a different type of living entity you should understand to be in the mode of passion.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Rājasa knowledge atomizes: it sees only separateness — many essences in many beings, no underlying unity. This is the common-sense pluralism of the passionate mind, useful but blind to the deeper continuity.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Rājasa-jñāna is the standard empirical pluralism — different beings, different essences, no unifying ground. The verse does not condemn it as false (separateness IS one face of reality) but as partial. Compare the Sāṅkhyan plurality of puruṣas as a refined version of this view.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत् ज्ञानं तु सर्वेषु भूतेषु पृथक्त्वेन पृथक्-विधान् नाना-भावान् वेत्ति, तत् ज्ञानं राजसं विद्धि ।
yat jñānaṃ tu sarveṣu bhūteṣu pṛthaktvena pṛthak-vidhān nānā-bhāvān vetti, tat jñānaṃ rājasaṃ viddhi |
But that knowledge which, in all beings, perceives different kinds of essences as separate — know that knowledge to be rājasa.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
पृथक्त्वेन तु यत् ज्ञानं नाना-भावान् पृथक्-विधान् । वेत्ति सर्वेषु भूतेषु तत् ज्ञानं विद्धि राजसम् ॥
pṛthaktvena tu yat jñānaṃ nānā-bhāvān pṛthak-vidhān | vetti sarveṣu bhūteṣu tat jñānaṃ viddhi rājasam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
पृथक्त्वेन pṛthaktvena पृथक्त्व (n.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by separateness
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) but
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
ज्ञानम् jñānam ज्ञान (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) knowledge
नाना-भावान् nānā-bhāvān karmadhāraya cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)m. various essences
पृथक्-विधान् pṛthak-vidhān bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)m. of distinct kinds
वेत्ति vetti √विद् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) knows
सर्वेषु sarveṣu सर्व (pron. (pronoun)) loc.pl. (locative plural)n. in all
भूतेषु bhūteṣu भूत (n.) loc.pl. (locative plural) in beings
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. that
विद्धि viddhi √विद् impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) know!
राजसम् rājasam राजस (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. rājasa

The concept that the material body is the living entity and that with the destruction of the body the consciousness is also destroyed is called knowledge in the mode of passion. According to that knowledge, bodies differ from one another because of the development of different types of consciousness, otherwise there is no separate soul which manifests consciousness. The body is itself the soul, and there is no separate soul beyond the body. According to such knowledge, consciousness is temporary. Or else there are no individual souls, but there is an all-pervading soul, which is full of knowledge, and this body is a manifestation of temporary ignorance. Or beyond this body there is no special individual or supreme soul. All such conceptions are considered products of the mode of passion.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
21. Know that knowledge to be rajasic in nature by which one understands various types of knowledge and various opinions concerning the soul which is claimed to be different in each body it accepts.
Commentary

This verse speaks of rajasic knowledge. That knowledge which one sees the soul as different in each body that it accepts, accepting the asuric idea that the soul perishes with the body, with a different soul in every body that arises; that knowledge by which one knows various opinions arising from such asuric scriptures, such as “the soul is the shelter of happiness and distress, the soul is not the shelter of happiness and distress, the soul is unconscious, the soul is conscious, the soul is all pervasive , the soul is atomic, the souls are many, the soul is one” is known as rajasic knowledge.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
21. Know that knowledge to be of raja guṇa by which one understands various types of knowledge and various opinions concerning a soul presumed to be different in each body it accepts.
Commentary

This verse speaks of knowledge in the mode of passion. That knowledge which accepts that a different jīva (pṛthaktvena) assumes successive forms of deva, man and other creatures, where the jīva is destroyed with the destruction of each body; that knowledge by which one accepts various types of opinions (nānā vidhān bhāvān),such as Lokāyata, Jain, Buddhist, Māyavāda, or logic, is knowledge in the mode of passion. Some of the doctrines are: the body is the soul (Lokāyata); the soul is different from the body but the same size as the body (Jain); the ātmā is just momentary knowledge (Buddhist); the ātmā is God, consisting of eternal knowledge alone (Māyāvāda); the ātmā, different from the body, is a conscious, all pervasive entity giving shelter to nine particular qualities (Nyāya philosophy). [Note: The logicians claim that there are innumerable eternal souls, but they are all pervading rather than very small or medium size, since very small objects cannot be perceived by mind, whereas qualities of the soul can be perveived by the mind, and medium sized objects are subject to destruction, whereas the soul is eternal. Therefore it must be huge, all pervading. Accoridng to the logicians, ātmā has fourteen unique qualities. They also admit a Supreme Soul with special qualities. The commentary mentions nava viśeṣa guna. Accordidng to Nyāya there should be fourteen qualities of the soul.]

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.21 Tu, but; viddhi, know; tat, that; jnanam, knowledge; to be rajasam, originating from rajas; yat, which; sarvesu bhutesu, amidst all things; vetti, apprehends-since knowledge cannot be an agent of hends-since knowledge cannot be an agent of action, therefore the meaning implied is, 'that, knowledge৷৷.through which one apprehends৷৷.'-; nana-bhavan, the different entities; prthagvidhan, of various kinds, i.e., those possessing diverse characteristics and different from oneself; prthakrvena, as distinct, as separate in each body.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.21 Whatever knowledge perceives in Brahmana etc., at the time of work, the entity known as the Atman as of diverse nature because the bodies of those beings are tall or fair and are fit to attain the fruits of work - know that knowledge to be Rajasika. The point is this: It is not a condemnation of the plurality of Atman. The Atman, though distinct, is uniform everywhere. The bodily attributes do not affect it. The knowledge lacking this understanding is stigmatised as Rajasa.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.21 See Comment under 18.22
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.21 But that knowledge which sees in all beings various entities of distinct kinds as different from one another know thou that knowledge to be Rajasic.
Commentary

18.21 पृथक्त्वेन as different from one another? तु but? यत् which? ज्ञानम् knowledge? नानाभावान् various entities? पृथग्विधान् of distinct kinds? वेत्ति knows? सर्वेषु (in) all? भूतेषु in beings? तत् that? ज्ञानम् knowledge? विद्धि know? राजसम् Rajasic.Commentary Knowledge which sees As knowledge cannot be an agent? this should be interpreted to mean knowledge by which one sees.Entities Selves or souls.Different from one another Regarding them as different in different bodies.The knowledge that is led by the idea of separateness is passionate. Enveloping as it does the manifold creation with the veil of separateness? it deludes even the wise man. Owing to passionate knowledge? beings appear to be separate and the perception of unity is also lost sight of. That knowledge which beholds multiplicity in created objects and differentiates them as being small or great? according to their form and size? is of passionate nature and tainted. A man with passionate knowledge sees diversity everywhere. He beholds the many only.Now I will explain to thee? O Arjuna? knowledge that is of the ality of darkness? in order that thou mayest avoid it.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.21 But know that knowledge to be originating from rajas which, amidst all things, apprehends the different entities of various kinds as distinct [As possessing distinct selves.].
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.21 The knowledge which thinks of the manifold existence in all beings as separate - that comes from Passion.
Related values
Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Concepts
Bhava
Knowledge that sees various entities of various kinds, without unity — rajasic.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize fragmenting perception as rajasic.
  • Pull back to the unity.
  • Don't be impressed by analytic-only knowledge.
Reflection Questions
  • When have I been impressed by knowledge that sees only fragments?
  • What does pulling back to unity offer?

A child sorts marbles by color and believes the colors are the marbles. The rājasa seer counts bodies and believes the bodies are the selves — never noticing the same glass under every coat of paint.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.22

↗
यत्तु कृत्स्नवदेकस्मिन्कार्ये सक्तमहैतुकम् । अतत्त्वार्थवदल्पं च तत्तामसमुदाहृतम् ॥ २२ ॥
yat tu kṛtsna-vad ekasmin
[yat tu kritsna-vad ekasmin]
kārye saktam ahaitukam
[kaarye saktam ahaitukam]
atattvārtha-vad alpaṁ ca
[atattvaartha-vad alpam cha]
tat tāmasam udāhṛtam
[tat taamasam udaahritam]
yat — that which tu — but kṛtsna - vat — as all in all ekasmin — in one kārye — work saktam — attached ahaitukam — without cause atattva - artha - vat — without knowledge of reality alpam — very meager ca — and tat — that tāmasam — in the mode of darkness udāhṛtam — is said to be .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yat tu kṛtsna-vad ekasmin
yat
that which
tu
but
kṛtsna - vat
as all in all
ekasmin
in one
kārye saktam ahaitukam
kārye
work
saktam
attached
ahaitukam
without cause
atattvārtha-vad alpaṁ ca
atattva - artha - vat
without knowledge of reality
alpam
very meager
ca
and
tat tāmasam udāhṛtam
tat
that
tāmasam
in the mode of darkness
udāhṛtam
is said to be .
  • kṛtsna-vat — as if the whole
    A single act treated as the entirety of dharma or meaning. The fragment masquerades as totality — and the deluded believer cannot tell the difference.
  • ekasmin — in one
    Locative singular. Fixated *on one* — with kārye: on a single work. The verse pictures monomaniacal attachment to a narrow activity (often sectarian, often fanatical) as the hallmark of tāmasa-jñāna.
  • ahaitukam — without proper cause/reason
    Adverbial. The attachment has no rational ground; it is mere clinging. Tamas does not reason — it merely seizes.
  • atattva-artha-vat — lacking knowledge of reality
    The compound name for someone whose grasp does not touch tattva — the actual nature of things. The fragment-knowledge floats free from the real.
  • tāmasam — in the mode of ignorance
    The classification. The verse completes the threefold map of jñāna — sāttvika sees unity, rājasa sees plurality, tāmasa sees only its own narrow fixation.
And that knowledge by which one is attached to one kind of work as the all in all, without knowledge of the truth, and which is very meager, is said to be in the mode of darkness.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Tāmasa knowledge fixates on one trivial fragment as if it were everything — narrow, unreasoned, untrue, paltry. It is the knowledge of fanatic narrowness: one issue, one cause, mistaken for the whole world.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Four marks of tāmasa-jñāna: irrational fixation on one object, absence of causal grasp, dissociation from reality, pettiness. The verse is a precise diagnosis of dogmatic single-issue obsession that refuses larger context. Contrast with 18.20's wide vision; 18.22's mind is locked in a single dim corner.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत् तु एकस्मिन् कार्ये कृत्स्न-वत् सक्तम् अहैतुकम् अतत्त्व-अर्थ-वत् अल्पं च, तत् ज्ञानं तामसम् उदाहृतम् ।
yat tu ekasmin kārye kṛtsna-vat saktam ahaitukam atattva-artha-vat alpaṃ ca, tat jñānaṃ tāmasam udāhṛtam |
But that knowledge which clings to one task as if it were the whole, without reason, devoid of truth, and trivial — that is called tāmasa.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यत् तु कृत्स्न-वत् एकस्मिन् कार्ये सक्तम् अहैतुकम् । अतत्त्व-अर्थ-वत् अल्पं च तत् तामसम् उदाहृतम् ॥
yat tu kṛtsna-vat ekasmin kārye saktam ahaitukam | atattva-artha-vat alpaṃ ca tat tāmasam udāhṛtam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) but
कृत्स्न-वत् kṛtsna-vat ind. (indeclinable) as the whole
एकस्मिन् ekasmin एक (num.) loc.sg. (locative singular)n. in one
कार्ये kārye √कृ gerundive loc.sg. (locative singular)n. in a task
सक्तम् saktam √सञ्ज् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. clung, attached
अहैतुकम् ahaitukam अ + हैतुक (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. without reason
अतत्त्व-अर्थ-वत् atattva-artha-vat tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ind. (indeclinable) without true substance
अल्पम् alpam अल्प (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. petty
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. that
तामसम् tāmasam तामस (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. tāmasa
उदाहृतम् udāhṛtam उद् + आ + √हृ p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. is declared

The “knowledge” of the common man is always in the mode of darkness or ignorance because every living entity in conditional life is born into the mode of ignorance. One who does not develop knowledge through the authorities or scriptural injunctions has knowledge that is limited to the body. He is not concerned about acting in terms of the directions of scripture. For him God is money, and knowledge means the satisfaction of bodily demands. Such knowledge has no connection with the Absolute Truth. It is more or less like the knowledge of the ordinary animals: the knowledge of eating, sleeping, defending and mating. Such knowledge is described here as the product of the mode of darkness. In other words, knowledge concerning the spirit soul beyond this body is called knowledge in the mode of goodness, knowledge producing many theories and doctrines by dint of mundane logic and mental speculation is the product of the mode of passion, and knowledge concerned only with keeping the body comfortable is said to be in the mode of ignorance.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
22. That knowledge which is without reason, attached to one material action, not concerned with truth, and which is scant, is known as knowledge in tamo-guṇa.
Commentary

This verse speaks of tamasic knowledge. Knowledge which is speculative only (ahaitukam—not with reference to any scripture), which is extremely attached to performing one material activity such as eating or bathing, drinking or enjoying with a woman, with disregard for Vedic activities like sacrifice, with no idea of real truth (atattva artha vat), knowledge which is scant like that of an animal, is known as tamasic knowledge. Knowledge of tat, which is different from the body is sattvic. Knowledge of scriptures of logic and such, which gives rise to various doctrines, is rajasic. Knowledge, which is only of bathing, eating and other material actions, is tamasic. This is a summary of the three types of knowledge.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
22. That knowledge which is without reason, attached to one action, not concerned with truth, which is scant, is known as knowledge in tama guṇa.
Commentary

This verse speaks of knowledge in the mode of ignorance. That method of knowledge which is just according to ones nature (ahaitukam), not arising from scripture, and involved in one material action only (ekasmin) and nothing else (kṛtsna-vad), such as bathing, or eating or associating with women, with no attachment to Vedic actions such as sacrifice or charity; which does not have the goal of arriving at truth (atattvārtha-vad); which is insignificant like that of an animal (alpam), concerning only material bathing or eating, is called knowledge in the mode of ignorance.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.22 But tat, that knowledge; is udahrtam, said to be; tamasam, born of tamas; yat, which is; saktam, confined; ekasmin, to one; karye, from, to one body or to an external image etc., krtsnavat, as though it were all, as though it comprehended everything, thinking, 'The Self, or God, is only this much; there is nothing beyond it,'-as the naked Jainas hold that the soul conforms to and has the size of the body, or (as others hold) that God is merely a stone or wood-, remaining confined thus to one form; ahaitukam, which is irrational, bereft of logic; a-tattvarthavat, not concerned with truth-tattvartha, truth, means some-thing just as it is; that (knowledge) which has this (truth) as its object of comprehension is tattvarthavat; that without this is ; a-tattvarthavat-; and which, on account of the very fact of its being irrational, is alpam, trivial, because it is concerned with trifles or is productive of little result. This kind of knowledge is indeed found in non-discriminating creatures in whom tamas predominates. Now is being stated the threehold division of action:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.22 But that knowledge which clings to a 'single type of act' as what ought to be done, viz., act in the form of the worship of ghosts or evil spirits yielding very small fruits, as if it yielded all fruits; that work 'not founded on any reason for having attachment,' because it is not a source of all fruits; 'untrue' because it is based on a false view of things such as seeing differentiation in the nature of the Atman; 'insignificant', because the worship of ghosts and evil spirits yields poor results - for such reasons knowledge of this kind is declared to be Tamasika. After having thus classified the threefold division of knowledge relating to work according to Gunas in respect of a person who is alified for work, Sri Krsna explains the triple division of the acts that ought to be done, according to Gunas.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18-20-22 Sarvabhutesu etc. upto samudahrtam. In the classified ones : i.e., [classified] as gods, human beings, etc. Considers as [really] different : i.e., with the thought 'Here on this depends my pleasure; here in that lies my displeasure'. Without reason : To take recourse to wrath, desire etc., slavishly under the influence of one's own addiction and also without examining the cause, in named as a thing born of the Tamas (Strand).
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.22 But that which clings to one single effect as if it were the whole, without reason, without foundation in Truth, and trivial that is declared to be Tamasic.
Commentary

18.22 यत् which? तु but? कृत्स्नवत् as if it were the whole? एकस्मिन् one single? कार्ये to effect? सक्तम् attached? अहैतुकम् without reason? अतत्त्वार्थवत् without foundation in Truth? अल्पम् trivial? च and? तत् that?,तामसम् Tamasic (dark)? उदाहृतम् is declared.Commentary The knowledge which regards that each and every object or being exists by itself and is perfect by itself? is Tamasic.One single effect Such as the body? thinking it to be the Self? or an idol? taking it for God? and thinking that there is nothing higher than that.The naked Jains consider that the soul which dwells in the body is of the same size as that of the body. Some regard that Isvara is a mere piece of stone or wood. Such knowledge is really not based on reason. It does not see things in their true light. It is narrow (Alpam) as it is not founded on reason. It produces very small results too. It extends over a limited area and is not allcomprehensive. This knowledge is said to be Tamasic? as it is found in Tamasic persons who are devoid of the power of discrimination.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.22 But that (knowledge) is said to be born of tamas which is confined to one form as though it were all, which is irrational, not concern with truth and triivial.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.22 But that which clings blindly to one idea as if it were all, without logic, truth or insight, that has its origin in Darkness.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Knowledge that fixes on one work as if it were everything, without truth, without reason, in scarcity — tamasic.
Practical Applications
  • Refuse one-track tamasic obsession.
  • Recognize fanaticism without truth as tamasic.
  • Open to the wider field.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I let one-track thinking dominate?
  • What truth-grounding restores breadth?

A man stares at one leaf and forgets the tree, the forest, and the sky. He insists the leaf is the whole world. Tāmasa knowledge is precisely this: total absorption in a fragment, mistaking the splinter for the timber.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.23

↗
नियतं सङ्गरहितमरागद्वेषत: कृतम् । अफलप्रेप्सुना कर्म यत्तत्सात्त्विकमुच्यते ॥ २३ ॥
niyataṁ saṅga-rahitam
[niyatam sanga-rahitam]
arāga-dveṣataḥ kṛtam
[araaga-dveshatah kritam]
aphala-prepsunā karma
[aphala-prepsunaa karma]
yat tat sāttvikam ucyate
[yat tat saattvikam uchyate]
niyatam — regulated saṅga - rahitam — without attachment arāga - dveṣataḥ — without love or hatred kṛtam — done aphala - prepsunā — by one without desire for fruitive result karma — action yat — which tat — that sāttvikam — in the mode of goodness ucyate — is called .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
niyataṁ saṅga-rahitam
niyatam
regulated
saṅga - rahitam
without attachment
arāga - dveṣataḥ
without love or hatred
arāga-dveṣataḥ kṛtam
kṛtam
done
aphala-prepsunā karma
aphala - prepsunā
by one without desire for fruitive result
karma
action
yat tat sāttvikam ucyate
yat
which
tat
that
sāttvikam
in the mode of goodness
ucyate
is called .
  • niyatam — regulated, prescribed
    The action is governed by śāstra and dharma, not by mood. Sāttvika karma always lives inside the lines drawn by authoritative instruction.
  • saṅga-rahitam — free of attachment
    Saṅga reappears. The action proceeds without the doer-attaching to it. This is the single most repeated qualifier across the Gītā's analysis of right action.
  • arāga-dveṣataḥ — without love or hatred
    The two-sided clamp of preference. Most action is steered by either rāga (drawing toward) or dveṣa (pushing away). Sāttvika action arises from neither pull.
  • aphala-prepsunā — by one not desiring fruit
    Instrumental. The doer himself is qualified — he is *the one not seeking the fruit*. The disposition of the doer colors the act.
  • sāttvikam — in the mode of goodness
    The classification. The verse compresses 2.47's karma-yoga into a single dense definition of action in goodness — the same teaching, formalized.
That action which is regulated and which is performed without attachment, without love or hatred, and without desire for fruitive results is said to be in the mode of goodness.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sāttvika action: prescribed (not arbitrary), unattached, free of the affective pull of liking or aversion, done by someone not after fruits. This is the gold-standard karma-yoga move from chapters 2-5 stated in classification form.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Four marks: niyata (regulated, sva-dharmic), saṅga-rahita (non-clinging), arāga-dveṣataḥ (affect-neutral), aphala-prepsu (non-result-seeking). Cross-ref: BG 2.47-48, 3.19, 4.20. The verse describes the textbook karma-yogī's outward act — the inner correlate is sāttvika-tyāga of v. 9.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत् नियतं कर्म सङ्ग-रहितम् अराग-द्वेषतः अफल-प्रेप्सुना कृतम्, तत् सात्त्विकम् उच्यते ।
yat niyataṃ karma saṅga-rahitam arāga-dveṣataḥ aphala-prepsunā kṛtam, tat sāttvikam ucyate |
That prescribed action which is performed without attachment, without love or hate, by one not seeking fruit — is called sāttvika.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
नियतं सङ्ग-रहितम् अराग-द्वेषतः कृतम् । अफल-प्रेप्सुना कर्म यत् तत् सात्त्विकम् उच्यते ॥
niyataṃ saṅga-rahitam arāga-dveṣataḥ kṛtam | aphala-prepsunā karma yat tat sāttvikam ucyate ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
नियतम् niyatam नि + √यम् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. prescribed
सङ्ग-रहितम् saṅga-rahitam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. free from attachment
अराग-द्वेषतः arāga-dveṣataḥ ind. (abl. force) without love-or-hate
कृतम् kṛtam √कृ p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. done
अफल-प्रेप्सुना aphala-prepsunā bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)m. by one not desiring fruit
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) action
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. that
सात्त्विकम् sāttvikam सात्त्विक (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. sāttvika
उच्यते ucyate √वच् pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is called

Regulated occupational duties, as prescribed in the scriptures in terms of the different orders and divisions of society, performed without attachment or proprietary rights and therefore without any love or hatred, and performed in Kṛṣṇa consciousness for the satisfaction of the Supreme, without self-satisfaction or self-gratification, are called actions in the mode of goodness.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
23. That action which is done regularly, without attachment or repulsion, without desire for results, is called sattvic.
Commentary

Having explained the three types of knowledge, the Lord now explains the three types of action. The work which is performed regularly (niyatam), which is without attachment (saṅga rahitam), performed with neither like or dislike (arāga-dveṣataḥ), done without desire for results (aphala-prepsunā), is called sattvic work.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
23. That action which is done regularly, without the conception of being the agent, without attachment or repulsion, without desire for results, is called sattvika.
Commentary

Now the Lord discusses action according to the three modes in three verses. Action prescribed by ones varṇa and āśrama (niyatam), devoid of the concept of being the agent (saṅga rahitam), which is not done out of attraction for fame or hatred of dishonor, and devoid of the desire for results, performed as worship of the Lord, is called action in the mode of goodness.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

We have already heard in this chapter how Krsna is recommending action or renunciation to be done in the mode of goodness, but see how closely Srila Prabhupada in his Purport equates the mode of goodness exactly with Krsna consciousness, because if one is acting in Krsna consciousness generally he will simply act in the mode of goodness. That is his basic mode of action. So, in his Purport Srila Prabhupada says: "Regulated occupational duties, as prescribed in the scriptures in terms of the different orders and divisions of society, performed without attachment or proprietary rights and therefore without any love or hatred, and performed in Krsna consciousness for the satisfaction of the Supreme, without self‑satisfa or self‑gratification, are called actions in the mo goodness."

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.23 Niyatam, the daily obligatory; karma, action; yat, which; is krtam, performed; sanga-rahitam, without attachment; araga-dvesatah, without likes or dislikes; aphala-prepsuna, by one who does not hanker for rewards, by an agent who is the opposite of one who is desirous of the fruits of action; tat, that (action); ucyate, is said to be; sattvikam, born of sattva.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.23 'Obligatory act' is that which is appropriate to one's own station and stage of life. Doing it 'without attachment' means devoid of attachment to agency etc., and 'without desire or aversion' means that it is not done through desire to win fame and aversion to win notoriety, i.e., is performed without ostentation - when obligatory works are performed in the above-mentioned way by one who is not after their fruits, they are said to be Sattvika.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.23 See Comment under 18.25
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.23 An action which is ordained, which is free from attachment, and which is done without love or hatred by one who is not desirous of any reward that action is declared to be Sattvic.
Commentary

18.23 नियतम् ordained? सङ्गरहितम् free from attachment? अरागद्वेषतः without love or hatred? कृतम् done? अफलप्रेप्सुना by one not desirous of the fruit? कर्म action? यत् which? तत् that? सात्त्विकम् Sattvic (pure)? ुच्यते is declared.Commentary Niyatam Ordained Obligatory. One is not excited to perform an obligatory action through love or hatred.This is a pure act. The performer of such pure action experiences great joy. He does his duty or any other work wholeheartedly not caring for the reward but offering it willingly at the feet of the Lord. He works in accordancw with the dictates of the scriptures. Now I will explain to thee? O Arjuna? the nature of action which is Rajasic or passionate. Do thou listen to Me with rapt attention.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.23 The daily obligatory action which is performed without attachment and without likes or dislikes by one who does not hanker for rewards, that is said to be born of sattva.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.23 An obligatory action done by one who is disinterested, who neither likes nor dislikes it, and gives no thought to the consequences that follow, such an action is Pure.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
Action regulated, free from attachment, performed without desire or hate, without love for fruits — sattvic action.
Practical Applications
  • Audit your significant actions against this four-fold standard.
  • Aim for at least one fully-sattvic action per day.
  • Honor the standard.
Reflection Questions
  • What action recently met this standard?
  • Which fell short?

A river that flows along its prescribed bed irrigates fields without the river itself demanding the crops. Sāttvika karma is exactly such water: regulated, unattached, free of love-and-hatred eddies, and pouring forth without any thirst for the harvest's praise.

King Janaka and the burning palace

When Janaka was told his palace had caught fire, he is recorded as saying, 'Nothing of mine is lost.' He did not panic, did not cling, did not flare into hate against the fire or yearn after the saved goods.

The same equanimity colored his daily royal duties — niyatam, saṅga-rahitam, arāga-dveṣataḥ, aphala-prepsunā. Every clause of 18.23 finds its illustration in Janaka's kingship.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.24

↗
यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म साहङ्कारेण वा पुन: । क्रियते बहुलायासं तद्राजसमुदाहृतम् ॥ २४ ॥
yat tu kāmepsunā karma
[yat tu kaamepsunaa karma]
sāhaṅkāreṇa vā punaḥ
[saahankaarena vaa punah]
kriyate bahulāyāsaṁ
[kriyate bahulaayaasam]
tad rājasam udāhṛtam
[tad raajasam udaahritam]
yat — that which tu — but kāma - īpsunā — by one with desires for fruitive results karma — work sa - ahaṅkāreṇa — with ego vā — or punaḥ — again kriyate — is performed bahula - āyāsam — with great labor tat — that rājasam — in the mode of passion udāhṛtam — is said to be .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yat tu kāmepsunā karma
yat
that which
tu
but
kāma - īpsunā
by one with desires for fruitive results
karma
work
sāhaṅkāreṇa vā punaḥ
sa - ahaṅkāreṇa
with ego
vā
or
punaḥ
again
kriyate bahulāyāsaṁ
kriyate
is performed
bahula - āyāsam
with great labor
tad rājasam udāhṛtam
tat
that
rājasam
in the mode of passion
udāhṛtam
is said to be .
  • kāma-īpsunā — by one desiring (sense) gratification
    Instrumental. The doer is defined first — he is *driven by desire*. The action acquires its rājasa color from his desiring.
  • sa-ahaṅkāreṇa — with false ego
    Compound — 'accompanied by ahaṅkāra.' Doership-claim travels alongside the deed. Whatever is accomplished is also claimed.
  • bahula-āyāsam — with great labor
    The signature of rajas: enormous effort. Sāttvika action can be intense too, but rājasa action is specifically marked by *strain* — the laboring after desired ends.
  • rājasam — in the mode of passion
    The classification. The verse paints the worldly working life with precision — most professional and ambitious activity sits exactly here.
  • udāhṛtam — is declared
    Passive — 'is set forth as.' Formal labeling language. The chapter is offering classifications a sādhaka can use diagnostically on his own week's work.
But action performed with great effort by one seeking to gratify his desires, and enacted from a sense of false ego, is called action in the mode of passion.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Rājasa action is desire-fueled, ego-driven, and effortful out of proportion. It produces results — often impressive ones — but at the cost of inner peace and inevitable karmic entanglement.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Three marks of rājasa-karma: kāmepsutā (object-craving), ahaṅkāra (ego-doership), bahulāyāsa (excessive exertion). The exhaustion of modern hyper-productivity finds its precise label here. Note: the action itself may even be prescribed, but its motivation and feel make it rājasa.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत् कर्म तु काम-ईप्सुना स-अहङ्कारेण वा पुनः बहुल-आयासं क्रियते, तत् राजसम् उदाहृतम् ।
yat karma tu kāma-īpsunā sa-ahaṅkāreṇa vā punaḥ bahula-āyāsaṃ kriyate, tat rājasam udāhṛtam |
But that action done by one craving objects of desire, or with egotism, with great strain — that is declared to be rājasa.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यत् तु काम-ईप्सुना कर्म स-अहङ्कारेण वा पुनः । क्रियते बहुल-आयासं तत् राजसम् उदाहृतम् ॥
yat tu kāma-īpsunā karma sa-ahaṅkāreṇa vā punaḥ | kriyate bahula-āyāsaṃ tat rājasam udāhṛtam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) but
काम-ईप्सुना kāma-īpsunā tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)m. by a desire-seeker
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) action
स-अहङ्कारेण sa-ahaṅkāreṇa bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)m. with ego
वा vā ind. (indeclinable) or
पुनः punaḥ ind. (indeclinable) again
क्रियते kriyate √कृ pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is done
बहुल-आयासम् bahula-āyāsam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. with great strain
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. that
राजसम् rājasam राजस (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. rājasa
उदाहृतम् udāhṛtam उद् + आ + √हृ p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. is declared
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
24. That work is performed with desire for results, with little or great pride, with plenty of suffering, is called rajasic work.
Commentary

That work which is performed with desire for results (kāma ipsunā), indicating a little pride, or with great pride (sāhaṅkārena) is called rajasic work.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
24. That work which is performed with desire for results, with the conception of being the agent, with plenty of trouble, is called rajasic work.
Commentary

Acton done with desire for results, with the conception of being the doer (sa ahaṅkareṇa), with plenty of trouble (bahula āyāsam), is called work in the mode of passion.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.24 But tat, that; karma, action; udahrtam, is said to be; rajasam, born of rajas; yat, which; is kriyate, done; kamepsuna by one desirous of results; va, or; saahankarena, by one who is egotistic; and bahulaayasam, which is highly strenuous, accomplished by the agent with great effort. 'Egotistic' is not used in contrast to knowledge of Truth. What then? It is used in contrast to the absence of egotism in an ordinary person versed in the Vedic path. For in the case of the knower of the Self, who is not egotistic in the real sense, there is no estion of his being desirous of results or of being an agent of actions reiring great effort. Even of actions born of sattva, the agent is one who has not realized the Self and is possessed of egoism; what to speak of actions born of rajas and tamas! In common parlance, a person versed in the Vedic path, even though not possessing knowledge of the Self, is spoken of as being free from egotism thus-'This Brahmana is free from egotism'. Therefore, 'sahan-karena va' is said in contrast to him only. Punah (again) is used to complete the meter.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.24 But whatever act is performed by one who seeks to gratify his desires, viz., by one who desires the results of his action and with the feeling of egoism, viz., has the misconceived notion that oneself is the agent; and with a great deal of effort - such an act is of the nature of Rajas. Here va (or) is used in the sense of ca (and). Whatever action is performed by one who possesses the misconceived notion, 'This action demanding enormous effort is performed entirely by me' - it is said to be Rajasika.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.24 See Comment under 18.25
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.24 But that action which is done by one longing for the fulfilment of desires or gain with egoism or with much effort that is declared to be Rajasic (passionate).
Commentary

18.24 यत् which? तु but? कामेप्सुना by one longing for desires? कर्म action? साहङ्कारेण with egoism? वा or? पुनः again? क्रियते is performed? बहुलायासम् with much effort? तत् that? राजसम् Rajasic (passionate)? उदाहृतम् is declared.Commentary A passionate man performs various selfish actions. He boasts of his actions in public. Passion prompts him to do them. He can never work without expectation of a reward.Kamepsuna? phalepsuna The Rajasic or passionate man expects pleasures as fruits of action. A liberated sage alone is absolutely free from egoism. He will not dream even of a reward for the action? because all his desires are gratified when he realises Brahman. He is an Aptakama. (Aptakamasya ka spriha) How can there be longing or craving in a sage in whom all desires are gratified or burnt by the fire of SelfknowledgeEven the performer of a pure act? who has no knowledge of the Self is egoistic. If such be the case? the Rajasic and Tamasic workers are much more egoistic. In worldly parlance we speak of a learned Pundit This Pundit is a very modest? unassuming? and egoless Brahmana.Now listen? O Arjuna? to the characteristics of action that is of darkness.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.24 But that action is said to be born of rajas which is done by one desirous of results or by one who is egotistic, and which is highly strenuous.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.24 But even though an action involve the most strenuous endeavour, yet if the doer is seeking to gratify his desires, and is filled with personal vanity, it may be assumed to originate in Passion.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 2.43 BG 3.37 BG 16.12 SB 11.25.15 SB 6.1.9 SB 5.5.8 CC Madhya 22.8 CC Antya 5.14 CC Madhya 24.88 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.5Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.8
Action driven by the desire to gratify desires, performed with great labor and false ego — rajasic.
Practical Applications
  • Notice the great-labor-ego signature of rajasic action.
  • Reduce labor that's serving ego.
  • Cultivate easeful right action.
Reflection Questions
  • What recent labor was serving ego?
  • What would easeful right action look like?

A laborer breaks his back hauling stones for a palace whose only purpose is his name on the gate. The sweat is real, the effort is enormous, but every stone laid is laid for the ego. Rājasa karma is muscular and exhausting — and bound at every node by 'I.'

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.25

↗
अनुबन्धं क्षयं हिंसामनपेक्ष्य च पौरुषम् । मोहादारभ्यते कर्म यत्तत्तामसमुच्यते ॥ २५ ॥
anubandhaṁ kṣayaṁ hiṁsām
[anubandham kshayam himsaam]
anapekṣya ca pauruṣam
[anapekshya cha paurusham]
mohād ārabhyate karma
[mohaad aarabhyate karma]
yat tat tāmasam ucyate
[yat tat taamasam uchyate]
anubandham — of future bondage kṣayam — destruction hiṁsām — and distress to others anapekṣya — without considering the consequences ca — also pauruṣam — self-sanctioned mohāt — by illusion ārabhyate — is begun karma — work yat — which tat — that tāmasam — in the mode of ignorance ucyate — is said to be .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
anubandhaṁ kṣayaṁ hiṁsām
anubandham
of future bondage
kṣayam
destruction
hiṁsām
and distress to others
anapekṣya ca pauruṣam
anapekṣya
without considering the consequences
ca
also
pauruṣam
self-sanctioned
mohād ārabhyate karma
mohāt
by illusion
ārabhyate
is begun
karma
work
yat tat tāmasam ucyate
yat
which
tat
that
tāmasam
in the mode of ignorance
ucyate
is said to be .
  • anubandham — consequence, future bondage
    Literally 'that which binds after.' The tāmasa actor does not consider the karmic *aftermath* of the deed. Bondage is exactly what is ignored.
  • kṣayam — destruction, loss
    Resources, capacity, life-energy spent for nothing. The tāmasa actor does not count the cost — to himself or to the field of action.
  • hiṁsām — violence, harm
    Damage to others. Tāmasa karma is willing to break things and beings to accomplish itself. Hiṁsā is one of its diagnostic marks.
  • mohāt — out of illusion
    Ablative of cause. The whole motive structure rests on moha — confusion about what is real and what is right. Same root as the moha Arjuna himself was rescued from.
  • tāmasam — in the mode of ignorance
    The classification. The verse completes the threefold karma analysis — sattva regulates, rajas strains, tamas devastates.
That action performed in illusion, in disregard of scriptural injunctions, and without concern for future bondage or for violence or distress caused to others is said to be in the mode of ignorance.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Tāmasa action is the reckless deed — undertaken in fog, blind to consequences, costs, the suffering of others, and one's own real capacity. Delusion is its single root.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Four heedlessnesses: anubandha (long consequence), kṣaya (loss of resources or destruction wrought), hiṁsā (violence to others), pauruṣa (one's own actual strength). This is action without weighing — the impulsive ruinous deed. Single source: moha. Tāmasa work need not be lazy; it can be furiously active while being utterly unmoored.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत् कर्म अनुबन्धं क्षयं हिंसां पौरुषं च अनपेक्ष्य मोहात् आरभ्यते, तत् तामसम् उच्यते ।
yat karma anubandhaṃ kṣayaṃ hiṃsāṃ pauruṣaṃ ca anapekṣya mohāt ārabhyate, tat tāmasam ucyate |
That action which is undertaken from delusion, disregarding consequence, loss, harm to others, and one's own capacity — is called tāmasa.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
अनुबन्धं क्षयं हिंसाम् अनपेक्ष्य च पौरुषम् । मोहात् आरभ्यते कर्म यत् तत् तामसम् उच्यते ॥
anubandhaṃ kṣayaṃ hiṃsām anapekṣya ca pauruṣam | mohāt ārabhyate karma yat tat tāmasam ucyate ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
अनुबन्धम् anubandham अनुबन्ध (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) consequence
क्षयम् kṣayam क्षय (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) loss
हिंसाम् hiṃsām हिंसा (f.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) harm
अनपेक्ष्य anapekṣya अन् + अप + √ईक्ष् abs. (absolutive) disregarding
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
पौरुषम् pauruṣam पौरुष (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) one's own capacity
मोहात् mohāt मोह (m.) abl.sg. (ablative singular) from delusion
आरभ्यते ārabhyate आ + √रभ् pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is undertaken
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) action
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. that
तामसम् tāmasam तामस (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. tāmasa
उच्यते ucyate √वच् pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is called

One has to give account of one’s actions to the state or to the agents of the Supreme Lord called the Yamadūtas. Irresponsible work is destructive because it destroys the regulative principles of scriptural injunction. It is often based on violence and is distressing to other living entities. Such irresponsible work is carried out in the light of one’s personal experience. This is called illusion. And all such illusory work is a product of the mode of ignorance.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
25. That work leading to bondage, which is destructive, harmful to the self, and performed without prior consideration, is called tamasic work.
Commentary

That work which leads to later bondage by the servants of Yama, by a king or by thieves (anubandham), which destroys dharma, knowledge and other good qualities (kṣayam), which destroys oneself (hiṁsām), which is performed without prior consideration (anapekṣya), which is performed only by materialistic persons (pauruṣam), commenced out of ignorance (mohāt), is called tamasic work.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
25. That work leading to bondage, which is destructive, harmful to other, performed by force and without consideration of anyone, out of illusion, is called tamasic work.
Commentary

That action which later (anu) causes bondage by the king or Yamarāja, which destroys such things as dharma, that afflicts other living entities, which is done forcibly (pauruṣam), that is, without consideration of anyone, and out of illusion, is called action in the mode of ignorance.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.25 Tat, that; karma, action; yat, which; is arabhyate, undertaken; mohat, out of delusion, non-discrimination; anapeksya, without consideration of; its anubandham, conseence, the result which accrues later; ksayam, loss-that losss which is incurred in the form of loss of energy or loss of wealth in the course of any action; himsam, harm, suffering to creatures; and paurusam, ability, prowess-one's own ability fest as, 'I shall be able to complete this task';-without consideration of these, from 'conseence' to 'ability', ucyate, is said to be; tamasam, born of tamas.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.25 'Anubandha' or conseence is here the pain which follows when a work is performed. 'Loss' means loss of wealth involved in doing that act. 'Injury' is the pain caused to living beings when the work is carried out. 'Capacity' is the ability of completing the act. Whenever an act is begun without consideration of these and from delusion, viz., due to ignoring the agency of the Supreme Person - that act is said to be Tamasika.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.23-25 Niyatam etc. : upto Tamasam ucyate. With determination : i.e., it is a thing to be acired. Abundant in offlictions : spread through by nescience etc. Due to ignorance : i.e. due to that which is born of addiction.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.25 That action which is undertaken from delusion, without a regard for the conseences, loss, injury and (one's own) ability that is declared to be Tamasic (dark).
Commentary

18.25 अनुबन्धम् conseence? क्षयम् loss? हिंसाम् injury? अनपेक्ष्य without regard? च and? पौरुषम् (ones own) ability? मोहात् from delusion? आरभ्यते is undertaken? कर्म action? यत् which? तत् that? तामसम् Tamasic (dark)? उच्यते is said.Commentary Tamasic acts cause harm to others. A Tamasic man reflects not at all whether he has the capacity to perform these useless actions? but continues to act blindly. With utter thoughtlessness he sets aside any reflection as to the difficulty of performing the action and what the result of it would be. He carries it on in his own egoistical manner. He does not discriminate between the good and the bad? or what is ones own and what belongs to another.Kshayam Loss of power and of wealth? resulting from the performance of an action.Himsa Injury to living beings.Paurusham Ones own ability or capacity to complete the work.Now listen to the characteristics that pertain to the pure agent. The Lord proceeds to deal with the distinction among the agents.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.25 That action is said to be born of tamas which is undertaken out of delusion, (and) without consideration of its conseence, loss, harm and ability.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.25 An action undertaken through delusion, and with no regard to the spiritual issues involved, or the real capacity of the doer, or to the injury which may follow, such an act may be assumed to be the product of Ignorance.
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Dana (Charity / Generosity)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Anahankarah (Freedom from False Ego)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)
Related verses
Concepts
Dharma
Action without considering consequences, causing harm or injury, executed without scripture — tamasic.
Practical Applications
  • Always consider consequences.
  • Refuse harm-causing action.
  • Stay scripture-aligned.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I acted without considering consequence?
  • What scripture would have guided?

A drunkard swings an axe in the dark without checking for tree, child, or temple. He cares neither for what the blow will cost nor whom it will wound. Tāmasa karma is precisely this: action begun without thought of consequence, scripture, or harm.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.26

↗
मुक्तसङ्गोऽनहंवादी धृत्युत्साहसमन्वित: । सिद्ध्यसिद्ध्योर्निर्विकार: कर्ता सात्त्विक उच्यते ॥ २६ ॥
mukta-saṅgo ’nahaṁ-vādī
[mukta-sango ’naham-vaadee]
dhṛty-utsāha-samanvitaḥ
[dhrity-utsaaha-samanvitah]
siddhy-asiddhyor nirvikāraḥ
[siddhy-asiddhyor nirvikaarah]
kartā sāttvika ucyate
[kartaa saattvika uchyate]
mukta - saṅgaḥ — liberated from all material association anaham - vādī — without false ego dhṛti — with determination utsāha — and great enthusiasm samanvitaḥ — qualified siddhi — in perfection asiddhyoḥ — and failure nirvikāraḥ — without change kartā — worker sāttvikaḥ — in the mode of goodness ucyate — is said to be .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
mukta-saṅgo ’nahaṁ-vādī
mukta - saṅgaḥ
liberated from all material association
anaham - vādī
without false ego
dhṛty-utsāha-samanvitaḥ
dhṛti
with determination
utsāha
and great enthusiasm
samanvitaḥ
qualified
siddhy-asiddhyor nirvikāraḥ
siddhi
in perfection
asiddhyoḥ
and failure
nirvikāraḥ
without change
kartā sāttvika ucyate
kartā
worker
sāttvikaḥ
in the mode of goodness
ucyate
is said to be .
  • mukta-saṅgaḥ — freed from attachment
    Past participle compound — 'one who has been released from saṅga.' Not merely working on detachment but settled in it. The worker has already done the inner work.
  • anaham-vādī — not speaking of 'I'
    Beautiful compound. He does not narrate himself as the doer. The first-person singular drops out of his self-description, even when the work is his.
  • utsāha — enthusiasm
    With dhṛti, the two essential ingredients. Steadiness without enthusiasm becomes dullness; enthusiasm without steadiness becomes rajas. Their combination is the sāttvika worker's signature.
  • asiddhyoḥ — in failure
    Locative dual (with siddhi). The two outcome-poles. The worker remains nirvikāra across both — same person before and after either result. The compound is the verse's equipoise test.
  • nirvikāraḥ — without modification
    Without vikāra — change, alteration. Outcomes do not modify him. He arrives at the desk the same person who leaves it, regardless of what happened in between.
One who performs his duty without association with the modes of material nature, without false ego, with great determination and enthusiasm, and without wavering in success or failure is said to be a worker in the mode of goodness.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Five marks of the sāttvika agent: unattached, non-boasting, determined-and-enthusiastic, equanimous toward outcome. Note the inclusion of energy alongside detachment — sāttvika is not withdrawn but actively engaged without ego.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Crucially, the sāttvika doer is not the disinterested ascetic but the spirited, persevering worker who happens to be ego-free. Dhṛti and utsāha are positive virtues actively present, not merely absences of vice. Cross-ref: 2.47-48, 12.17 on sama treatment of success/failure.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
मुक्त-सङ्गः अनहं-वादी धृति-उत्साह-समन्वितः सिद्धि-असिद्ध्योः निर्विकारः कर्ता सात्त्विकः उच्यते ।
mukta-saṅgaḥ anahaṃ-vādī dhṛti-utsāha-samanvitaḥ siddhi-asiddhyoḥ nirvikāraḥ kartā sāttvikaḥ ucyate |
Free from attachment, not self-proclaiming, endowed with determination and enthusiasm, unmoved in success or failure — such a doer is called sāttvika.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
मुक्त-सङ्गः अनहं-वादी धृति-उत्साह-समन्वितः । सिद्धि-असिद्ध्योः निर्विकारः कर्ता सात्त्विकः उच्यते ॥
mukta-saṅgaḥ anahaṃ-vādī dhṛti-utsāha-samanvitaḥ | siddhi-asiddhyoḥ nirvikāraḥ kartā sāttvikaḥ ucyate ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
मुक्त-सङ्गः mukta-saṅgaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. free from attachment
अनहं-वादी anahaṃ-vādī bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. not boasting of self
धृति-उत्साह-समन्वितः dhṛti-utsāha-samanvitaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. endowed with grit and enthusiasm
सिद्धि-असिद्ध्योः siddhi-asiddhyoḥ dvandva cpd. (compound) loc.du. (locative dual)f. in success and failure
निर्विकारः nirvikāraḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. unmoved
कर्ता kartā कर्तृ (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) doer
सात्त्विकः sāttvikaḥ सात्त्विक (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. sāttvika
उच्यते ucyate √वच् pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is called

A person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is always transcendental to the material modes of nature. He has no expectations for the result of the work entrusted to him, because he is above false ego and pride. Still, he is always enthusiastic till the completion of such work. He does not worry about the distress undertaken; he is always enthusiastic. He does not care for success or failure; he is equal in both distress and happiness. Such a worker is situated in the mode of goodness.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
26. The agent free from attachment and false ego, endowed with fortitude and enthusiasm, unperturbed in success or failure, is in sattva guṇa.
Commentary

The three types of work have been described. Now, the three types of workers are described.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
26. The agent free from attachment and false ego, endowed with fortitude and enthusiasm, unperturbed in success or failure, is in sattva guṇa.
Commentary

Now the three types of doers are explained. Devoid of desire for results and the concept of being the doer (mukta saṅgaḥ); devoid of self-praise (anahaṁ-vādī); tolerating the unavoidable suffering caused by the fruition of old karmas in this present life (dṛti); having enthusiasm in the performance of the action (utsāha); devoid of happiness or distress (nirvikāraḥ) when he attains or does not attain the results of the action—such a person is an agent in the mode of goodness.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Translation
One who performs his duty without association with the modes of material nature, without false ego, with great determination and enthusiasm, and without wavering in success or failure is said to be a worker in the mode of goodness. PURPORT A person in Krsna consciousness is always transcendental to the material modes of nature. He has no expectations for the result of the work entrusted to him, because he is above false ego and pride. Still, he is always enthusiastic till the completion of such work. He does not worry about the distress undertaken; he is always enthusiastic. He does not care for success or failure; he is equal in both distress and happiness. Such a worker is situated in the mode of goodness. Here again Srila Prabhupada almost equates the two.
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.26 Karta, the agent; who is mukta-sangah, free from attachment-one by whom attachment has been given up; anahamvadi, not egotisic, not given to asserting his ego; dhrti-utsaha-samanvitah, endowed with fortitude and diligenc; and nirvikarah, unperturbed; siddhi-asiddhyoh, by success and failure, in the fruition and non-fruition of any action under-taken-led only by the authority of the scriptures, not by attachment to results etc. [Etc. stands for attachment to work.];-the agent who is such, he is ucyate, said to be; sattvikah, possessed of sattva.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.26 'Muktasangah' is one who is free from attachment to fruits. 'Anahamvadi' is one who is devoid of the feeling of being the agent. He is endued with 'steadiness and zeal.' 'Steadiness' is perseverance in regard to an act that has been begun in spite of the pain that is inevitable till the completion of the work. 'Zeal' is the possession of an active mind. One who is enduded with these, and whose mind remains firm, untouched by success and failure in war etc., and also in gathering the material reisities for the work on hand - such an agent is, of Sattvika nature.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.26 See Comment under 18.28
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.26 An agent who is free from attachment, non-egoistic, endowed with firmness and enthusiasm, and unaffected by success or failure, is called Sattvic (pure).
Commentary

18.26 मुक्तसङ्गः who is free from attachment? अनहंवादी nonegoistic? धृत्युत्साहसमन्वितः endowed with firmness and enthusiasm? सिद्ध्यसिद्ध्योः in success or failure? निर्विकारः unaffected? कर्ता an agent? सात्त्विकः Sattvic (pure)? उच्यते is called.Commentary A pure agent does his actions with his whole heart without feeling proud at the performance. He looks for the proper time and place and in accordance with the behests of the scriptures determines whether such actions are worth doing or not. He develops courage and a powerful will. He never seeks physical comforts. He is ite prepared to sacrifice his life for a noble cause. He is neither elated by success nor grieved by failure. He always keeps a balanced mind when he does any action. O Arjuna? that man is a pure agent who? while working? exhibits such alities.Siddhi Success attainment of the fruit of action performed.Nirvikarah Unaffected as having been urged to act merely by the authority of the scriptures? not by a desire for the sake of the reward.Now I will tell thee? O Arjuna? of the characteristics of a passionate agent.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.26 [Ast. introduces this verse with 'Idanim kartrbhedah ucyate, Now is being stated the distinctions among the agents.'-Tr.] The agent who is free from attachment [Attachment to results or the idea of agentship.], not egotistic, endowed with fortitude and diligence, and unperturbed by success and failure is said to be possessed of sattva.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.26 But when a man has no sentiment and no personal vanity, when he possesses courage and confidence, cares not whether he succeeds or fails, then his action arises from Purity.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
The doer free from material association, free from false ego, with determination and enthusiasm, equipoised in success and failure — sattvic.
Practical Applications
  • Audit yourself as doer against this list.
  • Work on the weakest quality.
  • Cultivate equipoise as ground.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of these qualities is weakest in me as doer?
  • What strengthens it?

A long-distance runner who keeps her pace through cheering crowds and silent stretches alike, neither swelling with applause nor flagging at neglect. The track is the duty; her steady breath is dhṛti; her freedom from 'mine' is the mark of the worker in goodness.

Bhīṣma at his post

Bhīṣma served the Kuru throne for generations through every conceivable upheaval — orphaned princes, regencies, the rise of Duryodhana, the Pāṇḍavas' exile, and finally the war itself. Through all of it he remained mukta-saṅga, anaham-vādī, equipped with dhṛti and utsāha.

Success and failure swept past him — coronations and disasters alike — and he stood nirvikāraḥ. His pledge to the throne was performed in the mode of goodness even when the throne's occupants had drifted into rajas and tamas.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.27

↗
रागी कर्मफलप्रेप्सुर्लुब्धो हिंसात्मकोऽश‍ुचि: । हर्षशोकान्वित: कर्ता राजस: परिकीर्तित: ॥ २७ ॥
rāgī karma-phala-prepsur
[raagee karma-phala-prepsur]
lubdho hiṁsātmako ’śuciḥ
[lubdho himsaatmako ’shuchih]
harṣa-śokānvitaḥ kartā
[harsha-shokaanvitah kartaa]
rājasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ
[raajasah parikeertitah]
rāgī — very much attached karma - phala — the fruit of the work prepsuḥ — desiring lubdhaḥ — greedy hiṁsā - ātmakaḥ — always envious aśuciḥ — unclean harṣa - śoka - anvitaḥ — subject to joy and sorrow kartā — such a worker rājasaḥ — in the mode of passion parikīrtitaḥ — is declared .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
rāgī karma-phala-prepsur
rāgī
very much attached
karma - phala
the fruit of the work
prepsuḥ
desiring
lubdho hiṁsātmako ’śuciḥ
lubdhaḥ
greedy
hiṁsā - ātmakaḥ
always envious
harṣa-śokānvitaḥ kartā
aśuciḥ
unclean
harṣa - śoka - anvitaḥ
subject to joy and sorrow
kartā
such a worker
rājasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ
rājasaḥ
in the mode of passion
parikīrtitaḥ
is declared .
  • rāgī — deeply attached
    From rāga, color. The worker is *colored* by his work — stained by it, identified with it. His self-image rides his project.
  • prepsuḥ — desiring
    Compound element — with karma-phala, the fruit-craver. Exactly the opposite of aphala-prepsu from verse 23. This worker's whole motive is the fruit — the act is merely the cost of admission to the result.
  • lubdhaḥ — greedy
    From lubh — to crave. Not merely desirous but unable to be satisfied. Each gain produces only the appetite for the next.
  • hiṁsā-ātmakaḥ — essentially envious / harmful
    Compound — his very nature (ātmaka) is hiṁsā. He is willing to harm rivals or subordinates to secure his fruit. Envy is built into the operating system.
  • harṣa-śoka-anvitaḥ — accompanied by joy and sorrow
    Anvita — yoked together with. The worker is *yoked* to the seesaw of outcome-emotion. He cannot step off it because his identity is the seesaw.
The worker who is attached to work and the fruits of work, desiring to enjoy those fruits, and who is greedy, always envious, impure, and moved by joy and sorrow, is said to be in the mode of passion.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
The rājasa worker: passionate, fruit-hungry, greedy, prone to violence, ritually/morally impure, swung between elation and lament. He gets things done but at moral and emotional cost — and at the cost of others around him.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Six features. The pair harṣa-śoka is diagnostic: the rājasa agent's mood tracks results, oscillating violently — exactly what the sāttvika agent transcends (18.26 'siddhy-asiddhyoḥ nirvikāraḥ'). Hiṁsātmaka places ordinary competitive worldly drive on the spectrum of injury.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
रागी कर्म-फल-प्रेप्सुः लुब्धः हिंसा-आत्मकः अशुचिः हर्ष-शोक-अन्वितः कर्ता राजसः परिकीर्तितः ।
rāgī karma-phala-prepsuḥ lubdhaḥ hiṃsā-ātmakaḥ aśuciḥ harṣa-śoka-anvitaḥ kartā rājasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |
Passionate, hungering for the fruit of action, greedy, violent by nature, impure, swept by elation and grief — such a doer is declared rājasa.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
रागी कर्म-फल-प्रेप्सुः लुब्धः हिंसा-आत्मकः अशुचिः । हर्ष-शोक-अन्वितः कर्ता राजसः परिकीर्तितः ॥
rāgī karma-phala-prepsuḥ lubdhaḥ hiṃsā-ātmakaḥ aśuciḥ | harṣa-śoka-anvitaḥ kartā rājasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
रागी rāgī रागिन् (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. passionate
कर्म-फल-प्रेप्सुः karma-phala-prepsuḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. fruit-craving
लुब्धः lubdhaḥ √लुभ् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. greedy
हिंसा-आत्मकः hiṃsā-ātmakaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. of violent nature
अशुचिः aśuciḥ अ + शुचि (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. impure
हर्ष-शोक-अन्वितः harṣa-śoka-anvitaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. attended by joy and grief
कर्ता kartā कर्तृ (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) doer
राजसः rājasaḥ राजस (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. rājasa
परिकीर्तितः parikīrtitaḥ परि + √कीर्त् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. is declared

A person is too much attached to a certain kind of work or to the result because he has too much attachment for materialism or hearth and home, wife and children. Such a person has no desire for higher elevation in life. He is simply concerned with making this world as materially comfortable as possible. He is generally very greedy, and he thinks that anything attained by him is permanent and never to be lost. Such a person is envious of others and prepared to do anything wrong for sense gratification. Therefore such a person is unclean, and he does not care whether his earning is pure or impure. He is very happy if his work is successful and very much distressed when his work is not successful. Such is the worker in the mode of passion.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
27. The agent who is attached to his work, who desires the results of his actions, who is attached to the enjoyment of the sense objects, who gives pain to others, who is unclean and subject to joy and sorrow, is known to be in the mode of rajas.
Commentary

Rāgī means one who is attached to his work. Lubdha means one who is attached to enjoyment of sense objects.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
27. The agent who is attached to his work, who desires the results of his actions, who is attached to the enjoyment of the sense objects, who gives pain to others, who is unclean and subject to joy and sorrow, is known to be in the mode of rajas.
Commentary

The person attached to wife and children (ragī); who has extreme desires for the results of his actions in the form of animals, sons, food or svarga; who is reluctant to spend money on the ingredients necessary for the ritual (lubdhaḥ); and who causes pain to others in doing his action (hiṁsātmakaḥ); who is devoid of the cleanliness necessary for the particular rite (aśuciḥ); who feels joy on receiving the results of his action and lamentation on not receiving results—such an agent is in the mode of passion.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.27 Karta, the agent; ragi, who has attachment; karma-phala-prepsuh, who is desirous of the results of actions; lubdhah, covetous, greedy for other's property, and does not part with his own (when) at holy places; himsatmakah, cruel by nature, having a nature that cuases pain to others; asucih, unclean, devoid of internal and external cleanliness; and harsa-soka-anvitah, subject to joy and sorrow, affected by these two, joy and sorrow-joy at the acisition of desired objects, sorrow at getting undesired objects and losing coverted objects; and elation and dejection may occur to that very person from his actions being aided or hindered; one who is subject to those-; parikirtitah, is declared to be; rajasah, possessed of rajas.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.27 The 'passionate' doer is one who aspires for fame; 'who seeks the fruits of his acts' is one who longs for the fruits of his acts; the 'greedy' is he who does not spend the wealth reired for the act; the 'harmful' is one, who while acting, hurts others; the 'impure', is one who lacks the purity reired for the act; who is moved by 'delight and grief' in war etc., is one who is elated or depressed by success or failure in victory (or the opposite) - a doer who fulfils these conditions is declared to be Rajasika.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.27 See Comment under 18.28
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.27 Passionate, desiring to obtain the reward of actions, greedy, cruel, impure, moved by joy and sorrow, such an agent is said to be Rajasic (passionate).
Commentary

18.27 रागी passionate? कर्मफलप्रेप्सुः desirous of the fruit of action? लुब्धः greedy? हिंसात्मकः cruel? अशुचिः impure? हर्षशोकान्वितः moved by joy and sorrow? कर्ता agent? राजसः Rajasic (passionate)? परिकीर्तितः is called.Commentary A passionate agent is the abode of sins and of greed of the whole world. Wherever he imagines that he may gain worldly fruit he will strive wholeheartedly to obtain it. Whatsoever he gains he keeps strictly to himself and his family. If he attains the fruits of his actions he rejoices. If he fails in his attempt he is overcome by grief.Lubdhah Greedy Thirsting for others property not sharing ones own wealth with deserving persons.Himsatmakah Doing injury to others.Asuchih Impure Having no external and internal purity. (Internal purity is freedom from lust?,anger? greed and pride the heart is filled with compassion? complacency? forgiveness? dispassion? love? etc.)Harshasokanvitah Joy on the attainment of what is desirable? pleasant or agreeable sorrow on the attainment of what is not desirable? pleasant or agreeable? and on having to part with what is desirable. He will be elated with joy when he attains success he will be overcoming by grief when he fails in his undertaking.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.27 The agent who has attachment, who is desirous of the results of actions, covetous, cruel by nature, unclean and subject to joy and sorrow is declared to be possessed of rajas.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.27 In him who is impulsive, greedy, looking for reward, violent, impure, torn between joy and sorrow,it may be assumed that in him Passion is predominant.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Prema (Divine Love)
Related verses
BG 3.21 BG 16.13 BG 2.62 SB 11.25.21 SB 5.5.4 SB 6.1.9 CC Madhya 22.88 CC Madhya 24.86 CC Antya 5.51 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.6Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.10
Doer attached to the work and fruit, greedy, envious, impure, moved by joy and grief — rajasic.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize this rajasic doer in yourself when active.
  • Don't act in this mode without explicit transformation.
  • Pause when these signs are present.
Reflection Questions
  • When recently was I this rajasic doer?
  • What would have helped me pause?

A merchant who hangs on every gain and curses every loss, eyes always darting to a rival's stall. Joy and sorrow ride his pulse minute by minute. Rājasa karta is precisely this: a person whose inner weather changes with every reading of the market.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.28

↗
अयुक्त: प्राकृत: स्तब्ध: शठो नैष्कृतिकोऽलस: । विषादी दीर्घसूत्री च कर्ता तामस उच्यते ॥ २८ ॥
ayuktaḥ prākṛtaḥ stabdhaḥ
[ayuktah praakritah stabdhah]
śaṭho naiṣkṛtiko ’lasaḥ
[shatho naishkritiko ’lasah]
viṣādī dīrgha-sūtrī ca
[vishaadee deergha-sootree cha]
kartā tāmasa ucyate
[kartaa taamasa uchyate]
ayuktaḥ — not referring to the scriptural injunctions prākṛtaḥ — materialistic stabdhaḥ — obstinate śaṭhaḥ — deceitful naiṣkṛtikaḥ — expert in insulting others alasaḥ — lazy viṣādī — morose dīrgha - sūtrī — procrastinating ca — also kartā — worker tāmasaḥ — in the mode of ignorance ucyate — is said to be .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ayuktaḥ prākṛtaḥ stabdhaḥ
ayuktaḥ
not referring to the scriptural injunctions
prākṛtaḥ
materialistic
stabdhaḥ
obstinate
śaṭho naiṣkṛtiko ’lasaḥ
śaṭhaḥ
deceitful
naiṣkṛtikaḥ
expert in insulting others
alasaḥ
lazy
viṣādī dīrgha-sūtrī ca
viṣādī
morose
dīrgha - sūtrī
procrastinating
ca
also
kartā tāmasa ucyate
kartā
worker
tāmasaḥ
in the mode of ignorance
ucyate
is said to be .
  • ayuktaḥ — unconnected (to scripture)
    Negative of yukta — joined, engaged. The worker has no reference to śāstra. He operates by impulse, not by instruction.
  • stabdhaḥ — obstinate, stiff-necked
    Past participle — 'stiffened.' He cannot be moved by reason or counsel. Tamas hardens; the worker becomes uneducable.
  • śaṭhaḥ — deceitful
    Doubles his work with falsehood. Whatever he produces is partially fake. Tamas is comfortable with cheating because it does not see the long-term cost.
  • naiṣkṛtikaḥ — expert at insulting / cutting others
    From niṣ-kṛ — to undo, cut down. He specializes in tearing other people down. Tamas cannot lift; it can only level.
  • dīrgha-sūtrī — procrastinating
    Literally 'long-thread' — one who stretches things out endlessly. A signature mark of tamas: tasks that should take a day take a year.
  • viṣādī — morose
    Habitual gloom. Not occasional sadness but a settled coloring of the mood. Viṣāda is what tamas tastes like from the inside.
The worker who is always engaged in work against the injunctions of the scripture, who is materialistic, obstinate, cheating and expert in insulting others, and who is lazy, always morose and procrastinating is said to be a worker in the mode of ignorance.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Eight marks of the tāmasa worker — a sustained portrait of stagnant heaviness: no discipline, no refinement, no flexibility, no honesty, no kindness, no energy, no cheer, no follow-through. Action, when it happens at all, is wreckage-prone.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The longest of the three doer-portraits — eight epithets vs. five (sāttvika) and six (rājasa) — perhaps because tāmas is harder to spot in oneself: it disguises itself as 'just my nature.' Dīrgha-sūtrī (long-threaded) is the Gītā's pungent term for chronic procrastination — putting off what one can almost feel one ought to do.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
अयुक्तः प्राकृतः स्तब्धः शठः नैष्कृतिकः अलसः विषादी दीर्घ-सूत्री च कर्ता तामसः उच्यते ।
ayuktaḥ prākṛtaḥ stabdhaḥ śaṭhaḥ naiṣkṛtikaḥ alasaḥ viṣādī dīrgha-sūtrī ca kartā tāmasaḥ ucyate |
Undisciplined, vulgar, obstinate, deceitful, malicious, lazy, depressed, and procrastinating — such a doer is called tāmasa.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
अयुक्तः प्राकृतः स्तब्धः शठः नैष्कृतिकः अलसः । विषादी दीर्घ-सूत्री च कर्ता तामसः उच्यते ॥
ayuktaḥ prākṛtaḥ stabdhaḥ śaṭhaḥ naiṣkṛtikaḥ alasaḥ | viṣādī dīrgha-sūtrī ca kartā tāmasaḥ ucyate ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
अयुक्तः ayuktaḥ अ + √युज् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. undisciplined
प्राकृतः prākṛtaḥ प्राकृत (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. vulgar, materialistic
स्तब्धः stabdhaḥ √स्तम्भ् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. obstinate
शठः śaṭhaḥ शठ (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. deceitful
नैष्कृतिकः naiṣkṛtikaḥ नैष्कृतिक (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. malicious
अलसः alasaḥ अलस (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. lazy
विषादी viṣādī विषादिन् (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. morose
दीर्घ-सूत्री dīrgha-sūtrī bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. procrastinating
कर्ता kartā कर्तृ (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) doer
तामसः tāmasaḥ तामस (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. tāmasa
उच्यते ucyate √वच् pres. (present)pass. (passive) 3sg. is called

In the scriptural injunctions we find what sort of work should be performed and what sort of work should not be performed. Those who do not care for those injunctions engage in work not to be done, and such persons are generally materialistic. They work according to the modes of nature, not according to the injunctions of the scripture. Such workers are not very gentle, and generally they are always cunning and expert in insulting others. They are very lazy; even though they have some duty, they do not do it properly, and they put it aside to be done later on. Therefore they appear to be morose. They procrastinate; anything which can be done in an hour they drag on for years. Such workers are situated in the mode of ignorance.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
28. One who does what should not be done, whose acts according his nature, who is indifferent to work, who is deceitful, who offends others, who is lazy, dejected, and delays the work, is known as a tamasic worker.
Commentary

One who does what should not be done is ayuktaḥ. One who acts according his nature, so that whatever occurs in his mind he does, rather than according to the instruction of the guru is called prākṛtaḥ. One who offends others is naiṣkṛtikaḥ. The jñānīs must perform the sattvic tyāga described here, must take shelter of the knowledge fixed in sattvic karma, must perform sattvic work, and must become a sattvic doer. This is the sannyāsa of the jñānī. This is essential meaning of the section. The knowledge (jñānam) possessed by the devotees however is beyond the guṇas. Their work (karma) for Me, called bhakti-yoga, is beyond the guṇas. The doers (bhaktas) are also beyond the guṇas. This is stated by the Lord in the Bhāgavatam: kaivalyaṁ sattvicṁ jñānaṁ rajo vaikalpikaṁ tu yat prākṛtaṁ tāmasaṁ jñānaṁ man-niṣṭhaṁ nirguṇaṁ smṛtam Absolute knowledge is in the mode of goodness, knowledge based on duality is in the mode of passion, and foolish, materialistic knowledge is in the mode of ignorance. Knowledge based upon Me, however, is understood to be transcendental. SB 11.25.24 lakṣaṇaṁ bhakti-yogasya nirguṇasya hy udāhṛtam The characteristics of bhakti-yoga which is beyond the guṇas are manifested.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
28. One who does what should not be done, whose acts according his nature, who is not humble, who hides his abilities, who offends others, who is lazy, dejected, and delays the work is known as a tamasic worker.
Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

This point about ignorance as it said before in the previous sloka that ignorance will be against the sastra and here the worker who is in ignorance is materialistic, is obstinate, he is cheating, expert in insulting others, he is lazy, morose and procrastinating ‑ these are the symptoms of someone who works (or rather doesn't work) in the mode of ignorance.

[4. Understandings: One in goodness understands what should be done, one in passion can't distinguish between what should and shouldn't be done, and one in ignorance strives in the wrong direction. (29‑32) ]

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.28 The agent who is ayuktah, unsteady; prakrtah, naive, of very unrefined intelligence, like a child; stabdhah, unbending like a staff-he does not bend down to anyone; sathah, deceitful, cunning, hiding his own powers; naiskrtikah, wicked, given to destroying the livelihood of others; alasah, lazy, not inclined even to his own duties; visadi, morose, ever in a mood of dejection; and dirghasutri, procrastinating, postponing duties for long, [Ast. adds here, 'sarvada mandasvabhavah, always slow by nature'.-Tr.] not accomplishing even in a month what is to be done today or tomorrow;-one who is such, he ucyate, is said to be; tamasah, possessed of tamas.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.28 'Ayukta' is the doer who is unalified for acts enjoined by the Sastras; the meaning is that he is engaged in perverse acts; who is 'unrefined', means one uninstructed; who is 'stubborn', means one who is not disposed to act; who is 'depraved' means one who has the taste for black magic etc; who is dishonest is one who is treacherous; who is 'indolent' is one who is not inclined to carry out actions undertaken; who is 'despondent' is one given to excessive despondency; and one who is 'dilatory', is a person who, while engaged in black magic, etc., pays malevolent attention to produce long-standing evil to others - such a doer is declared to be Tamasika. Thus, has been told the threefold division in terms of the Gunas of the knowledge about the work that ought to be performed, and about the agent of work. Now, Sri Krsna describe s the threefold division of Buddhi and Dhrti (fortitude) on the basis of Gunas. These faculties give the determinate knowledge of all realities in existence and of all ends of human life (Purusarthas).
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.26-28 Muktasangah etc. upto Tamasa ucyate. He who does not make speech of egoism : He who does not claim 'I am the agent' i.e., he who is different from the one who claims so by natural inclination, or claims as such with an intention that 'I should do so', or claims so in an efficient manner. This nini (suffix employed in anahamvadi) does not prohibit for a Yogin, the speech 'I do' under the influence of the cover of the mundane life. Who is overpowered by joy and grief : i.e., at the time of success and failure [respectively]. Wickedness : cruelty.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.28 Unsteady, vulgar, unbending, cheating, malicious, lazy, desponding and procrastinating such an agent is called Tamasic.
Commentary

18.28 अयुक्तः unsteady? प्राकृतः vulgar? स्तब्धः unbending? शठः cheating? नैष्कृतिकः malicious? अलसः lazy? विषादी desponding? दीर्घसूत्री procrastinating? च and? कर्ता agent? तामसः Tamasic (dark)? उच्यते is said.Commentary Owing to his vulgar nature he is not able to discriminate between proper and improper actions. His heart is filled with vanity. He will never prostrate himself before the deity or a sage. He is very stiff and unbending in his demeanour. He is the very embodiment of deceit? the abode of the passion for gambling and all such vices. He is ever ready to do evil actions. When an opportunity for his doing good occurs? he is utterly slothful and inactive? but he is very alert in doing evil.Prakritah Vulgar Quite uncultured in intellect one who is childish.Stabdhah Unbending (like a stick)? not bowing down to anybody.Shathah Cheating concealing his real nature.Naishkritikah Creating arrels and disputes among the people.Alasah Lazy Not doing even that which ought to be done.Dirghasutri Postponing duties too long always slothful not performing even in a month what ought to be done today or tomorrow.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.28 The agent who is unsteady, naive, unbending, deceitful, wicked, [A variant reading is naikrtikah.-Tr.] lazy, morose and procrastinating is said to be possessed of tamas.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.28 While he whose purpose is infirm, who is low-minded, stubborn, dishonest, malicious, indolent, despondent, procrastinating - he may be assumed to be in Darkness.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)
Related verses
Concepts
Guru
Doer obstinate, undisciplined, vulgar, deceitful, lazy, morose, procrastinating — tamasic.
Practical Applications
  • Honestly recognize tamasic doer-traits in self.
  • Don't excuse procrastination.
  • Address the cluster, not just one trait.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of these traits is most active in me lately?
  • What discipline addresses it?

A clerk who shows up late, drags his work, snipes at colleagues, and abandons projects half-finished — yet considers himself shrewd. Tāmasa karta is exactly such a worker: laziness, deceit, and procrastination posing as freedom from the rat-race.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.29

↗
बुद्धेर्भेदं धृतेश्चैव गुणतस्त्रिविधं श‍ृणु । प्रोच्यमानमशेषेण पृथक्त्वेन धनञ्जय ॥ २९ ॥
buddher bhedaṁ dhṛteś caiva
[buddher bhedam dhritesh chaiva]
guṇatas tri-vidhaṁ śṛṇu
[gunatas tri-vidham shrinu]
procyamānam aśeṣeṇa
[prochyamaanam asheshena]
pṛthaktvena dhanañ-jaya
[prithaktvena dhanan-jaya]
buddheḥ — of intelligence bhedam — the differences dhṛteḥ — of steadiness ca — also eva — certainly guṇataḥ — by the modes of material nature tri - vidham — of three kinds śṛṇu — just hear procyamānam — as described by Me aśeṣeṇa — in detail pṛthaktvena — differently dhanam - jaya — O winner of wealth .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
buddher bhedaṁ dhṛteś caiva
buddheḥ
of intelligence
bhedam
the differences
dhṛteḥ
of steadiness
ca
also
eva
certainly
guṇatas tri-vidhaṁ śṛṇu
guṇataḥ
by the modes of material nature
tri - vidham
of three kinds
śṛṇu
just hear
procyamānam aśeṣeṇa
procyamānam
as described by Me
aśeṣeṇa
in detail
pṛthaktvena dhanañ-jaya
pṛthaktvena
differently
dhanam - jaya
O winner of wealth .
  • buddheḥ — of intelligence
    Genitive. The discriminative faculty that decides what to do. The Gītā holds buddhi above mind because mind merely processes; buddhi judges.
  • dhṛteḥ — of steadiness
    Genitive. The faculty that holds the chosen line through obstacles. Without dhṛti, even right buddhi collapses under pressure.
  • tri-vidham — of three kinds
    The refrain returns. Same triadic structure now applied inward. The chapter's architecture is becoming visible — guṇa-analysis sweeping across every category of human function.
  • aśeṣeṇa — in full / without remainder
    Adverb. Kṛṣṇa promises a complete treatment, not a sketch. The next six verses (30-35) will cover all six combinations exhaustively.
  • pṛthaktvena — separately, distinctly
    The kinds will be presented one by one, with their differences clean. The disciple is being trained to recognize each variety in himself diagnostically.
O winner of wealth, now please listen as I tell you in detail of the different kinds of understanding and determination, according to the three modes of material nature.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Kṛṣṇa announces the next two trios: buddhi and dhṛti will each be divided into sattva/rajas/tamas varieties. The encyclopedic sweep continues.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Another road-map verse. The order of presentation across the chapter — tyāga (4-12), jñāna-karma-kartṛ (18-28), buddhi-dhṛti (29-35), sukha (36-39) — moves from will to cognition to feeling-tone, giving the reader a complete guṇa-anatomy of the human being. Vocative 'Dhanañjaya' wakes Arjuna for a new burst of attention.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे धनञ्जय! गुणतः त्रि-विधं बुद्धेः भेदं धृतेः च एव अशेषेण पृथक्त्वेन प्रोच्यमानं शृणु ।
he dhanañjaya! guṇataḥ tri-vidhaṃ buddheḥ bhedaṃ dhṛteḥ ca eva aśeṣeṇa pṛthaktvena procyamānaṃ śṛṇu |
O Dhanañjaya, hear the threefold division of intelligence and of determination according to the modes — being declared in full and distinctly.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
बुद्धेः भेदं धृतेः च एव गुणतः त्रि-विधं शृणु । प्रोच्यमानम् अशेषेण पृथक्त्वेन धनञ्जय ॥
buddheḥ bhedaṃ dhṛteḥ ca eva guṇataḥ tri-vidhaṃ śṛṇu | procyamānam aśeṣeṇa pṛthaktvena dhanañjaya ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
बुद्धेः buddheḥ बुद्धि (f.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of intelligence
भेदम् bhedam भेद (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) division
धृतेः dhṛteḥ धृति (f.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of determination
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) indeed
गुणतः guṇataḥ ind. (abl. force) according to mode
त्रि-विधम् tri-vidham dvigu cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. threefold
शृणु śṛṇu √श्रु impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) hear!
प्रोच्यमानम् procyamānam प्र + √वच् pres. (present)pass. (passive)part. acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. being declared
अशेषेण aśeṣeṇa ind. (indeclinable) in full
पृथक्त्वेन pṛthaktvena पृथक्त्व (n.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) distinctly
धनञ्जय dhanañjaya tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) voc.sg. (vocative singular)m. O winner of wealth

Now after explaining knowledge, the object of knowledge, and the knower, in three different divisions according to the modes of material nature, the Lord is explaining the intelligence and determination of the worker in the same way.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
29. O conqueror of wealth, listen to the three types of intelligence and determination, which will be discussed completely and individually.
Commentary

In order to show that the jñānīs should only accept sattvic items, the Lord now speaks of three types of intelligence and other items.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
29. O conqueror of wealth, listen to the three types of intelligence and determination, which will be discussed completely and individually.
Commentary

Having spoken of process of knowledge, the object of knowledge (action) and the knower (agent), the Lord now agrees to speak about intelligence and determination. The meaning of the verse is clear.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

One is working and is thinking: "O look at the work that I am doing!", but actually are the modes of material nature that are binding him, forcing him to work in a particular way. The same point is true about determination, about understandings and knowledge. One who is not Krsna conscious he is simply being defeated, forced to act by the modes of material nature.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Three kinds of understanding and determination are explained henceforth

One who is not Krishna conscious is forced to act by the modes of material nature. And as in our knowledge and work, so also in our understanding and determination
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.29 O Dhananjaya, srnu, listen; bhedam, to the classification; buddheh, of the intellect; ca eva, as also; the classification dhrteh, of fortitude; trividham, which is threefold; gunatah, according to the gunas, sattva etc. -this much is an apporistic statement-; procyamanam, while it is being stated; asesena, elaborately, just as it is, without omitting anything; and prthaktvena, severally. Arjuna is called Dhananjaya because, in the course of his expedition to coner all the qaurters. he won immense human and divine wealth (dhana).
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.29 'Buddhi' is the knowledge in the form of discriminative determination. 'Dhrti' is the resolution to hold on with perseverance to what has been undertaken even against all obstacles. Of these two, hear now the threefold division according to Sattva and other Gunas.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.29 Buddheh etc. Intellect : the faculty of resolving. Content : satisfaction. After having performed either good or wicked action, everyone, at the end, feels 'what is to be necessarily performed has been performed; so why furhter more ?' Or else what could be the cause for [one's] retiring from that action ?' Therefore in every one there is content. This is the meaning intended here. The word-meaning, that is not clearly known-that alone is certainly explained [hereinafter].
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.29 Hear thou the threefold division of intellect and firmness according to the Gunas, as I declare them fully and distinctly, O Arjuna.
Commentary

18.29 बुद्धेः of intellect? भेदम् division? धृतेः of firmness? च and? एव even? गुणतः according to alities? त्रिविधम् threefold? श्रृणु hear? प्रोच्यमानम् as I declare? अशेषेण fully? पृथक्त्वेन distinctly? धनञ्जय O Dhananjaya.Commentary Dhananjaya The coneror of wealth Arjuna is so called because he acired much material and spiritual wealth during his tours of conest (Digvijaya) to the four arters of the earth.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.29 O Dhananjaya, listen to the classification of the intellect as also of fortitude, which is threefold according to the gunas, while it is being stated elaborately and severally.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.29 Reason and conviction are threefold, according to the Quality which is dominant. I will explain them fully and severally, O Arjuna!
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Prema (Divine Love)
Related verses
BG 14.5 BG 2.41 BG 17.2 SB 11.25.24 SB 11.13.1 SB 3.26.30 CC Madhya 24.145 CC Madhya 25.91 CC Madhya 19.213 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 4.5Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.3.10
Hear of three kinds of understanding and determination, one by one — explained according to the modes.
Practical Applications
  • Welcome continued mode-by-mode analysis.
  • Apply to understanding and determination specifically.
  • Notice your own modes operate in these subtle areas too.
Reflection Questions
  • Which mode is most active in my understanding right now?
  • In my determination?

A teacher pauses, marks the next chapter, and announces that the same three-fold analysis will now be applied to the inner instruments — buddhi and dhṛti. The student should sit up: action has been classified, doer has been classified, now the very faculties that drive both are about to be opened.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.30

↗
प्रवृत्तिं च निवृत्तिं च कार्याकार्ये भयाभये । बन्धं मोक्षं च या वेत्ति बुद्धि: सा पार्थ सात्त्विकी ॥ ३० ॥
pravṛttiṁ ca nivṛttiṁ ca
[pravrittim cha nivrittim cha]
kāryākārye bhayābhaye
[kaaryaakaarye bhayaabhaye]
bandhaṁ mokṣaṁ ca yā vetti
[bandham moksham cha yaa vetti]
buddhiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī
[buddhih saa paartha saattvikee]
pravṛttim — doing ca — also nivṛttim — not doing ca — and kārya — what ought to be done akārye — and what ought not to be done bhaya — fear abhaye — and fearlessness bandham — bondage mokṣam — liberation ca — and yā — that which vetti — knows buddhiḥ — understanding sā — that pārtha — O son of Pṛthā sāttvikī — in the mode of goodness .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pravṛttiṁ ca nivṛttiṁ ca
pravṛttim
doing
ca
also
nivṛttim
not doing
ca
and
kāryākārye bhayābhaye
kārya
what ought to be done
akārye
and what ought not to be done
bhaya
fear
abhaye
and fearlessness
bandhaṁ mokṣaṁ ca yā vetti
bandham
bondage
mokṣam
liberation
ca
and
yā
that which
vetti
knows
buddhiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī
buddhiḥ
understanding
sā
that
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
sāttvikī
in the mode of goodness .
  • pravṛttim — engagement (what to do)
    The action to be undertaken. Sāttvika buddhi knows when to step in. Pravṛtti and nivṛtti together cover the entire space of decision.
  • nivṛttim — disengagement (what not to do)
    The action to be refrained from. Knowing when *not* to act is half of dharma. The verse pairs this with pravṛtti because they are inseparable.
  • abhaye — in fearlessness
    With bhaya — discerning legitimate from illegitimate fear is itself a major task of buddhi. Most spiritual paralysis comes from misplaced fear or its absence; sāttvika buddhi knows which is which.
  • mokṣam — liberation
    With bandham, the largest pair. Sāttvika buddhi finally distinguishes what enslaves from what frees — the ultimate task of intelligence. Without this discrimination, all the others are decorative.
  • sāttvikī — in the mode of goodness
    Feminine form to agree with buddhi. The classification — and the disciple's aspirational target. This is the buddhi the entire spiritual path is trying to cultivate.
O son of Pṛthā, that understanding by which one knows what ought to be done and what ought not to be done, what is to be feared and what is not to be feared, what is binding and what is liberating, is in the mode of goodness.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sāttvika intelligence discriminates correctly across the four decisive pairs: when to act / when to abstain; what is duty / what is not; what to fear / what not; what binds / what frees. It is moral clarity in its mature form.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Buddhi here is the deciding faculty (viveka). Four binary discriminations together form the practical wisdom of life: pravṛtti/nivṛtti (action-philosophy), kārya/akārya (ethics), bhaya/abhaya (psychology), bandha/mokṣa (soteriology). Sāttvikī buddhi gets all four right; rājasī (v. 31) and tāmasī (v. 32) misread them by degrees.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे पार्थ! या प्रवृत्तिं निवृत्तिं च कार्य-अकार्ये भय-अभये बन्धं मोक्षं च वेत्ति, सा बुद्धिः सात्त्विकी ।
he pārtha! yā pravṛttiṃ nivṛttiṃ ca kārya-akārye bhaya-abhaye bandhaṃ mokṣaṃ ca vetti, sā buddhiḥ sāttvikī |
O Pārtha, that intelligence which knows engagement and withdrawal, what should and should not be done, what is fearful and what fearless, bondage and liberation — that intelligence is sāttvikī.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
प्रवृत्तिं च निवृत्तिं च कार्य-अकार्ये भय-अभये । बन्धं मोक्षं च या वेत्ति बुद्धिः सा पार्थ सात्त्विकी ॥
pravṛttiṃ ca nivṛttiṃ ca kārya-akārye bhaya-abhaye | bandhaṃ mokṣaṃ ca yā vetti buddhiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
प्रवृत्तिम् pravṛttim प्रवृत्ति (f.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) engagement
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
निवृत्तिम् nivṛttim निवृत्ति (f.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) withdrawal
कार्य-अकार्ये kārya-akārye dvandva cpd. (compound) acc.du. (accusative dual)n. duty and non-duty
भय-अभये bhaya-abhaye dvandva cpd. (compound) acc.du. (accusative dual)n. fear and fearlessness
बन्धम् bandham बन्ध (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) bondage
मोक्षम् mokṣam मोक्ष (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) liberation
या yā यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. which
वेत्ति vetti √विद् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) knows
बुद्धिः buddhiḥ बुद्धि (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) intelligence
सा sā तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. that
पार्थ pārtha पार्थ (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O Pārtha
सात्त्विकी sāttvikī सात्त्विकी (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. sāttvikī

Performing actions in terms of the directions of the scriptures is called pravṛtti, or executing actions that deserve to be performed. And actions which are not so directed are not to be performed. One who does not know the scriptural directions becomes entangled in the actions and reactions of work. Understanding which discriminates by intelligence is situated in the mode of goodness.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
30. The intelligence of sattva-guṇa understands the difference between dharma and adharma, what should be done and what should not be done, what is to be feared and not feared, and the difference between bondage and liberation.
Commentary

The person of sattvic intelligence understands the difference between fear caused by saṁsāra and fearlessness caused by freedom from saṁsāra.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
30. The intelligence of sattva guṇa understands the difference between dharma and adhdarma, what should be done and what should not be done, what is to be feared and not feared, and the difference between bondage and liberation.
Commentary

In three verses the Lord describes intelligence according to the three guṇas. That intelligence which knows what to do (dharma) and what not to do (adharma); which knows that niṣkarma karma should be performed and sakāma karma should not be performed (kāryākārye); which knows fear of doing what is not mentioned in the scripture and knows no fear of doing what is prescribed by the scriptures (bhayābhaye); which knows the nature of saṁsāra (bandham) and what destroys it (mokṣa)—that intelligence is in the mode of goodness. The sentence structure should actually be “That knowledge by which one knows dharma and adharma ….” The instrument is used as the agent, as when we say the axe cuts the tree, when we mean that the man cut the tree using the axe.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Understanding in goodness

One knows what ought to be done and what ought not to be done
What is to be feared and what is not to be feared
What is binding and what is liberating
Performing actions in terms of scriptural directions is called “pravrtti”
Not doing such actions leads to entanglement
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.30 O Partha, sa, that; buddhih, intellect; is sattviki, born of sattva; ya, which; vetti, understands; pravrttim, action, the path of rites and duties, which is the cause of bondage; and nivrttim, withdrawal, the path of renunciation, which is the cause of Liberation-since action and withdrawal are mentioned in the same sentence along with bondage and freedom, therefore they mean 'the path of rites and duties and of renunciation'-; karya-akarye, duty and what is not duty, i.e. what is enjoined or prohibited, [Ast. adds laukike vaidike va (ordinary or Vedic injunctions and prohibitions) after vihita-pratisiddhe; and it adds sastrabuddheh before kartavya-akartavye-what ougth to be done or ought not to be done by one who relies on the scriptures.-Tr.] what ought to be done or ought not to be done, action and inaction. With regard to what? With regard to action leading to seen or unseen, results, undertaken according to place, time, etc. Bhaya-adhaye, the sources of fear and fearlessness, i.e. the cuases of fear and fearlessness, with regard to seen or unseen objects; bandham, bondage, along with its cause; and moksam, freedom, along with its cause. In this context, knowing is a function of the intellect; but the intellect is the possesser of the function. Fortitude also is only a particular function of the intellect.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.30 'Activity' is that Dharma which is the means for wordly prosperity. 'Renunciation' is that Dharma which is the means for release. The Buddhi which knows both these as they are, is Sattviki-buddhi. Further, such a Buddhi is capable of distinguishing between what ought to be done and what ought not to be done by persons of different stations in life, having as their duty activity or renunciation at particular places or times. Such a Buddhi helps them to know 'This ought to be done and this ought not to be done.' Such a Buddhi discerns transgression of the Sastras as the cause of fear and observance of the Sastras as the cause of fearlessness. It enables one to distinguish between bondage and release, the true nature of Samsara and deliverance from it. The Buddhi that functions in these ways is Sattvika.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.30 See Comment under 18.32
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.30 The intellect which knows the path of work and renunciation, what ought to be done and what ought not to be done, fear and fearlessness, bondage and liberation that intellect is Sattvic (pure), O Arjuna.
Commentary

18.30 प्रवृत्तिम् action? the path of work? च and? निवृत्तिम् the path of renunciation? च and? कार्याकार्ये what ought to be done and what ought not to be done? भयाभये fear and fearlessness? बन्धम् bondage? मोक्षम् liberation? च and? या which? वेत्ति knows? बुद्धिः intellect? सा that? पार्थ O Arjuna? सात्त्विकी Sattvic.Commentary The threefold nature of knowledge has been described already (verse 22 above). Now the threefold nature of the intellect is described. Knowledge is different from the intellect.Pravritti Action The cause of bondage the path of action. Nivritti Inaction The cause of liberation the path of renunciation the path of Sannyasa.Karyakarye The pure intellect knows what ought to be done and what ought not to be done at,particular places and times it knows the actions that produce visible or invisible results? that are enjoined or prohibited by the scriptures. It guides a man who relies on the scriptural ordinances for his daily conduct of life.Bhayabhaye Fear and fearlessness The cause of fear and fearlessness either visible or invisible.Bandham moksham Bondage and liberation together with their causes.Knowledge is a Vritti (function or state) of the intellect whereas intellect is what functions or undergoes the change of state. Even firmness is only a particular Vritti (modification or state) of the intellect. (Cf.XVIII.20)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.30 O Partha, that intellect is born of sattva which understands action and withdrawal, duty and what is not duty, the sources of fear and fearlessness, and bondage and freedom.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.30 That intellect which understands the creation and dissolution of life, what actions should be done and what not, which discriminates between fear and fearlessness, bondage and deliverance, that is Pure.
Primary values
Discriminative Wisdom
Related values
Kshama (Forgiveness / Patience)Nyaya (Justice / Righteous Judgment)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Kartavya (Duty / Responsibility)Satya (Truthfulness)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Shanti (Peace / Tranquility)
Related verses
Understanding that knows what should be done and what should not, what to fear and not, what binds and liberates — sattvic.
Practical Applications
  • Cultivate the four-fold sattvic understanding: do/don't, fear/don't fear, binds/liberates.
  • Apply it to current decisions.
  • Use the verse as decision-making frame.
Reflection Questions
  • Which decision currently needs this four-fold check?
  • What does the check reveal?

A mountain guide who knows which paths reach the summit, which lead to cliffs, which require fear and which do not, which lead home and which lead to imprisonment. Sāttvika buddhi is this guide — and walking with her, one need not invent one's own map at each crossroads.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.31

↗
यया धर्ममधर्मं च कार्यं चाकार्यमेव च । अयथावत्प्रजानाति बुद्धि: सा पार्थ राजसी ॥ ३१ ॥
yayā dharmam adharmaṁ ca
[yayaa dharmam adharmam cha]
kāryaṁ cākāryam eva ca
[kaaryam chaakaaryam eva cha]
ayathāvat prajānāti
[ayathaavat prajaanaati]
buddhiḥ sā pārtha rājasī
[buddhih saa paartha raajasee]
yayā — by which dharmam — the principles of religion adharmam — irreligion ca — and kāryam — what ought to be done ca — also akāryam — what ought not to be done eva — certainly ca — also ayathā - vat — imperfectly prajānāti — knows buddhiḥ — intelligence sā — that pārtha — O son of Pṛthā rājasī — in the mode of passion .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yayā dharmam adharmaṁ ca
yayā
by which
dharmam
the principles of religion
adharmam
irreligion
ca
and
kāryaṁ cākāryam eva ca
kāryam
what ought to be done
ca
also
akāryam
what ought not to be done
eva
certainly
ca
also
ayathāvat prajānāti
ayathā - vat
imperfectly
prajānāti
knows
buddhiḥ sā pārtha rājasī
buddhiḥ
intelligence
sā
that
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
rājasī
in the mode of passion .
  • adharmam — irreligion
    With dharmam: the fundamental pair. Rājasa buddhi *cannot reliably tell them apart*. It is not actively inverting them — that comes in verse 32 — but it is muddled at the threshold.
  • akāryam — what is not to be done
    With kāryam: the everyday application. Rājasa intelligence wavers on practical dharma — sometimes right, sometimes wrong, never reliably either.
  • ayathā-vat — not as it actually is
    Adverb — 'not according to the real.' The hallmark of rājasa cognition: things are seen, but not seen accurately. Distortion is the signature.
  • prajānāti — knows
    Pra-jñā — knows fully. Used here with the qualifier ayathā-vat, the verse essentially says: 'this buddhi *thinks* it knows fully, but its knowing is off-true.'
  • rājasī — in the mode of passion
    Feminine form. The classification. Most modern educated intelligence sits in this category — busy, confident, well-credentialed, and just-a-little-wrong on the central questions.
O son of Pṛthā, that understanding which cannot distinguish between religion and irreligion, between action that should be done and action that should not be done, is in the mode of passion.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Rājasī intelligence misreads the moral landscape — confuses dharma with adharma and duty with non-duty. Not total inversion, but persistent distortion: passionate self-interest skews the judgment.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Where sāttvikī buddhi distinguishes correctly, rājasī distinguishes wrongly. 'Ayathāvat' (not as it really is) is the key term — the rājasī mind is not blind but biased, perceiving duty through the lens of desire. This is the typical condition of competent but compromised judgment.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे पार्थ! यया धर्मम् अधर्मं च कार्यम् अकार्यम् च एव अयथावत् प्रजानाति, सा बुद्धिः राजसी ।
he pārtha! yayā dharmam adharmaṃ ca kāryam akāryam ca eva ayathāvat prajānāti, sā buddhiḥ rājasī |
O Pārtha, that intelligence by which one wrongly cognizes dharma and adharma, what should and should not be done — that is rājasī.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यया धर्मम् अधर्मं च कार्यं च अकार्यम् एव च । अयथावत् प्रजानाति बुद्धिः सा पार्थ राजसी ॥
yayā dharmam adharmaṃ ca kāryaṃ ca akāryam eva ca | ayathāvat prajānāti buddhiḥ sā pārtha rājasī ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यया yayā यद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)f. by which
धर्मम् dharmam धर्म (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) right order
अधर्मम् adharmam अ + धर्म (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) wrong
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
कार्यम् kāryam √कृ gerundive acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. what should be done
अकार्यम् akāryam अ + कार्य acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. what should not be done
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) indeed
अयथावत् ayathāvat ind. (indeclinable) improperly
प्रजानाति prajānāti प्र + √ज्ञा pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) cognizes
बुद्धिः buddhiḥ बुद्धि (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) intelligence
सा sā तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. that
पार्थ pārtha पार्थ (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O Pārtha
राजसी rājasī राजसी (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. rājasī
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
31. That intelligence is of rajo-guṇa, which does not understand correctly what is dharma and adharma, and what is to be done as duty and what is not to be done as duty.
Commentary

The person of rajasic intelligence does not correctly understand (ayathāvat) the distinctions.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
31. That intelligence is of raja guṇa, which does not understand completely what is dharma and adharma, and what is to be done as duty and what is not to be done as duty.
Commentary

This verse explains intelligence in the mode of passion. Ayathāvat means “not completely.”

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Understanding in passion

That which cannot distinguish between religion and irreligion
Between action that should be done and action that should not be done
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.31 O Partha, sa, that; buddhih, intellect; is rajasi, born of rajas; yaya, with which; prajanati, one understands; ayathavat, wrongly, not truly, not by discerning it from all points of view; dharmam, virtue, as prescribed by the scritpures; and adharmam, vice, what is prohibited by them; [By dharma and adharma are implied the seen and the unseen results of actions as revealed by the scriptures; karya and akarya respectively refer to the actual doing of what ought to be done and the not doing of what ought not to be done.] ca eva, as also; karyam, what ought to be done; and akaryam, what ought not to be done-those very 'duty' and 'what is not duty' as stated earlier.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.31 That Buddhi by which one does not know exactly the twofold Dharma previously mentioned and its opposite, and what ought to be done and what ought not to be done by those intent on them in accordance with place, time and conditions - that Buddhi is Rajasika.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.31 See Comment under 18.32
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.31 That, by which one wrongly understands Dharma and Adharma and also what ought to be done and what ought not to be done that intellect, O Arjuna, is Rajasic (passionate).
Commentary

18.31 यया by which? धर्मम् Dharma? अधर्मम् Adharma? च and? कार्यम् what ought to be done? च and? अकार्यम् what ought not to be done? एव even? च and? अयथावत् wrongly? प्रजानाति understands? बुद्धिः intellect? सा that? पार्थ O Partha? राजसी Rajasic (passionate).Commentary There is no proper eivalent in the English language for the word Dharma. Duty? righteousness? virtue? law are very poor translations of the word. That which elevates you and takes you to the goal? i.e.? Brahman or the Self? is Dharma. That which hurls you down into the dark abyss of ignorance is Adharma. What is ordained in the scriptures is Dharma what is prohibited by them is Adharma. A Rajasic intellect is not able to distinguish between right and wrong or to understand the difference between righteous and unrighteous actions.Ayathavat Wrongly Contrary to what is determined by all authorities or men of wisdom or to the highest knowledge.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.31 O Partha, that intellect is born of rajas with which one wrongly understands virtue and vice as also what ought to be done and ought not to be done.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.31 The intellect which does not understand what is right and what is wrong, and what should be done and what not, is under the sway of Passion.
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Dana (Charity / Generosity)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Anahankarah (Freedom from False Ego)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)
Related verses
Concepts
Dharma
Understanding that confuses dharma and adharma, what should be done and what shouldn't — rajasic.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize confusion of dharma/adharma as rajasic.
  • Bring the confusion to scripture and guide.
  • Don't trust your fog.
Reflection Questions
  • Where am I currently fogged?
  • What would clarification require?

A traveler with a broken compass walks confidently in a direction he insists is north, ignoring the wobble of the needle and the slant of the sun. Rājasa buddhi is exactly this: confident, busy, in motion — and reliably off-course on the questions that matter most.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.32

↗
अधर्मं धर्ममिति या मन्यते तमसावृता । सर्वार्थान्विपरीतांश्च बुद्धि: सा पार्थ तामसी ॥ ३२ ॥
adharmaṁ dharmam iti yā
[adharmam dharmam iti yaa]
manyate tamasāvṛtā
[manyate tamasaavritaa]
sarvārthān viparītāṁś ca
[sarvaarthaan vipareetaamsh cha]
buddhiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī
[buddhih saa paartha taamasee]
adharmam — irreligion dharmam — religion iti — thus yā — which manyate — thinks tamasā — by illusion āvṛtā — covered sarva - arthān — all things viparītān — in the wrong direction ca — also buddhiḥ — intelligence sā — that pārtha — O son of Pṛthā tāmasī — in the mode of ignorance .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
adharmaṁ dharmam iti yā
adharmam
irreligion
dharmam
religion
iti
thus
yā
which
manyate tamasāvṛtā
manyate
thinks
tamasā
by illusion
āvṛtā
covered
sarvārthān viparītāṁś ca
sarva - arthān
all things
viparītān
in the wrong direction
ca
also
buddhiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī
buddhiḥ
intelligence
sā
that
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
tāmasī
in the mode of ignorance .
  • adharmam — irreligion
    Verse-opener. Taken to be dharma by tāmasa buddhi. Not merely confused — actively swapped. The buddhi has flipped the polarity, and its own conviction in the wrong direction is its undoing.
  • āvṛtā — covered
    Past participle — *enveloped* (here, by tamas). The buddhi is *covered*, like a lamp under a cloth. The light still exists somewhere within, but no light reaches the room.
  • viparītān — in the opposite (direction)
    Adjective. Every meaning is taken backwards. With sarva-arthān, total inversion. This is the buddhi at its most ruined — not blind but actively misdirected.
  • tāmasī — in the mode of ignorance
    Feminine form. The classification. Closes the three-fold map of buddhi — sattva discerns, rajas blurs, tamas inverts.
  • manyate — thinks, believes
    The verbal heart. Tāmasa buddhi does not merely err — it *believes* the error. Conviction in the wrong direction is what makes tamas so dangerous and so durable.
That understanding which considers irreligion to be religion and religion to be irreligion, under the spell of illusion and darkness, and strives always in the wrong direction, O Pārtha, is in the mode of ignorance.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Tāmasī intelligence is full inversion: adharma is mistaken for dharma, every value reads backwards. Darkness has not just clouded the mind but redirected its compass.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Where rājasī distorts, tāmasī inverts. 'Viparīta' (turned the wrong way) is the precise term. The verse captures the moral inversion in which oppression is named justice, harm is named love, lies are named truth. Tamas as covering (āvṛtā) recalls 14.8 and 14.13.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे पार्थ! तमसा आवृता या अधर्मं धर्मम् इति सर्व-अर्थान् विपरीतान् च मन्यते, सा बुद्धिः तामसी ।
he pārtha! tamasā āvṛtā yā adharmaṃ dharmam iti sarva-arthān viparītān ca manyate, sā buddhiḥ tāmasī |
O Pārtha, that intelligence, covered by darkness, which considers adharma to be dharma and takes all things in reverse — is tāmasī.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
अधर्मं धर्मम् इति या मन्यते तमसा आवृता । सर्व-अर्थान् विपरीतान् च बुद्धिः सा पार्थ तामसी ॥
adharmaṃ dharmam iti yā manyate tamasā āvṛtā | sarva-arthān viparītān ca buddhiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
अधर्मम् adharmam अ + धर्म (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) wrong
धर्मम् dharmam धर्म (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) right
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
या yā यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. which
मन्यते manyate √मन् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) considers
तमसा tamasā तमस् (n.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by darkness
आवृता āvṛtā आ + √वृ p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. covered
सर्व-अर्थान् sarva-arthān tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)m. all matters
विपरीतान् viparītān वि + परि + √इ p.p.p. (past passive participle) acc.pl. (accusative plural)m. in reverse
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
बुद्धिः buddhiḥ बुद्धि (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) intelligence
सा sā तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. that
तामसी tāmasī तामसी (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. tāmasī

Intelligence in the mode of ignorance is always working the opposite of the way it should. It accepts religions which are not actually religions and rejects actual religion. Men in ignorance understand a great soul to be a common man and accept a common man as a great soul. They think truth to be untruth and accept untruth as truth. In all activities they simply take the wrong path; therefore their intelligence is in the mode of ignorance.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
32. That intelligence is in tamo-guṇa by which one considers adharma to be dharma, and sees all things contrary to the truth.
Commentary

Yā manyate is used for yayā manyate. The intelligence by which one considers everything opposite of the truth is tamasic intelligence. The statements in these verses, such as this verse, which literally says “the intelligence which considers adharma to dharma” but actually means “the intelligence by which a man considers adharma to be dharma” are similar to saying, “The axe cuts the tree” instead of saying “the man cuts the tree using an axe.”

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
32. That intelligence is in tama guṇa by which one considers adharma to be dharma, and sees all things contrary to the truth.
Commentary

This verse describes intelligence in the mode of ignorance. That intelligence which takes everything in the opposite way, considering what is right to be wrong, what is wrong to be right; considering what is the supreme truth not to be the supreme truth, and what is not supreme truth to be the supreme truth, is intelligence in the mode of ignorance.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Understanding in ignorance

Considers irreligion to be religion and religion to be irreligion. e.g.
Considers a great soul to be a common man and a common man to be a great soul
Truth to be untruth and untruth to be truth
Under the spell of illusion and darkness
Strives always in the wrong direction
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.32 O Partha, sa, that; buddhih, intellect; tamasi, is born of tamas; ya, which; tamasavrta, being covered by darkness; manyate, considers, understands; adharmam, vice, what is prohibited; iti, as; dharmam, virtue, what is prescribed; and ca, verily; perceives sarvarthan, all things, all objects of knowledge without exception; viparitan, contrary to what they are.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.32 That Buddhi is of the nature of Tamas which is 'enveloped in Tamas' and 'reverses every value.' The meaning is that it regards Adharma as Dharma and Dharma as Adharma, existent as non-existent, and non-existent as existent, and higher truth as the lower and the lower truth as the higher, and thus reverses every value.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.30-32 Pravrttim etc. upto Tamasi mata. Incorrectly ; not properly.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.32 That, which, enveloped in darkness, sees Adharma as Dharma and all things perverted that intellect, O Arjuna, is Tamasic (dark).
Commentary

18.32 अधर्मम् Adharma? धर्मम् Dharma? इति thus? या which? मन्यते thinks? तमसा by darkness? आवृता enveloped? सर्वार्थान् all things? विपरीतान् perverted? च and? बुद्धिः intellect? सा that? पार्थ O Partha? तामसी Tamasic (dark).Commentary That intellect which regards righteous acts as evil? and considers right things to be false? which treats everything in a contrary sense and looks upon virtues as if they were vices and takes everything that the scriptures declare to be good as being entirely wrong? is Tamasic. It views all things in a perverted light.Thus? O Arjuna? I have explained to thee the three aspects of the intellect. Now listen to the explanation of the characteristics of the three aspects of firmness.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.32 O Parhta, that intellect is born of tamas which, being covered by darkness, considers vice as virtue, and verily perceives all things contrary ot what they are.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.32 And that which, shrouded in Ignorance, thinks wrong right, and sees everything perversely, O Arjuna, that intellect is ruled by Darkness.
Related values
Asteya (Non-stealing / Honesty)Kshama (Forgiveness / Patience)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Nyaya (Justice / Righteous Judgment)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)Abhaya (Fearlessness)Pratijna (Vow-keeping / Sacred Resolve)Discriminative WisdomApaishunam (Non-slander)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Satya (Truthfulness)
Related verses
Concepts
DharmaGuna
Understanding that mistakes adharma for dharma, all values inverted — tamasic.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize complete inversion as tamasic.
  • Take inversion seriously when you spot it in self or others.
  • Refuse to operate in the inverted frame.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I tolerated inverted values?
  • What full inversion is being asked to be addressed?

A man who reads a map upside down and confidently leads a party into the sea. Tāmasa buddhi inverts the diagram itself — calling north south, calling dharma adharma — and the energy of conviction makes the error catastrophic.

Duryodhana's resolve

Duryodhana knew dharma — he was taught by Bhīṣma and Droṇa. Yet by the time of the war he could say openly that he knew dharma and would not follow it, knew adharma and would not turn from it.

His buddhi had crossed beyond mere confusion (rajas) into active inversion (tamas). What was binding looked like liberation; what was wrong looked like right. 18.32 portrays exactly his condition, and the war was its harvest.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.33

↗
धृत्या यया धारयते मन:प्राणेन्द्रियक्रिया: । योगेनाव्यभिचारिण्या धृति: सा पार्थ सात्त्विकी ॥ ३३ ॥
dhṛtyā yayā dhārayate
[dhrityaa yayaa dhaarayate]
manaḥ-prāṇendriya-kriyāḥ
[manah-praanendriya-kriyaah]
yogenāvyabhicāriṇyā
[yogenaavyabhichaarinyaa]
dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī
[dhritih saa paartha saattvikee]
dhṛtyā — determination yayā — by which dhārayate — one sustains manaḥ — of the mind prāṇa — life indriya — and senses kriyāḥ — the activities yogena — by yoga practice avyabhicāriṇyā — without any break dhṛtiḥ — determination sā — that pārtha — O son of Pṛthā sāttvikī — in the mode of goodness .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dhṛtyā yayā dhārayate
dhṛtyā
determination
yayā
by which
dhārayate
one sustains
manaḥ-prāṇendriya-kriyāḥ
manaḥ
of the mind
prāṇa
life
yogenāvyabhicāriṇyā
indriya
and senses
kriyāḥ
the activities
yogena
by yoga practice
avyabhicāriṇyā
without any break
dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī
dhṛtiḥ
determination
sā
that
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
sāttvikī
in the mode of goodness .
  • dhṛtyā — by determination
    Instrumental. The very faculty being classified is also the instrument of its own work. Dhṛti sustains itself by acting as dhṛti.
  • yogena — by yoga (practice)
    Instrumental. The sāttvika dhṛti is not raw willpower — it is sustained *by yoga*. Practice, regulation, sādhana feed it. Without yoga, dhṛti decays.
  • avyabhicāriṇyā — unbroken, unfaltering
    Compound — without vyabhicāra (deviation). The dhṛti does not stray. It holds the line without slipping into rajas or tamas under pressure.
  • kriyāḥ — the activities
    Plural — the activities (of mind, prāṇa, and senses). Sāttvika dhṛti governs all three together — mental restlessness, prāṇic disorder, and sensory wandering — through a single sustained discipline.
  • sāttvikī — in the mode of goodness
    The classification. The highest of the three forms of dhṛti — the one that yields actual progress on the path.
O son of Pṛthā, that determination which is unbreakable, which is sustained with steadfastness by yoga practice, and which thus controls the activities of the mind, life and senses is determination in the mode of goodness.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sāttvika resolve is the steady grip — through yoga, unwavering — by which mind, life-breath, and senses are held to their proper channels. Discipline as continuous, calm, focused effort.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Dhṛti is the staying-power that holds practice together when novelty fades. 'Avyabhicāriṇī' (faithful, not straying) is borrowed from devotional/marital vocabulary — sāttvika resolve is married to its purpose. The three faculties named (manas, prāṇa, indriya) cover the entire psycho-physical apparatus.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे पार्थ! यया अव्यभिचारिण्या धृत्या योगेन मनः-प्राण-इन्द्रिय-क्रियाः धारयते, सा धृतिः सात्त्विकी ।
he pārtha! yayā avyabhicāriṇyā dhṛtyā yogena manaḥ-prāṇa-indriya-kriyāḥ dhārayate, sā dhṛtiḥ sāttvikī |
O Pārtha, that unwavering determination by which, through yoga, one sustains the activities of mind, prāṇa, and senses — is sāttvikī.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
धृत्या यया धारयते मनः-प्राण-इन्द्रिय-क्रियाः । योगेन अव्यभिचारिण्या धृतिः सा पार्थ सात्त्विकी ॥
dhṛtyā yayā dhārayate manaḥ-prāṇa-indriya-kriyāḥ | yogena avyabhicāriṇyā dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
धृत्या dhṛtyā धृति (f.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by determination
यया yayā यद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)f. by which
धारयते dhārayate √धृ caus. (causative) pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) sustains
मनः-प्राण-इन्द्रिय-क्रियाः manaḥ-prāṇa-indriya-kriyāḥ dvandva-tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)f. activities of mind, prāṇa, senses
योगेन yogena योग (m.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by yoga
अव्यभिचारिण्या avyabhicāriṇyā अ + वि + अभि + √चर् → अव्यभिचारिणी (adj.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)f. unwavering
धृतिः dhṛtiḥ धृति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) determination
सा sā तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. that
पार्थ pārtha पार्थ (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O Pārtha
सात्त्विकी sāttvikī सात्त्विकी (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. sāttvikī

Yoga is a means to understand the Supreme Soul. One who is steadily fixed in the Supreme Soul with determination, concentrating one’s mind, life and sensory activities on the Supreme, engages in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That sort of determination is in the mode of goodness. The word avyabhicāriṇyā is very significant, for it indicates that persons who are engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness are never deviated by any other activity.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
33. Determination by which one restrains the activities of the mind, life airs and senses, using unswerving concentration of mind, is in the mode of sattva.
Commentary

Three types of determination are now described.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
33. Determination by which one engages the mind, life airs and senses in activities of yoga, using unswerving concentration of mind on the Lord, is in the mode of sattva.
Commentary

Three verses now describe determination in the three modes. That determination is in the mode of goodness by which a person continues to engage the mind, prāṇas and senses in activities of yoga. What type of yoga is it? It is contemplating the Supreme Lord, without accepting any other object (yogena avyabhicāriṇyā).

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Determination in goodness

Determination which is unbreakable
Sustained with steadfastness by yoga practice
Controls the activities of the mind, life and senses
Significance of the word “avyabhicarinya” – It indicates that persons who are engaged in Krishna consciousness are never deviated by any other activity
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.33 O Partha, dhrtya, the firmness; (-is connected with the remote word) avyabhicarinya, that is unfailing; yogena, through concentration, i.e. (the firmness that is) ever associated with samadhi (absorption in Brahman); yaya, with which; dharayate, one restrains;-what?-manah-prana-indriya-kriyah, the functions of the mind, vital forces and organs-restrains them from tending towards the path opposed to the scriptures-. Indeed, when restrained with firmness, they do not incline towards objects prohibited by the scriptures. Sa, that; dhrtih, firmness, which is of this kind; is sattviki, born of sattva. What is mean is that when one restrains the functions of the mind, vital forces and organs with unfailing firmness, one does so through yoga, concentration.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.33 That Dhrti by which one through unswerving Yoga sustains the activities of the mind and the vital force and the sense-organs is said to be of the nature of Sattva. 'Yoga is worship of the Lord which forms the means for release. The meaning is that the Dhrti or fortitude by means of which one sustains the activities of the mind and other organs in the practice of Yoga (worship) until one's object is accomplished, is of the nature of Sattva.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.33 See Comment under 18.35
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.33 The unwavering firmness by which, through Yoga, the functions of the mind, the life-force and the senses are restrained that firmness, O Arjuna, is Sattvic (pure).
Commentary

18.33 धृत्या by firmness? यया (by) which? धारयते holds? मनःप्राणेन्द्रियक्रियाः the functions of the mind? the Prana and the senses? योगेन by Yoga? अव्यभिचारिण्या unswerving? धृतिः firmness? सा that? पार्थ O Arjuna? सात्त्विकी Sattvic (pure).Commentary When firmness is awakened in the mind? the activities of the mind? the lifeforce and the senses are brought under control. The senses are withdrawn into the mind. The Prana and the Apana pass into the Sushumna Nadi.Yoga Samadhi or concentration of the mind. You cannot restrain the mind? the lifeforce and the senses by mere firmness. You can control them only by firmness which is ever accompanied by concentration of the mind.When the mind? the lifeforce and the senses are curbed by unwarvering firmness? they cannot run towards external sensual objects? they cannot do any mischief? they cannot move in ways which are opposed to the scriptures? they will be absorbed into their respective causes and their outgoing tendencies will be totally checked.This firmness is not repression or suppression? but an intelligent sublimation and inner transformation.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.33 O Partha, the firmness that is unfailing through concentration, with which one restrains the functions of the mind, vital forces and the organs, that firmness is born of sattva.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.33 The conviction and steady concentration by which the mind, the vitality and the senses are controlled - O Arjuna! They are the product of Purity.
Primary values
Dhriti (Resilience / Steadfastness / Fortitude)
Related values
Dhairya (Composure / Courage)Kshama (Forgiveness / Patience)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)
Related verses
Concepts
Sattva
Determination unbreakable, sustained by yoga-practice, controlling activities of mind, life, senses — sattvic.
Practical Applications
  • Cultivate determination that yoga-practice sustains, not willpower alone.
  • Use yoga as the support of determination.
  • Don't run on willpower fumes.
Reflection Questions
  • Where has determination lapsed because yoga-practice did?
  • What restoration is mine?

A dam built so well that the river runs through its sluices precisely when and where it is meant to. Sāttvika dhṛti is the dam-builder's steady hand on mind, prāṇa, and senses — never letting them flood the field, never letting them dry it out.

Haridāsa Ṭhākura's three-lakh names

Haridāsa Ṭhākura held to the vow of three hundred thousand names of Kṛṣṇa daily without break, through poverty, persecution by Muslim authorities, attempts on his life, and the deliberate seduction sent by Rāmacandra Khān. Mind, prāṇa, and senses were held steady by yoga without slippage.

This avyabhicāriṇī dhṛti — unbreakable, sustained by yoga, ruling the three internal organs of action — is precisely what 18.33 names. Haridāsa is the verse's living form in Gauḍīya history.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.34

↗
यया तु धर्मकामार्थान्धृत्या धारयतेऽर्जुन । प्रसङ्गेन फलाकाङ्क्षी धृति: सा पार्थ राजसी ॥ ३४ ॥
yayā tu dharma-kāmārthān
[yayaa tu dharma-kaamaarthaan]
dhṛtyā dhārayate ’rjuna
[dhrityaa dhaarayate ’rjuna]
prasaṅgena phalākāṅkṣī
[prasangena phalaakaankshee]
dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha rājasī
[dhritih saa paartha raajasee]
yayā — by which tu — but dharma — religiosity kāma — sense gratification arthān — and economic development dhṛtyā — by determination dhārayate — one sustains arjuna — O Arjuna prasaṅgena — because of attachment phala - ākāṅkṣī — desiring fruitive results dhṛtiḥ — determination sā — that pārtha — O son of Pṛthā rājasī — in the mode of passion .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yayā tu dharma-kāmārthān
yayā
by which
tu
but
dharma
religiosity
kāma
sense gratification
arthān
and economic development
dhṛtyā dhārayate ’rjuna
dhṛtyā
by determination
dhārayate
one sustains
prasaṅgena phalākāṅkṣī
dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha rājasī
arjuna
O Arjuna
prasaṅgena
because of attachment
phala - ākāṅkṣī
desiring fruitive results
dhṛtiḥ
determination
sā
that
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
rājasī
in the mode of passion .
  • arthān — (economic) ends
    Plural. Listed with dharma and kāma — three of the four puruṣārthas, pointedly excluding mokṣa. The rājasa worker pursues even *dharma* and *artha* with attachment to their rewards.
  • prasaṅgena — because of attachment
    Instrumental. Prasaṅga — clinging, deep absorption. The dhṛti is sustained *because* of attachment, not despite it. Attachment is the fuel.
  • phala-ākāṅkṣī — desiring the fruit
    Compound noun. The doer's whole self-description includes 'fruit-craver.' His determination tracks his cravings precisely — strong where the prize is, weak where it isn't.
  • rājasī — in the mode of passion
    The classification. This is the dhṛti of most successful worldly people, including many religious careerists. Real, sustained, and bound.
  • dhṛtyā — by determination
    Same word as in verse 33, marking that the same faculty is operating — but at a different mode. The capacity is identical; the coloring is the difference.
But that determination by which one holds fast to fruitive results in religion, economic development and sense gratification is of the nature of passion, O Arjuna.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Rājasī resolve is the grip of the achiever who clings to the first three puruṣa-arthas — dharma, kāma, artha — while never letting go of expected fruits. Determined, yes, but tethered to results.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Note the omission of mokṣa from the list: rājasī dhṛti pursues the worldly three but stops short of liberation. 'Prasaṅga' (attachment, engagement-with-result) names the binding factor. This is the determination of the high-functioning householder who never quite leaves results-anxiety behind.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे अर्जुन पार्थ! यया तु धृत्या प्रसङ्गेन फल-आकाङ्क्षी धर्म-काम-अर्थान् धारयते, सा धृतिः राजसी ।
he arjuna pārtha! yayā tu dhṛtyā prasaṅgena phala-ākāṅkṣī dharma-kāma-arthān dhārayate, sā dhṛtiḥ rājasī |
But that determination by which, O Arjuna, a fruit-craving person, through clinging engagement, holds onto dharma, kāma, and artha — is rājasī.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यया तु धर्म-काम-अर्थान् धृत्या धारयते अर्जुन । प्रसङ्गेन फल-आकाङ्क्षी धृतिः सा पार्थ राजसी ॥
yayā tu dharma-kāma-arthān dhṛtyā dhārayate arjuna | prasaṅgena phala-ākāṅkṣī dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha rājasī ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यया yayā यद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)f. by which
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) but
धर्म-काम-अर्थान् dharma-kāma-arthān dvandva cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)m. dharma, kāma, artha
धृत्या dhṛtyā धृति (f.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by determination
धारयते dhārayate √धृ caus. (causative) pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) holds
अर्जुन arjuna अर्जुन (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O Arjuna
प्रसङ्गेन prasaṅgena प्रसङ्ग (m.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by attachment
फल-आकाङ्क्षी phala-ākāṅkṣī bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. fruit-craving
धृतिः dhṛtiḥ धृति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) determination
सा sā तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. that
पार्थ pārtha पार्थ (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O Pārtha
राजसी rājasī राजसी (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. rājasī

Any person who is always desirous of fruitive results in religious or economic activities, whose only desire is sense gratification, and whose mind, life and senses are thus engaged is in the mode of passion.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
34. That determination desiring results, by which one restrains the senses and mind to attain dharma, artha and kāma with great attachment, is in the mode of rajas.
Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
34. That determination by a person desiring results, through association with similar persons, engaging the senses and mind in actions to attain dharma, artha and kāma, is in the mode of rajas.
Commentary

That determination by which a desirer of results (phalākāṅkṣī), by association with persons experienced in fulfilling their desires (prasaṅgena), engages the mind, prāṇas and senses in activities to attain dharma, artha and kāma, is determination in the mode of passion.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Determination in passion

One holds fast to fruitive results in religion, economic development and sense gratification
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.34 Tu, but, O Partha; the dhrtya, firmness; yaya, with which; a person dharayate, holds on to; dharma-kama-arthan, righteousness, covetable things and wealth-entertains the conviction in the mind that these ought to be pursued always; and becomes phala-akanksi, desirous of their fruits; prasangena, as the occasion for each arises, according as the situation arises for holding on to any one of dharma etc.; sa, that; dhrtih, firmness; is rajasi, born of rajas.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.34 That Dhrti by which a person who, desirous of fruits, i.e., through intense attachment holds fast to duty, desires, and wealth, is of the nature of Rajas. By the terms 'Dharma-kam'artha,' the activities of the mind, vital force and senses as a means for the attainment of Dharma (duty) Kama (pleasure) and Artha (wealth) are signified. Even in the expression, 'One desirous of fruits,' that term indicates duty, desire and wealth, on account of the Rajasika nature of the aspirant. Therefore, what is said amounts to this: the Dhrti by which one maintains activities of the mind etc., with the purpose of attaining duty; desire and wealth, is of the nature of Rajas.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.34 See Comment under 18.35
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.34 But that, O Arjuna, by which, on account of attachment and desire for reward, one holds fast to Dharma (duty), enjoyment of pleasures and earning of wealth that firmness, O Arjuna, is Rajasic (passionate).
Commentary

18.34 यया (by) which? तु but? धर्मकामार्थान् Dharma (duty)? desire and wealth? धृत्या by firmness? धारयते holds? अर्जुन O Arjuna? प्रसङ्गेन on account of attachment? फलाकाङ्क्षी desirous of the fruit of action? धृतिः firmness? सा that? पार्थ O Arjuna? राजसी Rajasic (passionate).Commentary The man of Rajasic firmness imagines that he will achieve the threefold aim of life and clings to it passionately. He is desirous of getting the rewards of his actions. He endeavours to attain Dharma? wealth and pleasure. The firmness of such a person is Rajasic or passionate.Now listen? O Arjuna? to the third kind of firmness -- the Tamasic type.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.34 But, O Partha, the firmness with which one holds on to righteousness, covetable things and wealth, being desirous of their fruits as the occasion for each arises, that firmness is born of rajas.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.34 The conviction which always holds fast to rituals, to self-interest and wealth, for the sake of what they may bring forth - that comes from Passion.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
BG 2.43 BG 7.16 BG 9.21 SB 11.25.29 SB 6.1.9 SB 11.14.5 CC Madhya 22.8 CC Madhya 24.88 CC Madhya 9.261 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.6Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.10
Concepts
Dharma
Determination clinging to dharma, sense-pleasure, wealth, with attachment — rajasic.
Practical Applications
  • Notice when determination is mode-mixed.
  • Don't admire rajasic determination.
  • Aim for sattvic.
Reflection Questions
  • What of my determinations are rajasic?
  • What sattvic alternative?

An athlete trains tirelessly for the medal, the contract, and the cheering. His discipline is real; his dhṛti is muscular; but every grain of his determination is mortgaged to a future trophy. Rājasa dhṛti is exactly such steadiness — focused, formidable, and unfree.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.35

↗
यया स्वप्‍नं भयं शोकं विषादं मदमेव च । न विमुञ्चति दुर्मेधा धृति: सा पार्थ तामसी ॥ ३५ ॥
yayā svapnaṁ bhayaṁ śokaṁ
[yayaa svapnam bhayam shokam]
viṣādaṁ madam eva ca
[vishaadam madam eva cha]
na vimuñcati durmedhā
[na vimunchati durmedhaa]
dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī
[dhritih saa paartha taamasee]
yayā — by which svapnam — dreaming bhayam — fearfulness śokam — lamentation viṣādam — moroseness madam — illusion eva — certainly ca — also na — never vimuñcati — one gives up durmedhā — unintelligent dhṛtiḥ — determination sā — that pārtha — O son of Pṛthā tāmasī — in the mode of ignorance .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yayā svapnaṁ bhayaṁ śokaṁ
yayā
by which
svapnam
dreaming
bhayam
fearfulness
śokam
lamentation
viṣādaṁ madam eva ca
viṣādam
moroseness
madam
illusion
eva
certainly
ca
also
na vimuñcati durmedhā
na
never
vimuñcati
one gives up
durmedhā
unintelligent
dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī
dhṛtiḥ
determination
sā
that
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
tāmasī
in the mode of ignorance .
  • svapnam — dreaming
    Fantasy life. Tāmasa dhṛti holds on tightly to imagined futures and replayed pasts. The dream-state is what its energy sustains.
  • bhayam — fearfulness
    Chronic, ungrounded fear. The faculty's grip is *on* fear — it cannot let go even when the fear is shown to be groundless. Fear feels safer than its absence.
  • śokam — lamentation
    Persistent grief. Old losses are clutched, replayed, polished. Tamas finds identity in the wound and will not yield it.
  • viṣādam — moroseness
    Settled gloom. Different from situational sadness — this is a *steady* coloring. Tāmasa dhṛti holds on to its own darkness as a form of stability.
  • madam — illusion / intoxication
    Self-intoxication. Pride, conceit, or actual chemical inebriation — anything that produces a confused sense of one's own state. Tamas grips this too as a stabilizer.
  • durmedhā — of poor intelligence
    Compound — bad medhā. The verse closes by naming the underlying ruin: when intelligence is dull, even its steadiness becomes a vice.
And that determination which cannot go beyond dreaming, fearfulness, lamentation, moroseness and illusion – such unintelligent determination, O son of Pṛthā, is in the mode of darkness.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Tāmasī 'determination' is determination in the wrong direction — obstinate refusal to let go of stupor, fear, sorrow, despair, and arrogance. It clings to its dysfunctions as if to virtues.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A neat irony: tāmasī-dhṛti is real grip, but on the wrong objects. The five named — svapna, bhaya, śoka, viṣāda, mada — are precisely the emotional states a yogī releases. The tāmasī mind hugs them. 'Durmedhā' (bad-witted) places the root in cognitive failure: one cannot let go of what one has not rightly identified as poison.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे पार्थ! दुर्मेधा यया स्वप्‍नं भयं शोकं विषादं मदम् च एव न विमुञ्चति, सा धृतिः तामसी ।
he pārtha! durmedhā yayā svap‍naṃ bhayaṃ śokaṃ viṣādaṃ madam ca eva na vimuñcati, sā dhṛtiḥ tāmasī |
O Pārtha, that determination by which a dull-witted one does not release dreaming, fear, sorrow, despondency, and conceit — is tāmasī.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यया स्वप्‍नं भयं शोकं विषादं मदम् एव च । न विमुञ्चति दुर्मेधा धृतिः सा पार्थ तामसी ॥
yayā svap‍naṃ bhayaṃ śokaṃ viṣādaṃ madam eva ca | na vimuñcati durmedhā dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यया yayā यद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)f. by which
स्वप्नम् svapnam स्वप्न (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) sleep, dreaming
भयम् bhayam भय (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) fear
शोकम् śokam शोक (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) sorrow
विषादम् viṣādam विषाद (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) despondency
मदम् madam मद (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) conceit
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) indeed
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
विमुञ्चति vimuñcati वि + √मुच् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) releases
दुर्मेधा durmedhā बहुव्रीहि cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. dull-witted
धृतिः dhṛtiḥ धृति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) determination
सा sā तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. that
तामसी tāmasī तामसी (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. tāmasī

It should not be concluded that a person in the mode of goodness does not dream. Here “dream” means too much sleep. Dreaming is always present; either in the mode of goodness, passion or ignorance, dreaming is a natural occurrence. But those who cannot avoid oversleeping, who cannot avoid the pride of enjoying material objects, who are always dreaming of lording it over the material world, and whose life, mind and senses are thus engaged, are considered to have determination in the mode of ignorance.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
35. That determination by which one does not free oneself from sleep, fear, lamentation, dejection and passion is in the mode of tamas.
Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
35. That determination by which one does not free oneself from sleep, fear, lamentation, dejection and passion is in the mode of tamas.
Commentary

That determination is in the mode of ignorance by which the fool engages his senses, mind and prāṇas in actions for sense objects which are causes of sleep, fear, lamentation, depression and arrogance arising from sense enjoyment (madam), and which bring these results, is determination in the mode of ignorance.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Determination in ignorance

One cannot go beyond dreaming
Here dreaming means too much sleep and always dreaming of lording over material world
Dreaming is natural: Dreaming is always present either in goodness, passion and ignorance
Cannot go beyond fearfulness, lamentation, moroseness and illusion
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.35 That firmness is mata, considered to be; tamasi, born of tamas; yaya, due to which; durmedha, a person with a corrupt intellect; na vimuncati, does not give up-indeed, holds fast to; svapnam, sleep; bhayam, fear; sokam, sorrow; visadam, despondency; eva ca, as also; madam, sensuality, enjoyment of objects-mentally holding these as things that must always be resorted to, considering them to be greatly important to himself, like a drunkard thinking of wine. The threefold division of action as also of agents according to the differences of the gunas has been stated. After that, now is being stated the threefold division of results and happiness:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.35 That Dhrti by which a foolish person does not give up, i.e. persists in, sleep, and sensuous indulgence through the activities of the mind, vital force etc., - that Dhrti is of the nature of Tamas. The terms fear, grief and depression indicate the objects generating fear, grief etc. That Dhrti by which one maintains the activities of the mind, the vital force etc., as a means for these, is of the nature of Tamas.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.33-35 Dhrtya etc. upto Tamasi mata. One restrains the activities of his mind, living breath and senses, with Yoga : i.e., thinking 'What is the use for me by enjoying etc. ? Let me be delighted in the Self by all means.' Conseently : not with much indulgence. That content whery one fixes pleasure as his goal only in sleep, fight etc.-that content is of the Tamas (Strand).
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.35 That, by which a stupid man does not abandon sleep, fear, grief, despair and also conceit that firmness, O Arjuna, is Tamasic.
Commentary

18.35 यया by which? स्वप्नम् sleep? भयम् fear? शोकम् grief? विषादम् despair? मदम् conceit? एव indeed? च and? न not? विमुञ्चति abandons? दुर्मेधाः a stupid man? धृतिः firmness? सा that? पार्थ O Arjuna? तामसी Tamasic (dark).Commentary The man who is an embodiment of darkness is made up of every possible kind of evil. He is very indolent and sinful. He is inordinately addicted to sleep. He considers these to be only proper. He experiences sorrow on account of his evil actions. As he is very much attached to the body he entertains great fear. He is ever discontented at heart. He is lustful and selfconceited. He does not know how to behave. He is rude and insolent. He indulges much in sensual pleasures.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.35 That firmness is considered [Some editions read partha in place of mata (considered).-Tr.] to be born of tamas due to which a person with a corrupt intellect does not give up sleep, fear, sorrow, despondency as also sensuality.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.35 And that which clings perversely to false idealism, fear, grief, despair and vanity is the product of Ignorance.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Determination that does not give up dreaming, fear, lamentation, moroseness, illusion — tamasic.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize tamasic determination's signs: stuck in fear, dreaming, illusion.
  • Don't confuse stuck-ness with persistence.
  • Break out of the loop.
Reflection Questions
  • Where am I 'persistent' in a way that's actually stuck?
  • What break-out is needed?

A swimmer who clings to a sinking log because letting go feels like death. Fear, gloom, fantasy, and despair are themselves the log. Tāmasa dhṛti is precisely this gripping — durable, exhausting, and pointed straight down.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.36

↗
सुखं त्विदानीं त्रिविधं श‍ृणु मे भरतर्षभ । अभ्यासाद्रमते यत्र दु:खान्तं च निगच्छति ॥ ३६ ॥
sukhaṁ tv idānīṁ tri-vidhaṁ
[sukham tv idaaneem tri-vidham]
śṛṇu me bharatarṣabha
[shrinu me bharatarshabha]
abhyāsād ramate yatra
[abhyaasaad ramate yatra]
duḥkhāntaṁ ca nigacchati
[duhkhaantam cha nigachchati]
sukham — happiness tu — but idānīm — now tri - vidham — of three kinds śṛṇu — hear me — from Me bharata - ṛṣabha — O best amongst the Bhāratas abhyāsāt — by practice ramate — one enjoys yatra — where duḥkha — of distress antam — the end ca — also nigacchati — gains .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sukhaṁ tv idānīṁ tri-vidhaṁ
sukham
happiness
tu
but
idānīm
now
tri - vidham
of three kinds
śṛṇu me bharatarṣabha
śṛṇu
hear
me
from Me
bharata - ṛṣabha
O best amongst the Bhāratas
abhyāsāt
by practice
abhyāsād ramate yatra
ramate
one enjoys
yatra
where
duḥkhāntaṁ ca nigacchati
duḥkha
of distress
antam
the end
ca
also
nigacchati
gains .
  • sukham — happiness
    The category about to be triaged. The Gītā does not deny that happiness exists in all three modes — only that they are radically different in their long-term trajectory.
  • tri-vidham — of three kinds
    The refrain. Even happiness — that most-treasured human pursuit — is subject to the guṇa analysis. Nothing escapes the threefold cut.
  • abhyāsāt — by practice
    Ablative. Crucially, the sāttvika happiness about to be described requires *practice* to even be tasted. Pleasure is found; bliss is practiced into.
  • antam — the end
    With duḥkha: the *terminus* of suffering. Sāttvika sukha is the only kind that actually ends duḥkha. The other two interrupt it briefly and then return it.
  • nigacchati — arrives at, reaches
    From ni-gam, to reach decisively. The verb suggests arrival, not approximation. Real spiritual happiness *reaches* the end of distress; it does not merely approach.
O best of the Bhāratas, now please hear from Me about the three kinds of happiness by which the conditioned soul enjoys, and by which he sometimes comes to the end of all distress.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
The chapter's final guṇa-trio opens: three kinds of happiness. The first is introduced — happiness that requires practice to be enjoyed and that leads to the end of all suffering. The definition is itself given in v. 37.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Sukha is treated last in the guṇa-anatomy because it is the most subjective — and the most easily confused. Verse 36 is syntactically incomplete; the subject sukham continues into v. 37, which names the sāttvika variety. Note the criterion: ability to bring duḥkhānta — termination of distress — is the telltale of true happiness, not mere pleasure-intensity.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे भरत-ऋषभ! इदानीं त्रि-विधं सुखं मे शृणु । यत्र अभ्यासात् रमते दुःख-अन्तं च निगच्छति, ...
he bharata-ṛṣabha! idānīṃ tri-vidhaṃ sukhaṃ me śṛṇu | yatra abhyāsāt ramate duḥkha-antaṃ ca nigacchati, ...
O bull of the Bharatas, now hear from Me the threefold happiness — that in which one delights through practice and reaches the end of suffering, ...
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
सुखं तु इदानीं त्रि-विधं शृणु मे भरत-ऋषभ । अभ्यासात् रमते यत्र दुःख-अन्तं च निगच्छति ॥
sukhaṃ tu idānīṃ tri-vidhaṃ śṛṇu me bharata-ṛṣabha | abhyāsāt ramate yatra duḥkha-antaṃ ca nigacchati ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
सुखम् sukham सुख (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) happiness
तु tu ind. (indeclinable) now
इदानीम् idānīm ind. (indeclinable) now
त्रि-विधम् tri-vidham dvigu cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. threefold
शृणु śṛṇu √श्रु impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) hear!
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) from Me
भरत-ऋषभ bharata-ṛṣabha tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) voc.sg. (vocative singular)m. O bull of the Bharatas
अभ्यासात् abhyāsāt अभ्यास (m.) abl.sg. (ablative singular) from practice
रमते ramate √रम् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) delights
यत्र yatra ind. (indeclinable) where
दुःख-अन्तम् duḥkha-antam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. end of suffering
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
निगच्छति nigacchati नि + √गम् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) reaches

A conditioned soul tries to enjoy material happiness again and again. Thus he chews the chewed. But sometimes, in the course of such enjoyment, he becomes relieved from material entanglement by association with a great soul. In other words, a conditioned soul is always engaged in some type of sense gratification, but when he understands by good association that it is only a repetition of the same thing, and he is awakened to his real Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he is sometimes relieved from such repetitive so-called happiness.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
36-37. O best of Bharata’s lineage, hear from Me about the three types of happiness. That happiness which brings joy and destroys sorrow with practice, which appears to be poison in the beginning but becomes nectar, which arises from peace of mind concentrating on the self is in the mode of sattva.
Commentary

Now sattvic happiness is described in one and a half verses. Only by constant practice (abhyāsāt) does such a person enjoy. This means that it is not like happiness derived from sense objects, which gives pleasure just on contact. Enjoying in that happiness, the person crosses over the suffering of saṁsāra (duḥkhāntaṁ nigacchati). In the beginning, sattvic happiness is like poison, since restraining the senses and mind causes suffering.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
36-37. O best of Bharata, hear from Me the three types of happiness. That happiness which brings joy and destroys sorrow with practice, which appears to be poison in the beginning but becomes nectar, which arises from purity of intellect related to ātmā, is in the mode of sattva.
Commentary

The Lord next promises to tell about the three types of happiness in the first half the verse. [Note: Happiness is the goal of actions.] He describes happiness in the mode of goodness in one and a half verses starting with abhyāsād ramate. That happiness in which there is satisfaction arising from repeated practice (abhyāsāt), not a sudden appearance of satisfaction as in contact with sense objects; enjoying which one crosses saṁsāra (duḥkhantam nigacchati); which in the beginning (agre) appears to be poison, filled with lots of suffering, because of the difficulty in controlling the mind because of ātmā separate from the body has not yet manifested itself; but which becomes sweet, like the falling of streams of nectar, with the attainment of samādhi (pariṇāme), from manifestation of the ātmā as separate from the body; which arises from purity of the intelligence related to ātmā—such happiness is in the mode of goodness. Purity here means complete extinction of the contamination arising from contact with material objects.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Happiness in three modes is described in the next 3 verses

Conditioned soul is trying to enjoy material happiness again and again
Analogy: Chewing the chewed
How to get relief from such entanglement (repetitive so-called happiness)
Only by association of great souls
When awakened to real Krishna consciousness
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.36 Idanim, now; srnu, hear; me, from Me i.e. be attentive to what I say; tu, as regards; the trividham, three kinds of; sukham, joy, O scion of the Bharata dynasty. Yatra, that in which; ramate, one delights, derives pleasure; abhyasat, owing to habit, due to freent repetition; and in the experinece of which joy one nigacchati, certainly attains; duhkhantam, the cessation of sorrow-.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.36 Now, hear about the pleasure to which the knowledge, action, agent etc., already mentioned are all subservient and which is threefold according to the Gunas. ৷৷. That pleasure in which a person, through long practice extending over a long time, gradually attains to incomparable joy and never again is engulfed by the pain of life in Samsara. Sri Krsna explains the same:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.36 See Comment under 18.39
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.36 And now hear from Me, O Arjuna, of the threefold pleasure, in which one rejoices by practice and surely comes to the end of pain.
Commentary

18.36 सुखम् pleasure? तु indeed? इदानीम् now? त्रिविधम् threefold? श्रृणु hear? मे of Me? भरतर्षभ O lord of the Bharatas? अभ्यासात् from practice? रमते rejoices? यत्र in which? दुःखान्तम् the end of pain? च and? निगच्छति (he) attains to.Commentary A little of this pleasure experienced by the Self must result in the cessation of pain. This pleasure is threefold in its nature and I will describe its aspects in turn? O Arjuna. (Cf.VI.20?30).

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.36 Now hear from Me, O scion of the Bharata dynasty, as regards the three kinds of joy: That in which one delights owing to habit, and certainly attains the cessation of sorrows; [S. and S.S. take the second line of this verse along with the next verse referring to sattvika happiness.-Tr.]
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.36 Hear further the three kinds of pleasure. That which increases day after day delivers one from misery,
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses

A teacher about to describe three doors. Two open onto bright rooms that turn into dungeons; one opens onto a difficult corridor that leads into permanent light. Before pointing to any door, he announces that he is about to name them — and the student leans in.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.37

↗
यत्तदग्रे विषमिव परिणामेऽमृतोपमम् । तत्सुखं सात्त्विकं प्रोक्तमात्मबुद्धिप्रसादजम् ॥ ३७ ॥
yat tad agre viṣam iva
[yat tad agre visham iva]
pariṇāme ’mṛtopamam
[parinaame ’mritopamam]
tat sukhaṁ sāttvikaṁ proktam
[tat sukham saattvikam proktam]
ātma-buddhi-prasāda-jam
[aatma-buddhi-prasaada-jam]
yat — which tat — that agre — in the beginning viṣam iva — like poison pariṇāme — at the end amṛta — nectar upamam — compared to tat — that sukham — happiness sāttvikam — in the mode of goodness proktam — is said ātma — in the self buddhi — of intelligence prasāda - jam — born of the satisfaction .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yat tad agre viṣam iva
yat
which
tat
that
agre
in the beginning
viṣam iva
like poison
pariṇāme ’mṛtopamam
pariṇāme
at the end
amṛta
nectar
upamam
compared to
tat sukhaṁ sāttvikaṁ proktam
tat
that
sukham
happiness
sāttvikam
in the mode of goodness
proktam
is said
ātma-buddhi-prasāda-jam
ātma
in the self
buddhi
of intelligence
prasāda - jam
born of the satisfaction .
  • agre — in the beginning
    Locative of time. The verse's whole power is the temporal split: agre vs. pariṇāme. Sāttvika sukha runs its bitter and sweet stages in this specific order.
  • viṣam iva — like poison
    Simile. Not actual poison — but it feels that way. The verse anticipates the sādhaka's protest: 'this is killing me.' Yes, it tastes that way at the start. Continue.
  • pariṇāme — at the end / in the ripening
    Pariṇāma is transformation, ripening. The whole pivot of the verse. The poison ripens into nectar — not because the substance changes but because the practitioner does.
  • upamam — compared to
    Adjective — *likened to*. With amṛta: like nectar. The final taste compared to amṛta — the food of immortality. Sāttvika happiness terminates in something not merely pleasant but life-giving.
  • prasāda-jam — born of satisfaction
    Compound — *born from satisfaction* (of ātma-buddhi). Not from objects, not from outcomes, but from buddhi clarifying about the self. Inner illumination is the womb of this sukha.
That which in the beginning may be just like poison but at the end is just like nectar and which awakens one to self-realization is said to be happiness in the mode of goodness.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sāttvika happiness tastes bitter at first, sweet at the end — the inverted curve of discipline. It arises from the calm clarity of the inwardly settled intellect. Long pleasure earned through short pain.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The agra/pariṇāma reversal is the Gītā's classic test: sāttvika joy gets better with time, rājasa joy gets worse (v. 38). 'Ātma-buddhi-prasāda-ja' specifies the source: not external object but the spontaneous serenity of the cleared intellect — the joy of meditation, study, sva-dharma rightly discharged.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत् तत् अग्रे विषम् इव, परिणामे अमृत-उपमम्, आत्म-बुद्धि-प्रसाद-जम् — तत् सुखं सात्त्विकं प्रोक्तम् ।
yat tat agre viṣam iva, pariṇāme amṛta-upamam, ātma-buddhi-prasāda-jam — tat sukhaṃ sāttvikaṃ proktam |
That which is like poison at first but at maturity like nectar, born of the clarity of self-knowledge — that happiness is declared sāttvika.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यत् तत् अग्रे विषम् इव परिणामे अमृत-उपमम् । तत् सुखं सात्त्विकं प्रोक्तम् आत्म-बुद्धि-प्रसाद-जम् ॥
yat tat agre viṣam iva pariṇāme amṛta-upamam | tat sukhaṃ sāttvikaṃ proktam ātma-buddhi-prasāda-jam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. that
अग्रे agre अग्र (n.) loc.sg. (locative singular) at the start
विषम् viṣam विष (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) poison
इव iva ind. (indeclinable) like
परिणामे pariṇāme परिणाम (m.) loc.sg. (locative singular) at maturity
अमृत-उपमम् amṛta-upamam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. nectar-like
सुखम् sukham सुख (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) happiness
सात्त्विकम् sāttvikam सात्त्विक (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. sāttvika
प्रोक्तम् proktam प्र + √वच् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. declared
आत्म-बुद्धि-प्रसाद-जम् ātma-buddhi-prasāda-jam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. born of the clarity of self-intellect

In the pursuit of self-realization, one has to follow many rules and regulations to control the mind and the senses and to concentrate the mind on the self. All these procedures are very difficult, bitter like poison, but if one is successful in following the regulations and comes to the transcendental position, he begins to drink real nectar, and he enjoys life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
36-37. O best of Bharata’s lineage, hear from Me about the three types of happiness. That happiness which brings joy and destroys sorrow with practice, which appears to be poison in the beginning but becomes nectar, which arises from peace of mind concentrating on the self is in the mode of sattva.
Commentary

Now sattvic happiness is described in one and a half verses. Only by constant practice (abhyāsāt) does such a person enjoy. This means that it is not like happiness derived from sense objects, which gives pleasure just on contact. Enjoying in that happiness, the person crosses over the suffering of saṁsāra (duḥkhāntaṁ nigacchati). In the beginning, sattvic happiness is like poison, since restraining the senses and mind causes suffering.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
36-37. O best of Bharata, hear from Me the three types of happiness. That happiness which brings joy and destroys sorrow with practice, which appears to be poison in the beginning but becomes nectar, which arises from purity of intellect related to ātmā, is in the mode of sattva.
Commentary

The Lord next promises to tell about the three types of happiness in the first half the verse. [Note: Happiness is the goal of actions.] He describes happiness in the mode of goodness in one and a half verses starting with abhyāsād ramate. That happiness in which there is satisfaction arising from repeated practice (abhyāsāt), not a sudden appearance of satisfaction as in contact with sense objects; enjoying which one crosses saṁsāra (duḥkhantam nigacchati); which in the beginning (agre) appears to be poison, filled with lots of suffering, because of the difficulty in controlling the mind because of ātmā separate from the body has not yet manifested itself; but which becomes sweet, like the falling of streams of nectar, with the attainment of samādhi (pariṇāme), from manifestation of the ātmā as separate from the body; which arises from purity of the intelligence related to ātmā—such happiness is in the mode of goodness. Purity here means complete extinction of the contamination arising from contact with material objects.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

If one takes to the mode of goodness, he will gradually be elevated and the result of that will be that he will have an oportunity for liberation ‑ that is the ultimate fruit of the mode of goodness.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Happiness in goodness

Like poison in the beginning and nectar in the end
Many rules and regulations to control mind and senses may appear bitter like poison
Successful transcendental realisation is like nectar
Awakens one to self-realisation
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.37 Yat, that joy which is; iva, like; visam, poison, a source of pain; agre, in the beginning-when it first comes in the early stages of (acisition) of knowledge, detachment, meditation and absorption, since they involve great struggle; but amrtopamam, comparable to nectar; pariname, in the end, when it arises from the maturity of knowledge, detachment, etc.; and which atma-buddhi-prasadajam, arises from the purity (prasada), trasparence like water, of one's intellect (atma-buddhi); tat, that; sukham, joy; is proktam, spoken of, by the learned ones ;as sattvikam, born of sattva. Or, the phrase atma-buddhi-prasadajam may mean 'arising from the high degree of clearness of that atma-buddhi (knowledge of or connected with the Self)'; therefore it is born of sattva.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.37 That pleasure, which 'at the beginning,' i.e., at the time of beginning of Yoga, is 'like poison,' i.e., is painful because it reires strenuous efforts and because the distinct nature of the self is not yet experienced, but which after long practice fructifies in the blissful experience of the self - that joy born of a serene state of mind 'focusing on the self' is Sattvika. The Buddhi concerning the self is 'Atama-buddhi.' When all objects are withdrawn from that Buddhi it becomes serene (Prasanna). The joy born of the experience of the self in its distinct nature, when all objects are withdrawn from the Buddhi, becomes 'like elixir'. That joy is said to be Sattvika.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.37 See Comment under 18.39
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.37 That which is like poison at first but in the end like nectar that happiness is declared to be Sattvic, born of the purity of one's own mind due to Self-realisation.
Commentary

18.37 यत् which? तत् that? अग्रे at first? विषम् poison? इव like? परिणामे in the end? अमृतोपमम् like nectar? तत् that? सुखम् pleasure? सात्त्विकम् Sattvic? प्रोक्तम् is declared (to be)? आत्मबुद्धिप्रसादजम् born of the purity of ones own mind due to Selfrealisation.Commentary Agree vishma iva In the beginning it is attended with much pain as one has to abandon the sensual objects and comforts and practise severe austerities and rigorous Sadhana. He has to undergo a severe ordeal when he practises Yama? Niyama? Tapas and various other vows. He has to cultivate dispassion or indifference to sensual pleasures. This gives him much pain at first. The practice of concentration and meditation also gives pain the beginning. Subjugation of the senses is also very troublesome. Nux vomica is very bitter. One feels much discomfort when he takes a mixture that contains nux vomica. But he derives much pleasure in the end when he gets vigour and good appetite and when his dyspepsia is cured. Even so the aspirant drinks the nectar of immortality in the end? attains the highest knowledge? rejoices in the,Self to his hearts content and enjoys supreme peace and eternal bliss.Proktam It is declared by the wise.Atmabuddhiprasadajam Born as purity of ones own intellect or born of the direct? perfect and clear knowledge of Brahman or the immortal? selfluminous? eternal and supreme Self or the Absolute. The individual self experiences Sattvic happiness when it realises union with the highest Self.The pleasure so born is Sattvic. (Cf.VI.1?2)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.37 That which is like poison in the beginning, but comparable to nectar in the end, and which, arises from the purity of one's intellect-that joy is spoken of as born of sattva.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.37 Which at first seems like poison but afterwards acts like nectar - that pleasure is Pure, for it is born of Wisdom.
Related values
Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses

A medicinal herb whose first taste is bitter and whose long action is healing. The bhakta who chants through the dryness, the sādhaka who sits through the restless predawn, the disciplinant who fasts through the headache — each is drinking the verse's bitter dose, and each will taste its amṛta-end.

Dhruva Mahārāja in the forest

Five-year-old Dhruva walked into the Madhuvana forest under the harshest austerities — wind, hunger, fear, and the doubts of his own child-mind. The early stretches felt like poison. He stood on one foot for months on end without food.

Yet the end was the appearance of Lord Viṣṇu Himself, the position of Dhruvaloka, and a peace beyond all anxiety. The trajectory of 18.37 — viṣam iva agre, amṛta-upamam pariṇāme — is Dhruva's life in compressed form.

Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī's austerities

Raghunātha dāsa left a wealthy family to live at Govardhana under Sanātana Gosvāmī's guidance, eating discarded butter-milk-and-rice that even cowherds would not touch. The early years of such a life are pure poison to the body and to the conditioned mind.

Yet his samādhi-stage at the end — composing the Vilāpa-kusumāñjali, fixed in the mood of Rādhā's eternal service — is precisely the amṛta-upamam pariṇāme of this verse, born of ātma-buddhi-prasāda.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.38

↗
विषयेन्द्रियसंयोगाद्यत्तदग्रेऽमृतोपमम् । परिणामे विषमिव तत्सुखं राजसं स्मृतम् ॥ ३८ ॥
viṣayendriya-saṁyogād
[vishayendriya-samyogaad]
yat tad agre ’mṛtopamam
[yat tad agre ’mritopamam]
pariṇāme viṣam iva
[parinaame visham iva]
tat sukhaṁ rājasaṁ smṛtam
[tat sukham raajasam smritam]
viṣaya — of the objects of the senses indriya — and the senses saṁyogāt — from the combination yat — which tat — that agre — in the beginning amṛta - upamam — just like nectar pariṇāme — at the end viṣam iva — like poison tat — that sukham — happiness rājasam — in the mode of passion smṛtam — is considered .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
viṣayendriya-saṁyogād
viṣaya
of the objects of the senses
yat tad agre ’mṛtopamam
pariṇāme viṣam iva
indriya
and the senses
saṁyogāt
from the combination
yat
which
tat sukhaṁ rājasaṁ smṛtam
tat
that
agre
in the beginning
amṛta - upamam
just like nectar
pariṇāme
at the end
viṣam iva
like poison
tat
that
sukham
happiness
rājasam
in the mode of passion
smṛtam
is considered .
  • saṁyogāt — from the contact
    Ablative. The source of rājasa happiness is named precisely: the saṁyoga between indriya and viṣaya. Every such contact produces a flash that the verse will then trace through time.
  • amṛta - upamam — like nectar
    Compound in the synonyms list — *likened to nectar*. The verse inverts 18.37: rājasa sukha starts where sāttvika sukha ends. The temporal mirror is intentional and devastating.
  • viṣam iva — like poison
    The synonyms-list phrase — *as if poison*. Here paired with pariṇāme: the ripening is into toxin. Sāttvika sukha matures into nectar; rājasa sukha matures into poison. Same plant, opposite fruit.
  • rājasam — in the mode of passion
    The classification. This is the happiness most cultures organize themselves around — productivity, romance, achievement, entertainment. Sweet at the front, costly at the back.
  • smṛtam — is remembered, is recorded
    Past passive of smṛ. The śruti/smṛti tradition has noted this pattern — it is not Kṛṣṇa's novel discovery. The collective memory of sages has tasted this many times and named it.
That happiness which is derived from contact of the senses with their objects and which appears like nectar at first but poison at the end is said to be of the nature of passion.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Rājasa happiness is the joy of sense-contact: sweet up front, bitter at the end. It tracks the universal arc of indulgence — high beginning, low landing. The inversion of sāttvika joy.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The verse's symmetry with v. 37 is exact: same poison/nectar imagery, opposite ordering. The source — 'viṣayendriya-saṁyoga' — is precisely the contact-pleasure the Gītā has repeatedly named as the seed of suffering (cf. 2.14, 5.22). Even within the guṇa-relative scheme, rājasa-sukha is honestly named pleasure but truthfully tracked to its painful aftermath.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
विषय-इन्द्रिय-संयोगात् यत् तत् अग्रे अमृत-उपमम् परिणामे विषम् इव — तत् सुखं राजसं स्मृतम् ।
viṣaya-indriya-saṃyogāt yat tat agre amṛta-upamam pariṇāme viṣam iva — tat sukhaṃ rājasaṃ smṛtam |
That which arises from sense-object contact, nectar-like at first, poison-like at maturity — that happiness is remembered as rājasa.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
विषय-इन्द्रिय-संयोगात् यत् तत् अग्रे अमृत-उपमम् । परिणामे विषम् इव तत् सुखं राजसं स्मृतम् ॥
viṣaya-indriya-saṃyogāt yat tat agre amṛta-upamam | pariṇāme viṣam iva tat sukhaṃ rājasaṃ smṛtam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
विषय-इन्द्रिय-संयोगात् viṣaya-indriya-saṃyogāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. from sense-object contact
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. that
अग्रे agre अग्र (n.) loc.sg. (locative singular) at the start
अमृत-उपमम् amṛta-upamam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. nectar-like
परिणामे pariṇāme परिणाम (m.) loc.sg. (locative singular) at maturity
विषम् viṣam विष (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) poison
इव iva ind. (indeclinable) like
सुखम् sukham सुख (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) happiness
राजसम् rājasam राजस (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. rājasa
स्मृतम् smṛtam √स्मृ p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. remembered, declared

A young man and a young woman meet, and the senses drive the young man to see her, to touch her and to have sexual intercourse. In the beginning this may be very pleasing to the senses, but at the end, or after some time, it becomes just like poison. They are separated or there is divorce, there is lamentation, there is sorrow, etc. Such happiness is always in the mode of passion. Happiness derived from a combination of the senses and the sense objects is always a cause of distress and should be avoided by all means.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
38. That happiness which, arising from contact with objects of the senses, is like nectar in the beginning and like poison in the end, is known to be in the mode of rajas.
Commentary

Rajasic happiness is like nectar in the beginning, as in the case of enjoying sex with others’ wives.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
38. That happiness which, arising from contact with objects of the senses, is like nectar in the beginning and like poison in the end, is known to be in the mode of rajas.
Commentary

That happiness which arises from relationship(saṁyogāt) of the senses such as the eye and skin with the sense objects such as youthful form or touch, and which in the beginning is like nectar, being very enjoyable, but which becomes full of suffering like poison, because of causing one to attain hell, is happiness in the mode of passion.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Happiness in passion

Derived from contact of senses with the sense objects
Like nectar at first but poison at the end
e.g. Young woman and young man meet and senses drive one to see, touch and have sexual intercourse (like nectar) – at the end there may be separation, divorce, lamentation etc. (like poison)
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.38 Tat, that; sukham, joy; is smrtam, referred to; as rajasam, born of rajas; yat, which; visaya-indriya-samyogat, arising from the contact of the organs and (their) objects; is amrtopamam, like nectar; agre, in the beginning, in the intial moments; but iva, like; visam, poison; pariname, at the end-at the end of full enjoyment of the objects (of the senses), because it causes loss of strength, vigour, beauty, wisdom, [Prajna, the capacity to understand whatever is heard.] retentive faculty, wealth and diligence, and because it is the cause of vice and its conseent hell etc.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.38 That which at the 'beginning,' i.e., at the time of experience looks like elixir because of the contact of senses with their objects agreable to them, but 'at the end,' i.e., when satiation or further incapacity to enjoy due to over-indulgence in them occurs, looks life poison - that pleasure is said to be Rajasika. In this latter state these so-called enjoyments cause the misery of Naraka.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.38 See Comment under 18.39
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.38 That happiness which arises from the contact of the sense-organs with the objects, which is at first like nectar, and in the end like poison that is declared to be Rajasic.
Commentary

18.38 विषयेन्द्रियसंयोगात् from the contact of the senseorgans with the objects? यत् which? तत् that? अग्रे at first? अमृतोपमम् like nectar? परिणामे in the end? विषम् poison? इव like? तत् that? सुखम् pleasure? राजसम् Rajasic? स्मृतम् is declared.Commentary Sensual pleasure is mixed with pain? fear and sin. A small grain of sensual pleasure is mixed with a mountain of pain. He who indulges in sensual pleasures will have to experience pain also? side by side. He is afraid of losing the objects that give him pleasure. He is attached to them. Attachment is death. It brings him again and again to this world of death. Fear and attachment coexist with sensual pleasure. He has to exert a lot to get money. He can obtain the objects through money. During exertion he commits many sinful acts and he will have to suffer in hell. The next birth will be of a very low nature. He tells lies and cheats people to obtain money. The senses also lose their vigour through indulgence in sensual pleasure. He loses his strength? vigour? wealth and energy. His intellect becomes dull? weak? impure? turbid and perverted. He loses his money and proper understanding. (Cf.V.22)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.38 That joy is referred to as born of rajas which, arising from the contact of the organs and (their) objects, is like nectar in the beginning, but like poison at the end.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.38 That which as first is like nectar, because the senses revel in their objects, but in the end acts like poison - that pleasure arises from Passion.
Related values
Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
BG 5.22 BG 2.14 BG 2.70 SB 11.14.9 SB 5.14.1 SB 11.8.5 CC Madhya 22.39 CC Antya 6.197 CC Madhya 24.87 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.6Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.7
Concepts
Yoga
Rajasic happiness — at first like nectar, in the end like poison — born of contact of senses with sense objects.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize sense-pleasure as front-loaded sweetness with poison tail.
  • Notice the tail before reaching for the head.
  • Choose accordingly.
Reflection Questions
  • What recent sense-pleasure had a poison tail?
  • How would foreseeing it change next time?

A drink that tastes like nectar going down and turns to poison in the stomach. Sense-pleasures are precisely such a drink: golden in the cup, lethal in the body. Every honeymoon ends; every binge becomes hangover; every conquest reverses into emptiness.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.39

↗
यदग्रे चानुबन्धे च सुखं मोहनमात्मन: । निद्रालस्यप्रमादोत्थं तत्तामसमुदाहृतम् ॥ ३९ ॥
yad agre cānubandhe ca
[yad agre chaanubandhe cha]
sukhaṁ mohanam ātmanaḥ
[sukham mohanam aatmanah]
nidrālasya-pramādotthaṁ
[nidraalasya-pramaadottham]
tat tāmasam udāhṛtam
[tat taamasam udaahritam]
yat — that which agre — in the beginning ca — also anubandhe — at the end ca — also sukham — happiness mohanam — illusory ātmanaḥ — of the self nidrā — sleep ālasya — laziness pramāda — and illusion uttham — produced of tat — that tāmasam — in the mode of ignorance udāhṛtam — is said to be .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yad agre cānubandhe ca
yat
that which
agre
in the beginning
ca
also
anubandhe
at the end
ca
also
sukhaṁ mohanam ātmanaḥ
sukham
happiness
mohanam
illusory
ātmanaḥ
of the self
nidrālasya-pramādotthaṁ
nidrā
sleep
ālasya
laziness
pramāda
and illusion
uttham
produced of
tat tāmasam udāhṛtam
tat
that
tāmasam
in the mode of ignorance
udāhṛtam
is said to be .
  • anubandhe — at the end
    Locative. With agre at the other pole, the verse names both ends — uniformly deluded throughout. Unlike sāttvika or rājasa sukha (which differ start-to-end), tāmasa sukha is one continuous bewilderment.
  • mohanam — delusory
    Causes moha. The entire experience is one continuous bewilderment of the self. Not pleasure in the strict sense — only the *mistaking* of dullness for pleasure.
  • uttham — produced of, arising from
    Past participle of ud-sthā — to rise up. Here arising from nidrā, ālasya, and pramāda. Tāmasa happiness is not even built from sense-pleasure — it is built from dullness itself.
  • ātmanaḥ — of the self
    Genitive. Mohanam ātmanaḥ — delusory *of the self*. The deepest harm is the self-forgetting that this kind of happiness sustains.
  • tāmasam — in the mode of ignorance
    The classification. The final of the three. The Gītā's threefold analysis of sukha is now complete, and one can map every variety of human pleasure onto it.
And that happiness which is blind to self-realization, which is delusion from beginning to end and which arises from sleep, laziness and illusion is said to be of the nature of ignorance.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Tāmasa 'happiness' deludes from start to finish — it is the comfortable haze of sleep, laziness, and inattention. Not even the temporary sweetness of rājasa joy: just enclosing fog.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Tāmasa-sukha has no agra/pariṇāma reversal because it never delivers either truth: both ends are 'mohana' (stupefying). The triad nidrā-ālasya-pramāda names the very forces yoga fights. This is the joy of avoidance — feeling fine because one has tuned out completely. The Gītā's guṇa-anatomy concludes.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत् सुखम् आत्मनः अग्रे अनुबन्धे च मोहनं निद्रा-आलस्य-प्रमाद-उत्थम् — तत् तामसम् उदाहृतम् ।
yat sukham ātmanaḥ agre anubandhe ca mohanaṃ nidrā-ālasya-pramāda-uttham — tat tāmasam udāhṛtam |
That happiness which deludes the self both at the start and in its sequel, springing from sleep, sloth, and heedlessness — is called tāmasa.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यत् अग्रे च अनुबन्धे च सुखं मोहनम् आत्मनः । निद्रा-आलस्य-प्रमाद-उत्थं तत् तामसम् उदाहृतम् ॥
yat agre ca anubandhe ca sukhaṃ mohanam ātmanaḥ | nidrā-ālasya-pramāda-utthaṃ tat tāmasam udāhṛtam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
अग्रे agre अग्र (n.) loc.sg. (locative singular) at the start
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
अनुबन्धे anubandhe अनुबन्ध (m.) loc.sg. (locative singular) in the sequel
सुखम् sukham सुख (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) happiness
मोहनम् mohanam मोहन (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. deluding
आत्मनः ātmanaḥ आत्मन् (m.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of the self
निद्रा-आलस्य-प्रमाद-उत्थम् nidrā-ālasya-pramāda-uttham tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. rising from sleep, sloth, heedlessness
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. that
तामसम् tāmasam तामस (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. tāmasa
उदाहृतम् udāhṛtam उद् + आ + √हृ p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. is declared

One who takes pleasure in laziness and in sleep is certainly in the mode of darkness, ignorance, and one who has no idea how to act and how not to act is also in the mode of ignorance. For the person in the mode of ignorance, everything is illusion. There is no happiness either in the beginning or at the end. For the person in the mode of passion there might be some kind of ephemeral happiness in the beginning and at the end distress, but for the person in the mode of ignorance there is only distress both in the beginning and at the end.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
39. That happiness is said to be of tamo-guṇa, which arises from sleep, laziness and intoxication, and is an illusion for the self.
Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
39. That happiness is said to be of tama guṇa, which arises from sleep, laziness and inattention, and is an illusion for the self at the beginning and inits maturity.
Commentary

That happiness which from its inception (agre) and in its maturity, is an illusion for the self, covering the truth nature of things (mohanam ātmanaḥ), and which arises from sleep, laziness, and inattention, is happiness in the mode of ignorance. Ālasya means lethargy concerning use of the senses. Pramāda means lack of attention to what should be done and what should not be done.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Next verse is the conclusion of this section. We should keep in mind that this tree of material life is all‑pervading within the material world and no situation exists in this world other than being in this banyan tree of material existence. There are just different combinations of the three modes of material nature.

[7. All activities within the universe are controlled by the three modes of material nature. (40) ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Happiness in ignorance

Blind to self realisation
Delusion from beginning to end
Arise from sleep, laziness, illusion
Illusion – No idea how to act and how not to act
Difference between passion and ignorance – In the mode of passion there might be some kind of ephemeral happiness in the beginning and at the end distress, but for one in ignorance there is only distress both in the beginning and at the end LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.39 & 18.40: Krishna next offers a one-verse restatement of the verses He has just spoken, and thus He summarizes the influence of the modes of nature.
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.39 That joy is udahrtam, said to be; tamasam, born of tamas; yat, which; both agre, in the beginning; ca, and; anubandhe, in the seel, after the end (of enjoyment); is mohanam, delusive; atmanah, to oneself; and nidra-alasya-pramada-uttham, arises from sleep, laziness and inadvertence. Therefore, now is begun a verse in order to conclude this section [The section showing that all things in the whole of creation are under the influence of the three gunas.].
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.39 Pleasure of the Tamasika type causes delusion to the self at the beginning and the end of enjoyment. Here 'delusion' means the absence of knowledge about things as they are. Pleasure springing from sleep, sloth and error are the cause of it. Even at the time of experience, sleep etc., are the cause of delusion. It is clear how sleep causes delusion. 'Sloth' is indolence in sensory operations. When sensory activities are slow, dimness of knowledge results. 'Error' is heedlessness regarding what ought to be done. From this also occurs the dimness of knowledge. Thus, these two also cause delusion. Such pleasure is declared to be Tamasika. Therefore what is meant is this: subduing Rajas and Tamas, the Sattva alone should be allowed to develop by the aspirant for relase.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.36-39 Sukham etc. upto udahrtam. At its time : at the time of its practice (use). Like poison (1st) : Because it is extremely difficult to give up the attachment for sense-objects cultivated during hundreds of [previous] life-periods. That has been said in the revealed literature as : '[The path of sprituality] is the edge of a razor, painful and difficult to cross over etc.' The serenity of intellect (or mind) results from serenity in the Self, as there exists nothing else to be aspired for. The [Rajasic] happiness springs from the mutual contact between the sense-objects and senses, just as in the case of the eye due to its contact with colur. That happiness which is due to sleep, indolence and heedlessness, explained earlier, is of the Tamas (Strand).
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.39 That happiness which at first as well as in the seel deludes the self, and which arises from sleep, indolence and heedlessness that is declared to be Tamasic.
Commentary

18.39 यत् which? अग्रे at first? च and? अनुबन्धे in the seel? च and? सुखम् pleasure? मोहनम् delusive? आत्मनः of the self? निद्रालस्यप्रमादोत्थम् arising from sleep? indolence and heedlessness? तत् that? तामसम् Tamasic? उदाहृतम् is declared.Commentary Anubandhe In the conseence after the termination. The pleasure that is begotten by evil habits like drinking liors and eating worthless things is delusive of the self. The man becomes oblivious of the path he ought to tread. Such pleasure is verily of the nature of darkness.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.39 That joy is said to be born of tams which, both in the beginning and in the seel, is delusive to oneself and arises from sleep, laziness and inadvertence.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.39 While the pleasure which from first to last merely drugs the senses, which springs from indolence, lethargy and folly - that pleasure flows from Ignorance.
Related values
Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Tamasic happiness — covering the soul from beginning to end — born of sleep, indolence, illusion.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize tamasic happiness as illusory throughout.
  • Don't trust comfort that fogs the mind.
  • Choose alertness over fog.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I choose foggy comfort?
  • What alertness would I prefer?

The stupor of a man asleep in the noon-day sun who calls it rest. Tāmasa happiness is precisely this: an unproductive sleep with no nectar at either end, only the appearance of comfort for a soul that has stopped trying to wake up.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.40

↗
न तदस्ति पृथिव्यां वा दिवि देवेषु वा पुन: । सत्त्वं प्रकृतिजैर्मुक्तं यदेभि: स्यात्‍त्रिभिर्गुणै: ॥ ४० ॥
na tad asti pṛthivyāṁ vā
[na tad asti prithivyaam vaa]
divi deveṣu vā punaḥ
[divi deveshu vaa punah]
sattvaṁ prakṛti-jair muktaṁ
[sattvam prakriti-jair muktam]
yad ebhiḥ syāt tribhir guṇaiḥ
[yad ebhih syaat tribhir gunaih]
na — not tat — that asti — there is pṛthivyām — on the earth vā — or divi — in the higher planetary system deveṣu — amongst the demigods vā — or punaḥ — again sattvam — existence prakṛti - jaiḥ — born of material nature muktam — liberated yat — that ebhiḥ — from the influence of these syāt — is tribhiḥ — three guṇaiḥ — modes of material nature .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
na tad asti pṛthivyāṁ vā
na
not
tat
that
asti
there is
pṛthivyām
on the earth
vā
or
divi deveṣu vā punaḥ
divi
in the higher planetary system
deveṣu
amongst the demigods
vā
or
punaḥ
again
sattvaṁ prakṛti-jair muktaṁ
sattvam
existence
prakṛti - jaiḥ
born of material nature
muktam
liberated
yad ebhiḥ syāt tribhir guṇaiḥ
yat
that
ebhiḥ
from the influence of these
syāt
is
tribhiḥ
three
guṇaiḥ
modes of material nature .
  • pṛthivyām — on the earth
    Locative. The lower realm — with divi (heaven) the verse spans both. The verse forecloses the fantasy that the demigods are guṇa-free — even Brahmā and Indra operate within the modes.
  • deveṣu — among the demigods
    Locative plural. Even the celestial residents are not exempt. Their bodies are sāttvika-dominant, but still guṇic. Mokṣa is *beyond* the modes, not at their top.
  • muktam — liberated
    Past participle — free, released. Not a single being in any of the three planetary systems is yet mukta from the guṇas. The condition is universal.
  • prakṛti-jaiḥ — born of material nature
    Compound — *born from* prakṛti. The modes are not abstract qualities; they are *children* of material nature. To touch prakṛti at all is to wear their colors.
  • guṇaiḥ — from the modes
    Instrumental plural. With tribhiḥ: from the three. The instrument of binding — and the chapter's central diagnostic vocabulary. Every classification of the chapter has been by these three; the verse seals their universality.
There is no being existing, either here or among the demigods in the higher planetary systems, which is freed from these three modes born of material nature.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
A summing statement: no being anywhere in the cosmos — earth or heaven, mortal or divine — is exempt from the three modes of material nature. The guṇa-grid is universal.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Closes the guṇa-anatomy section. The point is sobering yet liberating: nobody escapes by accident; the path out is the deliberate cultivation of sattva and then transcendence of even sattva (cf. 14.20-26). The verse also legitimizes the exhaustive guṇa-classification just completed — there is no human reality outside it.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
पृथिव्यां वा दिवि देवेषु वा पुनः तत् सत्त्वं न अस्ति यत् एभिः त्रिभिः प्रकृति-जैः गुणैः मुक्तं स्यात् ।
pṛthivyāṃ vā divi deveṣu vā punaḥ tat sattvaṃ na asti yat ebhiḥ tribhiḥ prakṛti-jaiḥ guṇaiḥ muktaṃ syāt |
There exists no being — on earth, or in heaven among the devas — that is free from these three modes born of prakṛti.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
न तत् अस्ति पृथिव्यां वा दिवि देवेषु वा पुनः । सत्त्वं प्रकृति-जैः मुक्तं यत् एभिः स्यात् त्रिभिः गुणैः ॥
na tat asti pṛthivyāṃ vā divi deveṣu vā punaḥ | sattvaṃ prakṛti-jaiḥ muktaṃ yat ebhiḥ syāt tribhiḥ guṇaiḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. that
अस्ति asti √अस् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) exists
पृथिव्याम् pṛthivyām पृथिवी (f.) loc.sg. (locative singular) on earth
वा vā ind. (indeclinable) or
दिवि divi द्यो (f.) loc.sg. (locative singular) in heaven
देवेषु deveṣu देव (m.) loc.pl. (locative plural) among devas
पुनः punaḥ ind. (indeclinable) again
सत्त्वम् sattvam सत्त्व (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) being
प्रकृति-जैः prakṛti-jaiḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ins.pl. (instrumental plural)m. by those born of prakṛti
मुक्तम् muktam √मुच् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. free
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. which
स्यात् syāt √अस् opt. (optative) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) would be
एभिः ebhiḥ इदम् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.pl. (instrumental plural)m. these
त्रिभिः tribhiḥ त्रि (num.) ins.pl. (instrumental plural)m. three
गुणैः guṇaiḥ गुण (m.) ins.pl. (instrumental plural) modes

The Lord here summarizes the total influence of the three modes of material nature all over the universe.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
40. There is no living entity on earth or in heaven who is free from these three guṇas arising from prakṛti.
Commentary

Including those things not mentioned, the Lord now summarizes this section. There is not anything, no living species or non-living things (sattvam), which is free from the three guṇas born of prakṛti. Everything in existence is composed of the three guṇas. The meaning of this section is that sattvic items are acceptable and those of rajas and tamas are not.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
40. There is no living entity or object on earth or in heaven who is free from these three guṇas arising from prakṛti.
Commentary

Summarizing the meaning of this topic, the Lord includes here all other things that He did not mention. In this world, among men, in the heavens of svarga, among the devas, among all creatures in creation from Brahmā down to immovable entities, there is no living entity (sattvam) and no object which is free of the three guṇas arising from prakṛti. Among all things made of the three guṇas, those in the mode of goodness should be accepted because they alone are useful, and those things in the lower modes should be rejected.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Srila Prabhupada explains in his Purport that the modes of material nature are determining all activities, high, low, medium and in between, in each of the planetary systems througout the entire universe. They are doing everything in one sense but in other hand they are inert, so they are not doing anything. After describing how to get free from the reactions of work (in the two first sections) and then describing how everything is simply controlled by the three modes of material nature and everyone is forced to work according to these modes, now Krsna is going to explain how to gain liberation. He is going to start climbing the yoga‑ladder, bottom‑most rangs to the top‑most rangs of this yoga‑ladder. Krsna is going to describe how, although one is in the modes of material nature, one can transcend those modes using the work that is controlled by those modes. Krsna just describe that all activities in this material world are controlled by the modes, so therefore the question will be: 'how can one get out? Because everything I do is controlled by the modes.' Here Krsna is going to describe specifically that, how can get out of the modes of material nature using work according to those modes. At the bottom rang of the yoga‑ladder there is sakama karma‑ yoga where one works with fruitive desires. He has desires but he is working according to sastra. That means that he does his prescribed duty according to his varna and asrama. Here, when one is attached to the work and their fruits in the modes of material nature, how to get free by following varna‑ asrama is described. Summary: the two first sections describe how to become free through detached work and then through jnana where one understands that he is not doing anything. And then, in the third section, if one is not doing anything , who is doing? ‑ the modes. And the fourth section is how to become free from the modes of material nature by using the modes of material nature.

[ D. WORSHIPING THE LORD THROUGH ONE'S OCCUPATIONAL WORK IS TRUE RENUNCIATION AND BRINGS FREEDOM FROM REACTIONS (18. 41‑48) 1. Thus being controlled by the modes, the brahmana is peaceful, self controlled, austere, tolerant, honest, wise, and religious. The ksatriya is determined, generous, resourceful, and courageous. The vaisya naturally tends towards business, farming, and cow protection, while the sudra tends towards labor and service to others. (41‑45) ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Kṛṣṇa is developing His summary of all the prior chapters. As a basic summary of the first six chap-

ters, He explainedkarma and how detached work frees us from material bondage. Next He summa-

rized the third set of six chapters, the jñāna chapters, in which work free of reaction is explained

from the viewpoint of jñāna: When the eternal soul accepts that he is not the doer and surrenders

to the ultimate sanctioner of all activities, the Supersoul, no reactions are accrued by him. Kṛṣṇa

concluded by explaining the actual doer in the material world: the three modes of material nature.

Kṛṣṇa will now describe the progressive journey through karma and jñāna to realization of the Su-

persoul. He will then reach the philosophical conclusion of Bhagavad-gītā: bhakti, in which the living

Bhagavad Gita Notes

entity not only realizes the Supersoul but surrenders to Him, Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of

Godhead.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.40 Na asti, there is no; tat, such; sattvam, entity, living creatures like men and others, or non-living things; prthivyam, in the world; va punah, or, again; an entity devesu, among the gods; divi, in heaven; yat, which; syat, can be [-this is connected with the preceding portion 'na tat, there is no such (entity)'-]; muktam, free; hih, from these; trubhih, three; gunaih, gunas, sattva etc.; prakrti-jaih, born of Nature. It has been said that the entire transmigratory state together with its roots, characterized by action, agent and resuls-consisting of the gunas, sattva, rajas and tamas-, and projected by ignorance, is an evil. And this also has been said through the imagery of the Tree in the verse, '৷৷.which has its roots upward' etc. (15.1). It has been further said that, 'after felling that (Tree), with the strong sword of detachment, thereafter, that State has to be sought for' (15.3-4). And, as to that, since all things consist of the three gunas, there arises the impossibility of the eradication of the cause of worldly existence. Hence, it has to be shown how it can be eradicated. Besides, the purport of the scripture Gita has to be summed up, and it has also to be shown that the import of all the Vedas and the Smrtis, which must be put into practice by those who long for the Goal of human life, is verily this much. Hence begin the verses, 'The duties of the Brahmanas, the Ksatriyas and the Vaisyas৷৷.', etc.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.40 There is no Sattva or creature born either among men etc., on the earth or among the gods in heaven, from Brahma down to immobile things, and having their basis in Prakrti, that is free from the dominance of the three Gunas of Prakrti. 'Tyaga', which has been determined as forming the means for release in the Sruti texts like 'By Tyaga alone do they attain immortality' (Ma. Na., 8.14), is of the same meaning as of the word 'Sannyasa'. It is rooted in the relinishment of the sense of agency in actions that are being performed. The relinishment of the results and of possessiveness in actions, and the relinguishing of agency are to be gained by ascribing the agency to the Supreme Person. As all these are the effects of the increase of Sattva-guna, the differences of the effects of Sattva, Rajas and Tamas have been described at length with a view to instruct that Sattva is to be cultivated. Now Sri Krsna, with a view to inculcate that actions done including their fruits, as a means to release and attainment of Him, must be of the nature of the worship of the Supreme Person, and that the fruit thereof is the attainment of Him - describes the actions obligatory for the alified classes of the people such as Brahmanas, differentiated by virtue of the natural alities arising from the Gunas such as Sattva, as also the occupations prescribed for those classes.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.40 Na tad asti etc. In this manner, the agent, the object and the instrument, the intellect and content, and happiness are classified under different heads of the Sattva etc. Because they have a mutual relationship of subordinate-and-principal or of the oppressed-and-opressor or of the togetherness; becuase they have modifications occuring either together or in a specific seence; and because they, on that account, have varieties beyond all counting; they are capable of bringing forth fruits (results) of umpteen variety. This (statement) logically demonstrates in detail the uncomprehensibility of actions (their results) which has been indicated earlier (above IV, 17ff.). All these beings, starting from the gods down to the immovables, do not transcend the relation with the traid of the Strands. Indeed it has been said - 'Commencing from Brahma (personal god) down to the [insignificant] worm, no one is really happy; all, without exception, having desire to live, undertake different acts of agitation (or commit different frauds to appear to be happy).' Indeed the real happiness is [only] to him whose mind has gone beyond the Strands and not to anyone else. This is what is intended here. So far, the three-fold nature of each of the six items and also of the content etc., has been explained. 'Among them, he who is occupied with the group of the Sattva (Strand) and who has attained the divine wealth is fit for the subject under study; and you are of that sort' - telling in this manner, Arjuna has been encouraged. Now the following is declared : If you engage yourself in the action with this reslove for correct knowledge, then because of your undertaking of your own righteous action and because of your sanctity through wisdom, there is no bondage of aciton for you. On the other hand, if you don't follow this, [even] then there must necessarily be some activity in you; because your birth itself stands to that effect. Since, being controlled by its own intrinsic nature, everything, though it may have, for a short while, its nature concealed due to some fault, regains its own nature that becomes perceivable when the concealing agent disappears. For example, the nature of the castes is of this nature. Thus when an effort necessarily takes place, there would be [for its agent] its fruit. This [the Bhagavat] says-
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.40 There is no being on earth or again in heaven among the gods, that is liberated from the three alities born of Nature.
Commentary

18.40 न not? तत् that? अस्ति is? पृथिव्याम् on the earth? वा or? दिवि in heaven? देवेषु among the gods? वा or? पुनः again? सत्त्वम् being? प्रकृतिजैः born of Prakriti (matter)? मुक्तम् freed? यत् which? एभिः from these? स्यात् may be? त्रिभिः from three? गुणैः by alities.Commentary The Gunas form the warp and woof of everything as threads do in the case of cloth.Here in the world of mortals or there in the heavenworld? there is no creature that is not bound by the three alities of Nature. Can there be a cloth without threads Can there be a man without blood and bones Can there be a mountain without stones Even so there is not a single creature in the whole universe into whose composition the three alities of matter do not enter. The whole of creation is wrought of these three alities. They have given rise to the Trinity (Brahma? Vishnu and Siva). In the world of mortals the triplicity of agent? action and fruit owe their origin to them. They are the cause of the different functions of the four castes. This Samsara has been compared to the peepul tree in chapter XV.1. This Samsara is made up of the three alities and is kept up by the force of ignorance.Action? instruments of action and fruits have set the wheel of Samsara in motion and this wheel is revolving from beginningless time. It is only a liberated sage who has attained knowledge of the Self who puts a check to this wheel? goes beyond the cause and the effect? and breaks the bonds of Karma.Cut this mysterious tree of Samsara with the strong sword of nonattachment? transcend the three Gunas and rest in your own essential divine nature as ExistenceKnowledgeBliss Absolute.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.40 There is no such entity in the world or, again, among the gods in heaven, which can be free from these three gunas born of Nature.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.40 There is nothing anywhere on earth or in the higher worlds which is free from the three Qualities - for they are born of Nature.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 7.13 BG 14.5 BG 3.5 SB 11.25.31 SB 11.22.50 SB 7.1.7 CC Madhya 24.134 CC Madhya 19.213 CC Madhya 25.92 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 4.5Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.7
There is no being on earth or among the demigods free from these three modes born of material nature.
Practical Applications
  • Don't fantasize that you can escape modes within the material realm.
  • Aim above the modes — to the spiritual.
  • Use this universality humbly.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I been chasing a 'pure mode' state in the material world?
  • What does aiming higher require?

Three colored threads run through every garment in the cosmic wardrobe. There is no body — earthly or heavenly, demigod or insect — woven without some combination of these three. The whole of conditioned existence is the loom; the guṇas are the threads.

📝 My note

Section 4 (18.41–18.48)
FREEDOM FROM REACTION BY OCCUPATIONAL WORK
Section overview
All work is controlled by the modes, yet one can become free from the reactions of work by acting as brahmana, ksatriya, vaisya or sudra in Niskama karma yoga while worshipping the Lord through that work

FROM NISKAMA THROUGH LIBERATION TO DEVOTIONAL SERVICE

FREEDOM FROM REACTION BY OCCUPATIONAL WORK:
PURIFICATION THROUGH KARMA YOGA

LINK BETWEEN SECTION III & SECTION IV: After Section III, one may ask the question that “If all beings

within the material world are conditioned by the modes, how does one get out?” In response to such a

question, the Lord describes that Varnasrama system. In this system, one acts according to his inherited

modes of nature, but does so in regulated service to the Lord. As one progresses in dutiful, detached work, he

is elevated through the modes, until he is qualified to give up work and exclusively cultivate knowledge

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SECTION IV

All work is controlled by the modes; yet one can become free from the reactions of work by acting as

brahmana, ksatriya, vaisya or sudra in Niskama-karma-yoga, while worshipping the Lord via that work

Bhagavad-gītā 18.41

↗
ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशां श‍ूद्राणां च परन्तप । कर्माणि प्रविभक्तानि स्वभावप्रभवैर्गुणै: ॥ ४१ ॥
brāhmaṇa-kṣatriya-viśāṁ
[braahmana-kshatriya-vishaam]
śūdrāṇāṁ ca paran-tapa
[shoodraanaam cha paran-tapa]
karmāṇi pravibhaktāni
[karmaani pravibhaktaani]
svabhāva-prabhavair guṇaiḥ
[svabhaava-prabhavair gunaih]
brāhmaṇa — of the brāhmaṇas kṣatriya — the kṣatriyas viśām — and the vaiśyas śūdrāṇām — of the śūdras ca — and param - tapa — O subduer of the enemies karmāṇi — the activities pravibhaktāni — are divided svabhāva — their own nature prabhavaiḥ — born of guṇaiḥ — by the modes of material nature .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
brāhmaṇa-kṣatriya-viśāṁ
brāhmaṇa
of the brāhmaṇas
kṣatriya
the kṣatriyas
viśām
and the vaiśyas
śūdrāṇāṁ ca paran-tapa
śūdrāṇām
of the śūdras
ca
and
param - tapa
O subduer of the enemies
karmāṇi pravibhaktāni
karmāṇi
the activities
pravibhaktāni
are divided
svabhāva-prabhavair guṇaiḥ
svabhāva
their own nature
prabhavaiḥ
born of
guṇaiḥ
by the modes of material nature .
  • brāhmaṇa — brāhmaṇa
    The first of the four-varṇa enumeration (with kṣatriya, viśām, śūdrāṇām). Listed in their classical order — from highest mode-mixture to lowest. The whole social-spiritual system is structured around this fourfold.
  • pravibhaktāni — are distributed / divided
    Past participle — *have been* divided. The division is not invented; it has already been made by the modes acting on nature. Society codifies what prakṛti has produced.
  • svabhāva — own nature
    Svabhāva is the chapter's working term for natural disposition. Not external label — internal coloring. Each person's svabhāva indicates which work suits which mode-mixture.
  • prabhavaiḥ — born of
    Instrumental plural. With guṇaiḥ: born of the modes. The guṇas *give rise to* the svabhāva, which then determines the karma. A clean causal chain: guṇa → svabhāva → karma.
  • param-tapa — O subduer of enemies
    Addressed to Arjuna as kṣatriya. The very title invokes his own varṇa — a quiet nudge that this whole analysis bears directly on his current decision to fight or not.
Brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas and śūdras are distinguished by the qualities born of their own natures in accordance with the material modes, O chastiser of the enemy.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Kṛṣṇa opens the varṇa-svadharma section: the four classes have differentiated duties — but the differentiation arises from guṇa-rooted nature, not from arbitrary social fiat. The vocational follows the constitutional.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
'Svabhāva-prabhavair guṇaiḥ' is critical: varṇa here is theorized as guṇa-aligned natural aptitude (cf. 4.13 — cātur-varṇyaṁ mayā sṛṣṭaṁ guṇa-karma-vibhāgaśaḥ). Birth is not the explicit criterion in this verse; nature and qualities are. The next four verses describe what each varṇa's natural work looks like.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे परन्तप! ब्राह्मण-क्षत्रिय-विशां शूद्राणां च कर्माणि स्वभाव-प्रभवैः गुणैः प्रविभक्तानि ।
he parantapa! brāhmaṇa-kṣatriya-viśāṃ śūdrāṇāṃ ca karmāṇi svabhāva-prabhavaiḥ guṇaiḥ pravibhaktāni |
O chastiser of foes, the duties of brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas, and śūdras are distinguished by the qualities born of their respective natures.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
ब्राह्मण-क्षत्रिय-विशां शूद्राणां च परन्तप । कर्माणि प्रविभक्तानि स्वभाव-प्रभवैः गुणैः ॥
brāhmaṇa-kṣatriya-viśāṃ śūdrāṇāṃ ca parantapa | karmāṇi pravibhaktāni svabhāva-prabhavaiḥ guṇaiḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
ब्राह्मण-क्षत्रिय-विशाम् brāhmaṇa-kṣatriya-viśām dvandva cpd. (compound) gen.pl. (genitive plural)m. of brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas
शूद्राणाम् śūdrāṇām शूद्र (m.) gen.pl. (genitive plural) of śūdras
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
परन्तप parantapa tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) voc.sg. (vocative singular)m. O scorcher of foes
कर्माणि karmāṇi कर्मन् (n.) nom.pl. (nominative plural) duties
प्रविभक्तानि pravibhaktāni प्र + वि + √भज् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.pl. (nominative plural)n. distinguished
स्वभाव-प्रभवैः svabhāva-prabhavaiḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ins.pl. (instrumental plural)m. born of one's nature
गुणैः guṇaiḥ गुण (m.) ins.pl. (instrumental plural) by the qualities
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
41. O afflicter of enemies, the activities of the brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas and śūdras have been designated precisely according to the guṇas arising from birth.
Commentary

However, the living body filled with the three guṇas becomes successful by worshipping the Supreme Lord by prescribed activities according to the person’s nature. This is described in six verses. These activities or duties, designated precisely (pravibhaktāni) by the guṇas of sattva, rajas and tamas, which manifest by birth (svabhāvena), are prescribed for the brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas and śūdras.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
41. O afflicter of enemies, the activities of the brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas and śūdras have been divided precisely according to the guṇas arising from previous impressions.
Commentary

Though all things are composed of the three guṇas, if the four varṇas perform their prescribed activities with the thought of worshiping the Lord, those activites will produce steadiness in jñāna and lead to liberation. In order to express this idea, the Lord begins a new topic, explaining it in six verses. The word śūdrāṇam is separated from the compound of the other three varṇas to indicate that śūdras are not twice born. The actions of the four varṇas are divided by scripture according to the guṇas which appear from impressions [Note: Accroding to Rāmānjua anubhavajā smṛti hetuḥ vāsanā. Saṁskāras or impressions, also called vāsanās, are the modifications of knowledge which cause memory of previous experience. They exist as knowledge, which is an attribute of the jīva, and produce memories of previous experience under certain conditions.] coming from previous lives of the individual (svabhāva prabhavaih). Thus the four varṇas endowed with the guṇas have the activities discussed in the next verses. A person is classed as brāhmaṇa, with a predominance of sattva, because of his peaceful nature. One is classed as kṣatirya, predominantly raja guṇa with sattva as a secondary mode, because of having the nature of controlling others. One is classed as vaiśya, predominantly of rajas mode, with tamas as secondary mode, because of a predominance of dealing with money. One is classed as śūdra, predominantly of tama guṇa with rajas as a secondary mode, because of nature of foolishness. The activities of each wlll be described next.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Qualities of four varnas (Thus indicating to utilize your karmic propensities in the dutiful

service of the Lord)

Brahmanas (18.42): Nine qualities – Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, knowledge, wisdom and religiousness
Ksatriyas (18.43): Seven qualities – Heroism, power, determination, resourcefulness, courage in battle, generosity and leadership
Vaisyas (18.44): Three qualities – Farming, cow-protection and business
Sudras (18.44): One qualities – Labor and service to others
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.41 Parantapa, O scorcher of enemies; karmani, the duties; brahmana-ksatriya-visam, of the Brahmanas, the Ksatriyas and the Vaisyas; ca, as also; sudranam, of the Surdras-the Sudras have not been included with the others (in the compund word) because, owing to their having a single birth, [Sudras have no right to be invested with the sacred thread which, in the case of the other three castes, symbolizes a second birth.] they have no right to (the study of) the Vedas; pravibhaktani, have been fully classified, have been prescribed by making distinctions among them;-according to what?-gunahi, according to the gunas; svabhava-prabhavaih, born from Nature. Nature means the Praktrti of God, His Maya consisting of the three gunas. 'Born from Nature' means 'born of these three gunas. In accordnace with these the duties such as control of the internal organs, etc. of the Brahmanas and others have been classified. Or (the meaning is): The source of the nature of the Brahmanas is the ality of sattva. Similarly, the source of the nature of the Ksatriyas is rajas, with sattva as a subordinate (ality); the source of the nature of the Vaisyas is rajas, with tamas as the subordinate (ality); the source of the nature of the Sudras is tamas, with rajas as the subordinate (ality); for the natures of the four are seen to be tranillity. lordliness, industriousness and dullness respectively. Or, svabhava (nature) means the (individual) tendencies of creatures earned in their past lives, which have become manifest in the present life for yielding their own results. The gunas which have that svabhava as their source (prabhava) are svabhava-prabhavah gunah. Since the manifestation of the gunas cannot logically be uncaused, therefore a specific cause [i.e. the tendencies are the efficient cause, and Nature is the material cause.] has been posited by saying that Nature is the cause. Thus, the duties such as control of the internal organs etc. have been classified in keeping with the effects of the gunas, sattva, rajas and tamas, which are born of Nature, born of Prakrti. Objection: Well, are not the duties like controlling the internal organs etc. of the Brahmanas and others classified and enjoined by the scriptures? Why is it said that they are classified according to the gunas sattva etc.? Reply: This objection is not valid. For, the duties like controlling the internal organs etc. of the Brahmanas and others have been classified even by the scriptures verily in keeping with the specific alities sattva etc.; certainly, not without reference to the gunas. Hence, though the duties have been divided by the scriputres, they are said to have been classified according to the gunas. Which, again, are those duties? They are being spoken of:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.41 The nature of Brahmanas, Ksatriyas, Vaisyas, and Sudras are due to their respective inherent dispositions. The meaning is that their past Karma has been the cause of determining births as Brahmanas etc. The Sattva and other Gunas are the result of such Karma. The Sattva-guna is born from the inherent nature of the Brahmana becoming dominant by suppressing the alities of Rajas and Tamas. The ality of Rajas originates from the inherent nature of the Ksatriyas becoming dominant by suppressing alities of Sattva and Tamas. Tamoguna arises from the inherent nature of the Vaisya, becoming dominant in a little way by suppressing Sattva and Rajas. The duties and works assigned to them according to the Gunas constituting their inherent nature, are expounded and allotted by the Sastras in the order described. For the Sastras analyse that the Brahmanas etc., possess such and such attributes and such and such are their duties and occupations.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.41 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.41 Of Brahmanas, Kshatriyas and Vaisyas, as also of Sudras, O Arjuna, the duties are distributed according to the alities born of their own nature.
Commentary

18.41 ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशाम् of Brahmanas? Kshatriyas and Vaisyas? शूद्राणाम् of Sudras? च as also? परंतप O Parantapa? कर्माणि duties? प्रविभक्तानि are distributed? स्वभावप्रभवैः born of their own nature? गुणैः by alities.Commentary Brahmanas? Kshatriyas and Vaisyas are alified to practise the Vedic rites. The members of the fourth class? O Arjuna? have no claim to these rites? for their profession is to serve the members of the first three. They are not allowed to study the Vedas or perform Yajnas. There is organisation of mankind into the four castes and each mans life is divided into four stages? according to the nature of the Gunas and the degree of the growth or evolution. I will now explain the specific duties of these castes according to the alities by means of which? freeing themselves from the grip of birth and death? they can attain Selfrealisation or knowledge of the Self. Passion (Rajas) slightly mingled with Tamas causes the growth of the merchant caste (the Vaisya). Rajas mixed with Tamas is the cause of the appearance of the Sudra.The one human race has been divided into four castes based upon the three alities. The duties are allotted to each according to the alities born of Nature.Nature (Svabhava) is Isvaras Prakriti (Maya) constituted of the three alities -- Sattva? Rajas and Tamas.The Brahmanas nature is Sattva. So he is serene. The nature of the Kshatriya is Rajas and Sattva. Sattva in his case is subordinate to Rajas. Rajas predominates. Therefore he possesses lordliness. The nature of the Vaisya is Rajas and Tamas. Tamas is subordinate to Rajas. So he does various sorts of activities or business to earn money. The nature of the Sudra is Tamas? with subordinate Rajas. He is dull.Karma is action arising from and fashioned by past thoughts and desires. The Gunas cannot manifest themselves without a cause. Nature is the tendency? Samskara or Vasana in living beings. This is acired by them in the past births. This manifests itself in the present birth and produces its effects. This nature is the source of the Gunas. Every man or woman is born with his or her own Svabhava (nature). The Gunas operate according to the respective natural tendencies of man which impel him to perform his own duties as their natural effects. The duties are allottted to the four classes or castes in accordance with the Gunas of individuals. (Cf.IV.13)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.41 O scorcher of enemies, the duties of the Brahmanas, the Ksatriyas and the Vaisyas, as also of the Sudras have been fully classified according to the gunas born from Nature.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.41 O Arjuna! The duties of spiritual teachers, the soldiers, the traders and the servants have all been fixed according to the dominant Quality in their nature.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 4.13 BG 3.35 BG 18.47 SB 11.17.13 SB 7.11.21 SB 11.5.2 CC Madhya 8.58 CC Madhya 22.88 CC Ādi 14.26 Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 1.4.11Chāndogya Upaniṣad 4.4.5
Concepts
Bhava
Brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas, śūdras — distinguished by qualities born of their own natures.
Practical Applications
  • Honor the natural divisions; don't force everyone into one mold.
  • Identify your own qualifying nature.
  • Serve from where you are.
Reflection Questions
  • What is my natural qualifying nature?
  • Where am I trying to perform someone else's varṇa?

Four rivers spring from the same mountain, each bound by the shape of its own banks. Brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra — each is a current with its own slope and flow, all of them watering the one society. No river is asked to be another; each is asked to flow well.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.42

↗
शमो दमस्तप: शौचं क्षान्तिरार्जवमेव च । ज्ञानं विज्ञानमास्तिक्यं ब्रह्मकर्म स्वभावजम् ॥ ४२ ॥
śamo damas tapaḥ śaucaṁ
[shamo damas tapah shaucham]
kṣāntir ārjavam eva ca
[kshaantir aarjavam eva cha]
jñānaṁ vijñānam āstikyaṁ
[jnaanam vijnaanam aastikyam]
brahma-karma svabhāva-jam
[brahma-karma svabhaava-jam]
śamaḥ — peacefulness damaḥ — self-control tapaḥ — austerity śaucam — purity kṣāntiḥ — tolerance ārjavam — honesty eva — certainly ca — and jñānam — knowledge vijñānam — wisdom āstikyam — religiousness brahma — of a brāhmaṇa karma — duty svabhāva - jam — born of his own nature .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śamo damas tapaḥ śaucaṁ
śamaḥ
peacefulness
damaḥ
self-control
tapaḥ
austerity
śaucam
purity
kṣāntir ārjavam eva ca
kṣāntiḥ
tolerance
ārjavam
honesty
eva
certainly
ca
and
jñānaṁ vijñānam āstikyaṁ
jñānam
knowledge
vijñānam
wisdom
āstikyam
religiousness
brahma-karma svabhāva-jam
brahma
of a brāhmaṇa
karma
duty
svabhāva - jam
born of his own nature .
  • śamaḥ — peacefulness, mental tranquility
    The first quality and the foundation. Control of the *mind* itself — not merely its expression. Brāhmaṇa-life starts here, not in external rituals.
  • damaḥ — self-control (sensory)
    Control of the senses. Paired with śama: inner stillness plus outer restraint. Without dama, śama is fragile; without śama, dama is performance.
  • tapaḥ — austerity
    Voluntary heat. Fasts, vows, study, ekādaśī. The third pillar — and one that distinguishes brāhmaṇa life from gentle leisure. Brāhmaṇa-hood is a *furnace*, not a sofa.
  • ārjavam — straightness, honesty
    From ṛju — straight. No double-dealing, no hidden agendas, no manipulation. The brāhmaṇa cannot be a politician; the path requires plain dealing.
  • āstikyam — religiousness, faith (in śāstra and Īśvara)
    From asti — 'it is.' The conviction that the Lord, the soul, śāstra, and karma all *are*. The unshakable yes underneath the practice. The last and arguably the deepest qualification.
  • svabhāva-jam — born of one's own nature
    The whole verse closes by saying these qualities arise from svabhāva — they are not externally imposed but the natural expression of brāhmaṇa-disposition shaped by sattva.
Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, knowledge, wisdom and religiousness – these are the natural qualities by which the brāhmaṇas work.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Nine traits define brāhmaṇa-karma: the work of a brāhmaṇa is primarily inner — calm, control, austerity, purity, patience, honesty, learning, realization, conviction in the unseen. The list emphasizes character over function.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Strikingly, the brāhmaṇa's work is named almost entirely by internal qualities, not ritual functions. The pair jñāna-vijñāna captures theoretical knowledge and its lived realization (cf. 7.2). Āstikya is theistic affirmation — minimum credence in the unseen realities Vedic life presupposes. Cf. 16.1-3 for the parallel daivī-sampad list.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
शमः दमः तपः शौचं क्षान्तिः आर्जवम् ज्ञानं विज्ञानम् आस्तिक्यं च — ब्रह्म-कर्म स्वभाव-जम् ।
śamaḥ damaḥ tapaḥ śaucaṃ kṣāntiḥ ārjavam jñānaṃ vijñānam āstikyaṃ ca — brahma-karma svabhāva-jam |
Inner calm, sense-restraint, austerity, purity, forbearance, uprightness, knowledge, realization, theistic conviction — these constitute the brāhmaṇa's nature-born work.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
शमः दमः तपः शौचं क्षान्तिः आर्जवम् एव च । ज्ञानं विज्ञानम् आस्तिक्यं ब्रह्म-कर्म स्वभाव-जम् ॥
śamaḥ damaḥ tapaḥ śaucaṃ kṣāntiḥ ārjavam eva ca | jñānaṃ vijñānam āstikyaṃ brahma-karma svabhāva-jam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
शमः śamaḥ शम (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) inner calm
दमः damaḥ दम (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) sense-control
तपः tapaḥ तपस् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) austerity
शौचम् śaucam शौच (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) purity
क्षान्तिः kṣāntiḥ क्षान्ति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) forbearance
आर्जवम् ārjavam आर्जव (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) uprightness
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) indeed
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
ज्ञानम् jñānam ज्ञान (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) knowledge
विज्ञानम् vijñānam विज्ञान (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) realization
आस्तिक्यम् āstikyam आस्तिक्य (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) theistic conviction
ब्रह्म-कर्म brahma-karma tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. brāhmaṇa's work
स्वभाव-जम् svabhāva-jam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. born of nature
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
42. The natural activities of the brāhmaṇa are control of the mind, control of the external senses, austerity, cleanliness, tolerance, honesty, knowledge of scripture, realization, and faith in the scriptures.
Commentary

This verse describes the natural activities of the brāhmaṇa who has a predominance of sattva. Control of the inner sense organ (śamaḥ), control of the external senses (damaḥ), austerity of body, mind and words, jñāna and vijñāna, which arise from understanding the scriptures, and firm faith in the purport of the scriptures (āstikyam) are the activities of the brāhmaṇa arising from his nature.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
42. The natural activities of the brāhmaṇa are control of the mind, control of the external senses, austerity, cleanliness, tolerance, honesty, knowledge of scripture, and realization, and faith in the scriptures.
Commentary

This verse describes the natural activities (generated through his previous impressions) of the brāhmaṇa. His activities are: controlling the internal sense—antaḥ karaṇa (śamaḥ); controlling the external senses (damaḥ); accepting pains to the body which are prescribed by scripture; cleanliness of two types, internal and external (śaucam); tolerance (kṣāntiḥ); straightforward dealings, not being crooked (arjavam); understanding the superior and inferior cagetories of existence from scripture (jñāna): realizing the ultimate process defined in the scriptures (vijñāna); having firm faith in the truth presented in scripture (āstkiyam)— that the Supreme Lord Hari is to be understood by all the Vedas; that He alone is the cause of everything; that He is to be worshipped by actions prescribed by Himself; that He is to be satisfied by devotion; and that one should offer everything including oneself to Him. These are the actions of the brāhmaṇa which arise as his nature. Even if these type of actions appear (occasionally) in a kṣatriya or other varṇa with an increase of sattva, these actions are mentioned in relation to the brāhmaṇa because his predominance of sattva. Thus it is said in Viṣṇu Smṛti: kṣamā satyaṁ damaḥ śaucaṁ dānam indriya-saṁyamaḥ ahiṁsā guru-śuśrūṣā tīrthānusaraṇaṁ dayā ārjavaṁ lobha-śūnyatvaṁ deva-brāhmaṇa-pūjanam anabhyasūyā ca tathā dharma-sāmānya ucyate

Forgiveness, truthfulness, control, cleanliness, charity, restraint of the senses, non violence, service to guru, visiting holy places, compassion, straighforwardness, freedom from greed, worship of devas and brāhmaṇas, and freedom from envy are the general qualities of the brāhmaṇa. Viṣṇu Smṛti 2.16-17

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Qualities of four varnas (Thus indicating to utilize your karmic propensities in the dutiful

service of the Lord)

Brahmanas (18.42): Nine qualities – Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, knowledge, wisdom and religiousness
Ksatriyas (18.43): Seven qualities – Heroism, power, determination, resourcefulness, courage in battle, generosity and leadership
Vaisyas (18.44): Three qualities – Farming, cow-protection and business
Sudras (18.44): One qualities – Labor and service to others
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.42 Svabhavajam brahma-karma, the natural duties of the Brhamanas, of the Brahmana caste; are samah, control of the internal organs; damah, control of the external organs-these bear the meanings as explained earlier (see 6.3, 10.4, 16.1); tapah, austerity-bodily austerity, as explained before (17.14); saucam, purity, as already explained (in 13.7, 16.3); ksantih, forgiveness; arjavam, straightforwardness, simplicity; jnanam, knowledge; eva ca, as also vijnanam, wisdom; astikyam, faith, the idea of truth [Truth of the scritpures, existence of God, etc. In place of asti-bhavah Ast reads astika-bhavah, the feeling of conviction with regard to the existence of God and the other world. Tr.] respect for the teaching of the scriptures. By svabhavajam (natural) is conveyed the very same idea as was expressed in 'classified according to the gunas born from Nature' (41).
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.42 'Sama' is the control of the external sense-organs. 'Dama' is the control of the mind. 'Tapas' is the chastisement of the body by controlling enjoyments, as enjoined by the Sastras. 'Sauca' is fitness for performing acts as enjoined by the Sastras. 'Ksanti' is preserving the composure of the mind, though injured by others. 'Arjava' is straightforwardness expressing itself in correct outward manifestation to others in consonance with one's own mind. 'Jnana' is knowledge about the real nature of the higher and lower truths. 'Vijnana' is the knowledge pertaining to exceptional attributes belonging to the Supreme Reality. 'Astikya' or faith is firm conviction in the truth of all things enjoined in the Vedas. The meaning is that it is unshakable by any reason whatever. 'Astikya' is positive conviction in the truth to the following effect: (1) The Lord Vasudeva, the Supreme Person, is signified by the term, Supreme Brahman. (2) He is devoid of even the slightest trace or evil. (3) He possesses countless hosts of auspicious and excellent attributes such as knowledge, strength etc., boundless and natural. (4) To reveal His nature is the sole purpose of the whole of Vedas and the Vedanta and He can be known only through them. (5) He is the sole cause of the universe (6) He is the foundation of the entire universe. (7) He is the actuator of all. (8) All actions taught in the Vedas form His worship. (9) When worshipped through them, He confers fruits known as Dharma, Artha, Kama and Moksa. That such is the meaning has been declared in the following text: 'Indeed I am to be known from all the Vedas' (15.15); 'I am the origin of all; from Me proced everything' (10.8), 'All this is strung on Me' (7.7), 'Knowing me as the enjoyer of all sacrifices and austerities ৷৷. he attains peace' (10.29), There is nothing greater than myself, Arjuna (7.7) 'He from whom proceeds the activity of all beings and by whom all this is pervaded - by worshipping Him with his duty, will a man reach perfection' (18.46); and 'He who knows Me as unborn, without a beginning and the great Lord of the worlds ৷৷.' (10.3) Such are the duties of the Brahmana arising from his inherent nature.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.42 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.42 Serenity, self-restraint, austerity, purity, forgiveness and also uprightness, knowledge, realisation and belief in God are the duties of the Brahmanas, born of (their own) nature.
Commentary

18.42 शमः serenity? दमः selfrestraint? तपः austerity? शौचम् purity? क्षान्तिः forgiveness? आर्जवम् uprightness? एव even? च and? ज्ञानम् knowledge? विज्ञानम् realisation? आस्तिक्यम् belief in God? ब्रह्मकर्म (are) the duties of Brahmanas? स्वभावजम् born of nature.Commentary Sama is control of the mind. Dama is control of the senses. Serenity and selfrestraint have already been explained in XVII.2. Austerity of the three kinds has also been explained in XVII.14 to 16.Astikyam Faith in the words of the Guru? in the teachings of the scriptures? in the existence of God? in the life beyond or hereafter and in ones own Self.The mind is absorbed in the Self. This gives peace. Selfrestraint is the helpmate of peace. In obeying the inunctions of the scriptures alone you will attain peace and spiritual progress. You must not argue too much. You must have reverence for and faith in the teaching.As the sandalwood tree is fragrant with its own sweet scent? as a Champaka tree is adorned by its lovely flowers? so also a Brahmana is adorned by these nine virtues which are inseparable from him.Now? O Arjuna? listen to the duties of a Kshatriya.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.42 The natural duties of the Brahmanas are the control of the internal and external organs, austerity, purity, forgiveness, straightforwardness, knowledge as also wisdom [Knowledge refers to the understanding of subjects presented by the scriptures; wisdom means making them matters of one's own experience.] and faith.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.42 Serenity, self-restraint, austerity, purity, forgiveness, as well as uprightness, knowledge, wisdom and faith in God - these constitute the duty of a spiritual Teacher.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Arjava (Simplicity / Straightforwardness)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)
Related verses
BG 17.14 BG 16.1 BG 13.8 SB 7.11.21 SB 11.17.16 SB 5.5.1 CC Madhya 22.78 CC Madhya 8.128 CC Madhya 19.53 Chāndogya Upaniṣad 4.4.5Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.12
Stories
shaucha_epic_college
Concepts
BhavaDharma
Brāhmaṇa qualities — peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, knowledge, religiousness.
Practical Applications
  • Even if not by birth, cultivate brāhmaṇical qualities.
  • Identify which is least developed.
  • Treat the list as a curriculum for everyone, regardless of varṇa.
Reflection Questions
  • Which brāhmaṇical quality is least developed in me?
  • What practice builds it?

The lamp in the temple — quiet, clean, fed with steady oil, set in a still corner. The brāhmaṇa's life is such a lamp: śama lit, dama trimmed, tapas burning slow, and all of it set in āstikya — the unshakable conviction that the Lord is.

Sage Vasiṣṭha

Vasiṣṭha, royal preceptor of the Ikṣvāku dynasty and source of the Yoga-Vāsiṣṭha, exemplified every quality of this verse — śama in his unshaken composure, dama in his sensory restraint, tapas in his long austerities, śauca in his immaculate practice, kṣānti even when Viśvāmitra repeatedly tested him.

When Viśvāmitra killed his hundred sons, Vasiṣṭha did not retaliate; tolerance held. When the same Viśvāmitra later won his way to brahmaṛṣi-hood, Vasiṣṭha publicly honored him; ārjava — straightness — won out. The brāhmaṇa-karma described here is his biography.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.43

↗
शौर्यं तेजो धृतिर्दाक्ष्यं युद्धे चाप्यपलायनम् । दानमीश्वरभावश्च क्षात्रं कर्म स्वभावजम् ॥ ४३ ॥
śauryaṁ tejo dhṛtir dākṣyaṁ
[shauryam tejo dhritir daakshyam]
yuddhe cāpy apalāyanam
[yuddhe chaapy apalaayanam]
dānam īśvara-bhāvaś ca
[daanam eeshvara-bhaavash cha]
kṣātraṁ karma svabhāva-jam
[kshaatram karma svabhaava-jam]
śauryam — heroism tejaḥ — power dhṛtiḥ — determination dākṣyam — resourcefulness yuddhe — in battle ca — and api — also apalāyanam — not fleeing dānam — generosity īśvara — of leadership bhāvaḥ — the nature ca — and kṣātram — of a kṣatriya karma — duty svabhāva - jam — born of his own nature .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śauryaṁ tejo dhṛtir dākṣyaṁ
śauryam
heroism
tejaḥ
power
dhṛtiḥ
determination
dākṣyam
resourcefulness
yuddhe cāpy apalāyanam
yuddhe
in battle
ca
and
api
also
apalāyanam
not fleeing
dānam īśvara-bhāvaś ca
dānam
generosity
īśvara
of leadership
bhāvaḥ
the nature
ca
and
kṣātraṁ karma svabhāva-jam
kṣātram
of a kṣatriya
karma
duty
svabhāva - jam
born of his own nature .
  • śauryam — heroism
    Courage in the face of danger. First of the kṣatriya virtues. Not bravado — actual willingness to stand where the danger is.
  • tejaḥ — power, brilliance
    The radiant force that backs the heroism. Tejas is the inner fire that makes the kṣatriya visible across a battlefield even before he speaks.
  • dhṛtiḥ — determination
    Same word from the earlier dhṛti analysis (33-35). The kṣatriya's natural dhṛti is sāttvika when refined — unbroken, sustained, sense-controlling. War without dhṛti collapses into chaos.
  • dākṣyam — resourcefulness
    Cleverness in execution. The capacity to find the working angle in any situation. Distinguishes the strategic leader from the merely brave warrior.
  • apalāyanam — not fleeing
    Negative compound — *not running away*. The defining negative quality of the kṣatriya — refusal to leave the field. This is what Arjuna was about to do, and the very verse he is being instructed by names it as the failure of his own dharma.
  • dānam — generosity
    Especially in distributing the wealth of conquest. Kṣatriya wealth is not for hoarding; it flows outward. Without dāna, śauryam becomes mere predation.
  • bhāvaḥ — the nature, mood
    Used in the verse with īśvara — *the nature of a leader*. The quality of natural authority. Other men instinctively follow him. The capacity to govern — present in svabhāva, not learned at court.
Heroism, power, determination, resourcefulness, courage in battle, generosity and leadership are the natural qualities of work for the kṣatriyas.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Seven traits define kṣātra-karma: courage in combat, blazing presence, grit, competence, refusal to retreat, philanthropy, capacity to lead. The kṣatriya is governing energy in action — and these are precisely the traits Arjuna is being asked to summon.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
This list directly indicts Arjuna's first-chapter collapse: he is failing in śaurya, apalāyana, dhṛti, īśvara-bhāva. Listing the kṣatriya virtues here, near the chapter's end, is a deliberate mirror. Note that dāna and īśvara-bhāva pair rule with responsibility — power that does not give and does not lead is not kṣatriya at all.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
शौर्यं तेजः धृतिः दाक्ष्यं युद्धे च अपि अपलायनं दानम् ईश्वर-भावः च — क्षात्रं कर्म स्वभाव-जम् ।
śauryaṃ tejaḥ dhṛtiḥ dākṣyaṃ yuddhe ca api apalāyanaṃ dānam īśvara-bhāvaḥ ca — kṣātraṃ karma svabhāva-jam |
Valor, splendor, determination, skill, non-fleeing in battle, generosity, sovereign mentality — these constitute the kṣatriya's nature-born work.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
शौर्यं तेजः धृतिः दाक्ष्यं युद्धे च अपि अपलायनम् । दानम् ईश्वर-भावः च क्षात्रं कर्म स्वभाव-जम् ॥
śauryaṃ tejaḥ dhṛtiḥ dākṣyaṃ yuddhe ca api apalāyanam | dānam īśvara-bhāvaḥ ca kṣātraṃ karma svabhāva-jam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
शौर्यम् śauryam शौर्य (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) valor
तेजः tejaḥ तेजस् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) splendor, energy
धृतिः dhṛtiḥ धृति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) determination
दाक्ष्यम् dākṣyam दाक्ष्य (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) skill
युद्धे yuddhe युद्ध (n.) loc.sg. (locative singular) in battle
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
अपि api ind. (indeclinable) even
अपलायनम् apalāyanam अप + √ली → अपलायन (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) non-fleeing
दानम् dānam दान (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) generosity
ईश्वर-भावः īśvara-bhāvaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. sovereign mindset
क्षात्रम् kṣātram क्षात्र (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. kṣatriya
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) work
स्वभाव-जम् svabhāva-jam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. born of nature
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
43. The natural activities of the kṣatriya are courage, confidence, fortitude, expertise in fighting, not fleeing from battle, charity and controlling others.
Commentary

This verse describes the activities of the kṣatriya, in whom rajo-guṇa becomes prominent and sattva becomes secondary. Courage (śauryam), confidence (tejaḥ), fortitude (dhṛtiḥ), and controlling others (īśvara-bhāvaḥ), and not fleeing from battle are the activities of the kṣatriya.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
43. The natural activities of the kṣatriya are courage, confidence, fortitude, expertise in completing his job, not fleeing from battle, charity and controlling others.
Commentary

This verse describes the activities of the kṣatriya. He is not afraid in battle (śauryam). He cannot be surprassed by others (tejaḥ). Even in times of great stress, his senses do not become fatigued (dhṛtiḥ). He is expert in accomplishing his tasks (dākṣyam). Even if his death is certain, he does not flee, turning his back to the enemy. Without restriction, he gives up his wealth (dānam). He shows powers of domination amongst those who should be controlled and transgress the law, for protection of the citizens (īśvara bhāvaḥ). These are the natural activities of the kṣatriya.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Qualities of four varnas (Thus indicating to utilize your karmic propensities in the dutiful

service of the Lord)

Brahmanas (18.42): Nine qualities – Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, knowledge, wisdom and religiousness
Ksatriyas (18.43): Seven qualities – Heroism, power, determination, resourcefulness, courage in battle, generosity and leadership
Vaisyas (18.44): Three qualities – Farming, cow-protection and business
Sudras (18.44): One qualities – Labor and service to others
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.43 Svabhavajam, the natural; ksatra-karma, [A variant reading is ksatram karma.-Tr.] enjoined duties of the Ksatriyas, of the Ksatriya caste; are sauryam, heroism; tejah, boldness; dhrtih, fortitude, as is seen in the case of one who is not depressed under all circumstances, being sustained by doggedness; daksyam, capability engagement without confusion in duties which suddenly present them-selves; api ca, and also; apalayanam, not retreating; yuddhe, from battle, not fleeing from enemies; danam, generosity, being free in the distribution of gifts; isvarabhavah, lordliness, manifesting (exercising) rulership over those who have to be ruled.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.43 'Valour' is the ability of plunging into a battle without fear. 'Invincibility' is the capacity to remain undefeated by others. 'Steadiness' is the capacity to complete a work that has been started despite obstacles. 'Adroitness' is the ability in executing all works. 'Apalayana' is not fleeing in a battle though one is convinced of one's death. 'Generosity' is parting with one's own possessions to others even to its entirety. 'Lordliness' is the capacity to govern all others. This is the duty of a Ksatriya born of his inherent nature.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.43 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.43 Prowess, splendour, firmness, dexterity and also not fleeing from battle, generosity and lordliness are the duties of the Kshatriyas, born of (their own) nature.
Commentary

18.43 शौर्यम् prowess? तेजः splendour? धृतः firmness? दाक्ष्यम् dexterity? युद्धे in battle? च and? अपि also? अपलायनम् not fleeing? दानम् generosity? ईश्वरभावः lordliness? च and? क्षात्रम् of Kshatriyas? कर्म action? स्वभावजम् born of nature.Commentary It is the first duty of Kshatriya (man of the warrior class or of royal blood) to be brave and chivalrous. Bravery is that sublime virtue through which one is naturally strong? vigorous and courageous. In the face of the most terrible calamity the mind will not be in the least perturbed. The Kshatriya is firm under any unfavourable or trying conditions or circumstances. He does not get the least depression of spirit even when he is in adverse circumstances. It is the skill by which the reason finds out its path amidst all untoward circumstances and eventually attains its goal. This is firmness? fortitude or courage.Dakshya Promptness He is able to decide rightly on the spot in matters that deman prompt attention doing without confusion? of duties which present themselves all of a sudden and demand prompt action.As the sunflower always turns its face towards the sun so does he always face his enemies. He will ever avoid turning his back to them on the field of battle. He is absolutely fearless. Just as a tree gives away its flowers and fruits freely to whoever desires them? as the jasmine sends out its sweet fragrace in every direction? so will a Kshatriya generously give to another whatever may be asked of him. His charity is boundless.Lordliness A Kshatriya king enjoys sovereignty over his subjects owing to the sure protection he grants them? exercises ruling power over his subjects who are to be ruled? and raises the rod of chastisement to punish the unrighteous or the wicked.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.43 The natural duties of the Ksatriyas are heroism, boldness, fortitude, capability, and also not retreating from battle, generosity and lordliness.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.43 Valour, glory, firmness, skill, generosity, steadiness in battle and ability to rule - these constitute the duty of a soldier. They flow from his own nature.
Primary values
Dhriti (Resilience / Steadfastness / Fortitude)Dhairya (Composure / Courage)Saurya (Heroism / Bravery)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 2.31 BG 2.33 BG 2.37 SB 7.11.22 SB 1.12.24 SB 4.22.45 CC Madhya 20.388 CC Madhya 19.178 CC Ādi 13.56 Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 1.4.11Chāndogya Upaniṣad 5.11.5
Stories
arjuna_fire_test_middlesaurya_epic_primarysb_dhairya_primary
Concepts
Bhava
Kṣatriya qualities — heroism, power, determination, resourcefulness, courage, generosity, leadership.
Practical Applications
  • Cultivate kṣatriya qualities even if not a warrior — leadership and courage are universally needed.
  • Don't pretend the kṣatriya is no longer relevant.
  • Honor the kṣatriya within.
Reflection Questions
  • What kṣatriya quality is mine to cultivate?
  • Where does my context need it?

The fortified hill that protects the valley, the lion's roar that scatters bandits, the open hand that distributes spoils to the wounded. The kṣatriya is precisely such a hill, such a roar, such a hand — strength curved around the welfare of others.

Bhīṣma at Kurukṣetra

Bhīṣma displayed every quality of this verse — śauryam in the field, tejaḥ in his radiance, dhṛti in his lifelong vows, dākṣyam in his strategic command, apalāyanam in never fleeing battle, dāna in his pre-war generosity, and the īśvara-bhāvaḥ of natural leadership.

Even on his bed of arrows he kept his bearing — instructing Yudhiṣṭhira on dharma. The verse names the kṣatriya-karma as svabhāva-jam, and Bhīṣma's nature was precisely such that even death-by-arrow did not break it.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.44

↗
कृषिगोरक्ष्यवाणिज्यं वैश्यकर्म स्वभावजम् । परिचर्यात्मकं कर्म श‍ूद्रस्यापि स्वभावजम् ॥ ४४ ॥
kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyaṁ
[krishi-go-rakshya-vaanijyam]
vaiśya-karma svabhāva-jam
[vaishya-karma svabhaava-jam]
paricaryātmakaṁ karma
[paricharyaatmakam karma]
śūdrasyāpi svabhāva-jam
[shoodrasyaapi svabhaava-jam]
kṛṣi — plowing go — of cows rakṣya — protection vāṇijyam — trade vaiśya — of a vaiśya karma — duty svabhāva - jam — born of his own nature paricaryā — service ātmakam — consisting of karma — duty śūdrasya — of the śūdra api — also svabhāva - jam — born of his own nature .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyaṁ
kṛṣi
plowing
go
of cows
rakṣya
protection
vāṇijyam
trade
vaiśya-karma svabhāva-jam
vaiśya
of a vaiśya
karma
duty
svabhāva - jam
born of his own nature
paricaryātmakaṁ karma
paricaryā
service
ātmakam
consisting of
karma
duty
śūdrasyāpi svabhāva-jam
śūdrasya
of the śūdra
api
also
svabhāva - jam
born of his own nature .
  • kṛṣi — plowing, agriculture
    The foundational vaiśya activity. Food is the precondition for every other dharma. The verse begins with cultivation because civilization begins there.
  • rakṣya — protection
    With go — *cow-protection*. Not 'cow-keeping' — protection. The Vedic vaiśya is responsible for the cow's life and welfare, not for her exploitation. A heavily charged term in Gauḍīya thought.
  • vāṇijyam — trade
    Commercial exchange. The third vaiśya activity. The verse lists agriculture first, animal husbandry second, trade third — the order of foundational dependence.
  • paricaryā — service
    From pari-car — to attend. The śūdra's natural duty. The verse does not denigrate this; it dignifies it as a form of svabhāva-karma equal in spiritual potential to the others (cf. verse 46).
  • svabhāva-jam — born of one's own nature
    Repeated twice in the verse — once for vaiśya, once for śūdra. The whole point: each varṇa's work *fits its own nature*. None is being asked to do another's job.
Farming, cow protection and business are the natural work for the vaiśyas, and for the śūdras there are labor and service to others.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Vaiśya: cultivation, cattle-care, commerce — the productive and exchange economy. Śūdra: service-natured work — supporting the operations of the other three. All four varṇas are structured by their natural temperament.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The vaiśya triad (kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijya) covers the agricultural-mercantile base of the classical economy. Note that paricaryā is itself called svabhāva-ja — service-disposition is treated as a real human aptitude, not a deficiency. The Gītā's varṇa-theory is more a typology of psychological vocation than a caste hierarchy; vv. 45-48 democratize the soteriological payoff.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
कृषि-गो-रक्ष्य-वाणिज्यं वैश्य-कर्म स्वभाव-जम् । शूद्रस्य अपि परिचर्या-आत्मकं कर्म स्वभाव-जम् ।
kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyaṃ vaiśya-karma svabhāva-jam | śūdrasya api paricaryā-ātmakaṃ karma svabhāva-jam |
Agriculture, cow-protection, trade — these are the vaiśya's nature-born work. The śūdra's nature-born work consists of service.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
कृषि-गो-रक्ष्य-वाणिज्यं वैश्य-कर्म स्वभाव-जम् । परिचर्या-आत्मकं कर्म शूद्रस्य अपि स्वभाव-जम् ॥
kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyaṃ vaiśya-karma svabhāva-jam | paricaryā-ātmakaṃ karma śūdrasya api svabhāva-jam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
कृषि-गो-रक्ष्य-वाणिज्यम् kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyam dvandva cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. agriculture-cattle-trade
वैश्य-कर्म vaiśya-karma tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. vaiśya work
स्वभाव-जम् svabhāva-jam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. born of nature
परिचर्या-आत्मकम् paricaryā-ātmakam bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. consisting of service
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) work
शूद्रस्य śūdrasya शूद्र (m.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of the śūdra
अपि api ind. (indeclinable) also
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
44. The natural duties of the vaiśya are agriculture, raising cows, and commerce. The natural duty of the śūdra is service to the other varṇas.
Commentary

This verse describes the actions of the vaiśyas predominated by rajas with tamas as a secondary guṇa. Protecting the cows and commerce are the activities of the vaiśya. One who protects the cows is called go-rakṣaḥ. The state of protecting the cows is called go-rakṣyam. The verse also speaks of the śūdras in whom tamas predominates and rajas is secondary. Serving the vaiśyas, kṣatriyas and brāhmaṇas (paricaryātmikam) is the activity of the śūdra.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
44. The natural duties of the vaiśya are agriculture, raising cows, and commerce. The natural duty of the śūdra is service to the other varṇas.
Commentary

The activities of the vaiśya are described. He tills the land with a plough for producing food crops. He raises and protects animals. He engages in buying and selling. Loaning money to increase wealth is also included. These are the natural activities of the vaiśya. Then the activity of the śūdra is described. The activity of the śūdra is to serve the twice born, those of the other three varṇas. These descriptions are representative of the activities of the four āśramas (not an exhaustive list).

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Translation
Farming, cow protection and business are the natural work for the vaisyas, and for the sudras there is labor and service to others.
Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Qualities of four varnas (Thus indicating to utilize your karmic propensities in the dutiful

service of the Lord)

Brahmanas (18.42): Nine qualities – Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, knowledge, wisdom and religiousness
Ksatriyas (18.43): Seven qualities – Heroism, power, determination, resourcefulness, courage in battle, generosity and leadership
Vaisyas (18.44): Three qualities – Farming, cow-protection and business
Sudras (18.44): One qualities – Labor and service to others
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.44 Svabyavajam, the natural; vaisya-karma, duties of the Vaisyas, of the Vaisya caste; are krsi-gauraksyavanijyam, agriculture, cattle rearing and trade: Krsi is tilling of land. Orre who rears cattle (go) is goraksa; the abstract form of that word is gauraksyam, animal-husbandry. Vanijyam means the occupation of a trader, consisting of buying and selling. Sudrasya, of the Sudra; api, too; svabhavajam, the natural; karma, duty; is paricaryatmakam, in the form of service. When rightly pursued, the natural result of these duties enjoined for the castes is the attainment of heaven-which act is evident from such Smrti texts as, 'People belonging to the castes and stages of life, who are true to their own duties, experience after death the fruit of their actions. And after that, as a result of the remnants of their merits they are born in some excellent region, caste and family, with greater piety, longevity, learning, conduct, wealth, happiness and intelligence' (Ap. Dh. Su. 2.2.2.3), etc. And in the Puranas also it is particularly mentioned that poeple belonging to the (different) castes and stages of life come to have specific results in the form of different worlds. But this result that is going to be stated follows from a different cause:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.44 'Agriculture' is cultivation to produce crops. The meaning of 'cattle breeding' is the protection and rearing of cattle. 'Trade' is the activity causing the amassing of wealth through buying and selling. This is the duty of Vaisya born of his inherent nature. The duty of a Sudra, born of his inherent nature, is service to the three Orders mentioned earlier. All these have been described to stress that the occupational activities of the four stations are auxiliary to the performance of sacrifices etc., which are ordained by the Sastra. Sacrifices etc., are common to the first three stations. Control of the senses etc., are common to those who, among the first three stations, are anxious for release. As a Brahmana possesses preponderance of Sattva, and as the control of the senses, mind etc., can be performed by him easily and naturally, control of the senses etc., have been prescribed as his duty. As control of the mind, senses etc., can be performed only with difficulty by the Ksatriyas and the Vaisyas owing to the preponderance of Rajas and Tamas respectively in them, these have not been stated as their duty. The occupation of a Brahmana is officiating as priest in sacrifices, teaching the Vedas and receiving gifts. The occupation of a Ksatriya is protecting the people and that of the Vaisyas is farming etc., as mentioned before. The duty and occupation of the Sudra is service to the three stations.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.44 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.44 Agriculture, cattle-rearing and trade are the duties of the Vaisya (merchant), born of (their own) nature; and action consisting of service is the duty of the Sudra (servant-class), born of (their own) nature.
Commentary

18.44 कृषिगौरक्ष्यवाणिज्यम् agriculture? cattlerearing and trade? वैश्यकर्म the duties of Vaisya? स्वभावजम् born of nature? परिचर्यात्मकम् consisting of service? कर्म action? शूद्रस्य of the Sudra? अपि also? स्वभावजम् born of nature.Commentary When a man performs his duties rightly according to his caste and order of life his heart is purified and he goes to heaven. Apastambha Dharma Sutra declares? Men of severla,castes and orders? each devoted to his respective duties? reap the fruits of their actions after death? and then by the residual Karma attain to births in superior Dharma? span of life? learning? conduct? wealth? happiness and intelligence (2?2?2?3). There is a vivid description in the Puranas also of the different results and worlds which men of the four castes and orders obtain by discharging their respective duties.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.44 The natural duties of the Vaisyas are agriculture, cattle-rearing and trade. Of the Sudras, too, the natural duty is in the form of service.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.44 Agriculture, protection of the cow and trade are the duty of a trader, again in accordance with his nature. The duty of a servant is to serve, and that too agrees with his nature.
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Dana (Charity / Generosity)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Anahankarah (Freedom from False Ego)
Related verses
BG 4.13 BG 9.32 BG 18.41 SB 7.11.23 SB 11.17.18 SB 11.17.19 CC Madhya 8.58 CC Madhya 19.50 CC Antya 16.11 Chāndogya Upaniṣad 5.10.7Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 1.4.13
Concepts
BhavaTamas
Vaiśya qualities — agriculture, cow protection, business; śūdra duty — service.
Practical Applications
  • Honor every legitimate occupation as expression of varṇa.
  • Don't disparage trade or service.
  • Recognize the dignity of all four.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I disparaged a particular varṇa?
  • What does honoring all four require?

The earth bears the plow, the cow feeds the village, the market connects the field to the distant town, and the laborer's strong arm enables every other arm to do its work. Four kinds of hands, one body of society. None of them are decorative; all of them are dharma.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.45

↗
स्वे स्वे कर्मण्यभिरत: संसिद्धिं लभते नर स्वकर्मनिरत: सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्‍छृणु ॥ ४५ ॥
sve sve karmaṇy abhirataḥ
[sve sve karmany abhiratah]
saṁsiddhiṁ labhate naraḥ
[samsiddhim labhate narah]
sva-karma-nirataḥ siddhiṁ
[sva-karma-niratah siddhim]
yathā vindati tac chṛṇu
[yathaa vindati tach chrinu]
sve sve — each his own karmaṇi — work abhirataḥ — following saṁsiddhim — perfection labhate — achieves naraḥ — a man sva - karma — in his own duty nirataḥ — engaged siddhim — perfection yathā — as vindati — attains tat — that śṛṇu — listen .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sve sve karmaṇy abhirataḥ
sve sve
each his own
karmaṇi
work
abhirataḥ
following
saṁsiddhiṁ labhate naraḥ
saṁsiddhim
perfection
labhate
achieves
naraḥ
a man
sva-karma-nirataḥ siddhiṁ
sva - karma
in his own duty
nirataḥ
engaged
siddhim
perfection
yathā vindati tac chṛṇu
yathā
as
vindati
attains
tat
that
śṛṇu
listen .
  • sve sve — each his own
    Doubled possessive — emphatic. *Each one in his own*. Not someone else's work. The repetition closes the door on borrowed dharma.
  • abhirataḥ — engaged, devoted to
    Past participle from abhi-ram — to take delight in. The verse asks for not mere participation but loving engagement with one's prescribed work.
  • saṁsiddhim — perfection
    Sam-siddhi — complete attainment. The same word used elsewhere for spiritual perfection. The radical claim: full svabhāva-karma produces full siddhi, regardless of varṇa.
  • nirataḥ — engaged
    Past participle. With sva-karma: fully absorbed in one's own work. Nirata is even stronger than abhirata — set into it. The verse twice emphasizes complete devotion to one's specific work.
  • vindati — attains, finds
    From vid — to find. Not 'earns' but 'discovers.' The perfection was already there in the rightly-done work; one *finds* it by doing the work rightly.
By following his qualities of work, every man can become perfect. Now please hear from Me how this can be done.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Each person, devoted to his own constitutional work, can reach the highest perfection. Sva-dharma is not just acceptable — it is the very path to siddhi. The method is announced in v. 46.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A democratization of the soteriological payoff: spiritual perfection is available within each varṇa's work, not only through Brahmanical renunciation. The verse anticipates the Gītā's bhakti-yoga synthesis — any work, offered rightly, is yoga. 'Saṁsiddhi' (full perfection) is the technical term for the inner readiness that opens to jñāna (cf. v. 50).
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
स्वे स्वे कर्मणि अभिरतः नरः संसिद्धिं लभते । स्व-कर्म-निरतः यथा सिद्धिं विन्दति, तत् शृणु ।
sve sve karmaṇi abhirataḥ naraḥ saṃsiddhiṃ labhate | sva-karma-nirataḥ yathā siddhiṃ vindati, tat śṛṇu |
Devoted to his own work, a person attains perfection. Hear now how one engrossed in his own work obtains that perfection.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
स्वे स्वे कर्मणि अभिरतः संसिद्धिं लभते नरः । स्व-कर्म-निरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तत् शृणु ॥
sve sve karmaṇi abhirataḥ saṃsiddhiṃ labhate naraḥ | sva-karma-nirataḥ siddhiṃ yathā vindati tat śṛṇu ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
स्वे स्वे sve sve स्व (pron. (pronoun)) loc.sg. (locative singular)n., distributive in his own respective
कर्मणि karmaṇi कर्मन् (n.) loc.sg. (locative singular) work
अभिरतः abhirataḥ अभि + √रम् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. devoted
संसिद्धिम् saṃsiddhim संसिद्धि (f.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) perfection
लभते labhate √लभ् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) attains
नरः naraḥ नर (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) person
स्व-कर्म-निरतः sva-karma-nirataḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. engaged in own work
सिद्धिम् siddhim सिद्धि (f.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) perfection
यथा yathā ind. (indeclinable) how
विन्दति vindati √विद् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) obtains
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. that
शृणु śṛṇu √श्रु impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) hear!
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
45. Man achieves complete success being engaged in his particular duties. Hear how one attains success by engagement in one’s duties.
Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
45. Man achieves complete success, attainment of jñāna, being engaged in his particular duties. Hear how one attains success by engagement in one’s duties.
Commentary

These activities give rise to knowledge. Engaging in activity prescribed according to ones varṇa and āśrama, the performer attains steadiness in jñāna (saṁsiddhim), which manifests from within the activities, like a lotus flower arising from its root in the mud. “But how can actions which are said to cause bondage lead to steadiness in jñāna which is the cause of liberation from bondage?” The Lord then explains that this can happen by particular intelligence in the action.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

What is perfect means? ‑ It means becoming free from the reactions to one's work and becoming free from the modes of material nature.

[2. Every man can become perfect by worshiping the Lord through his occupational work which is born of the modes of material nature. This work, even if faultily done, is better than accepting another's occupation. Prescribed duties are never affected by sinful reaction. (46‑48) ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Anyone can become perfect by following the duties of his work. That is explained in 18.46, which

explains how one should perform his duties

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
5.10 On the other hand, again, one who is ignorant of the Truth and is engaged in Karma-yoga, yah, who; karoti, acts; adhaya, by dedicating, by surrendering; all karmani, actions; brahmani, to Brahman, to God; with the idea, 'I am working for Him, as a servant does everything for his master', and tyaktva, by renouncing; sangam, attachment, even with regard to teh resulting Liberation; sah, he; na lipyate, does not get polluted, is not affected; papena, by sin; iva, just as; padma-patram, a lotus leaf; is not ambhasa, by water. The only result that will certainly accrue from such action will be the purification of the heart.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
5.10 Here the term, Brahman denotes Prakrti. Later on Sri Krsna will say: 'The great Brahman is My womb' (14.3). Since Prakrti abides in the form of senses which are particular off-shoots of Prakrti, he who, as said in the passage beginning with 'Even though he is seeing, hearing ৷৷.' (5.8), understands that all actions proceed from Brahman (Prakrti); renounces all attachment while engaging himself in all actions, reflecting, 'I am doing nothing.' Such a person, though existing in contact with Prakrti, is not contaminated by sin which is the result of the wrong identification of the Atman with Prakrti and is the cause of bondage. Just as a lotus leaf is not wetted by water, actions do not affect or defile a person with sin, if he is free from such identification with the body.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
5.10 See Comment under 5.11
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
5.10 He who does actions, offering them to Brahman, and abandoning attachment, is not tainted by sin, just as a lotus-leaf is not tainted by water.
Commentary

5.10 ब्रह्मणि in Brahman? आधाय having placed? कर्माणि actions? सङ्गम् attachment? त्यक्त्वा having abandoned? करोति acts? यः who? लिप्यते is tainted? न not? सः he? पापेन by sin? पद्मपत्रम् lotusleaf? इव like? अम्भसा by water.Commentary Chapter IV verses 18? 20? 21? 22? 23? 37? 41 Chapter V verses 10? 11 and 12 all convey the one idea that the Yogi who does actions without egoism and attachment to results or fruits of the actions? which he regards as offerings unto the Lord? is not tainted by the actions (Karma). He has no attachment even for Moksha. He sees inaction in action. All his actions are burnt in the fire of wisdom. He escapes from the wheel of Samsara. He is freed from the round of births and deaths. He gets purity of heart and through purity of heart attains to the knowledge of the Self. Through the knowledge of the Self he is liberated. This is the gist of the above ten verses. (Cf.III.30)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
5.10 One who acts by dedicating actions to Brahman and by renouncing attachment, he does not become polluted by sin, just as a lotus leaf is not by water.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
5.10 He who dedicates his actions to the Spirit, without any personal attachment to them, he is no more tainted by sin than the water lily is wetted by water.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
By his own work, every man can become perfect — hear how this is so.
Practical Applications
  • Trust that your own work is the path to perfection.
  • Don't seek perfection elsewhere.
  • Engage your work as the field of sādhana.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I seek perfection elsewhere?
  • What would treating current work as sādhana look like?

A blacksmith does not become spiritually fit by trying to chant Sanskrit in the temple; he becomes fit by hammering iron with offered hands. The same anvil that bound his neighbor's worker liberates him. Saṁsiddhi waits not in the work but in the *fit* between the work and the worker.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.46

↗
यत: प्रवृत्तिर्भूतानां येन सर्वमिदं ततम् । स्वकर्मणा तमभ्यर्च्य सिद्धिं विन्दति मानव: ॥ ४६ ॥
yataḥ pravṛttir bhūtānāṁ
[yatah pravrittir bhootaanaam]
yena sarvam idaṁ tatam
[yena sarvam idam tatam]
sva-karmaṇā tam abhyarcya
[sva-karmanaa tam abhyarchya]
siddhiṁ vindati mānavaḥ
[siddhim vindati maanavah]
yataḥ — from whom pravṛttiḥ — the emanation bhūtānām — of all living entities yena — by whom sarvam — all idam — this tatam — is pervaded sva - karmaṇā — by his own duties tam — Him abhyarcya — by worshiping siddhim — perfection vindati — achieves mānavaḥ — a man .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yataḥ pravṛttir bhūtānāṁ
yataḥ
from whom
pravṛttiḥ
the emanation
bhūtānām
of all living entities
yena sarvam idaṁ tatam
yena
by whom
sarvam
all
idam
this
tatam
is pervaded
sva-karmaṇā tam abhyarcya
sva - karmaṇā
by his own duties
tam
Him
abhyarcya
by worshiping
siddhiṁ vindati mānavaḥ
siddhim
perfection
vindati
achieves
mānavaḥ
a man .
  • pravṛttiḥ — the emanation
    From pra-vṛt — to come forth. The Lord is the source — *from* whom the manifestation of beings flows. The verse roots itself first in His role as origin (pravṛtti).
  • tatam — is pervaded
    Past participle of tan — to stretch, pervade. The Lord is also the all-pervader. Both manifest source and immanent presence — origin and field together. Worship is offered to *this* Lord.
  • sva-karmaṇā — by one's own work
    Instrumental. The *means* of worship is precisely the sva-karma of verse 45. The verse converts varṇa-karma into Lord-worship — its theological pivot.
  • abhyarcya — by worshiping
    Gerund of abhi-arc — to worship fully. Sva-karma is not merely 'permitted'; it is *the very act of worship*. Work becomes pūjā.
  • vindati — achieves
    From vid — to find. With siddhim: attains perfection. Same verb as verse 45 — but now its mechanism is explicit. Perfection comes not just from doing one's work but from doing it as worship.
By worship of the Lord, who is the source of all beings and who is all-pervading, a man can attain perfection through performing his own work.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sva-karma becomes spiritual practice when offered to the One from whom all activity arises and by whom all is pervaded. The work itself, done as worship, is the path. This is karma-yoga's deepest formulation.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A landmark verse for karma-yoga as worship (sva-karma-arcanam). The two relative clauses identify the divine: source of all pravṛtti and pervader of all. Work offered to such a Reality is itself liturgy. The verse silently dignifies even śūdra service-work as a valid spiritual path — the criterion is abhyarcya (offering), not the social rank of the labor.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यतः भूतानां प्रवृत्तिः, येन सर्वम् इदं ततम् — तं स्व-कर्मणा अभ्यर्च्य मानवः सिद्धिं विन्दति ।
yataḥ bhūtānāṃ pravṛttiḥ, yena sarvam idaṃ tatam — taṃ sva-karmaṇā abhyarcya mānavaḥ siddhiṃ vindati |
From whom is the activity of all beings, by whom all this is pervaded — worshiping Him through his own work, a person attains perfection.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यतः प्रवृत्तिः भूतानां येन सर्वम् इदं ततम् । स्व-कर्मणा तम् अभ्यर्च्य सिद्धिं विन्दति मानवः ॥
yataḥ pravṛttiḥ bhūtānāṃ yena sarvam idaṃ tatam | sva-karmaṇā tam abhyarcya siddhiṃ vindati mānavaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यतः yataḥ ind. (abl.) from whom
प्रवृत्तिः pravṛttiḥ प्रवृत्ति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) activity, origination
भूतानाम् bhūtānām भूत (n.) gen.pl. (genitive plural) of beings
येन yena यद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)m. by whom
सर्वम् sarvam सर्व (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. all
इदम् idam इदम् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. this
ततम् tatam √तन् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. pervaded
स्व-कर्मणा sva-karmaṇā tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)n. by one's own work
तम् tam तद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. Him
अभ्यर्च्य abhyarcya अभि + √अर्च् abs. (absolutive) having worshiped
सिद्धिम् siddhim सिद्धि (f.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) perfection
विन्दति vindati √विद् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) obtains
मानवः mānavaḥ मानव (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) a human being

As stated in the Fifteenth Chapter, all living beings are fragmental parts and parcels of the Supreme Lord. Thus the Supreme Lord is the beginning of all living entities. This is confirmed in the Vedānta-sūtra – janmādy asya yataḥ. The Supreme Lord is therefore the beginning of life of every living entity. And as stated in the Seventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā, the Supreme Lord, by His two energies, His external energy and internal energy, is all-pervading. Therefore one should worship the Supreme Lord with His energies. Generally the Vaiṣṇava devotees worship the Supreme Lord with His internal energy. His external energy is a perverted reflection of the internal energy. The external energy is a background, but the Supreme Lord by the expansion of His plenary portion as Paramātmā is situated everywhere. He is the Supersoul of all demigods, all human beings, all animals, everywhere. One should therefore know that as part and parcel of the Supreme Lord one has his duty to render service unto the Supreme. Everyone should be engaged in devotional service to the Lord in full Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is recommended in this verse. Everyone should think that he is engaged in a particular type of occupation by Hṛṣīkeśa, the master of the senses. And by the result of the work in which one is engaged, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, should be worshiped. If one thinks always in this way, in full Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then, by the grace of the Lord, he becomes fully aware of everything. That is the perfection of life. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gītā (12.7), teṣām ahaṁ samuddhartā. The Supreme Lord Himself takes charge of delivering such a devotee. That is the highest perfection of life. In whatever occupation one may be engaged, if he serves the Supreme Lord he will achieve the highest perfection.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
46. Men achieve success by worshiping the Lord who is the origin of all entities and is spread everywhere, through mentally offering their prescribed duties.
Commentary

Humans attain perfection by worshipping (abhyarcya) through their prescribed work Him alone, the Supreme Lord, from whom arise the activities of all living entities. The worship consists of offering the work in the mind, thinking, “By this work may the Lord be satisfied.”

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
46. Men achieve steadiness in jñāna by worshiping the Lord who is the origin of all entities and is spread everywhere, through mentally offering their prescribed duties.
Commentary

From the Lord arise (pravṛttiḥ) all the living entities. By Him the whole universe is pervaded (tatam). Worshipping that Lord who is situated as the soul of all the devatās such as Indra by ones activities— offering the act to Him after performing them by thinking “May the Lord be satisfied with the act,” men attain steadiness in jñāna (siddhim).

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

One can become perfect by doing all the duties of his respective varna for the “Lord’s pleasure”

By worship of the Lord, who is the source of all beings and who is all pervading
Focus of Learning

Srila Prabhupada elaborates in this purport on how one’s work—although within the modes of material

nature—can be practically turned into bhakti through niskama-karma-yoga

(a) Supreme Lord is the beginning of all living entities – This is supported by the following references:

Bg. 15.7 – Living entities as fragmental parts and parcels
Vedanta-sutra – “janmady asya yatah…”
Bg. Chapter 7 – Lord is all pervading by His external and internal energies

(b) Result of knowing the Lord as the source – This leads to “Worship of him”

Worship Supreme Lord with His energies
How Vaishnavas worship – Worship Lord especially with His internal energy
But what about external energy?
His external energy is a perverted reflection of internal energy
The external energy is a background, but the Supreme Lord by the expansion as Paramatma is situated everywhere, in all the demigods, human beings, animals etc.
Therefore recommendation given: Perform your duty to render service unto Him –Senses to be engaged in service of Hrsikesa, the master of the senses

(c) Reciprocation of the Lord (Ref. Bg. 12.7) – Supreme Lord Himself takes charge of delivering such a

devotee

Whatever occupation one may be engaged, if he serves the Lord, he will achieve the highest perfection
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.46 Manavah, a human being; vindati, achieves; siddhim, success, merely in the form of the ability for steadfastness in Knowledge; abhyarcya, by adoring, worshipping; svakarmana, with his own duties stated above, as allotted to each caste; tam, Him, God; yatah, from whom, from which God; comes pravrttih, origin,-or, from which internal Ruler comes the activities; ;bhutanam, of creatures, of living beings; and yena, by whom, by which God; is tatam, pervaded; sarvam, all; idam, this world. Since this is so, therefore,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.46 He from whom arise all activities as origination of all beings and by whom all this is pervaded, by worshipping Him, i.e., Myself, who abide in Indra and other divinites as the Inner Ruler, man attains perfection, consisting in the attainment of Myself by My grace. It has been told before that everything originates from Me and all this is pervaded by Me, in texts like the following: 'I am the origin and dissolution of the whole universe' (7.6), 'There is nothing higher than Myself, O Arjuna' (7.7), 'This entire universe is pervaded by Me in an unmanifest form' (9.4), 'Under My supervision, the Prakrti gives birth to all mobile and immobile entities' (9.10) and 'I am the origin of all; from Me proceed everything' (10.8).
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.46 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.46 He from Whom all the beings have evolved and by Whom all this is pervaded worshipping Him with his own duty, man attains perfection.
Commentary

18.46 यतः from whom? प्रवृत्तिः (is) the evolution? भूतानाम् of beings? येन by whom? सर्वम् all? इदम् this? ततम् is pervaded? स्वकर्मणा with his own duty? तम् Him? अभ्यर्च्य worshipping? सिद्धिम् perfection? विन्दति attains? मानवः man.Commentary The performance by a man of his own duty is simply carrying into effect the intention of the Supreme from Whom the whole of the creation emanates. When a man worships Him? the Supreme Being? with the flowers of his action? then He is immensely pleased and being thus gratified by such worship He confers on Him? as a boon? dispassion and discrimination.Pravritti Evolution or activity it proceeds from the Lord? the Antaryamin? the Inner Ruler.Bhutanam Beings living creatures.Svakarmana With his own duty each according to his caste as described above.Man attains perfection by worshipping the Lord by performing his own duty? i.e.? he becomes alified for the dawn of Selfknowledge (for Jnana Yoga).

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.46 A human being achieves success by adoring through his own duties Him from whom is the origin of creatures, and by whom is all this pervaded.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.46 Man reaches perfection by dedicating his actions to God, Who is the source of all being, and fills everything.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
By worshiping Him from whom all beings come, who pervades all — by his own work, a man attains perfection.
Practical Applications
  • Treat your work as worship of the Lord who pervades all.
  • Frame the offering deliberately.
  • Don't separate work from worship.
Reflection Questions
  • How does my work currently relate to worship?
  • What integration is being asked?

Every river finds the ocean. The plowman, the warrior, the merchant, the servant — each pours his work back into the source of all beings, and the same ocean receives them all. The vehicle differs; the destination is one.

Tulādhāra the merchant

In the Mahābhārata, the sage Jājali learns from the simple merchant Tulādhāra of Vārāṇasī that his weighing-scale, kept perfectly honest and offered to dharma, is itself a path to the highest. Tulādhāra never left his shop.

By worshiping the Lord through impeccable sva-karma — fair weights, honest pricing, no exploitation — he reached what the most austere sages reached. The verse 18.46 is precisely the principle Jājali was taught.

Vyādha the butcher

The Mahābhārata also recounts how the brāhmaṇa Kauśika is sent to learn from a butcher in Mithilā. The butcher performs his prescribed duty without pride and without shirking, serves his parents with full devotion, and worships the Lord through his work itself.

The brāhmaṇa, who had become proud of his recitation, learns that the butcher's sva-karma offered to the Lord is the same perfection-path that he had sought through study. Sva-karmaṇā tam abhyarcya.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.47

↗
श्रेयान्स्वधर्मो विगुण: परधर्मात्स्वनुष्ठितात् । स्वभावनियतं कर्म कुर्वन्नाप्‍नोति किल्बिषम् ॥ ४७ ॥
śreyān sva-dharmo viguṇaḥ
[shreyaan sva-dharmo vigunah]
para-dharmāt sv-anuṣṭhitāt
[para-dharmaat sv-anushthitaat]
svabhāva-niyataṁ karma
[svabhaava-niyatam karma]
kurvan nāpnoti kilbiṣam
[kurvan naapnoti kilbisham]
śreyān — better sva - dharmaḥ — one’s own occupation viguṇaḥ — imperfectly performed para - dharmāt — than another’s occupation su - anuṣṭhitāt — perfectly done svabhāva - niyatam — prescribed according to one’s nature karma — work kurvan — performing na — never āpnoti — achieves kilbiṣam — sinful reactions .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śreyān sva-dharmo viguṇaḥ
śreyān
better
sva - dharmaḥ
one’s own occupation
viguṇaḥ
imperfectly performed
para-dharmāt sv-anuṣṭhitāt
para - dharmāt
than another’s occupation
su - anuṣṭhitāt
perfectly done
svabhāva - niyatam
prescribed according to one’s nature
svabhāva-niyataṁ karma
karma
work
kurvan nāpnoti kilbiṣam
kurvan
performing
na
never
āpnoti
achieves
kilbiṣam
sinful reactions .
  • śreyān — better
    Comparative. Not merely 'acceptable' — *superior*. Imperfect own-duty surpasses perfect borrowed-duty. The whole verse is a hierarchy claim, not a permission slip.
  • sva-dharmaḥ — one's own duty
    The Gītā's most famous compound, also given in 3.35. Repeated here at the chapter's heart because Arjuna is at the very crossroads it addresses.
  • viguṇaḥ — imperfectly performed
    Adjective — 'with deficient quality.' Even botched sva-dharma is better than polished para-dharma. The verse forecloses the perfectionist's escape: 'I'm not good enough at my dharma yet, so I'll try a different one.'
  • su-anuṣṭhitāt — than perfectly performed
    Ablative. Even when the other person's dharma is executed beautifully, it is still inferior to one's own done badly. The comparison is sharper than most readers want it to be.
  • svabhāva-niyatam — regulated by one's own nature
    Compound. Sva-dharma is rooted in svabhāva — not assigned arbitrarily. The fit between worker and work is metaphysical, not bureaucratic.
  • kilbiṣam — sinful reactions
    Karmic stain. Doing one's nature-prescribed duty does not produce kilbiṣa even when imperfect. The same imperfection in borrowed dharma can produce serious karmic damage.
It is better to engage in one’s own occupation, even though one may perform it imperfectly, than to accept another’s occupation and perform it perfectly. Duties prescribed according to one’s nature are never affected by sinful reactions.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
A near-restatement of 3.35: stay with your own work even if you fumble it; don't take up another's dharma even if you'd execute it well. Sva-bhāva-fixed work, done in good faith, generates no stain.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The verse counters Arjuna's recurring temptation to drop his kṣatriya-dharma for a brāhmaṇa-style renunciation. 'Viguṇa' (faulty) sva-dharma trumps 'sv-anuṣṭhita' (perfectly executed) para-dharma. The doctrine respects natural constitution: borrowed virtue is inauthentic and will collapse. Cf. 3.35; the recurrence here at the chapter's summative position is deliberate.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
विगुणः स्व-धर्मः सु-अनुष्ठितात् पर-धर्मात् श्रेयान् । स्व-भाव-नियतं कर्म कुर्वन् किल्बिषं न आप्नोति ।
viguṇaḥ sva-dharmaḥ su-anuṣṭhitāt para-dharmāt śreyān | sva-bhāva-niyataṃ karma kurvan kilbiṣaṃ na āpnoti |
One's own dharma, even poorly performed, is better than another's dharma well performed. Doing the work fixed by one's nature, one incurs no fault.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
श्रेयान् स्व-धर्मः विगुणः पर-धर्मात् सु-अनुष्ठितात् । स्व-भाव-नियतं कर्म कुर्वन् न आप्नोति किल्बिषम् ॥
śreyān sva-dharmaḥ viguṇaḥ para-dharmāt su-anuṣṭhitāt | sva-bhāva-niyataṃ karma kurvan na āpnoti kilbiṣam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
श्रेयान् śreyān श्रेयस् compar. (comparative) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. better
स्व-धर्मः sva-dharmaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. own dharma
विगुणः viguṇaḥ वि + गुण (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. imperfectly done
पर-धर्मात् para-dharmāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. than another's dharma
सु-अनुष्ठितात् su-anuṣṭhitāt sup + p.p.p. (past passive participle) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. well-performed
स्व-भाव-नियतम् sva-bhāva-niyatam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. fixed by nature
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) work
कुर्वन् kurvan √कृ pres. (present)part. nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. doing
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
आप्नोति āpnoti आप् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) incurs
किल्बिषम् kilbiṣam किल्बिष (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) fault, sin

One’s occupational duty is prescribed in Bhagavad-gītā. As already discussed in previous verses, the duties of a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra are prescribed according to their particular modes of nature. One should not imitate another’s duty. A man who is by nature attracted to the kind of work done by śūdras should not artificially claim to be a brāhmaṇa, although he may have been born into a brāhmaṇa family. In this way one should work according to his own nature; no work is abominable, if performed in the service of the Supreme Lord. The occupational duty of a brāhmaṇa is certainly in the mode of goodness, but if a person is not by nature in the mode of goodness, he should not imitate the occupational duty of a brāhmaṇa. For a kṣatriya, or administrator, there are so many abominable things; a kṣatriya has to be violent to kill his enemies, and sometimes a kṣatriya has to tell lies for the sake of diplomacy. Such violence and duplicity accompany political affairs, but a kṣatriya is not supposed to give up his occupational duty and try to perform the duties of a brāhmaṇa. One should act to satisfy the Supreme Lord. For example, Arjuna was a kṣatriya. He was hesitating to fight the other party. But if such fighting is performed for the sake of Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there need be no fear of degradation. In the business field also, sometimes a merchant has to tell so many lies to make a profit. If he does not do so, there can be no profit. Sometimes a merchant says, “Oh, my dear customer, for you I am making no profit,” but one should know that without profit the merchant cannot exist. Therefore it should be taken as a simple lie if a merchant says that he is not making a profit. But the merchant should not think that because he is engaged in an occupation in which the telling of lies is compulsory, he should give up his profession and pursue the profession of a brāhmaṇa. That is not recommended. Whether one is a kṣatriya, a vaiśya, or a śūdra doesn’t matter, if he serves, by his work, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Even brāhmaṇas, who perform different types of sacrifice, sometimes must kill animals because sometimes animals are sacrificed in such ceremonies. Similarly, if a kṣatriya engaged in his own occupation kills an enemy, there is no sin incurred. In the Third Chapter these matters have been clearly and elaborately explained; every man should work for the purpose of Yajña, or for Viṣṇu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Anything done for personal sense gratification is a cause of bondage. The conclusion is that everyone should be engaged according to the particular mode of nature he has acquired, and he should decide to work only to serve the supreme cause of the Supreme Lord.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
47. It is better to perform one’s own duties with fault than to perform another’s duties perfectly. Doing your own duties according to your nature, you do not receive sin.
Commentary

Looking at one’s own rajasic duties with its various activities, and not having a taste for them, one should not perform sattvic duties. It is better to do one’s own duties, inferior though they may be, though done imperfectly (viguṇa), than doing another’s duty (para-dharmāt), though it may be preferred because it can be executed easily (su anuṣṭhitāt). You should not give up your own work of fighting because of its fault of killing friends, and instead perform another’s dharma in the form of wandering around begging.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
47. It is better to perform one duties according to nature which are inferior than to perform another’s duties which are superior. Doing your own duties according to your nature, you do not receive sin.
Commentary

“Because the duties of the kṣatiryas and others are composed of the lower guṇas, people, losing taste for thos duties, should perform the duties of the brāhmaṇas in sattva guṇa.” Undertaking ones own dharma which may be inferior (viguṇaḥ) is better than doing more perfectly another dharma which is superior or more attractive. It is much preferred because it is prescribed by the scriptures (to do those duties corresponding to ones qualities.) One should not think that subsisting on grains fallen in the field as a brāhmaṇa is a superior dharma to ones own dharma as a kṣatriaya which has violence, or as a vaiśya which involves untruthfulness, because the brāhmaṇa’s work lacks those faults. That is because in doing ones dharma with its faults, which are prescribed by scriptures according to ones nature (svabhāva nihitam karma), one does not incur sin. Just as there is no fault in the violence of sacrificing animals because it is ordained by scripture, so there is no fault in the violence or untruthfulessn which is part of fighting or business, because it is ordained as duty by scripture. This has been explained in detail in the third chapter.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Here is what Krsna is talking about: how to do work in the service of the Lord, according to one's nature and one will not attain any sinful reactions by doing this work. Again how to become free from sinful reactions through working.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

As one should not take medicine prescribed to someone else, one should stick to his own prescribed

duties and not try to take someone else’s

Better to engage in one’s own occupation, even though imperfectly, than to accept another’s occupation and perform it perfectly
Result: Duties prescribed according to one’s own nature are never affected by sinful reaction
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.47 Svadharmah, one's own duty; though vigunah, defective-the word though has to be supplied-; is sreyan, superior to, more praiseworthy than; paradharmat, another's duty; su-anusthitat, well performed. Kurvan, by performing; karma, a duty; svabhavaniyatam, as dictated by one's own nature-this phrase means the same as svabhavajam (born from Nature) which has been stated earlier-; na apnoti, one does not incur; kilbisam, sin. As poison is not harmful to a worm born it it, so one does not incur sin by performing a duty dictated by one's own nature. It has been siad that, as in the case of a worm born in poison, a person does not incur sin while performing his duties which have been dictated by his own nature; and that someone else's duty is fraught with fear; also that, one who does not have the knoweldge of the Self, (he) surely cannot remain even for a moment without doing work (cf. 3.5). Hence-
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.47 One's proper Dharma is that which is suitable for performance by oneself, in the form of worshipping Myself, relinishing agency etc., as has been taught. For, Karma Yoga, consisting in the activities of sense organs, is easy to perform by one in association with Prakrti. Thus, Karma Yoga, even if it is defective in some respects, is better than the Dharma of another, i.e., than Jnana-yoga, even for a person capable of controlling his senses, which is an attainment liable to negligence, because it consists of control over all sense-organs; for, though this may be well performed occasionaly, one is always liable to deflection from it. He explains the same: As Karma consists of the activities of the sense-organs, it is ordained by Nature for one who is conjoined with Prakrti, i.e., the body. So by performing Karma Yoga one does not incur any stain. But Jnana Yoga is liable to negligence, because it reires the control of the senses from the very beginning for its performance. One intent on it is likely to incur stain from negligence. [Thus we are reminded about what was mentioned in the third chapter - that Karma Yoga alone is greater.]
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.47 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.47 Better is one's own duty (though) destitute of merits, than the duty of another well performed. He who does the duty ordained by his own nature incurs no sin.
Commentary

18.47 श्रेयान् better? स्वधर्मः ones own duty? विगुणः (though) destitute of merits? परधर्मात् that the duty of another? स्वनुष्ठितात् (than) well performed? स्वभावनियतम् ordained by his own nature? कर्म action? कुर्वन् doing? न not? आप्नोति (he) incurs? किल्बिषम् sin.Commentary Just as a poisonous substance does not harm the worm born in that substance? so he who does his Svadharma (the duty ordained according to his own nature) does not incur any sin.What is poison to the whole world is sweet to a worm and yet sugarcane juice that is sweet causes its death. So a mans appointed duty which frees him from bondage must? therefore? be practised however difficult it may seem to be. If you try to do the duty of another it will bring,danger. He who has no knowledge of the Self cannot remain even for a moment without doing action. (Cf.III.35)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.47 One's own duty, (though) defective, is superior to another's duty well performed. By performing a duty as dictated by one's own nature, one does not incur sin.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.47 It is better to do one's own duty, however defective it may be, than to follow the duty of another, however well one may perform it. He who does his duty as his own nature reveals it, never sins.
Primary values
Kartavya (Duty / Responsibility)
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)
Related verses
Concepts
BhavaDharma
Better one's own work imperfectly performed than another's perfectly performed — the duty born of one's nature is never affected by sin.
Practical Applications
  • Stop comparing your imperfect work to another's perfect work.
  • Refine your own.
  • Trust that own-duty does not produce sin.
Reflection Questions
  • Whose dharma am I covertly imitating?
  • What is the imperfect-but-mine work to refine?

A fish swims awkwardly in water; pulled onto polished marble and choreographed beautifully, it dies. Better the awkward swim than the elegant dance on the wrong floor. Sva-dharma may stumble; para-dharma kills.

Bharata's deer-attachment

Mahārāja Bharata, an advanced renunciate, took on the *para-dharma* of nurturing an orphaned deer — a kindness, but not his prescribed sva-dharma at that stage. His attachment to the deer derailed his entire sādhana, costing him a deer-body in the next life.

The Bhāgavatam treats this as an exact illustration of 18.47: even a noble-seeming task that is not one's own can bind a soul who walks away from his actual prescribed path.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.48

↗
सहजं कर्म कौन्तेय सदोषमपि न त्यजेत् । सर्वारम्भा हि दोषेण धूमेनाग्न‍िरिवावृता: ॥ ४८ ॥
saha-jaṁ karma kaunteya
[saha-jam karma kaunteya]
sa-doṣam api na tyajet
[sa-dosham api na tyajet]
sarvārambhā hi doṣeṇa
[sarvaarambhaa hi doshena]
dhūmenāgnir ivāvṛtāḥ
[dhoomenaagnir ivaavritaah]
saha - jam — born simultaneously karma — work kaunteya — O son of Kuntī sa - doṣam — with fault api — although na — never tyajet — one should give up sarva - ārambhāḥ — all ventures hi — certainly doṣeṇa — with fault dhūmena — with smoke agniḥ — fire iva — as āvṛtāḥ — covered .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
saha-jaṁ karma kaunteya
saha - jam
born simultaneously
karma
work
kaunteya
O son of Kuntī
sa-doṣam api na tyajet
sa - doṣam
with fault
api
although
na
never
tyajet
one should give up
sarvārambhā hi doṣeṇa
sarva - ārambhāḥ
all ventures
hi
certainly
doṣeṇa
with fault
dhūmenāgnir ivāvṛtāḥ
dhūmena
with smoke
agniḥ
fire
iva
as
āvṛtāḥ
covered .
  • saha-jam — born together (with)
    Compound. The fault is *born simultaneously* with the work — it is congenital to action itself. No karma comes without some adhering imperfection.
  • sa-doṣam — with fault
    Compound — *with* doṣa. The verse openly concedes what verse 3's opponents argued: every work has fault. But it draws the opposite conclusion.
  • tyajet — should give up
    Optative — *should abandon*. Negated in the verse. Despite the conceded fault, the work must continue. The verse refuses the seeker's perfectionistic flight.
  • āvṛtāḥ — covered
    Past participle. The verse's simile: as fire is covered by smoke. The fire is the work's purifying power; the smoke is its incidental fault. Putting out the fire to stop the smoke kills the heat too.
  • sarva-ārambhāḥ — all undertakings
    Sarva — universalizes the principle. Every venture, not just one's own, comes with doṣa. The seeker need not wait for the perfect project; none is coming.
Every endeavor is covered by some fault, just as fire is covered by smoke. Therefore one should not give up the work born of his nature, O son of Kuntī, even if such work is full of fault.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
No undertaking is dosa-free, just as no fire is smoke-free. So the defects of one's inborn work are no reason to abandon it. Do the work; tolerate the smoke.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The fire-and-smoke simile rebuts the perfectionism that quits any work showing flaws. Every karma in the embodied world has ethical residue; the answer is not abandonment but engaged, fruit-renouncing performance. 'Saha-ja' (born-together-with) emphasizes intimate fittedness: one's vocation is not external assignment but natural endowment.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे कौन्तेय! सह-जं कर्म स-दोषम् अपि न त्यजेत् । सर्व-आरम्भाः हि धूमेन अग्निः इव दोषेण आवृताः ।
he kaunteya! saha-jaṃ karma sa-doṣam api na tyajet | sarva-ārambhāḥ hi dhūmena agniḥ iva doṣeṇa āvṛtāḥ |
O son of Kuntī, one should not abandon one's inborn work even if defective; for all undertakings are veiled by defect, as fire by smoke.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
सह-जं कर्म कौन्तेय स-दोषम् अपि न त्यजेत् । सर्व-आरम्भाः हि दोषेण धूमेन अग्निः इव आवृताः ॥
saha-jaṃ karma kaunteya sa-doṣam api na tyajet | sarva-ārambhāḥ hi doṣeṇa dhūmena agniḥ iva āvṛtāḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
सह-जम् saha-jam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. inborn
कर्म karma कर्मन् (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) work
कौन्तेय kaunteya कौन्तेय (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O son of Kuntī
स-दोषम् sa-doṣam bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. having faults
अपि api ind. (indeclinable) even
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
त्यजेत् tyajet √त्यज् opt. (optative) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) should abandon
सर्व-आरम्भाः sarva-ārambhāḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.pl. (nominative plural)m. all undertakings
हि hi ind. (indeclinable) indeed
दोषेण doṣeṇa दोष (m.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by defect
धूमेन dhūmena धूम (m.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by smoke
अग्निः agniḥ अग्नि (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) fire
इव iva ind. (indeclinable) like
आवृताः āvṛtāḥ आ + √वृ p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.pl. (nominative plural)m. covered

In conditioned life, all work is contaminated by the material modes of nature. Even if one is a brāhmaṇa, he has to perform sacrifices in which animal killing is necessary. Similarly, a kṣatriya, however pious he may be, has to fight enemies. He cannot avoid it. Similarly, a merchant, however pious he may be, must sometimes hide his profit to stay in business, or he may sometimes have to do business on the black market. These things are necessary; one cannot avoid them. Similarly, even though a man is a śūdra serving a bad master, he has to carry out the order of the master, even though it should not be done. Despite these flaws, one should continue to carry out his prescribed duties, for they are born out of his own nature. A very nice example is given herein. Although fire is pure, still there is smoke. Yet smoke does not make the fire impure. Even though there is smoke in the fire, fire is still considered to be the purest of all elements. If one prefers to give up the work of a kṣatriya and take up the occupation of a brāhmaṇa, he is not assured that in the occupation of a brāhmaṇa there are no unpleasant duties. One may then conclude that in the material world no one can be completely free from the contamination of material nature. This example of fire and smoke is very appropriate in this connection. When in wintertime one takes a stone from the fire, sometimes smoke disturbs the eyes and other parts of the body, but still one must make use of the fire despite disturbing conditions. Similarly, one should not give up his natural occupation because there are some disturbing elements. Rather, one should be determined to serve the Supreme Lord by his occupational duty in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is the perfectional point. When a particular type of occupation is performed for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord, all the defects in that particular occupation are purified. When the results of work are purified, when connected with devotional service, one becomes perfect in seeing the self within, and that is self-realization.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
48. O son of Kuntī, one should not give up work, which is according to your nature, even if it has some fault. All undertakings are covered by fault, as fire is covered by smoke.
Commentary

You should not think that only you have problems in executing your duties. There are problems in others’ duties also. You should not give up work according to your nature (sahajam), even with fault, because all actions performed now and in the future are covered by fault, just as fire is seen to be covered by smoke. Just as by removing the smoke, the heat of the fire is useful for removing darkness and cold, so by removing the faulty portion of your work, the good portion is useful for purification of your existence.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
48. O son of Kuntī, one should not give up work, which is according to your nature, even if it has some fault. All undertakings are covered by fault, as fire is covered by smoke.
Commentary

There is never any fault in the activites of the lower varṇas such as fighting for the kṣatriya. The brāhmaṇa dharma is similar. Prescribed actions related to ones nature (arising from impressions of previous lives), even if mixed with faults such as violence, should never be rejected. Rather, they should be done, thinking that they are faultless, thinking of them as activities of brahmān. Because they are prescribed one should do them. The activities of all the varṇas, including those of the brāhmaṇa, are spread with some fault, since they are all composed of the guṇas and must be accomplished by material ingredients. It is just like smoke covering fire. By removing the smoke which is a portion of the fire, the heat portion is used to eliminate the cold. Thus removing the fault by offering the actions to the Lord, one should utilize the remaining portion which generates jñāna in order to realize the ātmā.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Krsna here is telling Arjuna plainly, that he should fight. "Yes", Krsna is saying, "there may be some faults in what you are going to be doing, you'll have to kill so many people, from one point of view that is very faulty to kill relatives and friends, but one should not give up the work born of his own nature. Rather one should worship the Lord through that work and I'm telling you directly that you should fight!" Even though superficially Arjuna was saying that was better for him to live by begging because there is no killing involved in such act, so it seems to be a better occupation ‑ but Krsna is explaining here that is better to do one's own work rather than to perform the duty of others.

REVIEW: Krsna begins to summarize the entire Bhagavad‑gita in the Eighteenth Chapter and He begins by starting with one of the main points of how to work in such a way that one can be free from reaction to that work; and the basic way is doing it in a detached way, which is called niskama karma. And to under that, Arjuna asked a question about sannyasa and tyaga and Krsna's conclusion was that, the renouncing order of life and renunciation of the fruits of one's activities, are exactly the same. Therefore one should work and do his duty. The second section describes how that same position of renunciation or rather freedom from reaction is obtained through jnana. The first was through karma and here is through analytical knowledge of action one can actually become free from the fruits of reaction ‑ that is jnana. And that jnana brings one to understand the sanctioner of all actions. Afte analyzes his actions minutely and breaks them up unto the five components parts, one understands that the ultimate sanctioner of all actions, is the Supersoul and He is the Supreme Lor one should surrender to that Supersoul, and then when one is free, naturally, from all reactions to his work. Then, if one understands that he is not the doer (because that 2nd section begins by describing that we are not the doer) the question is: 'who is doing it?'. So the third section describes how sacrifice, charity, austerity, determination, etc, which have been recommended earlier, can be done through the three modes of material nature, and the material nature is the doer. According to one's situation in the modes one acts or does in a particular way. After explaining in the 3rd section how the modes are doing everything, in the 4th section it describes how one can achieve liberation, or freedom from reactions, or elevate himself even though he is in the modes of material nature. We are talking about becoming free, becoming liberated and yet how one can do it because he is bound? The 4th section describes how, by acting properly as a brahmana, ksatriya, vaisya or sudra, any man by worshiping the Lord, through those prescribed duties, through acting according to the Vedic rites, through those modes of material nature which put him in a particular varna, then every man can become perfect. Therefore it is better to do one's own duty even if imperfectly, then to do the duty of another even if perfectly.

[E. FROM JNANA‑YOGA TO PURE DEVOTIONAL SERVICE (18. 49‑55) 1. By following the process of self control, which includes purification of intelligence, giving up sense gratification, as well as attachment, hatred, and false ego, one realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully detached from all material things. This self‑realized position is called brahma‑bhuta, the joyous platform upon which pure devotional service is practiced. (49‑54) ]

After describing in the previous section how one, through performance of his prescribed duty and worshiping of the Lord, in other words, niskama karma, one gets free from reactions then this section is how to become elevated further,from freedom of reactions to the higher stage of freedom.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

One must stick to his occupational duty at any cost, even if one’s own duty appears difficult or

defective

Analogy: Every endeavor is covered by some fault, just as fire is covered by smoke
Focus of Learning

(a) Analogy of fire covered by smoke – Smoke does not make fire impure

e.g. In winter time when one takes a stone from the fire, sometimes smoke disturbs the eyes but still one makes use of the fire anyway
Therefore do not give up the duty due to unpleasant disturbances
Be determined to serve the Lord by occupational duty

(b) How one, in any varna, can become perfect in self realisation

Results of work are purified when they are connected with devotional service
One becomes perfect in seeing the self within and that is self-realization

(a) Basis of prescribing occupational duties for different varnas

Based on different modes of nature

(b) Example of abominable natures (due to contamination by modes) of occupational duties

For a Brahamana – Has to kill animals in sacrifices
For a Ksatriya – Has to be violent to kill his enemies or tell lies for diplomacy
For a Vaishya – However pious he may be, sometimes he has to hide his profit to stay in business or sometimes black-marketing
For a Sudra – Serving a bad master

(c) How to avoid abominable nature of different kinds of work and thus purify all the defects of a

particular varna

No work (Any of the four varnas) is abominable, if performed in the service of the Supreme Lord
Example of action for the satisfaction of the Lord – Arjuna fighting on the battlefield
No fear of degradation in such action

(d) Conclusion (Supporting Ref. Bg. 3.9)

Everyone should be engaged according to the particular mode of nature he has acquired
Decide to work only to serve the Supreme cause of the Supreme Lord
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.48 Kaunteya, O son of Kunti; na tyajet, one should not give up;-what?-the karma, duty; sahajam, to which one is born, which devolves from the very birth; api, even though; it be sadosam, faulty, consisting as it is of the three gunas. Hi, for; sarva-arambhah, all undertakings (-whatever are begun are arambhah, i.e. 'all actions', according to the context-), being constituted by the three gunas (-here, the fact of being constituted by the three gunas is the cause-); are avrtah, surrounded; dosena, with evil; iva, as;; agnih, fire; is dhumena, with smoke, which comes into being concurrently. One does not get freed from evil by giving up the duty to which one is born-called one's own duty-, even though (he may be) fulfilling somody else's duty. Another's duty, too, is fraught with fear. The meaning is: Since action cannot be totally given up by an unelightened person, therefore he should not relinish it. Opponent: Well, is it that one should not abandon action because it cannot be given up completely, or is it because evil [Evil resulting from discarding daily obligatory duties.] follows from the giving up of the duty to which one is born? Counter-objection: What follows from this? Opponent: If it be that the duty to which one is born should not be renounced because it is impossible to relinish it totally, then the conclusion that can be arrived at is that complete renunciation (of duty) is surely meritorious! Counter-objection: Truly so. But, may it not be that total relinishment is itself an impossibility? Is a person ever-changeful like the gunas of the Sankhyas, or is it that action itself is the agent, as it is in the case of the momentary five [Rupa (from), vedana (feeling), vijnana (momentary consciousness), sanjna (notion), samskara (mental impressions)-these have only momentary existence. In their case there can be no distinction between action and agent, simply due to the fact of their being momentary.] forms of mundane consciousness propounded by the Buddhists? In either case there can be no complete renunciation of action. Then there is also a third standpoint (as held by the Vaisesikas): When a thing acts it is active, and inactive when that very thing does not act. If this be the case here, it is possible to entirely give up actions. But the speciality of the third point of view is that a thing is not ever-changing, nor is action itself the agent. What then? A nonexistent action originates in an existing thing, and an existing action gets destroyed. The thing-in-itself continues to exist along with its power (to act), and that itself is the agent. This is what the followers of Kanada say. [Their view is that agentship consists in 'possessing the power to act', not in being the substratum of action.] What is wrong with this point of view. Vedantin: The defect indeed lies in this that, this veiw is not in accord with the Lord's view. Objection: How is this known? Vedantin: Since the Lord as said, 'Of the unreal there is no being৷৷.,' etc. (2.16). The view of the followers of Kanada is, indeed, this that the non-existent becomes existent, and the existent becomes nonexistent. Objection: What defect can there be if it be that this view, even though not the view of the Lord, yet conforms to reason? Vedantin: The answer is: This is surely faulty since it contradicts all valid evidence. Objection: How? Vedantin: As to this, if things like a dvyanuka (dyad of two anus, atoms) be absolutely nonexistent before origination, and after origination continue for a little while, and again become absolutely non-existent, then, in that acase, the existent which was verily nonexistent comes into being, [Here Ast. adds, 'sadeva asattvam apadyate, that which is verily existent becomes nonexistent'.-Tr.] a non-entity becomes an entity, and an entity becomes a non-entity! If this be the view, then the non-enity that is to take birth is comparable to the horns of a hare before it is born, and it comes into being with the help of what are called material (inherent), non-mateial (non-inherent) and efficient causes. But it cannot be said that nonexistence has origination in this way, or that it depends on some cause, since this is not seen in the case of nonexistent things like horns of a hare, etc. If such things as pot etc. which are being produced be of the nature of (potentially) existing things, then it can be accepted that they originate by depending on some cause which merely manifests them. [According to Vedanta, before origination a thing, e.g. a pot, remains latent in its material cause, clay for instance, with its name and form unexpressed, and it depends on other causes for the manifestation of name and form.] Moreover, if the nonexistent becomes existent, and the existent becomes non-existent, then nobody will have any faith while dealing with any of the means of valid knowledge objects of such knowledge, because the conviction will be lacking that the existent is existent and the nonexistent is nonexistent! Further, when they speak of origination, they (the Viasesikas) hold that such a thing as a dvyanuka (dyad) comes to have relationship with its own (material) causes (the two atoms) and existence, and that it is nonexistent before origination; but later on, depending on the operation of its own causes, it becomes connected with its own causes, viz the atoms, as also with existence, through the inherent (or inseparable) relationship called samavaya. After becoming connected, it becomes an existent thing by its inherent relationship with its causes. [The effect (dyad) has inherent relationship with existence after its material causes (the two atoms) come into association.] It has to be stated in this regard as to how the nonexistent can have an existent as its cuase, or have relationship with anything. For nobody can establish through any valid means of knowledge that a son of a barren woman can have any existence or relationship or cause. Vaisesika: Is it not that relationship of a non-existent thing is not at all established by the Vaisesikas? Indeed, what is said by them is that only existent entities like dvyanuka etc. have the relationship in the form of samavaya with their own causes. Vedantin: No, for it is not admitted (by them) that anything has existence before the (samavaya) relationship (occurs). It is surely not held by the Vaisesikas that a pot etc. have any existence before the potter, (his) stick, wheel, etc. start functioning. Nor do they admit that clay itself takes the shape of a pot etc. As a result, it has to be admitted (by them) as the last aternative that nonexistence itself has some relationship! Vaisesika: Well, it is not contradictory even for a nonexistent thing to have the relationship in the form of inherence. Vedantin: No, because this is not seen in the case of a son of a barren woman etc. If the antecedent nonexistence (prag-abhava) of the pot etc. alone comes into a relationship with its own (material) cause, but not so the nonexistence of the son of a barren woman etc. though as nonexistence both are the same, then the distinction between the (two) nonexistences has to be explained. Through such descriptions ( of abhava, nonexistence) as nonexistence of one, nonexistence of two, nonexistence of all, antecedent nonexistence, nonexistence after destruction, mutual nonexistence and absolute non-existence, nobody can show any distinction (as regards nonexistence itself)! There being no distinction, (therefore, to say that:) 'it is only the "antecedent nonexistence" of the pot which takes the form of the pot through the (action of) the potter and others, and comes into a relationship with the existing pot-halves which are its own (material) causes and becomes fit for all empirical processes [Such as production, destruction, etc.] but the "nonexistence after destruction" of that very pot does not do so, though it, too, is nonexistence. Hence, the "nonexistence after destruction", etc. [Etc. stands for 'mutual nonexistence (anyonya-abhava)' and 'absolute nonexistence (atyanta-abhava)'.] are not fit for any empirical processes, whereas only the "antecedent nonexistence" of things called dvyanuka etc. is fit for such empirical processes as origination etc.'-all this is incongruous, since as nonexistence it is indistinguishable, as are 'absolute nonexistence' and 'nonexistence after destruction'. Vaisesika: Well, it is not at all said by us that the 'antecedent nonexistence' becomes existent. Vedantin: In that case, the existent itself becomes existent , as for instance, a pot's becoming a pot, or a cloth's becoming a cloth. This, too, like nonexistence becoming existent, goes against valid evidence. Even the theory of transformation held by the Sankhyas does not differ from the standpoint of the Vaisesikas, since they believe in the origination of some new attribute [i.e. in the origination of a transformation that did not exist before.] and its destruction. Even if manifestation and disappearance of anything be accepted, yet there will be contradiction with valid means of knowledge as before in the explanation of existence or nonexistence of manifestation and disappearance. Hery is also refuted the idea that origination etc. (of an effect) are merely particular states of its cuase. As thelast alternative, it is only the one entity called Existence that is imagined variously through ignorance to be possessed of the states of origination, destruction, etc. like an actor (on a stage). This veiw of the Lord has been stated in the verse, 'Of the unreal there is no being৷৷.' (2.16). For, the idea of existence is constant, while the others are inconstant. Objection: If the Self be immutable, then how does the 'renunciation of all actions' become illogical? Vedantin: If the adjuncts (i.e. body and organs) be real or imagined through ignorance, in either case, action, which is their attribute, is surely superimposed on the Self through ignorance. From this point of view it has been said that an unenlightened person is incapable of totally renouncing actions even for a moment (cf. 3.5). The enlightened person, on the other hand, can indeed totally renounce actions when ignorance has been dispelled through Illumination; for it is illogical that there can (then) remain any trace of what has been superimposed through ignorance. Indeed, no trace remains of the two moons, etc. superimposed by the vision affected by (the disease called) Timira when the desease is cured. This being so, the utterance, 'having given up all actions mentally' (5.13), etc. as also, 'Being devoted to his own duty' (45) and 'A human being achieves 'success by adoring Him through his own duties (46), becomes justifiable. What was verily spoken of as the success arising from Karma (-yoga), characterized as the fitness for steadfastness in Knowledge,-the fruit of that (fitness), characterized as 'steadfastness in Knowledge' consisting in the perfection in the form of the state of one (i.e. a monk) free from duties, has to be stated. Hence the (following) verse is begun:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.48 So, one should not relinish one's works, understanding that they are natural, are easy to perform and not liable to negligence. Such thoughts coupled with the idea that there are imperfections in them should not lead you to abandon them. The meaning is that though one is fit for Jnana Yoga, one should perform Karma Yoga only. All enterprises, be they of Karma or Jnana, are indeed enveloped by imperfections, by pain, as fire by smoke. But still there is this difference: Karma Yoga is easy and does not involve negligence, but Jnana Yoga is contrary to this.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.48 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.48 One should not abandon, O Arjuna, the duty to which one is born, though faulty; for, all undertakings are enveloped by evil, as fire by smoke.
Commentary

18.48 सहजम् which is born? कर्म action? कौन्तेय O Kaunteya? सदोषम् with fault? अपि even? न not? त्यजेत् (one) should abandon? सर्वारम्भाः all undertakings? हि for? दोषेण by evil? धूमेन by smoke? अग्निः fire? इव like? आवृताः are enveloped.Commentary Sahajam Born with oneself born with the birth of man.Sadosham Faculty for everything is constituted of the three Gunas.All undertakings Ones own as well as others duties.If a Vaisya or a Kshatriya does the duties of a Brahmana he will not in any way be benefited. Anothers duty brings in fear. Therefore it is not proper to perform anothers duty. It is not possible for any man who has no knowledge of the Self to relinish action totally therefore he should not abandon action.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.48 O son of Kunti, one should not give up the duty to which one is born, even though it be faulty. For all undertakings are surrounded with evil, as fire is with smoke.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.48 The duty that of itself falls to one's lot should not be abandoned, though it may have its defects. All acts are marred by defects, as fire is obscured by smoke.
Primary values
Udyama (Industriousness / Effort)
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
Concepts
Dharma
Every endeavor is covered by some fault, as fire is covered by smoke — therefore, do not give up the work born of one's nature, even if it has faults.
Practical Applications
  • Accept that all work has fault.
  • Don't quit at the first sign of imperfection.
  • Continue the imperfect work.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I quit at first sign of imperfection?
  • What persistent engagement is being asked?

Every fire makes smoke. Every river carries some silt. Every work, however prescribed, carries some doṣa. The seeker who waits for an immaculate task to begin will wait forever; the seasoned sādhaka lights the fire anyway and tends it through the smoke.

📝 My note

Section 5 (18.49–18.55)
CONFIDENTIAL KNOWLEDGE: FROM REACTION-FREE WORK
Section overview

THROUGH JNANA-YOGA TO BRAHMAN PLATFORM & PURE

DEVOTIONAL SERVICE

One practicing niskama karma yoga, detached work, attains goodness and the knowledge that he is not his body
He finally attains the Brahman platform
By serving Krishna on this platform, with devotion, one reaches the kingdom of God
CONFIDENTIAL KNOWLEDGE: FROM REACTION-FREE WORK THROUGH
JNANA-YOGA TO BRAHMAN PLATFORM & PURE DEVOTIONAL SERVICE
(PURIFICATION THROUGH JNANA-YOGA)

LINK BETWEEN SECTION IV & SECTION V: Worshiping the Lord through our work elevates us in

knowledge. Krishna will now describe further steps up the yoga ladder.

Bhagavad-gītā 18.49

↗
असक्तबुद्धि: सर्वत्र जितात्मा विगतस्पृह: । नैष्कर्म्यसिद्धिं परमां सन्न्यासेनाधिगच्छति ॥ ४९ ॥
asakta-buddhiḥ sarvatra
[asakta-buddhih sarvatra]
jitātmā vigata-spṛhaḥ
[jitaatmaa vigata-sprihah]
naiṣkarmya-siddhiṁ paramāṁ
[naishkarmya-siddhim paramaam]
sannyāsenādhigacchati
[sannyaasenaadhigachchati]
asakta - buddhiḥ — having unattached intelligence sarvatra — everywhere jita - ātmā — having control of the mind vigata - spṛhaḥ — without material desires naiṣkarmya - siddhim — the perfection of nonreaction paramām — supreme sannyāsena — by the renounced order of life adhigacchati — one attains .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
asakta-buddhiḥ sarvatra
asakta - buddhiḥ
having unattached intelligence
sarvatra
everywhere
jitātmā vigata-spṛhaḥ
jita - ātmā
having control of the mind
vigata - spṛhaḥ
without material desires
naiṣkarmya-siddhiṁ paramāṁ
naiṣkarmya - siddhim
the perfection of nonreaction
paramām
supreme
sannyāsenādhigacchati
sannyāsena
by the renounced order of life
adhigacchati
one attains .
  • asakta-buddhiḥ — having unattached intelligence
    Compound. The buddhi itself — not just the will — is unattached. Detachment has penetrated the discriminating faculty, so judgments themselves no longer cling.
  • jita-ātmā — having conquered the self / mind
    Compound. The mind is *conquered*, not merely managed. A higher condition than ordinary self-control — the inner battlefield is settled.
  • vigata-spṛhaḥ — without material craving
    Past participle compound. Spṛhā — yearning — has *gone* (vi-gata). Not suppressed, not redirected, but absent. The seeker has aged past the appetite.
  • naiṣkarmya-siddhim — the perfection of non-reaction
    Compound. Not *no action* but *no karmic reaction*. The verse names a precise technical state — actions continue, but they produce no binding aftermath.
  • sannyāsena — by the renounced order
    Instrumental. The means is *sannyāsa* — but Kṛṣṇa has already redefined sannyāsa in this chapter as kāmya-karma-tyāga. So the instrumental cause here is the right kind of renunciation, not the wrong one of verse 7.
  • adhigacchati — attains
    From adhi-gam — to reach over. The seeker *reaches across* the karmic field into a state above it. The verb suggests bridging, not climbing.
One who is self-controlled and unattached and who disregards all material enjoyments can obtain, by practice of renunciation, the highest perfect stage of freedom from reaction.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Three signs and a payoff: universal non-attachment of intellect, mastered self, vanished craving — these three, sustained as inner sannyāsa, lead to the highest naiṣkarmya, the perfection where action no longer binds.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Naiṣkarmya is not literal cessation of activity (impossible per v. 11) but the state in which activity no longer creates karmic residue — the goal of niṣkāma-karma. 'Sannyāsena' here is unmistakably the inner fruit-renouncing attitude of vv. 9, 11. Three internal qualifications must be in place; the outer robe is optional, the inner letting-go is essential.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
सर्वत्र असक्त-बुद्धिः जित-आत्मा विगत-स्पृहः सन्न्यासेन परमां नैष्कर्म्य-सिद्धिम् अधिगच्छति ।
sarvatra asakta-buddhiḥ jita-ātmā vigata-spṛhaḥ sannyāsena paramāṃ naiṣkarmya-siddhim adhigacchati |
He whose intellect is everywhere unattached, who has mastered the self, whose craving has departed — attains, by renunciation, the supreme perfection of action-transcendence.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
असक्त-बुद्धिः सर्वत्र जित-आत्मा विगत-स्पृहः । नैष्कर्म्य-सिद्धिं परमां सन्न्यासेन अधिगच्छति ॥
asakta-buddhiḥ sarvatra jita-ātmā vigata-spṛhaḥ | naiṣkarmya-siddhiṃ paramāṃ sannyāsena adhigacchati ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
असक्त-बुद्धिः asakta-buddhiḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. of unattached intellect
सर्वत्र sarvatra ind. (indeclinable) everywhere
जित-आत्मा jita-ātmā bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. whose self is conquered
विगत-स्पृहः vigata-spṛhaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. whose craving is gone
नैष्कर्म्य-सिद्धिम् naiṣkarmya-siddhim tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)f. perfection of action-lessness
परमाम् paramām परम (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)f. supreme
सन्न्यासेन sannyāsena सन्न्यास (m.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by renunciation
अधिगच्छति adhigacchati अधि + √गम् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) attains

Real renunciation means that one should always think himself part and parcel of the Supreme Lord and therefore think that he has no right to enjoy the results of his work. Since he is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, the results of his work must be enjoyed by the Supreme Lord. This is actually Kṛṣṇa consciousness. The person acting in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is really a sannyāsī, one in the renounced order of life. By such a mentality, one is satisfied because he is actually acting for the Supreme. Thus he is not attached to anything material; he becomes accustomed to not taking pleasure in anything beyond the transcendental happiness derived from the service of the Lord. A sannyāsī is supposed to be free from the reactions of his past activities, but a person who is in Kṛṣṇa consciousness automatically attains this perfection without even accepting the so-called order of renunciation. This state of mind is called yogārūḍha, or the perfectional stage of yoga. As confirmed in the Third Chapter, yas tv ātma-ratir eva syāt: one who is satisfied in himself has no fear of any kind of reaction from his activity.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
49. He whose intelligence is unattached, whose mind is under control, and who is devoid of desire for material happiness, attains the highest perfection by complete renunciation of action.
Commentary

The first type of sannyāsī gives up the faults in his work, characterized by attachment to being the doer and attachment to the results. When that sannyāsī perfects his sādhana over time, then he reaches the yogārūḍha stage. Then he gives up actions completely. That is the second type of sannyāsa, mentioned here. He whose intelligence is free from all attachments to material objects (asakta- buddhiḥ), whose mind is under control (jitātmā), who has no desire for the happiness even of Brahmaloka (vigata-spṛhaḥ), then, by complete renunciation of all activities (sannyāsena), attains the highest perfection of no action at all (naiṣkarmyam). In other words, at the stage of yogārūḍha (no actions), with attainment of naiṣkarmyam, one reaches the highest perfection.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
49. He whose intelligence is unattached, whose mind is under control, and who is devoid of desire for material happiness, attains the highest perfecton by complete renunciation of action.
Commentary

The aspirant for liberation (arurukṣa), a saniṣtha fixed in doing his duties, after having realized his svarūpa by being fixed in karma which contains jñāna within it, should give up completely that level of karma. That is explained in this verse. He whose intelligence is unattached (asakta buddhiḥ) to all things except ātmā (sarvatra), because his mind is under control from tasting the bliss of ātmā (jitātmā), and because he is devoid of desires for the varieties of happiness derived from objects other than ātmā (vigata spṛhaḥ), attains the highest perfection called yogārūḍha, characterized by non-action, through renouncing completely (sannyāsena) all actions, which are causes of disturbance in tasting of ātmā. This has also already been stated in the third chapter: yas tv ātma-ratir eva syād (BG 3.17)

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

One who is self-controlled and completely unattached, can engage in Jnana-yoga and can obtain

highest perfect stage of freedom from reaction

Thus explains – ‘Who can practice renunciation and attain highest perfect stage of freedom from reaction” (As per Jnana-yoga)
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.49 Asakta-buddhih, he whose intellect, the internal organ, remains unattached; sarvatra, to everything, with regard to son, wife and others who are the cuases of attachment; jitatma, who has conered his internal organs; and vigata-sprhah, who is desireless, whose thirst for his body, life and objects of enjoyment have been eradicated;-he who is such a knower of the Self, adhigaccahti, attains; sannyasena, through monasticism, through perfect knowledge or through renunciation of all actions preceded by this knowledge; the paramam, supreme, most excellent; naiskarmya-siddhim, perfection consisting in the state of one free from duties. One is said to be free from duties from whom duties have daparted as a result of realizing that the actionless Brahman is his Self; his state is naiskarmyam. That siddhi (perfection) which is this naiskarmya is naiskarmya-siddhi. Or, this phrase means 'achievement of naiskarmya', i.e., achievement of the state of remaining established in one's own real nature as the actionless Self-which is different from the success arising from Karma (-yoga), and is of the form of being established in the state of immediate Liberation. Accordingly has it been said, '৷৷.having given up all actions mentally,৷৷.without doing or causing (others) to do anything at all' (5.13). The stages through which one who has attained success-which has the aforesaid characteristics and which arises from the performance of one's own duties mentioned earlier as worship of God-, and in whom has arisen discriminative knowledge, achieves perfection-in the form of exclusive adherence to Knowledge of the Self and consisting in the state of one free from duties-have to be stated. With this is view the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.49 He whose understanding is, on all sides, without attachments, concerning fruits etc., whose 'self is conered,' i.e., who has conered his mind; who, by contemplating on the agency of the Supreme Person, is free from the habit of attributing agency to the self; and who is thus eipped with Sannyasa which has been positively determined to be the same as Tyaga - such a man, performing actions, attains supreme perfection which is free from all activities. The meaning is that he attains devotion to Dhyana which is the consummation of even Jnana Yoga; he attains Dhyana Yoga (Yoga of meditation) consisting in the complete cessation of sensory activity, which is going to be described hereafter.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.49 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.49 He whose intellect is unattached everywhere, who has subdued his self, from whom desire has fled, he by renunciation, attains the supreme state of freedom from action.
Commentary

18.49 असक्तबुद्धिः whose intellect is unattached? सर्वत्र eveywhere? जितात्मा who has subdued his self? विगतस्पृहः whose desire has fled? नैष्कर्म्यसिद्धिम् the perfection consisting in freedom from action? परमाम् the supreme? संन्यासेन by renunciaion? अधिगच्छति (he) attains.Commentary The mind of one who is free from attachment to wife? son? body and property? who has controlled his senses and the mind? who has no desire for the body? for life and for sensual pleasure? turns inwards towards God or the immortal Self. It is not attracted by the sensual objects of the world. It is filled with dispassion and discrimination.He gradually gets himself established in his own Self which is of the nature of ExistenceKnowledgeBliss. Such a person who has knowledge of the Self attains to the highest perfection? to pefect freedom from action by renunciation.Ignorance is destroyed by the attainment of the knowledge of the Self. There is cessation of activity. One may perform actions for the solidarity of the world and yet he will not be bound by actions as he has attained absolute freedom from action through the knowledge of the Self. The fire of knowledge has burnt the fruitbearing effects of Karmas or actions. He has no idea of agency as he is absolutely free from egoism? as he has identified himself with the Supreme Being.Naishkarmya siddhi may also mean the attainment of the state of Naishkarmya. In this exalted? magnanimous? ineffable state of divine splendour and glory? one remains as the actionless Self. This is the state of immediate liberation of the Vedantins (Kaivalya Moksha or Sadyomukti). This marvellous state is attained by renunciation or right knowledge or by the renunciation of all actions brought about by the attainment of the knowledge of the Self. Mentally renouncing all actions and selfcontrolled? the embodied one rests happily in the ninegated? city? neither acting nor causing others to act. (Cf.V.13)Now the Lord teaches in the next verse how a man who? having attained perfection as described above in verse 46? by doing his duty in the service of the Lord can attain perfect freedom from action. He gets discrimination? practises constant meditation and rests in the knowledge of the immutable Self.,(Cf.III.4and19)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.49 He whose intellect remains unattached to everything, who has conered his internal organs and is desireless, attains through monasticism the supreme perfection consisting in the state of one free from duties.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.49 He whose mind is entirely detached, who has conquered himself, whose desires have vanished, by his renunciation reaches that stage of perfect freedom where action completes itself and leaves no seed.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 3.19 BG 4.18 BG 5.13 SB 11.18.20 SB 11.20.21 SB 1.2.12 CC Madhya 22.145 CC Madhya 19.170 CC Madhya 24.215 Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.22Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.6
He whose intelligence is unattached, who is self-controlled, free from desire — by renunciation he attains the supreme stage of freedom from action.
Practical Applications
  • Audit three: unattached intelligence, self-control, desire-freedom.
  • Cultivate the package.
  • Trust that renunciation through these completes.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of the three is weakest?
  • What discipline strengthens it?

A bird whose feet never quite touch any branch. Wherever it lands, it lands lightly, and at the slightest signal it lifts away. So with the renunciate of this verse — touching all the work of the world with hands that do not grip.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.50

↗
सिद्धिं प्राप्‍तो यथा ब्रह्म तथाप्‍नोति निबोध मे । समासेनैव कौन्तेय निष्ठा ज्ञानस्य या परा ॥ ५० ॥
siddhiṁ prāpto yathā brahma
[siddhim praapto yathaa brahma]
tathāpnoti nibodha me
[tathaapnoti nibodha me]
samāsenaiva kaunteya
[samaasenaiva kaunteya]
niṣṭhā jñānasya yā parā
[nishthaa jnaanasya yaa paraa]
siddhim — perfection prāptaḥ — achieving yathā — as brahma — the Supreme tathā — so āpnoti — one achieves nibodha — try to understand me — from Me samāsena — summarily eva — certainly kaunteya — O son of Kuntī niṣṭhā — the stage jñānasya — of knowledge yā — which parā — transcendental .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
siddhiṁ prāpto yathā brahma
siddhim
perfection
prāptaḥ
achieving
yathā
as
brahma
the Supreme
tathāpnoti nibodha me
tathā
so
āpnoti
one achieves
nibodha
try to understand
me
from Me
samāsenaiva kaunteya
samāsena
summarily
eva
certainly
kaunteya
O son of Kuntī
niṣṭhā jñānasya yā parā
niṣṭhā
the stage
jñānasya
of knowledge
yā
which
parā
transcendental .
  • prāptaḥ — achieving
    Past participle. With siddhim — *having attained perfection*. Refers to the saṁsiddhi of 18.45-46. The verse begins where those left off, taking the perfected svadharma-yogī as starting point.
  • brahma — the Supreme
    The first appearance in this stretch. The siddha is being told how to attain brahma-stage. The chapter is climbing from work to knowledge to realization.
  • samāsena — summarily, in brief
    Adverb. Kṛṣṇa is about to *summarize* — verses 51-53 will be the compressed picture of the brahma-bhūta sādhaka. He is warning the disciple to listen densely.
  • niṣṭhā — the stable position
    From niṣ-ṣṭhā — to stand firmly. The settled standing-place of jñāna. The summary about to follow describes the inner posture, not the philosophy.
  • parā — supreme, transcendental
    Feminine. The highest grade — para-niṣṭhā. There are stages of niṣṭhā; this is the last.
O son of Kuntī, learn from Me how one who has achieved this perfection can attain to the supreme perfectional stage, Brahman, the stage of highest knowledge, by acting in the way I shall now summarize.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Kṛṣṇa announces the next teaching: a summary description of how the perfected one moves into Brahman — the supreme culmination of knowledge. This sets up the long compound description of vv. 51-53.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
'Niṣṭhā jñānasya yā parā' is a key phrase: the supreme niṣṭhā (fixity, foundation) of jñāna. The Gītā here joins karma-yoga (vv. 41-49) to jñāna-niṣṭhā and onward to bhakti (vv. 54-55). The chapter is consciously integrating its three paths. 'Samāsena' (in brief) is honest: vv. 51-53 will be terse and dense.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे कौन्तेय! सिद्धिं प्राप्तः यथा ब्रह्म आप्नोति, ज्ञानस्य या परा निष्ठा — तथा समासेन एव मे निबोध ।
he kaunteya! siddhiṃ prāptaḥ yathā brahma āpnoti, jñānasya yā parā niṣṭhā — tathā samāsena eva me nibodha |
O son of Kuntī, learn from Me in summary how one who has attained perfection reaches Brahman — the supreme culmination of knowledge.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
सिद्धिं प्राप्तः यथा ब्रह्म तथा आप्नोति निबोध मे । समासेन एव कौन्तेय निष्ठा ज्ञानस्य या परा ॥
siddhiṃ prāptaḥ yathā brahma tathā āpnoti nibodha me | samāsena eva kaunteya niṣṭhā jñānasya yā parā ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
सिद्धिम् siddhim सिद्धि (f.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) perfection
प्राप्तः prāptaḥ प्र + √आप् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. having attained
यथा yathā ind. (indeclinable) how
ब्रह्म brahma ब्रह्मन् (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) Brahman
तथा tathā ind. (indeclinable) so
आप्नोति āpnoti √आप् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) attains
निबोध nibodha नि + √बुध् impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) learn!
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) from Me
समासेन samāsena समास (m.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) in summary
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) indeed
कौन्तेय kaunteya कौन्तेय (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O son of Kuntī
निष्ठा niṣṭhā निष्ठा (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) culmination, fixity
ज्ञानस्य jñānasya ज्ञान (n.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of knowledge
या yā यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. which
परा parā पर (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. supreme

The Lord describes for Arjuna how one can achieve the highest perfectional stage simply by being engaged in his occupational duty, performing that duty for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One attains the supreme stage of Brahman simply by renouncing the result of his work for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord. That is the process of self-realization. The actual perfection of knowledge is in attaining pure Kṛṣṇa consciousness; that is described in the following verses.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
50. Understand from Me in brief, O son of Kuntī, how a person, having attained cessation of all work, attains Brahman, the final attainment of jñāna. 51-53. That person who is endowed with sattvic intelligence, with mind controlled by sattvic determination; who has given up all the sense objects such as sound; who has eliminated attachment and repulsion; who resorts to solitude, eats little, controls speech, body and mind; who is completely absorbed in contemplating the Lord; who has taken shelter of detachment; who is free from false ego; who is devoid of strength related to material attachment, devoid of pride, lust, anger, and possessions; who is free from possessive instinct; and who has reached a cessation of sattva guṇa, can attain Brahman.
Commentary

Understand by which method (yathā) one attains or realizes Brahman. This is the very highest stage of jñāna (jñānasya niṣṭhā parā). According to the Amara Kośa, niṣṭhā means consummation or final attainment. The meaning is as follows: “Please understand the method by which, with the cessation of ignorance, and undertaking even the cessation of knowledge (vidyā)— giving up even the process of jñāna completely—a person will realize Brahman.”

One should be endowed with sattvic intelligence (buddhyā viśuddhayā), controlling the mind (ātmānaṁ niyamya) with similar sattvic determination. One should be completely devoted to thinking of Bhagavān (dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ). One should be devoid of strength (bala) related to material attachment and desire, rather than devoid of physical strength. With the cessation of ignorance (avidyā) characterized by freedom from ahaṅkāra, price, lust, anger and possessions, there is also the cessation of sattva-guṇa (śāntaḥ). This is the achievement of jñāna-sannyāsa, giving up jñāna itself. This is understood from the statement in the Eleventh Canto of Bhāgavatam jñānam ca mayi sannyaset: one should offer all jñāna to Me. This means that without the cessation of both ignorance and knowledge (ajñāna and jñāna), there can be no attainment of Brahman realization. Being freed from all these, it is possible (kalpate) to realize (bhūyāya) Brahman.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
50. Understand from Me in brief, O son of Kuntī, how a person attains meditation on ātmā, by which he realizes ātmā, and hear also about the conclusion of knowledge concerning the Supreme Lord. 51-53. That person who is endowed with sattvika intelligence, with mind controlled by sattivka determination; who has given up all the sense objects such as sound; who has eliminated attachment and repulsion; who resorts to solitude, eats little, controls speech, body and mind; who is completely absorbed in contemplating the Lord; who has taken shelter of detachment; who is free from false ego; who is devoid of impressions which increase the false ego; who is, devoid of pride, lust, anger, and possessiveness—that person, free from worldly connections, realizes ātmā and is situated in peace.
Commentary

Having worshipped Hari by ones prescribed actions, and consequently having attained renunciation of all actions, one attains the level of meditation on ātmā (siddhim) through the mercy of the Lord. By being situated in that process, one realizes ones svarūpa endowed with eight qualities (brahma āpnoti). Please understand this process by which this happens from Me, who will relate it in brief. I will also speak to you about the conclusion of knowledge concerning the Supreme Lord (jñānasya parā niṣṭhā). Hear that also. Bg 18.51, Bg 18.52, Bg 18.53, Bg 18.51-53 buṬya ivīuṬYaa Yau¢-ae Da*TYaaTMaaNa& iNaYaMYa c ) XaBdadqiNvzYaa&STYa¤-a raGaŪezaE VYaudSYa c )) 51 )) iviv¢-Saevq l/gvaXaq YaTava¡-aYaMaaNaSa" ) DYaaNaYaaeGaParae iNaTYa& vEraGYa& SaMauPaaiī[Ta" )) 52 )) Ahªar& bl&/ dPa| k-aMa& §-aeDa& PairGa]hMa( ) ivMauCYa iNaMaRMa" XaaNTaae b]ø>aUYaaYa k-LPaTae )) 53 )) buddhyā viśuddhayā yukto dhṛtyātmānaṁ niyamya ca śabdādīn viṣayāṁs tyaktvā rāga-dveṣau vyudasya ca vivikta-sevī laghv-āśī yata-vāk-kāya-mānasaḥ dhyāna-yoga-paro nityaṁ vairāgyaṁ samupāśritaḥ ahaṅkāraṁ balaṁ darpaṁ kāmaṁ krodhaṁ parigraham vimucya nirmamaḥ śānto brahma-bhūyāya kalpate buddhyā—with the intelligence; viśuddhayā—fully purified; yuktaḥ—engaged; dhṛtyā—by determination; ātmānam—the self; niyamya—regulating; ca—also; śabda-ādīn—such as sound; viṣayān—the sense objects; tyaktvā—giving up; rāga—attachment; dveṣau—and hatred; vyudasya—laying aside; ca—also; vivikta-sevī—living in a secluded place; laghu-āśī—eating a small quantity; yata—having controlled; vāk—speech; kāya—body; mānasaḥ—and mind; dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ—absorbed in trance; nityam—twenty—four hours a day; vairāgyam—detachment; samupāśritaḥ—having taken shelter of; ahaṅkāram—false ego; balam—false strength; darpam—false pride; kāmam—lust; krodham—anger; parigraham—and acceptance of material things; vimucya—being delivered from; nirmamaḥ—without a sense of proprietorship; śāntaḥ—peaceful; brahma-bhūyāya—for self-realization; kalpate—is qualified.

These verses describe the process. Utilizing sāttvika intelligence (viśuddhayā buddhyā) and similar determination (dhṛtyā), restricting the mind (ātmānam niyamya), making it suitable for samādhi, dealing with the collection of sense objects such as sound, rejecting at a distance (vyudasya) attraction and repulsion which are directed to the sense objects, living alone (vivikta sevī), controlling eating (laghvāśī), turning voice, body and mind towards the object of meditation, constantly (nityam) absorbing the mind in thinking of the Lord (dhyāna yoga paraḥ), renouncing all things other than ātmā (vairāgyam), freed from identification with body (ahaṅkāraḥ), freed from the impressons which increases that identification (balam), freed from pride (darpaḥ) which is caused by strenghting the false identity with the body, freed from hankering (kāmaḥ) for enjoyable items which have been taken away by the force of finished prārabdha karmas, freed from anger when ones possessions have been stolen by others, freed from possessing things, which is the action resulting from false identification, freed from worldly connections (nirmamaḥ), one realizes the form of ones ātmā with eight qualities (brahma bhūyāya kalpate). That person is peaceful like an ocean without waves (śantaḥ).

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

When one is purified, detached and yet acting, one can come to the next stage of Brahman realization by acting or working in the way that Krsna is going now to summarize. There are different stages here. Practically speaking it describes the yoga‑ladder: how one rises from just working through following the vedic formulas, to detached work (by offering one's fruits to the Lord), then this detached work puts one, naturally, in the mode of goodness and then by working further in a detached way one comes to the platform of full knowledge (knowing that he is not his body) and when he understands the Supersoul then he can actually attain liberation. Here is the process to bring one from the platform of detached work, through actually jnana‑yoga, to the platform of Brahman:

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Lord proclaims to explain, how one can achieve Supreme perfectional stage, Brahman (Highest

knowledge)

Highest perfection of knowledge is attaining Krishna consciousness (Explained in Texts 18.51 – 18.54)

Focus of Learning

(a) Krishna conscious person is a real renunciant (sannyasi)

Real renunciation means to think oneself part and parcel of the Supreme Lord
Therefore one has no rights to enjoy the results of his work
Results must be enjoyed by the Supreme Lord

(b) Krishna conscious mentality gives real satisfaction because

He is actually acting for the Supreme
He is not attached to anything material and becomes accustomed to not taking pleasure in anything beyond the transcendental happiness of serving the Lord
It automatically gives freedom from all reaction without accepting renounced order
Ref. Bg. 3.17 and Yoga-rudha stage

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SECTION V

The perfection of jnana-yoga is to understand the nature of the self

and it’s relationship with Krishna, thus bhakti is the culmination of jnana

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.50 & 18.51: These verses refer to a yogi on the path of jnana-yoga who has

purified his consciousness through work and has thus already progressed upward from the stage of

karma to the stage of jnana. Srila Vishvanatha Cakravarti Thakura, in his comment to Text 18.49,

explains: “It being the case that all work is covered with fault, the person on the first level of sannyasa rejects

the faulty aspects of work—namely the mentality of being the doer and the expectation of profit. Thus in due

course of time, he perfects his sadhana. After having ascended to the level of yoga, he gives up work itself.

This is the second stage of sannyasa, as described in this verse beginning asakta-buddhih sarvatra.”

Thus we can understand that a devotee who has worshiped the Lord by his work will not attain

Brahman realization in the same way as does the jnana-yogi. A devotee, after being purified by detached

work, attains freedom from false ego and moves forward to realize and serve the Supreme Brahman.

The process practiced by an advanced jnana-yogi to elevate him further is next described.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.50 Nibodha, understand for certain; me, from Me, from My utterance-. Is it elaborately? The Lord says, no, samasena, in brief; eva, indeed, O son of Kunti, how siddhim praptah, one who has achieved success, one who, by worshipping God through one's duties, has achieved success in the form of fitness of the body and organs for steadfastness in Knowledge, which comes from His grace; (-the reiteration of the phrase siddhim praptah is meant for introducing what follows; what is that succeeding subject for which this reiteration stands is being answered:) yatha tatha, that process by which, that process in the form of steadfastness in Knowledge, by which that process of aciring steadfastness in Knowledge by which; apnoti, attains; brahma, Brahman, th supreme Self-. In order to point out-as 'It is this'-the realization of Brahman which was promised in, 'that process by which one৷৷.attains Brahman,' the Lord says; ya, which; is the para, supreme; nistha, consummation, i.e. the supreme culmination; jnanasya, of Knowledge. Of what? Of the knowledge of Brahman. Of what kind is it? It is of the same kind as the realization of the Self. Of what kind is that? As is the Self. Of what nature is It? As has been described by the Lord and the Upanisadic texts, and established through reason. Objection: Is it not that knowledge takes the form of its object? But it is not admitted anywhere that the Self is an object, or even that It has form. Pseudo-Vedantin: Is it not heard of in such texts as, 'radiant like the sun' (Sv. 3.8), 'Of the nature of effulgence' (Ch. 3.14.2) and 'Self-effulgent' (Br. 4.3.9), that the Self has form? Objection: No, because those sentences are meant for refuting the idea that the Self is of the nature of darkness. When the Self is denied of possessing forms of substance, ality, etc., the contingency arises of the Self's being of the nature of darkness. The sentences, 'radiant like the sun,' etc. are meant for ruting this. And this follows from the specific denial of from by saying, 'Formless' (Ka. 1.3.15), and from such texts as, 'His form does not exist within the range of vision; nobody sees Him with the eye' (Ka. 2.3.9: Sv. 4.20), 'soundless, touchless' (ka. 1.3.15), etc. which show that the Self is not an object of perception. Therefore it remains unproved that there can be any knowledge which takes the form of the Self. How, then, can there be the knowledge of the Self? For, all knowledge that there can be with regard to objects assumes their respective forms. And it has been said that the Self has no form. Moreover, if both knowledge and the Self be formless, then how can there be the consummation [Firmness in Self-realization.] of the (repeated) contemplation on that (knowledge of the Self)? Vedantin: No. Since it can be established that the Self is supremely taintless, pure and subtle, and it can also be established that the intellect can have taintlessness etc. like the Self, therefore it stands to reason that the intellect can take a form resembling the consciousness of the Self. The mind becomes impressed with the semblance of the intellect; the organs become impressed with the semblance of the mind; and the body becomes impressed with the semblance of hte organs. Hence it is that the idea of the body itself being the Self is held by ordinary people. The Lokayatikas (materialists), who hold that the body is identical with consciousness, say that a person is a body endowed with consciousness; so also there are others who say that the organs are identical with consciousness; there are others who say that the mind is identical with consciousness, and still others who say that the intellect is identical with consciousness. Some accept as the Self the Unmanifest [The inmost Ruler (antaryamin), possessing a semblance of Consciousness.], called the Undifferentiated, which is more internal than that (intellect) and is within the domain of (primordial) ignorance. Indeed, in every case, beginning from the intellect to the body, the cause of mis-conceived Selfhood is the semblance of the Consciousness that is the Self. Hence, knowledge about the Self is not a subject for injunction. What then? Only the eradication of the superimposition of name, form, etc., which are not the Self, is what has to be undertaken, but not the knowledge of the Self that is Consciousness. For it is the Self which is experienced as possessed of the forms of all the various objects that are superimposed (on It) through ignorance. It is evidently because of this that the Buddhists who uphold the view of (momentary) consciousness have concluded that there is no substance at all apart from (momentary) consciousness, and that it is not in need of any other valid proof since they hold that it is self-cognized. Therefore, what is to be undertaken is only the elimination of the superimposition on Brahman through ignorance, but no effort is needed for knowing Brahman (Consciousness), for It is ite self-evident! It is because the intellect is distracted by particular appearances of name and form imagined through ignorance that Brahman, even though self-evident, easily realizable, nearer than all else and identical with oneself, appears to be concealed, difficult to realize, very far and different, But to those whose intellect has become free from external appearances and who have obtained the grace of a teacher and serenity of mind, there is nothing more blissful, manifest, well known, easily realized and nearer to oneself than this Self. And thus it has been declared, 'directly realizable, righteous,' etc. (9.2). However, some wiseacres assert that the intellect cannot comprehend the entity called the Self since It is formless; hence, complete steadfastness in Knowledge is impossible. This is truly so for those who have not associated with a traditional line of teachers; who have not heard the Upanisads; whose intellects are too much engrossed with external objects; and who have not applied themselves diligently to the perfect means of knowledge. For those, on the other hand, who are the opposite of these, it is absolutely impossible to have the idea of reality with regard to empirical objects, which are within the realm of duality involving the knower and the known, because in their case there is no perception of any other thing apart from the Consciousness that is the Self. We have already said how this is certainly so and not otherwise. It has been stated by the Lord also, 'That during which creatures keep awake, it is night to the seeing sage' (2.69). Therefore, the cessation of the perception of differences in the form of external things is alone the cause of resting in the reality of the Self. For, that which is called the Self is never an object which is not well known, attainable, rejectable or acceptable to anyone at any time. Were that Self to be indeed not self-evident, all activities would become meaningless. [According to Ast. the latter portion of this sentence is: svarthah sarvah pravrttayah vyarthah prasajyeran, all activities meant for one's own benefit would become meaningless.-Tr.]. For it cannot be imagined that they could be undertaken for unconscious objects like the body etc. Besides, it cannot be that pleasure is for pleasure's sake, or that sorrow is for sorrow's sake. Moreover, all empirical dealings are meant for culminating in the realization of the Self. [According to B.S. 3.4.26, 'On the strength of the Upanisadic sanction of sacrifices etc. all religious activities as well are necessary৷৷.', sacrifices etc. are meant for leading to the realization of the Self, without which they would become meaningless.] Therefore, just as for knowing one's own body there is no need of any other (external) means of knowledge so also there is no need of any other means of knowledge, for the realization of the Self which is innermost (in relation to the body etc.). Hence it is established that steadfastness in the knowledge of the Self is a fact very well known to the discriminating people. Even to those who hold that knowledge is formless and not cognized by direct perception, cognition of an object is dependent on knowledge. Hence it has to be admitted that knowledge is as immediate as pleasure etc. And this follows also from the impossibility of a desire to know (knowledge). Had knowledge been not self-evident, it could have been sought for like any object of knowledge. And in that case, as [This is Ast.'s reading; others read tatha.-Tr.] a knower seeks to perceive through knowledge such objects of knowledge as pot etc., similarly the knower would have sought to perceive knowledge through another knowledge! But this is not the case. Therefore knowledge is ite self-revealing, and for the very same reason the knower also is self-revealed. Hence, effort is not needed for knowledge, but only for the removal of the notion of what is not-Self. [In place of anatma-buddhi-nivrttau, Ast. has 'anatmani atma-buddhi-nivrttau, for the termination of thinking what is not the Self as the Self'.-Tr.] Conseently, steadfastness in Knowledge is easy of accomplishment. It is being stated how this supreme consummation of Knowledge is to be attained:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.50 One who has attained 'perfection', viz., one who has attained perfection in meditation generated by the Karma Yoga performed day after day till death - how, in what way, he attains the brahman, learn this from Me in brief. It is the same Brahman who is described as the supreme consummation of knowledge. The meaning is that the self is the supreme consummation, the supreme end, of knowledge which is of the nature of meditation.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.50 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.50 Learn from Me in brief, O Arjuna, how he who has attained perfection reaches Brahman (the Eternal), that supreme state of knowledge.
Commentary

18.50 सिद्धिम् perfection? प्राप्तः attained? यथा as? ब्रह्म Brahman (the Eternal)? तथा so? आप्नोति obtains? निबोध learn? मे of Me? समासेन in brief? एव even? कौन्तेय O son of Kunti? निष्ठा state? ज्ञानस्य of knowledge? या or? परा highest.Commentary When a man has the good fortune to hear the words of wisdom from a teacher? dualism and egoism vanish and his mind rests in union with the Supreme Being. The need for action no longer exists for such a man. Nothing further remains for him to do. He has become a Kritakritya (a man of total fulfilment? or one who has done all that there is to be done).The aspirant obtains the grace of the Lord by worshipping Hims with his proper duty. The Lord gives him dispassion? discrimination? devotion to knowledge. The Lord removes his veil of ignorance. To these ever harmonious? worshipping in love? I give the Yoga of discrimination by which they come unto Me. Out of My mere compassion for them? I? dwelling within their Self? destroy the darkness born of ignorance by the luminous lamp of knowledge. (X.10and11)The perfection is JnanaNishtha or devotion to knowledge by which he attains Selfrealisation or becomes identical with the Supreme Being when the veil of ignorance is rent asunder. The way to the attainment of this devotion to knowledge will be described only in a succint manner. The process or method of Selfrealisation will be described only in brief in the following verses.The actual technie has to be learnt direct from a Guna.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.50 Understand for certain from Me, in brief indeed, O son of Kunti, that process by which one who has achieved success attains Brahman, which is the supreme consummation of Knowledge.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.50 I will now state briefly how he, who has reached perfection, finds the Eternal Spirit, the state of Supreme Wisdom.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
Hear from Me, briefly, how one having attained perfection achieves Brahman — the supreme stage of knowledge.
Practical Applications
  • Welcome brief, summary teaching.
  • Don't dismiss the brief; concentrate on it.
  • Trust that what's brief in summary is dense in meaning.
Reflection Questions
  • What summary teaching of mine deserves more meditation?
  • What density would unfold?

A sun-ray that has travelled the distance and arrived at the sun-disc. It is fully illumined now, qualitatively identical with the source — and yet it is still a ray. Its individuality is not erased; it is *completed*. Kṛṣṇa is summarizing the final stretch of the path: brahma-bhūta is this arrival, not the end. Verse 18.54 will reveal what waits at the disc — *mat-bhaktim labhate parām*, pure devotion to Him. Viśvanātha Cakravartī reads brahma-bhūyāya kalpate as the doorway, not the terminus.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.51-53

↗
बुद्ध्या विश‍ुद्धया युक्तो धृत्यात्मानं नियम्य च । शब्दादीन्विषयांस्त्यक्त्वा रागद्वेषौ व्युदस्य च ॥ ५१ ॥ विविक्तसेवी लघ्वाशी यतवाक्कायमानस: । ध्यानयोगपरो नित्यं वैराग्यं समुपाश्रित: ॥ ५२ ॥ अहङ्कारं बलं दर्पं कामं क्रोधं परिग्रहम् । विमुच्य निर्मम: शान्तो ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते ॥ ५३ ॥
buddhyā viśuddhayā yukto
[buddhyaa vishuddhayaa yukto]
dhṛtyātmānaṁ niyamya ca
[dhrityaatmaanam niyamya cha]
śabdādīn viṣayāṁs tyaktvā
[shabdaadeen vishayaams tyaktvaa]
rāga-dveṣau vyudasya ca
[raaga-dveshau vyudasya cha]
vivikta-sevī laghv-āśī
[vivikta-sevee laghv-aashee]
yata-vāk-kāya-mānasaḥ
[yata-vaak-kaaya-maanasah]
dhyāna-yoga-paro nityaṁ
[dhyaana-yoga-paro nityam]
vairāgyaṁ samupāśritaḥ
[vairaagyam samupaashritah]
ahaṅkāraṁ balaṁ darpaṁ
[ahankaaram balam darpam]
kāmaṁ krodhaṁ parigraham
[kaamam krodham parigraham]
vimucya nirmamaḥ śānto
[vimuchya nirmamah shaanto]
brahma-bhūyāya kalpate
[brahma-bhooyaaya kalpate]
buddhyā — with the intelligence viśuddhayā — fully purified yuktaḥ — engaged dhṛtyā — by determination ātmānam — the self niyamya — regulating ca — also śabda - ādīn — such as sound viṣayān — the sense objects tyaktvā — giving up rāga — attachment dveṣau — and hatred vyudasya — laying aside ca — also vivikta - sevī — living in a secluded place laghu - āśī — eating a small quantity yata — having controlled vāk — speech kāya — body mānasaḥ — and mind dhyāna - yoga - paraḥ — absorbed in trance nityam — twenty-four hours a day vairāgyam — detachment samupāśritaḥ — having taken shelter of ahaṅkāram — false ego balam — false strength darpam — false pride kāmam — lust krodham — anger parigraham — and acceptance of material things vimucya — being delivered from nirmamaḥ — without a sense of proprietorship śāntaḥ — peaceful brahma - bhūyāya — for self-realization kalpate — is qualified .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
buddhyā viśuddhayā yukto
buddhyā
with the intelligence
viśuddhayā
fully purified
yuktaḥ
engaged
dhṛtyātmānaṁ niyamya ca
dhṛtyā
by determination
ātmānam
the self
niyamya
regulating
ca
also
śabdādīn viṣayāṁs tyaktvā
śabda - ādīn
such as sound
viṣayān
the sense objects
tyaktvā
giving up
rāga-dveṣau vyudasya ca
rāga
attachment
dveṣau
and hatred
vyudasya
laying aside
ca
also
vivikta-sevī laghv-āśī
vivikta - sevī
living in a secluded place
laghu - āśī
eating a small quantity
yata-vāk-kāya-mānasaḥ
yata
having controlled
vāk
speech
kāya
body
mānasaḥ
and mind
dhyāna-yoga-paro nityaṁ
dhyāna - yoga - paraḥ
absorbed in trance
nityam
twenty-four hours a day
vairāgyaṁ samupāśritaḥ
vairāgyam
detachment
samupāśritaḥ
having taken shelter of
ahaṅkāraṁ balaṁ darpaṁ
ahaṅkāram
false ego
balam
false strength
darpam
false pride
kāmaṁ krodhaṁ parigraham
kāmam
lust
krodham
anger
parigraham
and acceptance of material things
vimucya nirmamaḥ śānto
vimucya
being delivered from
nirmamaḥ
without a sense of proprietorship
śāntaḥ
peaceful
brahma-bhūyāya kalpate
brahma - bhūyāya
for self-realization
kalpate
is qualified .
  • viśuddhayā — fully purified
    Instrumental, with buddhyā. The whole brahma-niṣṭhā depends on a *clean* buddhi — the kind described in verse 30 as sāttvika. Without that base, the rest of the list is decorative.
  • vivikta-sevī — living in solitude
    Compound. Vivikta — separate, secluded. The sādhaka actively *resorts to* (sevī) solitary places. Solitude is not incidental; it is sought.
  • laghu-āśī — eating little
    Compound. Laghu — light; āśin — eater. Body kept light. Heavy food drags the buddhi into rajas and tamas; the brahma-aspirant tapers his intake.
  • dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ — absorbed in meditational yoga
    Compound — para meaning 'devoted to.' The sādhaka is *given over* to dhyāna-yoga. Not an item on the to-do list — the central organizing activity of life.
  • samupāśritaḥ — having taken shelter of
    Past participle — sam-upa-āśrita. With vairāgyam: taking shelter of detachment. Vairāgya is here a *shelter* — not an attainment to display but a refuge to inhabit. One *enters* vairāgya rather than performing it.
  • parigraham — possessiveness
    Pari-grah — gripping all around. The sixth in the list of inner obstacles (ahaṅkāra, bala, darpa, kāma, krodha, parigraha). Each is a knot; the sādhaka is vimucya — released — from all six.
  • nirmamaḥ — without 'mine'
    Nis-mama — without 'mine.' Proprietorship dissolved. With śāntaḥ: the two end-state diagnostic marks. These are the signs that the sādhaka has arrived where the verse points.
  • kalpate — is qualified
    Present indicative. With brahma-bhūyāya: is qualified for becoming Brahman. The sādhaka does not merely study Brahman — he is *fit to become* it. Kalpate names the qualification.
Being purified by his intelligence and controlling the mind with determination, giving up the objects of sense gratification, being freed from attachment and hatred, one who lives in a secluded place, who eats little, who controls his body, mind and power of speech, who is always in trance and who is detached, free from false ego, false strength, false pride, lust, anger, and acceptance of material things, free from false proprietorship, and peaceful – such a person is certainly elevated to the position of self-realization.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
A single sustained portrait of the brahma-bhūta yogī — purified intellect, self-restraint, sense-withdrawal, equanimity, solitude, moderation, mental discipline, meditation, dispassion, release of the six inner foes and possessiveness. He becomes fit to merge into Brahman.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
These three verses form one syntactic unit — a chain of absolutives and bahuvrīhis culminating in the main predicate 'brahma-bhūyāya kalpate'. The catalogue spans intellectual purity (buddhi viśuddhā), psycho-physical regimen (vivikta-sevī, laghv-āśī, yata-vāk-kāya-mānasaḥ), meditative absorption (dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ), affective renunciation (rāga-dveṣau vyudasya), and the release of the ṣaḍ-ūrmi-like sextet (ahaṅkāra, bala, darpa, kāma, krodha, parigraha). The result, nirmamaḥ śāntaḥ, mirrors 2.71's classic peace-formula. Brahma-bhūya is not annihilation but qualification: 'kalpate' (becomes fit) marks readiness, which v. 54 fulfills.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
विशुद्धया बुद्ध्या युक्तः धृत्या आत्मानं नियम्य शब्द-आदीन् विषयान् त्यक्त्वा राग-द्वेषौ च व्युदस्य, विविक्त-सेवी लघु-आशी यत-वाक्-काय-मानसः नित्यं ध्यान-योग-परः वैराग्यं समुपाश्रितः, अहङ्कारं बलं दर्पं कामं क्रोधं परिग्रहं विमुच्य निर्ममः शान्तः — ब्रह्म-भूयाय कल्पते ।
viśuddhayā buddhyā yuktaḥ dhṛtyā ātmānaṃ niyamya śabda-ādīn viṣayān tyaktvā rāga-dveṣau ca vyudasya, vivikta-sevī laghu-āśī yata-vāk-kāya-mānasaḥ nityaṃ dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ vairāgyaṃ samupāśritaḥ, ahaṅkāraṃ balaṃ darpaṃ kāmaṃ krodhaṃ parigrahaṃ vimucya nirmamaḥ śāntaḥ — brahma-bhūyāya kalpate |
Endowed with a purified intellect, restraining the self by determination, abandoning sense-objects beginning with sound, casting off attraction and aversion, dwelling in solitude, eating little, with speech, body, and mind controlled, constantly devoted to meditation-yoga, taking refuge in dispassion, releasing egotism, force, arrogance, lust, anger, and possessiveness, free from 'mine' and peaceful — one becomes fit for the state of Brahman.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
बुद्ध्या विशुद्धया युक्तः धृत्या आत्मानं नियम्य च । शब्द-आदीन् विषयान् त्यक्त्वा राग-द्वेषौ व्युदस्य च ॥ विविक्त-सेवी लघु-आशी यत-वाक्-काय-मानसः । ध्यान-योग-परः नित्यं वैराग्यं समुपाश्रितः ॥ अहङ्कारं बलं दर्पं कामं क्रोधं परिग्रहम् । विमुच्य निर्ममः शान्तः ब्रह्म-भूयाय कल्पते ॥
buddhyā viśuddhayā yuktaḥ dhṛtyā ātmānaṃ niyamya ca | śabda-ādīn viṣayān tyaktvā rāga-dveṣau vyudasya ca || vivikta-sevī laghu-āśī yata-vāk-kāya-mānasaḥ | dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ nityaṃ vairāgyaṃ samupāśritaḥ || ahaṅkāraṃ balaṃ darpaṃ kāmaṃ krodhaṃ parigraham | vimucya nirmamaḥ śāntaḥ brahma-bhūyāya kalpate ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
बुद्ध्या buddhyā बुद्धि (f.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) with intellect
विशुद्धया viśuddhayā वि + √शुध् p.p.p. (past passive participle) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)f. purified
युक्तः yuktaḥ √युज् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. joined
धृत्या dhṛtyā धृति (f.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by determination
आत्मानम् ātmānam आत्मन् (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) self
नियम्य niyamya नि + √यम् abs. (absolutive) having restrained
शब्द-आदीन् śabda-ādīn bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)m. sound and the rest
विषयान् viṣayān विषय (m.) acc.pl. (accusative plural) sense-objects
त्यक्त्वा tyaktvā √त्यज् abs. (absolutive) having abandoned
राग-द्वेषौ rāga-dveṣau dvandva cpd. (compound) acc.du. (accusative dual)m. attraction and aversion
व्युदस्य vyudasya वि + उद् + √अस् abs. (absolutive) having cast off
विविक्त-सेवी vivikta-sevī tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. solitude-frequenting
लघु-आशी laghu-āśī tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. eating little
यत-वाक्-काय-मानसः yata-vāk-kāya-mānasaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. of controlled speech, body, mind
ध्यान-योग-परः dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. devoted to meditation-yoga
नित्यम् nityam ind. (indeclinable) constantly
वैराग्यम् vairāgyam वैराग्य (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) dispassion
समुपाश्रितः samupāśritaḥ सम् + उप + आ + √श्रि p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. having taken refuge
अहङ्कारम् ahaṅkāram अहङ्कार (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) egotism
बलम् balam बल (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) force
दर्पम् darpam दर्प (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) arrogance
कामम् kāmam काम (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) lust
क्रोधम् krodham क्रोध (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) anger
परिग्रहम् parigraham परिग्रह (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) possessiveness
विमुच्य vimucya वि + √मुच् abs. (absolutive) having released
निर्ममः nirmamaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. free from 'mine'
शान्तः śāntaḥ √शम् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. peaceful
ब्रह्म-भूयाय brahma-bhūyāya tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) dat.sg. (dative singular)n. for becoming Brahman
कल्पते kalpate √कॢप् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) is fit

When one is purified by intelligence, he keeps himself in the mode of goodness. Thus one becomes the controller of the mind and is always in trance. He is not attached to the objects of sense gratification, and he is free from attachment and hatred in his activities. Such a detached person naturally prefers to live in a secluded place, he does not eat more than what he requires, and he controls the activities of his body and mind. He has no false ego because he does not accept the body as himself. Nor has he a desire to make the body fat and strong by accepting so many material things. Because he has no bodily concept of life, he is not falsely proud. He is satisfied with everything that is offered to him by the grace of the Lord, and he is never angry in the absence of sense gratification. Nor does he endeavor to acquire sense objects. Thus when he is completely free from false ego, he becomes nonattached to all material things, and that is the stage of self-realization of Brahman. That stage is called the brahma-bhūta stage. When one is free from the material conception of life, he becomes peaceful and cannot be agitated. This is described in Bhagavad-gītā (2.70) : āpūryamāṇam acala-pratiṣṭhaṁ samudram āpaḥ praviśanti yadvat tadvat kāmā yaṁ praviśanti sarve sa śāntim āpnoti na kāma-kāmī “A person who is not disturbed by the incessant flow of desires – that enter like rivers into the ocean, which is ever being filled but is always still – can alone achieve peace, and not the man who strives to satisfy such desires.”

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

In his Purport, Srila Prabhupada says: "When one is purified by intelligence, he keeps himself in the mode of goodness. Thus one becomes the controller of the mind and is always in trance. He is not attached to the objects of sense gratification, and he is free from attachment and hatred in his activities. Such a detached person naturally prefers to live in a secluded place, he does not eat more than what he requires, and he controls the activities of his body and mind. He has no false ego because he does not accept the body as himself. Nor has he a desire to make the body fat and strong by accepting so many material things. Because he has no bodily concept of life, he is not falsely proud. He is satisfied with everything that is offered to him by the grace of the Lord, and he is never angry in the absence of sense gratification. Nor does he endeavor to acquire sense objects. Thus when he is completely free false ego, he becomes nonattached to all material things, and that is the stage of self‑realization of Brahman. That stage is called the brahma‑ bhuta stage. When one is free from the material conception of life, he becomes peaceful and cannot be agitated. This is described in Bhagavad‑gita (2.70):

apuryamanam acala‑pratistham tadvat kama yam pravisanti sarve sa santimn apnoti na kama‑kami

``A person who is not disturbed by the incessant flow of desires‑‑that enter like rivers into the ocean, which is ever being filled but is always still‑‑can alone achieve peace, and not the man who strives to satisfy such desires.''"

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: One achieves supreme perfection – ‘Brahma-bhuta’ platform and ‘peacefulness’ by:

1. Controlling the mind with determination

2. Purified by intelligence

3. Giving up sense objects

4. Freedom from attachment and hatred

5. Living in a secluded place

6. Eats little and controls his body, mind and power of speech

7. Freedom from all bad qualities born of material conceptions – False ego, false strength, false pride,

lust, anger and acceptance of material things and false proprietorship

8. Always in trance and detached – Thus one achieves Supreme peace

Analogy for peace (Ref. Bg. 2.70) – Rivers flowing into ocean are compared to incessant flow of desires (purport)

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.53 & 18.54:

Krishna next describes the Brahma-Bhuta platform

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.51 Yuktah, being endowed; buddhya, with an intellect-which is identical with the faculty of determination; visuddhaya, pure, free from maya (delusion); and niyamya, controlling, subduing; atmanam, oneself, the aggregate of body and organs; dhrtya, with fortitude, with steadlines; tyaktva, rejecting; visayan, the objects; sabdadin, beginning from sound -from the context it follows that 'rejecting the objects' means rejecting all things which are meant for pleasure and are in excess of those meant only for the mere maintenance of the body; and vyudasya, eliminating; raga-dvesau, attachment and hatred with regard to things which come to hand for the maintenance of the body-. Therefore,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.51 - 18.53 'Endowed with a purified understanding' means endowed with the Buddhi capable of understanding the self as it is in reality; 'subduing the mind by steadiness' means making the mind fit for meditation by turning away from external and internal objects; 'relinishing sound and other objects of senses' means keeping them far away, casting aside love and hate occasioned by them (i.e., the sense objects). 'Resorting to solitude' means living in a lonely place free from hindrances to meditation; 'eat but little' means eating neither too much nor too little; 'restraining speech, body and mind' means directing the operations of body, speech and mind to meditation; 'ever engaged in the Yoga of meditation' means being like this, i.e., constantly engaged in the Yoga of meditation day after day until death; 'taking refuge in dispassion' means developing aversion to all objects except the one entity to be meditated upon, by considering the imperfections of all objects and thus cultivating detachment to everything. Forsaking 'egoism' means abandoning the tendency to consider what is other than the self, as well as neutralising the power of forcible Vasnas (tendencies) which nourish (egoism), and the resulting pride, desire, wrath and possessiveness. 'With no feeling of mine' means free from the notion that what does not belong to oneself belongs to oneself; 'Who is tranil' means, who finds sole happiness in experiencing the self. One who has become like this and performs the Yoga of meditation becomes worthy for the state of Brahman. The meaning is that, freed from all bonds, he experiences the self as It really is.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.51 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.51 Endowed with a pure intellect, controlling the self by firmness, relinishing sound and other objects and abandoning attraction and hatred.
Commentary

18.51 बुद्ध्या with an intellect? विशुद्धया pure? युक्तः endowed? धृत्या by firmness? आत्मानम् the self? नियम्य controlling? च and? शब्दादीन् sound and other? विषयान् senseobjects? त्यक्त्वा relinishing? रागद्वेषौ attraction and hatred? व्युदस्य abandoning? च and.Commentary The lower self should be controlled with firmness by the Self of pure intellect. The turbulent senses and the mind should be subdued with the help of the pure intellect or reason. Pure reason is a great power. Whenever the senses raise their heads and hiss? they should be hammered by the powerful rod of pure intellect or reason. Reason is the faculty of determination.Pure intellect The intellect that is free from lust? anger? greed? pride? doubt? misconception? etc. It is like a clear mirror. A pure intellect is Brahman Itself. It can be easily merged in Brahman. When the pure intellect is merged in Brahman? the reflected intelligence? Chidabhasa or Jiva? is also absorbed in Brahman. The Jiva becomes identical with Brahman? just as the ether in the pot becomes one with the universal ether when the pot is broken.The self The aggregate of the body and the senses.The aspirant withdraws the senses from their respective objects again and again through the repeated practice of Pratyahara (abstraction) and Dama (selfrestraint). Gradually the senses are fixed in the Self. Their outgoing tendencies are totally curbed. The aspirant attains supreme control of the senses by constant meditation? by the practice of dispassion he coners Raga (attachment)? and through the practice of pure love or cosmic love or divine Preme he coners hatred.He abandons all luxuries. He keeps only those objects which are necessary for the bare maintenance of the body. He has neither attachment nor hatred even for those objects which are necessary for that purpose.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.51 Being endowed with a pure intellect, and controlling oneself with fortitude, rejecting the objects-beginning from sound [Sound, touch, form and colour, taste and smell.-Tr.], and eliminating attachment and hatred;
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.51 Guided always by pure reason, bravely restraining himself, renouncing the objects of sense and giving up attachment and hatred;
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Purified intelligence, controlled determination, giving up sense-objects, living in seclusion, eating little, controlling body and tongue, freed from false ego, false strength, lust, anger, possessiveness — qualified for Brahman-realization.
Practical Applications
  • Use this list as advanced curriculum after the foundational chapters.
  • Don't expect to do all at once; deepen one or two.
  • Honor the maturity required.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of these qualifications is least developed?
  • What is my next step toward it?

A garden walled, weeded, watered, and pruned. The walls are buddhi viśuddhā and dhṛti; the weeding is the dropping of viṣayas and rāga-dveṣa; the watering is solitude and light eating; the pruning is the removal of ahaṅkāra, bala, darpa, kāma, krodha, parigraha. What is left at the center is the brahma-bhūta sādhaka — single-pointed, peaceful, the soul finally visible.

The Six Gosvāmīs of Vṛndāvana

Rūpa, Sanātana, Raghunātha dāsa, Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa, Gopāla Bhaṭṭa, and Jīva embodied this composite verse precisely. They lived vivikta-sevī — secluded in Vraja; laghu-āśī — eating minimally; yata-vāk-kāya-mānasa — controlled in speech, body, and mind; dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ — absorbed in mood-meditation around Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa.

Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura's song lists them this way: kṛṣṇotkīrtana-gāna-nartana-parau, premāmṛtāmbho-nidhī. Every quality the verse asks for — vairāgya, ahaṅkāra-vimocana, nirmama, śānta — is independently attested in their lives.

Haridāsa Ṭhākura's seclusion

Haridāsa lived in a small hut chanting three lakh names a day, eating once a day or less, conversing with no one but Mahāprabhu, untouched by the seductions sent to break him. He embodied vivikta-sevī, laghu-āśī, yata-vāk-kāya-mānasaḥ, and dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ in his very body.

His state at death — Mahāprabhu cradling him as he chanted his last name — was the brahma-bhūyāya kalpate of verse 53 in flesh.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.54

↗
ब्रह्मभूत: प्रसन्नात्मा न शोचति न काङ्क्षति । सम: सर्वेषु भूतेषु मद्भ‍‍क्तिं लभते पराम् ॥ ५४ ॥
brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā
[brahma-bhootah prasannaatmaa]
na śocati na kāṅkṣati
[na shochati na kaankshati]
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu
[samah sarveshu bhooteshu]
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām
[mad-bhaktim labhate paraam]
brahma - bhūtaḥ — being one with the Absolute prasanna - ātmā — fully joyful na — never śocati — laments na — never kāṅkṣati — desires samaḥ — equally disposed sarveṣu — to all bhūteṣu — living entities mat - bhaktim — My devotional service labhate — gains parām — transcendental .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā
brahma - bhūtaḥ
being one with the Absolute
prasanna - ātmā
fully joyful
na śocati na kāṅkṣati
na
never
śocati
laments
na
never
kāṅkṣati
desires
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu
samaḥ
equally disposed
sarveṣu
to all
bhūteṣu
living entities
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām
mat - bhaktim
My devotional service
labhate
gains
parām
transcendental .
  • brahma-bhūtaḥ — having become Brahman
    Past participle. The state achieved by verse 53's preparation. The verse opens from this completed stage and tells what *follows* it — a crucial Gauḍīya pivot.
  • prasanna-ātmā — joyful in self
    Compound. Prasanna — settled, clear, joyful. The inner mood at brahma-bhūta stage is not neutral; it is *prasanna*. Joy is built into self-realization.
  • śocati — laments
    Negated in the verse. The backward-looking emotional axis (śoka) is quieted. With na kāṅkṣati it forms a twin negation — past and future grief both released. The sādhaka lives in an unburdened present.
  • samaḥ — equally disposed
    Adjective. With sarveṣu bhūteṣu: equanimity across the entire field of jīvas. Not affectionate neutrality but actual *sameness of disposition*. The verse echoes 5.18 and 6.32.
  • mat - bhaktim — My devotional service
    Compound. The Gauḍīya-critical phrase. Brahma-realization is not the terminus; *parā* mat-bhakti follows it. The verse argues that bhakti is the *higher* attainment, accessible *through* the brahma-bhūta stage rather than below it.
One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments or desires to have anything. He is equally disposed toward every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto Me.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
The brahma-bhūta state, far from being terminus, opens into supreme bhakti. Serene, neither grieving nor craving, beholding all beings equally — such a one finally attains parā bhakti to Kṛṣṇa. Knowledge ripens into love.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A pivotal verse: jñāna-niṣṭhā is shown to flower into bhakti-niṣṭhā. The four signs (prasannātmā, na-śocati-na-kāṅkṣati, samaḥ sarveṣu) describe inner readiness; 'parā bhakti' is the gift granted, not earned by ordinary technique. Cross-ref to 12.13-19 for the bhakta's traits. The chapter's synthesis of paths becomes explicit: karma → jñāna → bhakti, each ripening into the next.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
ब्रह्म-भूतः प्रसन्न-आत्मा सर्वेषु भूतेषु समः न शोचति न काङ्क्षति, परां मद्-भक्तिं लभते ।
brahma-bhūtaḥ prasanna-ātmā sarveṣu bhūteṣu samaḥ na śocati na kāṅkṣati, parāṃ mad-bhaktiṃ labhate |
Become Brahman, serene of self, equal to all beings, he neither grieves nor craves, and attains supreme devotion to Me.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
ब्रह्म-भूतः प्रसन्न-आत्मा न शोचति न काङ्क्षति । समः सर्वेषु भूतेषु मद्-भक्तिं लभते पराम् ॥
brahma-bhūtaḥ prasanna-ātmā na śocati na kāṅkṣati | samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu mad-bhaktiṃ labhate parām ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
ब्रह्म-भूतः brahma-bhūtaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. become Brahman
प्रसन्न-आत्मा prasanna-ātmā bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. of serene self
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
शोचति śocati √शुच् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) grieves
काङ्क्षति kāṅkṣati √काङ्क्ष् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) craves
समः samaḥ सम (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. equal
सर्वेषु sarveṣu सर्व (pron. (pronoun)) loc.pl. (locative plural)n. in all
भूतेषु bhūteṣu भूत (n.) loc.pl. (locative plural) beings
मद्-भक्तिम् mad-bhaktim tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)f. devotion to Me
लभते labhate √लभ् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) obtains
पराम् parām परा (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)f. supreme

To the impersonalist, achieving the brahma-bhūta stage, becoming one with the Absolute, is the last word. But for the personalist, or pure devotee, one has to go still further, to become engaged in pure devotional service. This means that one who is engaged in pure devotional service to the Supreme Lord is already in a state of liberation, called brahma-bhūta, oneness with the Absolute. Without being one with the Supreme, the Absolute, one cannot render service unto Him. In the absolute conception, there is no difference between the served and the servitor; yet the distinction is there, in a higher spiritual sense. In the material concept of life, when one works for sense gratification, there is misery, but in the absolute world, when one is engaged in pure devotional service, there is no misery. The devotee in Kṛṣṇa consciousness has nothing for which to lament or desire. Since God is full, a living entity who is engaged in God’s service, in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, becomes also full in himself. He is just like a river cleansed of all dirty water. Because a pure devotee has no thought other than Kṛṣṇa, he is naturally always joyful. He does not lament for any material loss or aspire for gain, because he is full in the service of the Lord. He has no desire for material enjoyment, because he knows that every living entity is a fragmental part and parcel of the Supreme Lord and therefore eternally a servant. He does not see, in the material world, someone as higher and someone as lower; higher and lower positions are ephemeral, and a devotee has nothing to do with ephemeral appearances or disappearances. For him stone and gold are of equal value. This is the brahma-bhūta stage, and this stage is attained very easily by the pure devotee. In that stage of existence, the idea of becoming one with the Supreme Brahman and annihilating one’s individuality becomes hellish, the idea of attaining the heavenly kingdom becomes phantasmagoria, and the senses are like serpents whose poison teeth are broken. As there is no fear of a serpent with broken teeth, there is no fear from the senses when they are automatically controlled. The world is miserable for the materially infected person, but for a devotee the entire world is as good as Vaikuṇṭha, or the spiritual sky. The highest personality in this material universe is no more significant than an ant for a devotee. Such a stage can be achieved by the mercy of Lord Caitanya, who preached pure devotional service in this age.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
54. Having attained the state of Brahman, being a pure soul, he does not lament in loss of what he had nor does he desire what he does not have, and looks upon all beings as equal. He then manifests prema-bhakti.
Commentary

With the removal of all misconceptions or appearances (upādhi), one attains the state of Brahman (brahma-bhūtaḥ), by being in a state of uncovered consciousness. Because of the disappearance of the contamination of the guṇas, he is said to be pure (prasanna) and he is the soul (ātmā). And because of absence of misconceptions of body, when he loses something he does not lament and when he fails to attain something he does not hanker for it (na śocati na kaṅkṣati), unlike his previous state. Like an innocent child, he regards all beings as equal whether good or bad, without looking at the externals. With the cessation of jñāna, like a fire which dies without fuel, he attains indestructible bhakti to Me in the form of hearing chanting and other processes, arising after the cessation of jñāna, because, through the action of My svarūpa-śakti, bhakti alone does not disappear even with the disappearance of vidyā and avidyā, being different from the māyā-śakti. It is called param, being far superior to jñāna. Remaining after the disappearance of niṣkāma-karma, jñāna and any other process, it surpasses all others, and remains exclusively, pure. Thus param is equal to the word kevalam. Though bhakti was previously present in a small proportion during practices such as jñāna and vairāgya, just in order to bring about liberation, bhakti was not clearly visible, being like the antaryāmī in all beings. Therefore the word labhate, meaning “discovers,” is the suitable word rather than produces, since it was already present within the person. Though a golden jewel remains hidden when mixed among grains of yellow dhal, when the grains are destroyed, separated from them, the indestructible golden jewel becomes kevalā, attaining its pure state. At this particular time, there is also the possibility of attaining complete prema bhakti. The result of their practice in this case is not sāyujya. [Note: Viśvanātha explains in the commentary on next verse that some jñānīs who also worship the Lord with genuine bhakti, by association of devotees attain prema.] Thus, in that case, the phrase paraṁ bhaktim should be explained as meaning prema bhakti in this verse.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
54. Having attained realization of ātmā, being a pure soul, he does not lament for or desire anything except Me, and looks upon all beings as equal. He then realizes Me.
Commentary

This verse speaks of the attainment after realizing ātmā. Having realized his svarūpa with eight qualities (brahma bhūtaḥ), being extremely pure (prasannātmā) because of the deparature of desire which matures as karma and suffering, he thus does not lament for, or hanker after anything except Me. He considers equal all high and low entities other than Me, thinking then all inferior like earth or wood. In this state, he attains supreme bhakti in the form of realization of Me, the perfected bhakti in which one attains a form similar to Mine. I previously mentioned this bhakti with the words niṣṭhāṁ jñānasya yā parā: the conclusion of knowledge concerning Me. (BG 18.50) The word prasanna is used in the sense of very pure as in the phrase prasanna salilā, very pure water.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

By coming to the detached platform one can then come to the Brahman platform and then, on the Brahman platform free from the three modes of material nature, free from even goodness, then and only then one can actually pure devotional service unto the Lord ‑ "Mad bhaktim labhate param'.

[2. Krsna can be known only through devotional service. Thus protected by Krsna, the pure devotee reaches Krsna‑loka. (55) ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Brahma-bhuta stage

THEME: Then he can realize Brahman and may finally achieve devotion to Krishna

Brahma-bhuta stage (Three criteria): 1. Fully joyful 2. Never laments or desires 3. Equally disposed towards every living entity
Then attains pure devotional service unto Me

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.54 & 18.55:

What happens after attaining devotion?

Focus of Learning

(a) Difference between ultimate realizations

Impersonalist – ‘Brahma-bhuta’ means becoming one with the Absolute
Personalist – ‘Brahma-bhuta’ means to become engaged in pure devotional service

(b) Pure devotional service includes ‘Brahma-bhuta’ stage (Stage of liberation or oneness with the

Absolute)

Without being one with the Supreme, one cannot render service unto Him
In the Absolute conception there is no difference between served and servitor, yet the distinction is there in a higher spiritual sense

(c) Pure devotional service fulfils all criteria of ‘Brahma-bhuta’ stage

Joyful
Since God is full, a living-entity in God’s service also becomes full in himself
He is just like a river cleansed of all dirty water
Has no thought other than Krishna
Never laments or desires
Does not lament for any material loss or gain because he is full in the service of the Lord
No desire for material enjoyment because he knows his own constitution as fragmental part and parcel and an eternal servant of the Lord
Equally disposed towards every living entity
Does not see someone as higher or lower
Higher and lower positions are ephemeral
Stone and gold are of equal value

(d) Attitude of pure devotee towards other positions

Idea of becoming one with the Supreme Brahman and annihilating one’s individuality –Hellish
Idea of attaining heavenly kingdom – Phantasmagoria
Senses are like serpents whose teeth are broken
The highest personality in this material universe is no more significant than an ant
For a devotee the entire world is as good as Vaikuntha or spiritual sky

(e) How one achieves such a stage – by the mercy of Lord Chaitanya, who preached pure devotional

service

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.54 Brahma-bhutah, one who has become Brahman, attained Brahman through the above process; and prasanna-atma, [Prasada means the manifestation of the supreme Bliss of the Self as a result of the total cessation of all evils. Prasanna-atma is one who has attained this in the present life itself.] has attained the blissful Self, the indwelling Self; na, does not; socati, grieve-does not lament for the loss of something or the lack of some ality in oneself; nor kanksati, desire. By saying 'he does not grieve nor desire', this nature of one who has attained Brahman is being restated. For it does not stand to reason that in the case of a knower of Brahman there can be any hankering for something unattained. Or, (in place of kanksati) teh reading may be na hrsyati, does not become elated. Becoming samah, the same; sarvesu bhutesu, towards all being-i.e., he verily judges what is happiness and sorrow in all beings by the same standard as he would apply to himself (cf. 6.32); but the meaning is not 'seeing the Self alike in all beings', for this will be spoken of in (the next verse), 'Through devotion he knows Me'-; he, the one who is of this kind and steadfast in Knowledge, labhate, attains; param, supreme; madbhaktim, devotion to Me, to the supreme Lord; (he attains) devotion which is described as Knowledge, as the 'fourth' in, '৷৷.four classes of people৷৷.adore Me' (7.16). Then,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.54 'Having realised the state of Brahman,' means having got from revelation an understanding of the nature of the self as consisting of unlimited knowledge and of being a Sesa (subservient being) to Me. Subservience to Me has been posited in, 'Know that which is other than this (Prakrti or lower Nature) to be the higher Prakrti of Mine' (7.5). One who is 'tranil' means one who is not contaminated by various forms of grief (the five Klesas of Yoga-sutras), and does not grieve about any being other than Myself, nor desires anything other than Myself. On the other hand, he becomes eally indifferent to all beings other than Myself as worthless as straw and attains supreme Bhakti for Me. He attains 'supreme devotion' to Me, which is of the form of an experience which makes Me dear beyond all description - Me the Lord of all, to whom creation, protection and dissolution of the universe is a sport, who is devoid of the slightest trace of evil, who is the sole seat of countless hosts of auspicious attributes which are excellent and unlimited; and who is the ocean of the elixir of beauty; who is the Lord of Sri; who is Lotus-eyed; and who is the self's own Lord. Sri Krsna declares the fruits of this (devotion):
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.54 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.54 Becoming Brahman, serene in the Self, he neither grieves nor desires, the same to all beings, he obtains supreme devotion to Me.
Commentary

18.54 ब्रह्मभूतः having become Brahman? प्रसन्नात्मा sereneminded? न not? शोचति (he) grieves? न not? काङ्क्षति desires? समः the same? सर्वेषु all? भूतेषु in beings? मद्भक्तिम् devotion unto Me? लभते obtains? पराम् supreme.Commentary Brahmabhutah Having attained to Brahman. His attainment of perfect freedom or oneness with the Supreme is described in the next verse.He is tranilminded. He is in a state of balance and eanimity. There is nothing connected with the little personality that may cause him to grieve or prompt him to feel desire. When this state is attained? the multiplicity of objects gradually disappears and he perceives only unity everywhere. The waking and dream consciousness that gives rise to false knowledge gradually passes away.He does not grieve about his bodily wants. If he fails in his attempt to fulfil them? he does not grieve either. He always keeps evenness of mind in success and failure. He has no longing for any object that is not attained.Na sochati na kankshati can also be interpreted as he neither grieves nor exults.Samah sarveshu bhuteshu may also mean he puts himself in the position of others and feels for others. If anyone is in acute agony or distress? he himself feels that he is affected. His heart is very tender and soft. He is extremely compassionate and merciful. He considers that the pleasure and pain of all beings are his own. If others rejoice he also rejoices if others are in distress? he also is distressed. His heart is so much expanded that he feels for all. Jealousy? narrowness of heart? pettymindedness? the idea of separateness? all barriers that separate man from man? prejudices of all sorts and dislike for others -- all vanished in toto. He has cosmic love. He is a cosmic benefactor. He is the friend of all. This state of expansion is beyond description. One has to experience it for oneself. Such a devotee or aspirant attains supreme devotion to Me? the fourth or the highest of the four kinds of devotion mentioned in verse 16 of chapter VII? viz.? devotion of knowledge of the man of wisdom. (Cf.II.70)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.54 One who has become Brahman and has attained the blissful Self does not grieve or desire. Becoming the same towards all beings, he attains supreme devotion to Me.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.54 And when he becomes one with the Eternal, and his soul knows the bliss that belongs to the Self, he feels no desire and no regret, he regards all beings equally and enjoys the blessing of supreme devotion to Me.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Prema (Divine Love)Samata (Equanimity / Even-mindedness)
Related verses
One thus situated in Brahman, joyful, neither lamenting nor desiring, equal to all beings — attains pure devotional service to Me.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize Brahman-realization as gateway, not endpoint.
  • Aim through it to bhakti.
  • Don't get stuck at the gateway.
Reflection Questions
  • Have I treated Brahman-realization as the endpoint?
  • What lies beyond?

The river that has reached the sea no longer thirsts. The brahma-bhūta sādhaka is precisely this river: lamentation drained out, desire drained out, the salty-sweet flatness of equipoise spread across every being. And out of that flatness arises — surprisingly — para-bhakti, the deep current that runs beneath the still surface.

Śukadeva Gosvāmī

Śukadeva was brahma-bhūta from birth — prasanna-ātmā, neither lamenting nor desiring, samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu. Yet when he heard the Bhāgavatam from his father Vyāsa, he attained the further fruit promised here: mat-bhaktim labhate parām.

He became the speaker of the Bhāgavatam to King Parīkṣit not from a position of mere brahma-nirvāṇa but from the parā-bhakti that the verse promises as the *next* stage after self-realization. The verse's whole sequence is Śukadeva's biography.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.55

↗
भक्त्य‍ा मामभिजानाति यावान्यश्चास्मि तत्त्वत: । ततो मां तत्त्वतो ज्ञात्वा विशते तदनन्तरम् ॥ ५५ ॥
bhaktyā mām abhijānāti
[bhaktyaa maam abhijaanaati]
yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ
[yaavaan yash chaasmi tattvatah]
tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā
[tato maam tattvato jnaatvaa]
viśate tad-anantaram
[vishate tad-anantaram]
bhaktyā — by pure devotional service mām — Me abhijānāti — one can know yāvān — as much as yaḥ ca asmi — as I am tattvataḥ — in truth tataḥ — thereafter mām — Me tattvataḥ — in truth jñātvā — knowing viśate — he enters tat - anantaram — thereafter .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
bhaktyā mām abhijānāti
bhaktyā
by pure devotional service
mām
Me
abhijānāti
one can know
yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ
yāvān
as much as
yaḥ ca asmi
as I am
tattvataḥ
in truth
tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā
tataḥ
thereafter
mām
Me
tattvataḥ
in truth
jñātvā
knowing
viśate tad-anantaram
viśate
he enters
tat - anantaram
thereafter .
  • bhaktyā — by devotion
    Instrumental — singular and exclusive. The sole means by which Kṛṣṇa as He is can be known. Not 'one of several means' — *the* means. The chapter's first emphatic theological claim.
  • abhijānāti — can fully know
    Abhi-jñā — to know thoroughly. Not partial cognition but full apprehension of Kṛṣṇa's actual nature. The prefix makes the verb absolute.
  • yāvān — as much as
    Pronominal — *to whatever extent*. The verse uses yāvān + yaḥ ca asmi to assert that bhakti reveals both the *extent* and the *identity* of Kṛṣṇa. Yāvān names the magnitude.
  • tattvataḥ — in truth
    Adverb of manner. *Truly* — not merely as concept or experience but as He actually is. The Gītā is consistently sharp about the difference between approximate and tattvataḥ knowing.
  • viśate — he enters
    From viś — to enter. After knowing Him *in tattva*, the bhakta then *enters* Him. Knowledge does not stop at concept; it terminates in entry — the doorway into Kṛṣṇa's own realm.
One can understand Me as I am, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, only by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of Me by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Bhakti alone is the means of really knowing Kṛṣṇa — both his magnitude (yāvān) and his essential identity (yaḥ). With that tattva-knowledge comes entry into him. Devotion is both organ of cognition and gateway of union.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Often called the bhakti-sūtra of the Gītā. The verse makes bhakti the necessary epistemic instrument for tattva-knowledge of the Lord — not as an alternative to jñāna but as its deepening. 'Yāvān yaś ca' covers both extensive (yāvān — vibhūti, the cosmic spread) and essential (yaḥ — the Person) dimensions. 'Viśate' (enters) is preferred to 'gacchati' (merges) — relational entrance, not absorptive dissolution. Cross-ref: 11.54 (bhakty-ananyayā śakyaḥ).
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
भक्त्या यावान् यः च तत्त्वतः अस्मि माम् अभिजानाति । ततः तत्त्वतः मां ज्ञात्वा तत्-अनन्तरम् विशते ।
bhaktyā yāvān yaḥ ca tattvataḥ asmi mām abhijānāti | tataḥ tattvataḥ māṃ jñātvā tat-anantaram viśate |
By bhakti he comes to know Me — how great I am and who I am in truth. Then, having truly known Me, he immediately enters into Me.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
भक्त्या माम् अभिजानाति यावान् यः च अस्मि तत्त्वतः । ततः मां तत्त्वतः ज्ञात्वा विशते तत्-अनन्तरम् ॥
bhaktyā mām abhijānāti yāvān yaḥ ca asmi tattvataḥ | tataḥ māṃ tattvataḥ jñātvā viśate tat-anantaram ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
भक्त्या bhaktyā भक्ति (f.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by devotion
माम् mām अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular) Me
अभिजानाति abhijānāti अभि + √ज्ञा pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) comes to know
यावान् yāvān यावत् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. how great
यः yaḥ यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. who
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
अस्मि asmi √अस् pres. (present) 1sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) I am
तत्त्वतः tattvataḥ ind. (indeclinable) in truth
ततः tataḥ ind. (indeclinable) thereupon
ज्ञात्वा jñātvā √ज्ञा abs. (absolutive) having known
विशते viśate √विश् pres. (present) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) enters
तत्-अनन्तरम् tat-anantaram ind. (indeclinable) immediately thereafter

The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, and His plenary portions cannot be understood by mental speculation nor by the nondevotees. If anyone wants to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he has to take to pure devotional service under the guidance of a pure devotee. Otherwise, the truth of the Supreme Personality of Godhead will always be hidden. As already stated in Bhagavad-gītā (7.25) , nāhaṁ prakāśaḥ sarvasya: He is not revealed to everyone. No one can understand God simply by erudite scholarship or mental speculation. Only one who is actually engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and devotional service can understand what Kṛṣṇa is. University degrees are not helpful. One who is fully conversant with the Kṛṣṇa science becomes eligible to enter into the spiritual kingdom, the abode of Kṛṣṇa. Becoming Brahman does not mean that one loses his identity. Devotional service is there, and as long as devotional service exists, there must be God, the devotee, and the process of devotional service. Such knowledge is never vanquished, even after liberation. Liberation involves getting free from the concept of material life; in spiritual life the same distinction is there, the same individuality is there, but in pure Kṛṣṇa consciousness. One should not mistakenly think that the word viśate, “enters into Me,” supports the monist theory that one becomes homogeneous with the impersonal Brahman. No. Viśate means that one can enter into the abode of the Supreme Lord in one’s individuality to engage in His association and render service unto Him. For instance, a green bird enters a green tree not to become one with the tree but to enjoy the fruits of the tree. Impersonalists generally give the example of a river flowing into the ocean and merging. This may be a source of happiness for the impersonalist, but the personalist keeps his personal individuality like an aquatic in the ocean. We find so many living entities within the ocean, if we go deep. Surface acquaintance with the ocean is not sufficient; one must have complete knowledge of the aquatics living in the ocean depths. Because of his pure devotional service, a devotee can understand the transcendental qualities and the opulences of the Supreme Lord in truth. As it is stated in the Eleventh Chapter, only by devotional service can one understand. The same is confirmed here; one can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead by devotional service and enter into His kingdom. After attainment of the brahma-bhūta stage of freedom from material conceptions, devotional service begins by one’s hearing about the Lord. When one hears about the Supreme Lord, automatically the brahma-bhūta stage develops, and material contamination – greediness and lust for sense enjoyment – disappears. As lust and desires disappear from the heart of a devotee, he becomes more attached to the service of the Lord, and by such attachment he becomes free from material contamination. In that state of life he can understand the Supreme Lord. This is the statement of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam also. After liberation the process of bhakti, or transcendental service, continues. The Vedānta-sūtra (4.1.12) confirms this: ā-prāyaṇāt tatrāpi hi dṛṣṭam. This means that after liberation the process of devotional service continues. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, real devotional liberation is defined as the reinstatement of the living entity in his own identity, his own constitutional position. The constitutional position is already explained: every living entity is a part-and-parcel fragmental portion of the Supreme Lord. Therefore his constitutional position is to serve. After liberation, this service is never stopped. Actual liberation is getting free from misconceptions of life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
55. Only by bhakti can a person know Me as Brahman. Then, knowing Me as Brahman by that bhakti, he merges with Me.
Commentary

“After attaining bhakti, then what happens to that person?” Giving a particular case of the general rule, the Lord speaks this verse. By bhakti alone one knows Me truly as either “that” or as “Me”. Thus, the jñānī knows Me as tat (Brahman) and the various devotees know Me as mām (Bhagavān). Since I have said that only by pure bhakti am I known (bhakyāham ekayā grahyaḥ), then the jñānī under discussion, after that (tad-anantaram), by that bhakti alone which functions after the cessation of vidyā, knowing Me, enters Me. He realizes the happiness of merging with Me (sāyujya). The meaning is that since I am beyond māyā and vidyā is part of māyā, I (even in the form of Brahman) cannot be known by vidyā. But there may be objection, for in the Nārada Pañcarātra it is said: sāṅkhya-yogau ca vairāgyaṁ tapo bhaktiś ca keśave pañca-parvaiva vidyā Oh Keśava, there are five types of knowledge: sāṅkhya, yoga, vairāgya, tapas and bhakti. Bhakti is thus said to be a function of vidyā in this verse. However, this actually means that some small portion of the hlādinī-śakti of bhakti enters into vidyā in order to give vidyā its results, just as bhakti also enters into karma-yoga in order give results of karma. This can be said because there are many statements saying that karma, jñāna, yoga and other processes are just useless labor without bhakti. Since nirguṇa bhakti is not a function of vidyā filled with sattva-guṇa, though vidyā is the cause of extinguishing avidyā, the cause of knowledge of tat is bhakti alone. Moreover, the smṛti says sattvam sañjayate jñānam: sattva gives rise to jñāna. (BG 14.17) Knowledge, which arises from sattva, is called sattva. Just as the word sattva indicates vidyā, so knowledge arising from bhakti is often called bhakti. Sometimes it is called bhakti and other times it is called jñāna. Therefore, one should see that there are two types of knowledge. Giving up the first type of knowledge (sattva), by the second type of knowledge (bhakti), one will attains brahma-sāyujya. This can be understood by consulting the Bhāgavatam 11, twenty-fifth chapter. Now, those who presume to be jñānīs, desiring sāyujya, by executing jñāna alone without bhakti at all, obtain only suffering as their fruit. They are the most heavily condemned. There are others also who, knowing that one cannot attain liberation by jñāna alone without bhakti, practice jñāna mixed with bhakti. But they consider the form of bhagavan as a falsity (upādhi) created by māyā, and consider that the body of the Lord is made of the guṇas. Reaching the state of yogārūḍha, they think themselves liberated. They too are condemned. It is said: mukha-bāhūru-pādebhyaḥ puruṣasyāśramaiḥ saha catvāro jajñire varṇā guṇair viprādayaḥ pṛthak Each of the four social orders, headed by the brāhmaṇas, was born through different combinations of the modes of nature, from the face, arms, thighs and feet of the Supreme Lord in His universal form. Thus the four spiritual orders were also generated. SB 11.5.2 ya evaṁ puruṣaṁ sākṣād ātma-prabhavam īśvaram na bhajanty avajānanti sthānād bhraṣṭāḥ patanty adhaḥ If any of the members of the four varṇas and four āśramas fail to worship or intentionally disrespect the Personality of Godhead, who is the source of their own creation, they will fall down from their position into a hellish state of life. SB 11.5.3 The meaning is that both those who do not worship Me and as well those who do worship Me but also disrespect Me, even if they are sannyāsīs, have all their knowledge destroyed and fall. It is also said: ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas tvayy asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ O lotus-eyed Lord, although non-devotees who accept severe austerities and penances to achieve the highest position may think themselves liberated, their intelligence is impure. They fall down from their position of imagined superiority because they have no regard for Your lotus feet. SB 10.2.32 The word “foot” (aṅghri) should be taken to indicate “with bhakti.” Thus the phrase would mean “those who do not accept Your feet with devotion.” They accept the Lord, but in the wrong way. The phrase anādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghraya means that they disrespect the Lord by thinking that the Lord’s body is material. It is also said: avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam The fools do not know Me. They think I have taken the body of a material human. BG 9.11 Actually His form is human, but it is also sat-cid-ānanda. That form can be seen only by the influence of the Lord’s inconceivable kṛpā-śakti. It is said in the Nārāyaṇa Adhyātma: nityāvyakto’pi bhagavān īkṣ(y)ate nija-śaktitaḥ tām ṛte paramānandaṁ kaḥ paśyet tam imaṁ prabhum The Lord who is eternal and invisible can be seen through His own śakti. Other than by that means, who can see that Lord of the highest bliss? That the Lord has a sat-cid-ānanda body is confirmed in the Gopāla Tāpanī Upaniṣad (1.33) with sat-cid-ānanda-vigraham śrī-vṛndāvana-sura-bhūruha-talāsīnam: that form of the Lord which is eternity knowledge and bliss was seated at the base of a desire tree in Vṛndāvana. darśayām āsa taṁ kṣattaḥ śābdaṁ brahma dadhad vapuḥ The Lord showed Himself to that Kardama Muni and displayed His transcendental form, which can be understood only through the Vedas. SB 3.21.8 Thus in the śrutis and smṛtis there are thousands of such authoritative statements indicating the Lord’s transcendental body. However, by such statements as the following, these jñānīs think that the Lord, Bhagavān, is a false creation of māyā (upādhi).

māyāṁ tu prakṛtiṁ vidyān māyinaṁ tu maheśvaram Know this nature to be māyā. The great lord is also made of this māyā. Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 4.2 However, this statement means that the Lord is endowed with an eternal śakti called māyā arising from His own svarūpa. Madhvācārya quotes śruti to explain this statement. ato māya-mayaṁ viṣṇuṁ pravadanti sanātanam Thus they call the eternal Viṣṇu māyamayam. Thus the word māyām in the Śvetāśvatara verse refers to the cit-śakti arising from the svarūpa of the Lord, not to the śakti of the three guṇas, which does not arise from His svarūpa. (The meaning would then be: Know this cit-śakti and the great lord who is the master of this śakti.)They do not consider this meaning of the śruti statement. Nor do they consider that the statement could mean “Durgā is māyā and Śiva is the possessor of māyā”. Thus, though these jñānīs attain the status of jīvan-mukta, they fall down because of aparādha to the Lord. It is said in the Pariśiṣṭa Vacana of the Vāsanā Bhāṣya: jīvan-muktā api punar yānti saṁsāra-vāsanām yady acintya-mahā-śaktau bhagavaty aparādhinaḥ The jīvan-muktas, if they are offenders to the Lord of inconceivable great śakti, again enter the illusions of saṁsāra. Attaining their goal, they think sādhana is no longer proper, and thus at the time of rejecting jñāna, they reject not only jñāna, but also guṇī bhūtā bhakti, [Note: The small amount of bhakti they perform along with jñāna sādhana.] thinking that tangible realization (of form and qualities) is false. After bhakti disappears along with jñāna, because of offense to the form of the Lord, it cannot be again attained. Because they cannot realize tat without bhakti, they are therefore known only as persons who think they are liberated, having only false samādhi. This is stated in the verse ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa vimukta-māninaḥ. But those who practice jñāna mixed with bhakti, and at the same time respect the sat-cid-ānanda form of Bhagavān, gradually, with the cessation of vidyā and avidyā, attain parā bhakti. Those liberated souls are of two types. One type, performing bhakti for obtaining sāyujya, attains sāyujya in the Lord’s form, realizing tat. These persons are praiseworthy. The other type of person, such as Śukadeva, being greatly fortunate, gives up the desire for liberation by the influence of unpredicted association with kind, elevated devotees, and submerges himself completely in the taste of the sweetness of bhakti rasa. This is the most praiseworthy type. It is said: ātmārāmāś ca munayo nirgranthā apy urukrame kurvanty ahaitukīṁ bhaktim itthambhūta-guṇo hariḥ All different varieties of ātmārāma, those who take pleasure in ātmā, or spirit self], especially those established on the path of self-realization, though freed from all kinds of material bondage, bondage; desire to render unalloyed devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead. This means that the Lord possesses transcendental qualities and therefore can attract everyone, including liberated souls. SB 1.7.10 Thus there are four types of jñānīs: two, reproachable, fall; and two, praiseworthy, cross saṁsāra.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
55. Only by devotion does a person know Me as I am. Having known Me in truth, he then enters Me.
Commentary

This verse further explains the condition. By supreme, pure bhakti to Me, he realizes (abhijānāti) Me, to what extent (yāvān) I exist (yaḥ āsmi) with My svarūpa, qualities and powers (tattvataḥ). Then (tataḥ), having realized (mām jñātvā) Me in terms of form, qualities and powers, as I am (tattvataḥ), by means of the process of supreme bhakti, he is united with Me (viśate) because of having that realization (tad anantaram). When a person enters a city, it is perceived that he merges into the city. However, he does not become the city. This is the usage of the word viśate, to enter. It should be understood that what is stated here is that bhakti alone is the cause of both realizing the Lord in truth, and joining Him. This is understood from the previous statement bhaktyā tv ananyayā śakyaḥ. (BG 11.54) Tad anantaram means “after that.” Therefore the sentence means “Having truly realizing My form, qualities and vibhūtis, only after that (tad anantaram), he joins Me.” Or tad anantaram can mean “taking that bhakti alone.” By the rule lyab-lope karmaṇi pañcamī, (from Vartikā on Pāṇini 3.2.28) an ablative case can be used to indicate an omitted verb participle ending in ya. In this sentence tad anantaram, ablative meaning “from that” is a substitute for “tāṁ bhaktim ādāya.” The omitted verb form is ādāya, and its substitution is tad anantaram. The whole sentence would then mean “Then (tataḥ) understanding Me in truth by pure bhakti ((māṁ tatavato jñātvā), taking that bhakti alone (tad anantaram), he joins Me (viśate).”

It is stated by the author of Vedānta that even in liberation bhakti still exists: āprāyaṇāt tatrāpi hi dṛṣṭam: it is seen in the scriptures that after liberation (āprāyaṇāt), even then (tatrāpi), in liberation, bhakti continues to exist, because this is seen from scriptural statemens (hi dṛṣṭam). (Vedānta Sūtra 4.1.12) For those who have destroyed ignorance through bhakti, the taste for bhakti increases, just as for those who take sugar candy and destroy jaundice, sugar candy becomes sweet. This is the conclusion of those who know the most secret knowledge. In this way, the method of practice (sādhana) and attainment (sādhya) has been stated for the sa niṣṭḥa bhaktas. [Note: The niṣṭhā bhaktas are those situated in the varṇāśrāma system.]

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

By devotion and devotion only, when one is pure, one can actually enter into the Kingdom of God ‑ that is called pure devotional service. Here we have heard how to go from the platform of niskama karma, through complete detachment, to knowledge to Brahman, and then on the Brahman platform, render devotional service. What will make one stop at Brahman or go up to devotional service? ‑ The answer is: one's desire. If one is acting and performing jnana‑yoga to simply achieve the Brahman platform (sahujya mukti), to merge into the effulgence of the Lord, one will not come to the platform of devotional service. But if one is acting in such a way, performing Krsna conscious activities, attempting to achieve the lotus feet of the Lord, one will come to the Brahman platform and will understand that Krsna is the source of that Brahman ‑ and his devotional service will begin on that platform. All depends on one's desire. If one desires Krsna, Krsna will not force that devotee to merge into Brahman. And on the other hand if one is desiring to merge into Brahman, Krsna will not force that 'brahmajyoti walla' to render service unto Him. In his Purport, Srila Prabhupada explains: "After attainment of the brahma‑bhuta stage of freedom from material conceptions, devotional service begins by one's hearing about the Lord. When one hears about the Supreme Lord, automatically the brahma‑bhuta stage develops, and material contamination‑‑greediness and lust for sense enjoyment‑‑disappears. As lust and desires disappear from the heart of a devotee, he becomes more attached to the service of the Lord, and by such attachment he becomes free from material contamination. In that state of life he can understand the Supreme Lord. This is the statement of Srimad‑Bhagavatam also. After liberation the process of bhakti, or transcendental service, continues. The Vedanta‑sutra (4.1.12) confirms this: a‑ prayanat tatrapi hi drstam. This means that after liberation the process of devotional service continues. In the Srimad‑Bhagavatam, real devotional liberation is defined as the reinstatement of the living entity in his own identity, his own constitutional position. The constitutional position is already explained: every living entity is a part‑and‑parcel fragmental portion of the Supreme Lord. Therefore his constitutional position is to serve. After liberation, this service is never stopped. Actual liberation is getting free from misconceptions of life." Now, after describing this yoga‑ladder, Krsna is going to describe in the next section, working in devotional service on this level and then He gives Arjuna a choice.

[F. WORKING IN PURE DEVOTIONAL SERVICE (18. 56‑60) One surrendering to Krsna by working under Krsna's protection, depending upon Krsna, and being fully conscious of Krsna overcomes all obstacles by the Lord's grace. If, however, one avoids acting under Krsna's directions, the particular modes of nature that dominate one will compel him to act. ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura comments:

Having obtained that bhakti, what then does one achieve? This is answered with the introduction of

a new idea in the verse beginning bhaktyā [text 55]. Only by bhakti does a jñānī, or one of the various kinds

of devotees, factually understand Me. After all, I have said, “I am obtainable only by bhakti.” This being the

case, the jñānī being discussed understands Me after the function of vidyā has stopped influencing him, and

Bhagavad Gita Notes

then he enters into Me in the sense of coming to experience the happiness of sāyujya (being merged into the

existence of the body of the Lord).

. . . Some persons want to attain sāyujya without bhakti by jñāna alone. Imagining themselves to be

jñānīs, their only success is the trouble they take. They are very contemptible. Others understand that with-

out bhakti there can be no liberation, so they practice jñāna mixed with bhakti. But they consider the Person-

ality of Godhead an illusory concept superimposed on māyā and think that the body of the Personality of

Godhead is composed of the material modes. Therefore even when they achieve the culmination of yoga,

those jñānīs who presume that they are liberated are still contemptible. Thus it is stated, “Each of the four so-

cial orders, headed by the brāhmaṇas, was born through different combinations of the modes of nature from

the face, arms, thighs and feet of the Supreme Lord in His universal form. Thus the four spiritual orders were

also generated. If any of the members of the four varṇas and four āśramas fail to worship or intentionally dis-

respect the Personality of Godhead, who is the source of their own creation, they will fall down from their

position into a hellish state of life.” (Bhāg. 11.5.2–3)

. . . Factually, however, the nature of the Lord’s humanlike form is sac-cid-ānanda. Its becoming visi-

ble is simply by the influence of the Lord’s inconceivable mercy, as is stated in the Nārāyaṇādhyātma: “Al-

though the Supreme Lord is always unmanifest, He becomes visible by His own energy. Without that energy

who could ever see that supreme master, the reservoir of all pleasure?”

Many thousands of śruti statements establish that the Supreme Lord’s body is sac-cid-ānanda: “Dis-

playing His sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha, He is sitting at the base of a desire tree in Vṛndāvana.” “He takes His per-

sonal form, which is the same as the transcendental sound of the Vedas.” Nonetheless, the contemptible

jñānīs interpret other śrutis, such as, “Know māyā to be nature and the possessor of māyā to be the Supreme

Lord” to mean that the Supreme Lord is also a false concept superimposed on māyā. In fact, however, the

māyā the Lord is conjoined with is his personal, internal energy, which is also called māyā.

However, those who practice jñāna mixed with bhakti, while thinking that the personal form of the

Supreme Lord is sac-cid-ānanda, gradually attain bhakti after the influences of avidyā and vidyā cease to act

on them. They are jīvan-muktas and are of two types. Some of them perform devotional service for the sake

of attaining sāyujya. These achieve transcendental realization of the supreme entity and sāyujya within that

Supreme. They are certainly praiseworthy. The others are very fortunate souls. By some trick of fate they get

the association of sober, pure devotees. By the influence of such devotees, they give up their desire for lib-

eration. Like Śukadeva and others, they drown in the sweet taste of the mellows of devotional service. They

are supremely praiseworthy.

18.56: In this verse, Kṛṣṇa has used the words mat prasādād avāpnoti śāśvataā padam avyayam to state that

by His grace a devotee attains His eternal, imperishable abode. In this regard, Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī

Ṭhākura gives the following dialogue between Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna:

“A sakāma or niṣkāma devotee attains My eternal abode—Vaikuṇṭha, Mathurā, Dvārakā or Ayodhyā.”

“But how do these various abodes persist at the time of total annihilation?”

“My abode is infallible, and does not undergo any loss even at the total annihilation of the universe. This is due to My in-

conceivable power.”

“But a jñānī comes to the stage of naiṣkarmya and achieves sāyujya only after many lifetimes of various austeri-

ties and only after all the material action of his senses has ceased. How is it, then, that the devotees attain Your eternal

abode simply by taking shelter of You, even though they are still engaged in karma and still have material desires?”

“By My grace this happens. You should understand that My mercy has inconceivable power.”

Text 18.57: Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura describes Kṛṣṇa’s instruction to Arjuna: “‘Offering

all your activities, your varṇāśrama duties and your ordinary work to Me, you should be dedicated

to Me. I should be your only goal and the whole purpose of Your life. In this way you should be re-

Bhagavad Gita Notes

nounced and without desires. Always fix your mind on Me, both while executing your duties and at

other times as well. Always remember Me.’”

Śrīlā Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa adds: “‘Having Me as the only goal of your life, you should renounce,

and offer all your prescribed work to Me, your master. Taking shelter of Me in buddhi-yoga, you

should always think of Me while executing your duties.’”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.55 Bhaktya, through devotion, through that devotion described as Knowledge; abhijanati, he knows; mam, Me; tattvatah, in reality; as to yavan, what I am, with the extensive differences created by limiting adjuncts; and yah asmi, who I am when all distinctions create by the limiting adjuncts are destroyed-Me who am the supreme Person comparable to space [In points of all-pervasiveness and non-attachment.] and one-without-a-second, absolute, homogeneous Consciousness, birthless, ageless, immortal, fearless and deathless. Tatah, then; jnatva, having known; mam, Me, thus; tattvatah, in truth; visate, he enters into Me, Myself; tadanantaram, immediately after that (Knowledge). Here, by saing, 'having known, he enters without delay', it is not meant that the acts of 'knowing' and 'entering immediately after' are different. What then? What is meant is the absolute Knowledge itself that has to no other result, [In place of phalantarabhava-jnana-matram eva, Ast. reads 'phalantarbhavat jnanamatram eva, absolute Knowledge itself, since there is no other result'.-Tr.] for it has been said, 'And৷৷.understand Me to be the "Knower of the field", (13.2). Opponent: Has it not been contradictory to say, he knows Me through that which is the supreme steadliness (nistha) in Knowledge? Vedantin: If it be asked, How it is contradictory? Opponent: The answer is: Whenever any Knowledge of something arises in a knower, at that very moment the knower knows that object. Hence, he does not depend on steadfastness in Knowledge which consists in the repetition of the act of knowing. And therefore, it is contradictory to say one knows not through knowledge, but through steadfastness in knowledge which is a repetition of the act of knowing. Vedantin: There is no such fault, since the culmination of Knowledge-which (Knowledge) is associated with the causes of its unfoldment and maturity, and which has nothing to contradict it- in the conviction that one's own Self has been realized is what is referred to by the word nistha (consummation): When knowledge-which concerns the identity of the 'Knower of the field' and the supreme Self, and which remains associated with the renunciation of all actions that arise from the perception of the distinction among their accessories such as agent etc., and which unfolds from the instruction of the scriptures and teachers, depending on purity of the intellect etc. and humility etc. which are the auxiliary cuases of the origin and maturity of Knowledge-continues in the form of the conviction that one's own Self has been realized, then that continuance is called the supreme steadfastness (nistha) in Knowledge. This steadfastness in Knowledge that is such has been spoken of as the highest, the fourth kind of devotion in relation to the three other devotions viz of the afflicted, etc. (cf. 7.16). Through that highest devotion one realizes the Lord in truth. Immediately after that the idea of difference between the Lord and the Knower of the field vanishes totally. There-fore the statement, 'one knows Me through devotion in the form of steadfastness in Knowledge', is not contradictory. And, in this sense, all the scriptures-consisting of Vedanta (Upanisads etc.), History, Mythology and Smrtis-, as for instance, 'Knowing (this very Self the Brahmanas) renounce৷৷.and lead a mendicant's life' (Br. 3.5.1), 'Therefore they speak of monasticism as excellent among these austerities' (Ma. Na. 24.1), 'Monasticism verily became supreme' (ibid. 21.2), which enjoin renunciation become meaningful. Thus, monasticism means renunciation of rites and duties. There are also the texts, 'Having renounced the Vedas as well as this world and the next' (Ap. Dh. Su. 2.9.13), and 'Give up religion and irreligion' (Mbh. Sa. 329.40; 331.44), etc. And here (in the Gita) also various relevant) passages have been pointed out. In is not porper that those texts should be meaningless. Nor are they merely eulogistic, since they occur in their own contexts. Besides, Liberation consists in being established in the changeless real nature of the indwelling Self. Indeed, it is not possible that one who wants to go to the eastern sea and the other who wants to go in the opposite direction to the western sea can have the same course! And steadfastness in Knowledg consists in being totally absorbed in maintaining a current of thought with regard to the indwelling Self. And that is opposed to coexistence with duties, like going to the western sea. It has been the conclusion of those versed in the valid means of knowledge that the difference between them is as wide as that between a mountain and a mustard seed! Therefore it is established that one should have recourse to steadfastness in Knowledge only, by relinishing all rites and duties. The fruit of the attainment of success from the Yoga of Devotion consisting in worshiping the Lord with one's own actions is the ability to remain steadfast in Knowledge, from which, follows stead-fastness in Knowledge, culminating in the result, Liberation. That Yoga of Devotion to the Lord is now being praised in this concluding section dealing with the purport of the Scripture, with a veiw to generating a firm conviction with regard to it (the purport of the Scripture):
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.55 Through such devotion, he knows 'who I am,' i.e., knows My own essence and My nature, and 'what I am,' i.e., in My attributes and glory. Knowing Me truly, he rises to a higher level than this Bhakti, and aciring knowledge of the truth, enters into Me through devotion. The meaning is that he attains Me by means of infinite and unsurpassed Bhakti which develops subseent in time to the vision of the nature, attributes and glory of the Lord in reality. Here the term 'Tatah' (through) denotes that devotion is the cause of attainment; for it has been stated to be the cause of entrance n the text, 'But by singel-minded devotion it is possible ৷৷.' (11.54). In this way, the crowning development has been told starting from the disinterested performance of periodical and occasional rites suitable for the various stations and stages of life, which are to be performed to propitiate the Supreme Person. Sri Krsna now explains that even for actions meant for attaining desired objects (Kamya-karmas) the crowning stage is the same as for these described above, provided they too are done not for fulfilling one's desires but as offerings to propitiate the Supreme Person.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.55 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.55 By devotion he knows Me in truth, what and who I am; then having known Me in truth, he forthwith enters into the Supreme.
Commentary

18.55 भक्त्या by devotion? माम् Me? अभिजानाति (he) knows? यावान् what? यः who? च and? अस्मि (I) am? तत्त्वतः in truth? ततः then? माम् Me? तत्त्वतः in truth? ज्ञात्वा having known? विशते (he) enters? तत् that? अनन्तरम् afterwards.Commentary My devotee? O Arjuna? who has attained to union with Me through singleminded and unflinching devotion is verily My very Self. Devotion culminates in knowledge. Devotion begins with two and ends in one. ParaBhakti (supreme devotion) and Jnana are one. Devotion is the mother. Knowledge is the son. By devotion he knows that I am allpervading pure,consciousness he knows that I am nondual? unborn? decayless? causeless? selfluminous? indivisible? unchanging he knows that I am destitute of all the differences caused by the limiting adjuncts he knows that I am the support? source? womb? basis? and substratum of everything he knows that I am the ruler of all beings he knows that I am the Supreme Purusha? the controller of Maya? and that this world is a mere appearance. Thus knowing Me in truth or in essence? he enters into Me soon after attaining Selfknowledge.The act of knowing and the act of entering are not two distinct acts. Knowing is becoming. Knowing is attaining Selfknowledge. To know That is to become That. Entering is knowing or beoming That. Entering is the attainment of Selfknowledge or Selfrealisation. These are all jugglery of words only. Knowing and entering are synonymous terms. It is very difficult to understand or comprehend transcendental spiritual matters. The teachers use various terms or expressions? analogies? similes? parables? stories? etc. to make the aspirant grasp the matter clearly and lucidly. Words are imperfect and languages are defective. They cannot fully express the inner spiritual experiences. The teacher somehow or other expresses to the students or aspirants these spiritual ideas. The aspirant himself will have to realise the Self. That is beyond the reach of words of expressions or analogies of similes. How can there be similes for that nondual Brahman These words are a sort of help or prop for the aspirants to lean upon in the beginning to understand spiritual matters. When he realises the Self? these words are of no value to him. He himself becomes an embodiment of knowledge.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.55 Through devotion he knows Me in reality, as to what and who I am. Then, having known Me in truth, he enters (into Me) immediately after that (Knowledge).
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.55 By such devotion, he sees Me, who I am and what I am; and thus realising the Truth, he enters My Kingdom.
Primary values
Bhakti (Devotion)
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
BG 7.1 BG 11.54 BG 9.14 SB 10.14.3 SB 11.14.21 SB 1.2.11 CC Madhya 6.84 CC Madhya 25.30 CC Madhya 8.75 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.3Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.23
Stories
bhakti_epic_primary
Concepts
Maya
Only by devotional service can I be known as I am — and after thus knowing Me, one enters into Me.
Practical Applications
  • Trust bhakti as the unique key to knowing Kṛṣṇa.
  • Don't substitute speculation.
  • Cultivate bhakti as the master practice.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I substituted speculation for bhakti?
  • What would prioritizing bhakti change?

A locked door has many keys on the shopkeeper's wall — and only one fits. Bhakti is that one key. Logic, austerity, philosophy can take a sādhaka to the door; only devotion opens it onto Kṛṣṇa as He actually is.

Uddhava's realization

Uddhava — Kṛṣṇa's friend and the recipient of the Uddhava-Gītā in the Bhāgavatam — could approach Kṛṣṇa philosophically through every system available. Yet Kṛṣṇa Himself told him that bhakti alone is what enables the soul to know Him in tattva.

Uddhava's eventual condition at Badarikāśrama, absorbed in Kṛṣṇa-bhakti, is the verse's pattern: only by bhakti did he know, and by knowing he entered.

📝 My note

Section 6 (18.56–18.60)
WORKING IN PURE DEVOTIONAL SERVICE
Section overview
One on the platform of devotion should work under the order of Lord, fully depending on Him and being fully conscious of Him
One will thus be free from the control of the modes of material nature

LINK BETWEEN SECTION V & SECTION VI: Krishna first spoke about elevation through karma and has just

spoken about how a jnana-yogi may advance to the highest perfection. Beginning here, and for the next

eleven verses (18.56 – 18.66), Krishna will speak directly about bhakti.

Bhagavad-gītā 18.56

↗
सर्वकर्माण्यपि सदा कुर्वाणो मद्‍व्यपाश्रय: । मत्प्रसादादवाप्‍नोति शाश्वतं पदमव्ययम् ॥ ५६ ॥
sarva-karmāṇy api sadā
[sarva-karmaany api sadaa]
kurvāṇo mad-vyapāśrayaḥ
[kurvaano mad-vyapaashrayah]
mat-prasādād avāpnoti
[mat-prasaadaad avaapnoti]
śāśvataṁ padam avyayam
[shaashvatam padam avyayam]
sarva — all karmāṇi — activities api — although sadā — always kurvāṇaḥ — performing mat - vyapāśrayaḥ — under My protection mat - prasādāt — by My mercy avāpnoti — one achieves śāśvatam — the eternal padam — abode avyayam — imperishable .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sarva-karmāṇy api sadā
sarva
all
karmāṇi
activities
api
although
sadā
always
kurvāṇo mad-vyapāśrayaḥ
kurvāṇaḥ
performing
mat - vyapāśrayaḥ
under My protection
mat-prasādād avāpnoti
mat - prasādāt
by My mercy
avāpnoti
one achieves
śāśvataṁ padam avyayam
śāśvatam
the eternal
padam
abode
avyayam
imperishable .
  • karmāṇi — activities
    Plural. With sarva — *all* activities. The verse refuses to limit the bhakta to specifically 'religious' work. Every kind — kingly, domestic, professional — is compatible with the promised destination.
  • kurvāṇaḥ — performing
    Present participle. With sadā: continually performing. Not occasional engagement — *always* working. The bhakta is not inert. The verse cleanly answers the worry that bhakti means withdrawal.
  • mat - vyapāśrayaḥ — under My protection
    Compound — vi-apa-āśrita: thoroughly taken shelter. Stronger than ordinary śaraṇa. The bhakta is *enveloped* by the Lord's shelter throughout every activity.
  • mat - prasādāt — by My mercy
    Ablative compound. The destination is not attained by the bhakta's effort alone — *by My mercy*. Bhakti reaches the goal because Kṛṣṇa Himself reaches down.
  • śāśvatam — the eternal
    Adjective. With padam avyayam — the eternal imperishable abode. The Vaikuṇṭha-destination, not a temporary heavenly station. Śāśvata is the verse's promise: forever, not for an age.
Though engaged in all kinds of activities, My pure devotee, under My protection, reaches the eternal and imperishable abode by My grace.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Activity is no obstacle: even one continuously engaged in all kinds of work, if he takes refuge in Kṛṣṇa, reaches the eternal abode by Kṛṣṇa's grace. Sannyāsa is interiorized as refuge; karma continues; mat-prasāda accomplishes the rest.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The verse decisively answers the chapter's opening question: tyāga and sannyāsa, fully understood, are compatible with — indeed expressed through — sustained engaged action, provided the inner refuge in the Lord is unbroken. 'Mat-prasāda' introduces grace as the operative factor: the destination is attained, not earned.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
मद्-व्यपाश्रयः सदा सर्व-कर्माणि अपि कुर्वाणः मत्-प्रसादात् शाश्वतं अव्ययं पदम् अवाप्नोति ।
mad-vyapāśrayaḥ sadā sarva-karmāṇi api kurvāṇaḥ mat-prasādāt śāśvataṃ avyayaṃ padam avāpnoti |
Taking refuge in Me, though always doing all kinds of work, he attains by My grace the eternal, imperishable abode.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
सर्व-कर्माणि अपि सदा कुर्वाणः मद्-व्यपाश्रयः । मत्-प्रसादात् अवाप्नोति शाश्वतं पदम् अव्ययम् ॥
sarva-karmāṇi api sadā kurvāṇaḥ mad-vyapāśrayaḥ | mat-prasādāt avāpnoti śāśvataṃ padam avyayam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
सर्व-कर्माणि sarva-karmāṇi tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. all works
अपि api ind. (indeclinable) even
सदा sadā ind. (indeclinable) always
कुर्वाणः kurvāṇaḥ √कृ pres. (present)part.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. doing
मद्-व्यपाश्रयः mad-vyapāśrayaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. having Me as refuge
मत्-प्रसादात् mat-prasādāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. by My grace
अवाप्नोति avāpnoti अव + √आप् pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) attains
शाश्वतम् śāśvatam शाश्वत (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. eternal
पदम् padam पद (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) abode
अव्ययम् avyayam अव्यय (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. imperishable

The word mad-vyapāśrayaḥ means under the protection of the Supreme Lord. To be free from material contamination, a pure devotee acts under the direction of the Supreme Lord or His representative, the spiritual master. There is no time limitation for a pure devotee. He is always, twenty-four hours a day, one hundred percent engaged in activities under the direction of the Supreme Lord. To a devotee who is thus engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness the Lord is very, very kind. In spite of all difficulties, he is eventually placed in the transcendental abode, or Kṛṣṇaloka. He is guaranteed entrance there; there is no doubt about it. In that supreme abode, there is no change; everything is eternal, imperishable and full of knowledge.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
56. But that person, who, though performing all types of actions, also takes shelter of Me predominantly, attains My indestructible, eternal abode, by My mercy.
Commentary

It has thus been said that the jñānī step by step giving up the results of work, work itself and then jñāna, attains sāyujya. Now hear from Me how My devotee attains Me. That devotee takes shelter of Me, even with evident material desires (vi apa āśrayaḥ). Vi stands for viśeṣataḥ, meaning “particularly,” and apa stands for apakṛṣṭa, meaning “low.” He is not even a niṣkāma-bhakta, for he performs all actions even material ones such as protecting wife and children as well as nitya, naimittika and kāmya-karmas. What is the question of his giving up karma, yoga, jñāna, worship of devatās, or other desires? The word āśrayate means he completely serves. The prefix “ā” emphasizes the predominance of service. The use of the word api indicates inferiority of these other actions. Thus he performs these other activities, but as secondary actions. Thus, he has bhakti mixed with karma, rather than karma mixed with bhakti, which was already described in the first six chapters. There is no overlapping of actions with the previous descriptions. That bhakta attains My eternal dhāmas (padam), such as Vaikuṇṭha, Mathurā, Dvārakā, and Ayodhyā. [Note: The karma miśra bhakta gets sālokya.] “But will those dhāmas remain after the pralaya?” “They are indestructible (avyayam). At the time of mahāpralaya, My dhāmas will not disappear, because of My inconceivable power.” “The jñānī, after many births, having undergone much suffering and austerities, having stopped the action of senses for sense objects, attains naiṣkarmya, and then sāyujya. How does this devotee, performing actions and having desires, attain Your eternal dhāmas just by taking shelter of You?” “He attains it by My mercy (mat-prasādāt). Know that My mercy is inconceivable and most powerful.”

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
56. But that person, who takes shelter of Me as his main work, though performing all his prescribed duties, attains My indestructible, eternal abode, by My rmercy.
Commentary

Now the Lord describes the process for the pariniṣṭha bhakta in two and half verses. He who performs all his prescribed actions as a secondary interest, as much as he feels convenient (indicated by api), and who takes shelter of Me alone (mad vyapāśrayaḥ) as his main interest, by My extreme mercy (mat prasādāt) attains the eternal (śāśvatam) spiritual world (padam) composed of unchanging pure knowledge and bliss (avyayam). The author of Vedānta explains sarvathāpi tatra vobhaya-liṅgāt: the pariniṣṭha devotee in all cases performs service to the Lord as a primary duty, because of indications to that effect in śruit and smṛti. (Vedānta Sūtra 3.4.34)

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Lord’s protection described

THEME: “I personally protect My devotee from all reactions and lead him directly to My Supreme abode”

Though engaged in all kinds of activities, My pure devotee is always under My protection and
He reaches the eternal abode by My grace

PLEASE NOTE:

Similar themes are mentioned in Texts 8.14, 9.30 – 9.31, 12.7

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.56 & 18.57:

What is the practical application of Krishna’s instructions for Arjuna?

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.56 Sada, ever; kurvanah api, engaging even in; sarva-karmani, all actions, even the prohibited ones; madvyapasrayah, one to whom I am the refuge, to whom I, Vasudeva the Lord, am the refuge, i.e. one who has totally surrendered himself to Me; even he, apnoti, attains; the sasvatam, eternal; avyayam, immutable; padam, State of Visnu; mat-prasadat, through My, i.e. God's, grace. Since this is so, therefore,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.56 'Taking refuge in Me' means leaving agency etc., to Me. He who performs 'all works constantly' means works that are not only obligatory and occasional acts but even those meant to fulfil desires (Kamya Karmas) - he attains, by My grace, the eternal realm which is immutable. 'Pada' means that which is attained. The meaning is that he attains Me. [The idea is that the performance of even those ritualistic actions enjoined for those having the fulfilment of certain desires in view, even these actions, if done without any such desire but only as the worship of the Supreme Person - the have the same effect as the performance of the enjoined daily and occasional rituals to which no effect except the purification of the self is offered by the Sastras.] Since it is so, therefore:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.56 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.56 Doing all actions always having taken refuge in Me, by My grace he obtains the eternal indestructible state of being.
Commentary

18.56 सर्वकर्माणि all actions? अपि also? सदा always? कुर्वाणः doing? मद्व्यपाश्रयः taking refuge in Me? मत्प्रसादात् by My grace? अवाप्नोति obtains? शाश्वतम् the eternal? पदम् state or abode? अव्ययम् indestructible.Commentary Worshipping Me with the flowers of his good actions he reaches the imperishable Brahmic seat of ineffable splendour through My grace. He attains union with Me and enjoys the supreme bliss. If by chance he commits some prohibited actions? still? as in the Ganga (Indias most holy river) the waters of the drains and roads find union? so My devotee? becoming united with Me? is unaffected by these prohibited actions.Worship of the Lord through ones duties purifies the heart of the aspirant and prepares him for the devotion to knowledge which eventually leads him to the attainment of Selfrealisation. The Yoga of Devotion is eulogised here.All actions Good actions and even the prohibited actions. He who takes shelter in Me? Vaasudeva? the Lord? with his whole self centred in Me attains the eternal abode of Vishnu? by the grace of the Lord.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.56 Ever engaging even in all actions, one to whom I am the refuge, attains the eternal, immutable State through My grace.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.56 Relying on Me in all his action and doing them for My sake, he attains, by My Grace, Eternal and Unchangeable Life.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 9.28 BG 12.6 BG 9.22 SB 11.29.6 SB 11.20.9 SB 11.14.21 CC Madhya 22.96 CC Madhya 22.119 CC Madhya 19.170 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.18Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.3.9
By My grace, one engaged in My devotional service — though performing all duties — attains the eternal abode.
Practical Applications
  • Trust grace as the engine; engage your duties as a devotee.
  • Don't separate grace from action.
  • Live as one already enroute home.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I act as if grace and action are separate?
  • What integration is offered?

A child playing in a crowded street is safe so long as the father's hand is around her wrist. Activities continue — running, jumping, falling — but the father's protection makes the street harmless. So with the pure devotee: full action, full divine cover, full arrival.

Yudhiṣṭhira's return

Yudhiṣṭhira performed every conceivable activity through his life — ruling, warring, exiling, gambling, mourning, sacrificing — and yet at the end ascended bodily under Kṛṣṇa's protection, the only Pāṇḍava to reach the higher realm in his own form.

Sarva-karmāṇi api sadā kurvāṇaḥ — engaged in all activities — yet mat-vyapāśrayaḥ — under Kṛṣṇa's shelter throughout. The verse's promise of śāśvatam padam avyayam is precisely what he attained.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.57

↗
चेतसा सर्वकर्माणि मयि सन्न्यस्य मत्पर: । बुद्धियोगमुपाश्रित्य मच्च‍ित्त: सततं भव ॥ ५७ ॥
cetasā sarva-karmāṇi
[chetasaa sarva-karmaani]
mayi sannyasya mat-paraḥ
[mayi sannyasya mat-parah]
buddhi-yogam upāśritya
[buddhi-yogam upaashritya]
mac-cittaḥ satataṁ bhava
[mach-chittah satatam bhava]
cetasā — by intelligence sarva - karmāṇi — all kinds of activities mayi — unto Me sannyasya — giving up mat - paraḥ — under My protection buddhi - yogam — devotional activities upāśritya — taking shelter of mat - cittaḥ — in consciousness of Me satatam — twenty-four hours a day bhava — just become .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
cetasā sarva-karmāṇi
cetasā
by intelligence
sarva - karmāṇi
all kinds of activities
mayi
unto Me
mayi sannyasya mat-paraḥ
sannyasya
giving up
mat - paraḥ
under My protection
buddhi-yogam upāśritya
buddhi - yogam
devotional activities
upāśritya
taking shelter of
mac-cittaḥ satataṁ bhava
mat - cittaḥ
in consciousness of Me
satatam
twenty-four hours a day
bhava
just become .
  • cetasā — with the mind, with intelligence
    Instrumental. The offering is mental — a settled inner stance — not just an external gesture. The whole act of consciousness is conscripted to surrender.
  • sannyasya — giving up, depositing
    Gerund — from sannyas, to deposit fully. With sarva-karmāṇi mayi: all actions are *deposited* with Kṛṣṇa as one entrusts valuables to a banker. The verse uses sannyāsa now in its highest sense.
  • mat - paraḥ — under My protection
    Compound. Mat-para — 'of-Me-as-highest' / under My shelter. The hierarchy is settled: Kṛṣṇa first, then everything else. The whole inner organization realigns around this priority.
  • buddhi - yogam — devotional activities
    Compound. The same buddhi-yoga of 2.49-50, here re-named at the chapter's climax. The sādhaka *takes shelter* of buddhi-yoga, not as technique but as refuge.
  • mat - cittaḥ — in consciousness of Me
    Compound. With satatam — constant Kṛṣṇa-consciousness. Not 'as often as possible' — satatam, *always*. The verse names the daily target of bhakti-yoga.
In all activities just depend upon Me and work always under My protection. In such devotional service, be fully conscious of Me.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
A four-step imperative: mentally hand over all actions to Kṛṣṇa, hold Him as the supreme reference, take buddhi-yoga as refuge, and stay constantly Me-conscious. This is the integrated practice the chapter has been building toward.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Four practice-verbs in close array — sannyasya (renouncing), (being) mat-paraḥ, upāśritya (resorting), bhava (being) mat-cittaḥ. The verse condenses karma-yoga (sannyasya), bhakti (mat-paraḥ, mat-cittaḥ), and jñāna-yoga (buddhi-yogam) into a single instruction. Cf. 12.6-7 for parallel: 'mayi sarvāṇi karmāṇi sannyasya.'
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
चेतसा सर्व-कर्माणि मयि सन्न्यस्य मत्-परः बुद्धि-योगम् उपाश्रित्य सततं मत्-चित्तः भव ।
cetasā sarva-karmāṇi mayi sannyasya mat-paraḥ buddhi-yogam upāśritya satataṃ mat-cittaḥ bhava |
With the mind, surrender all actions to Me; making Me supreme, taking refuge in buddhi-yoga, always be of Me-centered consciousness.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
चेतसा सर्व-कर्माणि मयि सन्न्यस्य मत्-परः । बुद्धि-योगम् उपाश्रित्य मत्-चित्तः सततं भव ॥
cetasā sarva-karmāṇi mayi sannyasya mat-paraḥ | buddhi-yogam upāśritya mat-cittaḥ satataṃ bhava ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
चेतसा cetasā चेतस् (n.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) with the mind
सर्व-कर्माणि sarva-karmāṇi tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. all actions
मयि mayi अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) loc.sg. (locative singular) in Me
सन्न्यस्य sannyasya सम् + नि + √अस् abs. (absolutive) having renounced
मत्-परः mat-paraḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. having Me as supreme
बुद्धि-योगम् buddhi-yogam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. yoga of intellect
उपाश्रित्य upāśritya उप + आ + √श्रि abs. (absolutive) having resorted to
मत्-चित्तः mat-cittaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. Me-minded
सततम् satatam ind. (indeclinable) always
भव bhava √भू impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) be!

When one acts in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he does not act as the master of the world. Just like a servant, one should act fully under the direction of the Supreme Lord. A servant has no individual independence. He acts only on the order of the master. A servant acting on behalf of the supreme master is unaffected by profit and loss. He simply discharges his duty faithfully in terms of the order of the Lord. Now, one may argue that Arjuna was acting under the personal direction of Kṛṣṇa but when Kṛṣṇa is not present how should one act? If one acts according to the direction of Kṛṣṇa in this book, as well as under the guidance of the representative of Kṛṣṇa, then the result will be the same. The Sanskrit word mat-paraḥ is very important in this verse. It indicates that one has no goal in life save and except acting in Kṛṣṇa consciousness just to satisfy Kṛṣṇa. And while working in that way, one should think of Kṛṣṇa only: “I have been appointed to discharge this particular duty by Kṛṣṇa.” While acting in such a way, one naturally has to think of Kṛṣṇa. This is perfect Kṛṣṇa consciousness. One should, however, note that after doing something whimsically he should not offer the result to the Supreme Lord. That sort of duty is not in the devotional service of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. One should act according to the order of Kṛṣṇa. This is a very important point. That order of Kṛṣṇa comes through disciplic succession from the bona fide spiritual master. Therefore the spiritual master’s order should be taken as the prime duty of life. If one gets a bona fide spiritual master and acts according to his direction, then one’s perfection of life in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is guaranteed.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
57. Offering all your activities to Me, making Me your only goal of life, taking shelter of bhakti-yoga with fixed intelligence, remember Me always, while doing your actions and at all other times.
Commentary

“Now, what are you indicating to Me particularly? Am I an ananya-bhakta? Or am I the sakāma-bhakta just mentioned by You?” “You do not have the strength to become the most excellent ananya-bhakta. And you should not be the sakāma-bhakta, the lowest among all the devotees. Therefore, be a madhyama devotee, a devotee intermediate between these two. While offering to Me all of your occupational activities and your duties of āśrama, you whose goal of life is only to attain Me (mat-paraḥ), in other words, being niṣkāma, remember Me always (mat-cittaḥ bhava), while doing those activities and at any other time also (satatam), being endowed with fixed intelligence, vyavasāyātmika buddhi (buddhi-yogam upāśritya).” The Lord has previously said the same: yat karoṣi yad aśnāsi yaj juhoṣi dadāsi yat yat tapasyasi kaunteya tat kuruṣva mad-arpaṇam Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you sacrifice, whatever you give, whatever austerity you perform, offer it to Me, O son of Kuntī. BG 9.27

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
57. Offering all your activities to Me, making Me your only goal of life, taking shelter of buddhi yoga, remember Me always while doing your actions.
Commentary

(This continues the description of the pariniṣṭha bhakta.) Because you have such a nature, having offered (sannyasya) all your prescribed activities to Me your master, with consciousness devoid of the concept of being the doer (cetasā), taking Me alone as the one goal (mat paraḥ), taking shelter of alone Me, of buddhi yoga, [Note: The implication seems to be that the goal of spiritual intelligence (buddhi yoga) is exclusive surrender to the Lord.] be conscious of Me (mat cittaḥ) while performing your actions (satatam). As I have already said this to you before, with the words yat karoṣī yad aśnāsi (BG (9.27), having offered the activities to Me, you do those activities, rather than doing them and then offering them. [Note: To do the activities and then offer them is karma yoga.]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Devotees mood of dependence described

THEME: Therefore perform your duties in full dependence on My protection

In all activities just depend on Me
Work always under My protection and be fully conscious of Me

Focus of Learning

(a) Significance of ‘Mad-vyapasrayah’ – Means under the protection of the Lord

How protection comes – A pure devotee acts under the direction of Supreme Lord or His representative

(b) Nature or quality of service

No time limitation for a pure devotee
Always, 24 hours engaged in the service of the Lord
Nature of the abode – Unchangeable eternal, imperishable and full of knowledge

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SECTION VI

One must act in devotion, following Krishna’s dictation:

If one does not, one will undoubtedly act in illusion

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.57 & 18.58:

What will be the result of following Krishna’s instructions? And of not following?

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.57 Cetasa, mentally, with a discriminating intellect; sannyasya, surrendering; sarva-karmani, all actions meant for seen or unseen results; mayi, to Me, to God, in the manner described in, 'Whatever you do, whatever you eat' (9.27); and matparah, accepting Me as the supreme-you to whom I, Vasudeva, am the supreme, are matparah; becoming so; satatam, ever; maccittah bhava, have your kind fixed only on Me; upasritya, by resorting-resorting implies not taking recourse to anything else-; buddhi-yogam, to the concentration of your intellect. Having the intellect (buddhi) concentrated on Me is buddhi-yoga.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.57 'By your mind' means with thought which considers the self as belonging to Me and as controlled by Me. For, it has been declared: 'Surrendering all your acts to Me with a mind focussed on the self' (3.30). Surrendering all acts to Me along with agentship and the object of worship and regarding 'Me as the goal,' i.e., constantly contemplating that I alone am to be attained as the goal; performing all acts; and resorting to Buddhi-Yoga - focus your mind on Me always. Buddhi Yoga here implies the mental attitude special to the seeker of salvation in regard to agency of works, the fruits etc. Thus
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.57 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.57 Mentally renouncing all actions in Me, having Me as the highest goal, resorting to the Yoga of discrimination do thou ever fix thy mind on Me.
Commentary

18.57 चेतसा mentally? सर्वकर्माणि all actions? मयि in Me? संन्यस्य resigning? मत्परः having Me as the highest goal? बुद्धियोगम् the Yoga of discrimination? उपाश्रित्य resorting to? मच्चित्तः with the mind fixed on Me? सततम् always? भव be.Commentary Do thou? O Arjuna? surrender all thy actions to Me whilst at the same time fixing thy mind on discrimination. Then through that discrimination thou wilt see thy Self as separate from the body and activity and existing in My pure Being. Chetasa Mentally with the discriminative faith that knowledge finally leads to liberation when the heart is purified through selfless works done with the spirit of offering to God.Sarvakarmani All actions producing visible and invisible results.Me The Lord As taught in verse 27 of chapter IX Whatever thou doest? whatever thou eatest? etc.? do thou dedicate all thy actions to Me.Matparah Taking Me? Vaasudeva? as the supreme goal? and his whole self centred in Me.Resorting to Buddhi Yoga As thy sole refuge steadymindedness.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.57 Mentally surrendering all actions to Me and accepting Me as the supreme, have your mind ever fixed on Me by resorting to the concentration of your intellect.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.57 Surrender then thy actions unto Me, live in Me, concentrate thine intellect on Me, and think always of Me.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)
Related verses
Concepts
Bhava
Renouncing all activities to Me, taking refuge in Me, depending on Me — be always conscious of Me.
Practical Applications
  • Adopt the four explicit instructions.
  • Make them daily morning practice.
  • Treat 'always conscious of Me' as the ongoing target.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of the four is least practiced?
  • What single shift would establish it?

A clerk handing over the entire ledger to the senior partner — keeping no transaction in his own column. The work goes on; the books are kept by another. Mat-paraḥ means simply this: not a different life, but the same life with the entries assigned to the Lord.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.58

↗
मच्च‍ित्त: सर्वदुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि । अथ चेत्त्वमहङ्कारान्न श्रोष्यसि विनङ्‍क्ष्यसि ॥ ५८ ॥
mac-cittaḥ sarva-durgāṇi
[mach-chittah sarva-durgaani]
mat-prasādāt tariṣyasi
[mat-prasaadaat tarishyasi]
atha cet tvam ahaṅkārān
[atha chet tvam ahankaaraan]
na śroṣyasi vinaṅkṣyasi
[na shroshyasi vinankshyasi]
mat — of Me cittaḥ — being in consciousness sarva — all durgāṇi — impediments mat - prasādāt — by My mercy tariṣyasi — you will overcome atha — but cet — if tvam — you ahaṅkārāt — by false ego na śroṣyasi — do not hear vinaṅkṣyasi — you will be lost .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
mac-cittaḥ sarva-durgāṇi
mat
of Me
cittaḥ
being in consciousness
sarva
all
durgāṇi
impediments
mat-prasādāt tariṣyasi
mat - prasādāt
by My mercy
tariṣyasi
you will overcome
atha cet tvam ahaṅkārān
atha
but
cet
if
tvam
you
ahaṅkārāt
by false ego
na śroṣyasi vinaṅkṣyasi
na śroṣyasi
do not hear
vinaṅkṣyasi
you will be lost .
  • cittaḥ — being in consciousness
    With mat: consciousness of Me. Repeated from the previous verse. The verse begins with the if-clause: *if* this consciousness holds, *then* the result follows. The conditional structure is deliberate.
  • durgāṇi — impediments
    Plural. Durga — hard-to-cross. With sarva: the full range of obstacles. With mat-cittaḥ, none are uncrossable. The verse makes a sweeping promise — not 'most' but *all*.
  • tariṣyasi — you will cross over
    Future tense, second person. Direct address — *you*, Arjuna, will cross. The verse is intimate, not generic. Kṛṣṇa speaks straight to the listener seated before him.
  • ahaṅkārāt — from false ego
    Ablative — *because of* ahaṅkāra. The alternative is named. If you go your own way under the false-doer illusion, the result is the opposite outcome.
  • vinaṅkṣyasi — you will be lost / destroyed
    Future tense — vi-naś, to perish utterly. Same grammatical form as tariṣyasi, but opposite content. The verse sets the two destinies in symmetrical force.
If you become conscious of Me, you will pass over all the obstacles of conditioned life by My grace. If, however, you do not work in such consciousness but act through false ego, not hearing Me, you will be lost.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Two futures, opposite outcomes. Me-minded → cross every difficulty by grace. Ego-deaf → ruin. Kṛṣṇa pairs promise and warning with uncommon directness; Arjuna's choice is binary.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The verse turns from impersonal exposition to direct address. 'Ahaṅkārāt na śroṣyasi' diagnoses Arjuna's specific risk: his refusal to fight, framed as compassionate, may actually be ego-driven resistance to the teaching. The fut. 'vinaṅkṣyasi' echoes the catastrophe-language of the chapter's opening concern.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
मत्-चित्तः सर्व-दुर्गाणि मत्-प्रसादात् तरिष्यसि । अथ चेत् त्वम् अहङ्कारात् न श्रोष्यसि, विनङ्क्ष्यसि ।
mat-cittaḥ sarva-durgāṇi mat-prasādāt tariṣyasi | atha cet tvam ahaṅkārāt na śroṣyasi, vinaṅkṣyasi |
Me-minded, by My grace you will cross over all obstacles; but if, out of egotism, you do not hear, you will perish.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
मत्-चित्तः सर्व-दुर्गाणि मत्-प्रसादात् तरिष्यसि । अथ चेत् त्वम् अहङ्कारात् न श्रोष्यसि विनङ्क्ष्यसि ॥
mat-cittaḥ sarva-durgāṇi mat-prasādāt tariṣyasi | atha cet tvam ahaṅkārāt na śroṣyasi vinaṅkṣyasi ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
मत्-चित्तः mat-cittaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. Me-minded
सर्व-दुर्गाणि sarva-durgāṇi tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. all obstacles
मत्-प्रसादात् mat-prasādāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. by My grace
तरिष्यसि tariṣyasi √तृ fut. (future) 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) you will cross
अथ atha ind. (indeclinable) but
चेत् cet ind. (indeclinable) if
त्वम् tvam युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular) you
अहङ्कारात् ahaṅkārāt अहङ्कार (m.) abl.sg. (ablative singular) from egotism
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
श्रोष्यसि śroṣyasi √श्रु fut. (future) 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) you will hear
विनङ्क्ष्यसि vinaṅkṣyasi वि + √नश् fut. (future) 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) you will perish

A person in full Kṛṣṇa consciousness is not unduly anxious about executing the duties of his existence. The foolish cannot understand this great freedom from all anxiety. For one who acts in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, Lord Kṛṣṇa becomes the most intimate friend. He always looks after His friend’s comfort, and He gives Himself to His friend, who is so devotedly engaged working twenty-four hours a day to please the Lord. Therefore, no one should be carried away by the false ego of the bodily concept of life. One should not falsely think himself independent of the laws of material nature or free to act. He is already under strict material laws. But as soon as he acts in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he is liberated, free from the material perplexities. One should note very carefully that one who is not active in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is losing himself in the material whirlpool, in the ocean of birth and death. No conditioned soul actually knows what is to be done and what is not to be done, but a person who acts in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is free to act because everything is prompted by Kṛṣṇa from within and confirmed by the spiritual master.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
58. Fixing your mind on Me, you will cross over all obstacles by My mercy. If, on the other hand, you do not listen out of pride, you will perish.
Commentary

Then what will happen? This verse describes the result: you will cross all obstacles.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
58. Fixing your consciousness on Me, you will cross over all obstacles by My mercy. If, on the other hand, you do not listen out of pride, you will perish.
Commentary

Thus with consciousness fixed in Me, by My mercy alone, you will cross over all the sufferings of saṁsāra, which is difficult to cross (sarva durgāṇi). You should not worry about this. I, the friend of My devotee, will remove all of those sufferings, and I will give Myself to that devotee. Thus the method of practice and attainment for the pariniṣṭita bhakti has been stated. But if you do not hear what I have said out of thinking that you know what is to be done and what is not to be done (ahāṅkārāt), you will be deviated from your goal (viinaṅkṣyasi). There exists no one other the I, among living beings, who knows what is to be done and what is not to be done, who knows what is beneficial.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

If you work as per Text 18.57, you will pass all obstacles; otherwise you will be bound

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 18.58 & 18.59: What does Krishna mean when He states that one acting through

false ego, not hearing Him, will be lost?

Focus of Learning

(a) Krishna consciousness is free from all anxieties

Not unduly anxious about executing the duties of his existence
Krishna becomes his friend and looks after his comfort

(b) Krishna conscious person is liberated and free to act

Because everything is prompted by Krishna from within and confirmed by spiritual master
Otherwise conditioned soul is always under strict material laws

(a) Mood of servant

Act fully under the direction of Supreme Lord
No individual independence
Unaffected by profit and loss – Acts only on behalf of the master
Discharges his duty faithfully

(b) How to exhibit that mood towards Krishna in His absence

Act according to Bhagavad-gita (Krishna’s direction)
Act under guidance of Krishna’s representative

(c) Significance of ‘Mat-parah’ – One has no goal save and except acting to satisfy Krishna

(d) Misuse of “Concept of devotional service” – Doing something whimsical and offering the results

to Krishna

Act only according to order to Krishna which comes through disciplic succession
Prime duty of life – Spiritual master’s order
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.58 Maccittah, having your mind fixed on Me; tarisyasi, you will cross over; sarva-durgani, alldifficulties, all cuases of transmigration which are difficult to overcome; mat-prasadat, through My grace. Atha cet, if, on the other hand; tvam, you; na srosyasi, will not listen to, will not accept, My words; ahankarat, out of egotism, thinking 'I am learned'; then vinanksyasi, you will get destroyed, will court ruin. And this should not be thought of by you-'I am independent. Why should I follow another's bidding?'
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.58 Thus, focusing your thought on Me, if you can perform all acts, you will, by My grace, cross over all difficulties of Samsara. If, however, out of 'self-conceit,' i.e., out of the feeling, 'I know well what is to be done and what is not to be done' - out of such a feeling, if you do not heed My words, you shall perish. Except Myself, there is none who knows what ought and what ought not to be done by all living beings; there is also none other than Myself who is in the position of a law-giver to them.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.58 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.58 Fixing thy mind on Me, thou shalt by My grace overcome all obstacles; but if from egoism thou wilt not hear Me, thou shalt perish.
Commentary

18.58 मच्चित्तः fixing thy mind on Me? सर्वदुर्गाणि all obstacles? मत्प्रसादात् by My grace? तरिष्यसि (thou) shalt overcome? अथ now? चेत् if? त्वम् thou? अहङ्कारात् from egoism? न not? श्रोष्यसि (thou) wilt hear? विनङ्क्ष्यसि (thou) shalt perish.Commentary When thy mind? O Arjuna? through onepointed devoion is fixed on Me? thou shalt by My grace cross over all difficulties and obstacles. But shouldst thou not take My teaching to heart and through pride disregard it? thou shalt be ruined.Difficulties Obstacles? snares? pitfalls? temptations on the spiritual path and various sorts of other difficulties of Samsara? diseases? etc.Egosim The idea that thou art a learned man. Thou shouldst not think I am independent. I know everything. I am a wise man. Why should I take the advice of another

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.58 Having your mind fixed on Me, you will cross over all difficulties through My grace. If, on the other hand, you do not listen out of egotism, you will get destroyed.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.58 Fix but thy mind on Me, and by My grace thou shalt overcome the obstacles in thy path. But if, misled by pride, thou wilt not listen, then indeed thou shalt be lost.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 9.30 BG 12.6 BG 2.40 SB 11.14.18 SB 10.14.58 SB 1.1.14 CC Madhya 22.96 CC Madhya 22.121 CC Antya 3.254 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.20Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 3.20
Always conscious of Me, by My grace you will overcome all obstacles — but if you do not work in such consciousness but proceed by false ego, you will be lost.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize the binary: conscious-of-Him → safe; ego-driven → lost.
  • Don't operate in between modes.
  • Choose deliberately each morning.
Reflection Questions
  • Where in my day did I operate by false ego?
  • What restoration is mine to make?

A swimmer crossing a torrent with the boatman's hand on his collar passes effortlessly. The same swimmer, releasing the boatman and trusting his own arm, is swept away. The verse names both outcomes plainly: hand kept, hand released.

Bali Mahārāja's surrender

Bali Mahārāja, despite being a demon-king, surrendered everything to Vāmanadeva — his three steps of land, his kingdom, his very head. By that mat-cittaḥ posture he passed over every conceivable durga (obstacle) — including the loss of his throne and the apparent disgrace of defeat — and emerged as one of the twelve mahājanas.

His nephew Prahlāda, by the same principle, walked unharmed through fire, poison, and the wrath of his own father. Mat-prasādāt sarva durgāṇi tariṣyasi — Bali and Prahlāda both lived this verse.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.59

↗
यदहङ्कारमाश्रित्य न योत्स्य इति मन्यसे । मिथ्यैष व्यवसायस्ते प्रकृतिस्त्वां नियोक्ष्यति ॥ ५९ ॥
yad ahaṅkāram āśritya
[yad ahankaaram aashritya]
na yotsya iti manyase
[na yotsya iti manyase]
mithyaiṣa vyavasāyas te
[mithyaisha vyavasaayas te]
prakṛtis tvāṁ niyokṣyati
[prakritis tvaam niyokshyati]
yat — if ahaṅkāram — of false ego āśritya — taking shelter na yotsye — I shall not fight iti — thus manyase — you think mithyā eṣaḥ — this is all false vyavasāyaḥ — determination te — your prakṛtiḥ — material nature tvām — you niyokṣyati — will engage .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yad ahaṅkāram āśritya
yat
if
ahaṅkāram
of false ego
āśritya
taking shelter
na yotsya iti manyase
na yotsye
I shall not fight
iti
thus
manyase
you think
mithyaiṣa vyavasāyas te
mithyā eṣaḥ
this is all false
vyavasāyaḥ
determination
te
your
prakṛtis tvāṁ niyokṣyati
prakṛtiḥ
material nature
tvām
you
niyokṣyati
will engage .
  • āśritya — taking shelter
    Gerund — *having taken shelter*. With ahaṅkāram: of false ego. Kṛṣṇa identifies the actual shelter Arjuna is taking when he refuses to fight. The refusal is not vairāgya; it is ego-driven.
  • na yotsye — I shall not fight
    Future first person — the synonyms-list entry quotes Arjuna's own words. Kṛṣṇa shows him the sentence he has been speaking inside, and labels it for what it is.
  • vyavasāyaḥ — determination
    From vy-ava-so — to resolve, decide. With mithyā: a *false* determination. The verse bluntly names Arjuna's resolution-to-renounce as counterfeit determination, not a sāttvika dhṛti.
  • prakṛtiḥ — (your) material nature
    Feminine — your svabhāva as a kṣatriya. Prakṛti is here not the cosmic energy but the specific personal nature shaped by mode-mixture. It has its own momentum.
  • niyokṣyati — will engage / yoke
    Future causative — *will yoke you*. Prakṛti is the agent; Arjuna will be put back to work whether he likes it or not. The verse strips away the illusion of refusal.
If you do not act according to My direction and do not fight, then you will be falsely directed. By your nature, you will have to be engaged in warfare.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Arjuna's 'I will not fight' is exposed as ego-resolution, not wisdom. Whatever he tells himself, his kṣatriya nature will force him to fight anyway. Refusal is fantasy; only the manner of acting is in his hands.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A direct rebuttal of Arjuna's chapter-1 stance. 'Mithyā eṣa vyavasāyaḥ' is the Gītā's verdict on disguised cowardice. 'Prakṛtis tvāṁ niyokṣyati' invokes the doctrine that guṇa-shaped nature compels action (cf. 3.5, 3.33). The choice Arjuna faces is not whether to act but whether to act in yoga or in ego.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत् त्वं अहङ्कारम् आश्रित्य 'न योत्स्ये' इति मन्यसे, एषः ते व्यवसायः मिथ्या । प्रकृतिः त्वां नियोक्ष्यति ।
yat tvaṃ ahaṅkāram āśritya 'na yotsye' iti manyase, eṣaḥ te vyavasāyaḥ mithyā | prakṛtiḥ tvāṃ niyokṣyati |
That resolve of yours — 'I will not fight,' grounded in egotism — is false. Your nature will compel you.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यत् अहङ्कारम् आश्रित्य न योत्स्ये इति मन्यसे । मिथ्या एषः व्यवसायः ते प्रकृतिः त्वां नियोक्ष्यति ॥
yat ahaṅkāram āśritya na yotsye iti manyase | mithyā eṣaḥ vyavasāyaḥ te prakṛtiḥ tvāṃ niyokṣyati ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. which
अहङ्कारम् ahaṅkāram अहङ्कार (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) egotism
आश्रित्य āśritya आ + √श्रि abs. (absolutive) having resorted to
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
योत्स्ये yotsye √युध् fut. (future) 1sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) I will fight
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
मन्यसे manyase √मन् pres. (present) 2sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) you think
मिथ्या mithyā ind. (indeclinable) false
एषः eṣaḥ एतद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. this
व्यवसायः vyavasāyaḥ व्यवसाय (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) resolve
ते te युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) your
प्रकृतिः prakṛtiḥ प्रकृति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) nature
त्वाम् tvām युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular) you
नियोक्ष्यति niyokṣyati नि + √युज् fut. (future) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) will compel

Arjuna was a military man, and born of the nature of the kṣatriya. Therefore his natural duty was to fight. But due to false ego he was fearing that by killing his teacher, grandfather and friends he would incur sinful reactions. Actually he was considering himself master of his actions, as if he were directing the good and bad results of such work. He forgot that the Supreme Personality of Godhead was present there, instructing him to fight. That is the forgetfulness of the conditioned soul. The Supreme Personality gives directions as to what is good and what is bad, and one simply has to act in Kṛṣṇa consciousness to attain the perfection of life. No one can ascertain his destiny as the Supreme Lord can; therefore the best course is to take direction from the Supreme Lord and act. No one should neglect the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or the order of the spiritual master, who is the representative of God. One should act unhesitatingly to execute the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead – that will keep one safe under all circumstances.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
59. If, influenced by false ego, you think “I will not fight,” that resolve is useless. Your nature will engage you in fighting.
Commentary

“For me, a kṣatriya, the highest dharma is to fight. But being afraid of the sin incurred from killing friends, I do not desire to start fighting.” The Lord scolds Arjuna in this verse. “Your nature (prakṛtiḥ) will make you fight. Now you do not respect My words. But when your irrepressible natural desire to fight arises, then while fighting, and automatically killing your elders like Bhīṣma, you will smile at Me!”

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
59. If, influenced by false ego, you think “I will not fight,” that resolve is useless. My prakṛti will engage you in fighting.
Commentary

“Even though fighting is my dharma, I do not have that inclination because I fear the sin caused by killing brāhmaṇas and gurus.” If you take shelter of false identity (ahaṅkāram), thinking you know what is right and wrong, and contemplate “I will not fight,” such resolve (vyavasāyaḥ) will definitely not bring results (mithyā). Prakṛti, My māyā, transformed as the mode of passion, will engage you, who have ignored My words, in fighting anyway, which will cause killing of gurus and brāhmaṇas.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Translation
If you do not act according to My direction and do not fight, then you will be falsely directed. By your nature, you will have to be engaged in warfare. (cn) It is interesting to note here what Krsna has just said, that Arjuna, by his nature whether he desires to surrender to Krsna or not, what will his activities be: fight! Yet, Krsna has been preaching to Arjuna through 17 and 1/2 chapters, telling him to surrender and fight again and again, here Krsna says: "Even if you don't surrender, by your own nature you gone have to fight!" Was it necessary for Krsna to preach to Arjuna to fight? ‑ Yes. But He just said that even he don't surrender, he will have to be engaged in warfare; so he is gone have to fight anyway. It is not to get Arjuna to fight exactly, that Krsna has been preaching all this time, it is to get him to fight in the proper consciousness, in Krsna consciousness. Therefore Krsna tells him to surrender. And surrender means: "You fight on My order!" These people, has Krsna has already explained, Bhisma, Karna, Drona,etc..., "all these warriors are already killed by Me", "Time I am, I have come to destroy all of them." Krsna has already killed them, He doesn't need Arjuna to fight, to win the battle, but it is in Arjuna's interest to become a servant of Krsna. It is in the interest of all living entities to serve Krsna. It is not in Krsna's interest. It is in our interest to surrender to Krsna and fight for Him. Srila Prabhupada once said in a conversation: "We want 'Arjunas' or we want no one." We have to be ready to surrender and then after surrendering then work on behalf of Krsna ‑ that is bhakti. This is the difference between bhakti and niskama karma. Bhakti is:'you surrender and then you work'. Niskama karma is:'you work and then you surrender the results'. That attachment to work is there and if not, ultimately is considered bhakti it leads to bhakti if one is in a proper association.
Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura adds more of Arjuna’s and Kṛsṇa’s thoughts:

“Well, it’s true. For a kṣatriya like me, fighting is the supreme duty. But in this particular circum-

stance, I don’t want to become involved because I fear the sinful reactions for killing family mem-

bers.”

In response, Kṛṣṇa, in a chastising mood, speaks this verse beginning yad ahaìkāram. “Now

you are not honoring My words, but later, because you are a great hero, your natural eagerness to

fight will unavoidably manifest itself. Then, when you set out to kill Bhīṣma and the others on your

own accord, I will laugh at you.”

We should note Kṛṣṇa’s words: Whether or not Arjuna surrenders to Kṛṣṇa, he will fight.

Why, then, chapter after chapter, has Kṛṣṇa pushed Arjuna to fight? What was the necessity of

Kṛṣṇa’s offering numerous instructions?

Kṛṣṇa wanted Arjuna to fight in the proper consciousness—in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Therefore He

told Arjuna to surrender unto Him and fight on His order with devotion. “Do it,” Kṛṣṇa explained,

“because I have already killed Bhīṣma, Karṇa, Droṇa—all these warriors.” The armies have already

been defeated, and the battle has already been won. Kṛṣṇa doesn’t require Arjuna’s martial skill for

victory, but He wants Arjuna to act with devotion as His instrument. Arjuna’s devotion will be ex-

pressed by fighting on the battlefield.

Śrīla Prabhupāda once explained during a 1974 morning walk in Los Angeles: “Somebody protested

that ‘Your Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement makes people dull,’ but they have not seen the Vai-

ṣṇava. There were two fights in Indian history. One was between Rāma and Rāvaṇa and one was

at Kurukṣetra. And the hero in both was a Vaiṣṇava. We are going to produce such Vaiṣṇavas, not

these dull rascals, sitting down. We don’t want these Vaiṣṇavas—sitting-down rascals. We want

Arjuna or we want no one. That is a Vaiṣṇava.”

Text 18.60: Kṛṣṇa herein continues instructing all conditioned souls to surrender to Him because it is

in their own interest. If we choose not to surrender to Kṛṣṇa, however, it does not mean that we

will be able to remain independent. All—those who surrender and those who do not—are con-

trolled. The difference is that the surrendered souls are controlled and protected by Kṛṣṇa, and the

unsurrendered are forced to dance like marionettes, their strings pulled by illusion.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.59 Yat, that; manyase, you think, resolve; this-'na yotsye, I shall not fight'; asritya, by relying; on ahankaram, egotism, mithya, vain; is esah, this; vyava-sayah, determination; te, of yours; because prakrtih, nature, your own nature of a Ksatriya; niyoksyati, will impell; ;tvam, you!
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.59 If, in your 'self-conceit,' i.e., under a false sense of independence that you know what is good for you and what is not - if, not heeding My ?nd, you think, 'I will not fight,' then this resolve based on your sense of independence will be in vain. For Nature will compel you to go against your resolve - you who are ignorant and who adversely react to my sovereignty. He elucidates the same:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.59 See Comment under 18.60
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.59 If, filled with egoism, thou thinkest: "I will not fight", vain is this, thy resolve; Nature will compel thee.
Commentary

18.59 यत् if? अहङ्कारम् egoism? आश्रित्य having taken refuge in? न not? योत्स्ये (I) will fight? इति thus? मन्यसे (thou) thinkest? मिथ्या vain? एषः this? व्यवसायः resolve? ते thy? प्रकृतिः nature? त्वाम् thee? नियोक्ष्यति will compel.Commentary This strong determination of thy mind will be rendered utterly futile by thy inner nature thy nature will constrain thee thy nature as a warrior will compel thee to fight. It is a mere illusion to say that thou art Arjuna? that these are thy relatives and that to kill them will be a sin.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.59 That you think 'I shall not fight', by relying on egotism,-vain is this determination of yours. (Your) nature impel you!
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.59 If thou in thy vanity thinkest of avoiding this fight, thy will shall not be fulfilled, for Nature herself will compel thee.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
BG 3.5 BG 3.33 BG 2.33 SB 7.6.5 SB 11.21.16 SB 6.1.47 CC Madhya 24.197 CC Antya 5.14 CC Madhya 22.24 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.7Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.5
Concepts
DharmaMaya
If you do not act according to My direction and refuse to fight — you go astray; by your own nature, you will be compelled to fight.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that nature will compel what dharma asks.
  • Don't waste energy resisting; align.
  • Trust the deep current.
Reflection Questions
  • Where am I resisting what nature will compel anyway?
  • What would early alignment offer?

A river that has carved its bed for ten thousand years cannot be diverted by the sudden refusal of one droplet. Arjuna's nature is the bed; his ahaṅkāra-led 'I shall not fight' is the droplet. The riverbed will assert itself.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.60

↗
स्वभावजेन कौन्तेय निबद्ध: स्वेन कर्मणा । कर्तुं नेच्छसि यन्मोहात्करिष्यस्यवशोऽपि तत् ॥ ६० ॥
svabhāva-jena kaunteya
[svabhaava-jena kaunteya]
nibaddhaḥ svena karmaṇā
[nibaddhah svena karmanaa]
kartuṁ necchasi yan mohāt
[kartum nechchasi yan mohaat]
kariṣyasy avaśo ’pi tat
[karishyasy avasho ’pi tat]
svabhāva - jena — born of your own nature kaunteya — O son of Kuntī nibaddhaḥ — conditioned svena — by your own karmaṇā — activities kartum — to do na — not icchasi — you like yat — that which mohāt — by illusion kariṣyasi — you will do avaśaḥ — involuntarily api — even tat — that .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
svabhāva-jena kaunteya
svabhāva - jena
born of your own nature
kaunteya
O son of Kuntī
nibaddhaḥ svena karmaṇā
nibaddhaḥ
conditioned
svena
by your own
karmaṇā
activities
kartuṁ necchasi yan mohāt
kartum
to do
na
not
icchasi
you like
yat
that which
mohāt
by illusion
kariṣyasy avaśo ’pi tat
kariṣyasi
you will do
avaśaḥ
involuntarily
api
even
tat
that .
  • svabhāva-jena — born of one's own nature
    Instrumental compound. Repeated again — same word as in the varṇa-karma verses (42-44). Svabhāva is the chapter's drumbeat: your work is already shaped by your nature.
  • nibaddhaḥ — bound, conditioned
    Past participle. Arjuna is already *bound* by his nature. He is not a free chooser standing outside it; he is inside the mesh of his svabhāva-karma.
  • icchasi — you like
    Verb — negated in the verse with kartum (to do). Kṛṣṇa names Arjuna's actual emotional state. There is no scolding, just plain observation: you don't want to. Fine.
  • mohāt — by illusion
    Ablative. The reason for the refusal. Moha is back — same word from the chapter's opening verses on tāmasa-tyāga. Arjuna's renunciation, if enacted, would be tāmasa.
  • avaśaḥ — involuntarily
    Adjective — without will, helpless. With api: even involuntarily. Sharp word. Arjuna's choice is illusion; his nature will compel even an unwilling fighter.
Under illusion you are now declining to act according to My direction. But, compelled by the work born of your own nature, you will act all the same, O son of Kuntī.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
What Arjuna's delusion makes him refuse, his very svabhāva will force him to perform — helpless, against his stated will. Better to embrace it freely than be dragged. The compulsion of nature is gentle's enemy and yoga's friend.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The verse drives home v. 59's prakṛti-doctrine: not just abstractly compelling but specifically — Arjuna will pick up the bow whether he likes it or not. The wise course is to do it consciously, in yoga, rather than unconsciously in helpless agitation. A practical exhortation prepared by the cosmological claim of v. 61.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे कौन्तेय! स्व-भाव-जेन स्वेन कर्मणा निबद्धः त्वं यत् मोहात् कर्तुं न इच्छसि, तत् अवशः अपि करिष्यसि ।
he kaunteya! sva-bhāva-jena svena karmaṇā nibaddhaḥ tvaṃ yat mohāt kartuṃ na icchasi, tat avaśaḥ api kariṣyasi |
O son of Kuntī, bound by your own nature-born action, what from delusion you do not wish to do, that very thing — even helpless — you will do.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
स्वभाव-जेन कौन्तेय निबद्धः स्वेन कर्मणा । कर्तुं न इच्छसि यत् मोहात् करिष्यसि अवशः अपि तत् ॥
svabhāva-jena kaunteya nibaddhaḥ svena karmaṇā | kartuṃ na icchasi yat mohāt kariṣyasi avaśaḥ api tat ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
स्वभाव-जेन svabhāva-jena tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)n. by what is born of nature
कौन्तेय kaunteya कौन्तेय (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O son of Kuntī
निबद्धः nibaddhaḥ नि + √बन्ध् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. bound
स्वेन svena स्व (adj.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)n. by own
कर्मणा karmaṇā कर्मन् (n.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by action
कर्तुम् kartum √कृ inf. (infinitive) to do
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
इच्छसि icchasi √इष् pres. (present) 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) you wish
यत् yat यद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. which
मोहात् mohāt मोह (m.) abl.sg. (ablative singular) from delusion
करिष्यसि kariṣyasi √कृ fut. (future) 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) you will do
अवशः avaśaḥ अ + वश (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. helpless
अपि api ind. (indeclinable) even
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. that

If one refuses to act under the direction of the Supreme Lord, then he is compelled to act by the modes in which he is situated. Everyone is under the spell of a particular combination of the modes of nature and is acting in that way. But anyone who voluntarily engages himself under the direction of the Supreme Lord becomes glorious.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
60. Being bound by actions arising from your nature, helplessly, you will do what you do not want to do out of bewilderment.
Commentary

Here the Lord expands the meaning of what he has just said. You are fettered by your actions arising from previous life impressions that give you qualities of the kṣatriya (svabhāva-jena).

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
60. Even if you do not want to fight out of ignorance, you will do it anyway, against your own will, as you are bound by actions arising from your nature.
Commentary

The Lord elaborates on this point. If you, out of ignorance (mohāt), do not desire to fight, even though it is My order, being bound by your actions as kṣatriya (svena) which arises from your impressions (svabhāvajena karmaṇā), which is manifest by My material energy, you will do it anyway, against your will (avaśaḥ).

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Krsna is preaching to all living entities to surrender to Him for their own interest. Now, after describing how to come to the Brahman platform and then engage in devotional service, the next section describes the Supersoul platform. [G. SURRENDER TO THE SUPERSOUL (18. 61‑63) The Supreme Lord is in everyone's heart, therefore, surrender to Him and attain His eternal abode. This is the most confidential knowledge, and Arjuna should deliberate on it before acting.]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

“If you do not follow My orders, you will follow orders of lower nature like puppet”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.60 And because of nibaddhah, being securely bound; svena, by your own; karmana, duty; svabhavajena, born of nature [Svabhava means those tendencies which are created by good bad actions performed in previous births, and which become the cause of performance of duties, renunciation, experience of happiness, sorrow, etc. in the present birth.-S.]-herosim etc. as stated (in 43); O son of Kunti, you avasah, being helpless, under another's control; karisyasi api, will verily do; tat, that duty; yat, which duty; you na, do not; icchasi, wish; kartum, to do; mohat, owing to indiscrimination. For,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.60 For, heroism is the duty of a Ksatriya born of his nature. Impelled by your own duty of heroism born of your own nature, you will lose self-control when you get the taunts of your enemies. Unable to suffer it, you will be compelled to engage them in battle, which, now, out of delusion and ignorance, you do not desire to do. All beings have been ordained by Me to follow their Prakrti acired by their previous Karmas. Listen about it:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.41-60 Brahmana - etc. upto avasopitat. Surely the intrinsic nature of the Brahmanas etc., does not voilate what has been difined (above) by way of classifying their duties. Therefore, as far as you are concerned, you have the intrinsic ality of the Ksatriya (warrior), and your nature i.e., intrinsic ality, does, without fail, assume the part of the inciter of yourself, even though you don't like it. For, a person who acts simply being incited by that (natural condition), there is the strong bondage of the merit or demerit. Therefore, perform actions following the means of correct knowledge, taught by Me. In that case, the bondage would disappear. The intention of the principal sentence (statement of the entire passage under study) is to help to get this idea. The meaning of the subordinate sentences (statements) is evident. Briefly (verse 50) : in short. Knowledge : i.e. the one which has been explained earlier. Nistha conveys, avoiding verbal jugglary, the meaning 'what has been determined'. He who is endowed with intellect totally pure etc. : All this has been almost explained already. Hence, no more trouble is taken [to comment upon it].
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.60 O Arjuna, bound by thy own Karma (action) born of thy own nature, that which from delusion thou wishest not to do, even that thou shalt do helplessly.
Commentary

18.60 स्वभावजेन born of (thy) own nature? कौन्तेय O son of Kunti? निबद्धः bound? स्वेन (thy) own? कर्मणा by action? कर्तुम् to do? न not? इच्छसि (thou) wishest? यत् which? मोहात् from delusion? करिष्यसि (thou) shalt do? अवशः helpless? अपि also? तत् that.Commentary Thou art endowed? O Arjuna? with martial alities? prowess? valour? skill? etc. Thou art? therefore? bound by these innate alities. Thou wilt be forced to fight by thy own nature. Nature will constrain thee to fight? much against thy will.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.60 Being bound by your own duty born of nature, O son of Kunti, you, being helpless, will verily do that which you do not wish to do owing to indiscrimination.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.60 O Arjuna! Thy duty binds thee. From thine own nature has it arisen, and that which in thy delusion thou desire not to do, that very thing thou shalt do. Thou art helpless.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 3.33 BG 3.5 BG 7.14 SB 11.22.11 SB 7.6.9 SB 5.5.4 CC Madhya 24.197 CC Antya 5.14 CC Madhya 22.24 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 4.5Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.7
Concepts
Bhava
Bound by your own nature, you will be helplessly compelled to do that which, out of illusion, you wish to avoid.
Practical Applications
  • Stop resisting your own nature; consecrate it.
  • Recognize the futility of avoidance.
  • Embrace the compulsion as Kṛṣṇa's call.
Reflection Questions
  • What avoidance am I cultivating that nature will compel anyway?
  • What does early embrace allow?

A wound-up clock with the alarm already set: the bell will sound at six whether or not the owner approves. Arjuna's svabhāva is the wound spring; the war is the alarm. The mechanism does not consult the sleeper's preferences.

📝 My note

Section 7 (18.61–18.63)
MORE CONFIDENTIAL KNOWLEDGE: SURRENDER TO
Section overview

SUPERSOUL

More confidential knowledge than the knowledge that one is spirit soul is knowledge that one should surrender to the Supersoul
MORE CONFIDENTIAL KNOWLEDGE:
SURRENDER TO THE SUPERSOUL

LINK BETWEEN SECTION VI & SECTION VII: Ultimately, who is controlling illusion and rotating everyone

through births and deaths on the wheel of samsara (material existence)?

Bhagavad-gītā 18.61

↗
ईश्वर: सर्वभूतानां हृद्देशेऽर्जुन तिष्ठति । भ्रामयन्सर्वभूतानि यन्‍त्रारूढानि मायया ॥ ६१ ॥
īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ
[eeshvarah sarva-bhootaanaam]
hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati
[hrid-deshe ’rjuna tishthati]
bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni
[bhraamayan sarva-bhootaani]
yantrārūḍhāni māyayā
[yantraaroodhaani maayayaa]
īśvaraḥ — the Supreme Lord sarva - bhūtānām — of all living entities hṛt - deśe — in the location of the heart arjuna — O Arjuna tiṣṭhati — resides bhrāmayan — causing to travel sarva - bhūtāni — all living entities yantra — on a machine ārūḍhani — being placed māyayā — under the spell of material energy .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ
īśvaraḥ
the Supreme Lord
sarva - bhūtānām
of all living entities
hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati
hṛt - deśe
in the location of the heart
bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni
arjuna
O Arjuna
tiṣṭhati
resides
bhrāmayan
causing to travel
sarva - bhūtāni
all living entities
yantrārūḍhāni māyayā
yantra
on a machine
ārūḍhani
being placed
māyayā
under the spell of material energy .
  • īśvaraḥ — the Supreme Lord
    Direct identification. The Paramātmā is being named as Īśvara — Lord, controller. Not merely an indwelling presence but the actual *governor* of the heart-machine.
  • hṛt-deśe — in the region of the heart
    Locative compound. Specifically *in the heart-place* — not vaguely 'within.' The verse points to a precise location, foundational to all subsequent meditation-yoga in the Vaiṣṇava tradition.
  • bhrāmayan — causing to wander
    Present participle. The Lord *causes the wandering* of all beings. Not merely permitting movement — actively producing it. This is a strong statement of divine governance.
  • yantra — on a machine
    The body named as a *yantra* — a machine. With ārūḍhāni (mounted), the living beings ride this mechanism. The mechanical-cum-conscious tension of embodied existence in one image.
  • māyayā — by māyā
    Instrumental. The instrument by which the wandering is produced — māyā, the Lord's energy of illusion. The whole system runs on māyā, and the system itself is the Lord's.
The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone’s heart, O Arjuna, and is directing the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine, made of the material energy.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
The Lord resides in every being's heart and spins them all on the machinery of māyā. The body-mind apparatus is His instrument; the wandering is His doing. The verse locates agency at the deepest level: not in the ego, but in Īśvara.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
One of the Gītā's clearest Antaryāmin verses. The 'yantra' image — body as machine, beings as riders — radicalizes the doer-analysis of vv. 14-17: the fifth factor (daiva) is here personalized as Īśvara. Cross-ref: 15.15 ('sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭaḥ'). The next verse draws the practical conclusion: take refuge.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे अर्जुन! ईश्वरः सर्व-भूतानां हृत्-देशे तिष्ठति, मायया यन्त्र-आरूढानि सर्व-भूतानि भ्रामयन् ।
he arjuna! īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṃ hṛt-deśe tiṣṭhati, māyayā yantra-ārūḍhāni sarva-bhūtāni bhrāmayan |
O Arjuna, the Lord dwells in the heart-region of all beings, causing all beings, mounted as on a machine, to revolve by His māyā.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
ईश्वरः सर्व-भूतानां हृत्-देशे अर्जुन तिष्ठति । भ्रामयन् सर्व-भूतानि यन्त्र-आरूढानि मायया ॥
īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṃ hṛt-deśe arjuna tiṣṭhati | bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni yantra-ārūḍhāni māyayā ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
ईश्वरः īśvaraḥ ईश्वर (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) the Lord
सर्व-भूतानाम् sarva-bhūtānām tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) gen.pl. (genitive plural)n. of all beings
हृत्-देशे hṛt-deśe tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) loc.sg. (locative singular)m. in the heart-region
अर्जुन arjuna अर्जुन (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O Arjuna
तिष्ठति tiṣṭhati √स्था pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) stands
भ्रामयन् bhrāmayan √भ्रम् caus. (causative) pres. (present)part. nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. whirling
सर्व-भूतानि sarva-bhūtāni tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. all beings
यन्त्र-आरूढानि yantra-ārūḍhāni tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)n. mounted on a machine
मायया māyayā माया (f.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by māyā

Arjuna was not the supreme knower, and his decision to fight or not to fight was confined to his limited discretion. Lord Kṛṣṇa instructed that the individual is not all in all. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, or He Himself, Kṛṣṇa, as the localized Supersoul, sits in the heart directing the living being. After changing bodies, the living entity forgets his past deeds, but the Supersoul, as the knower of the past, present and future, remains the witness of all his activities. Therefore all the activities of living entities are directed by this Supersoul. The living entity gets what he deserves and is carried by the material body, which is created in the material energy under the direction of the Supersoul. As soon as a living entity is placed in a particular type of body, he has to work under the spell of that bodily situation. A person seated in a high-speed motorcar goes faster than one seated in a slower car, though the living entities, the drivers, may be the same. Similarly, by the order of the Supreme Soul, material nature fashions a particular type of body to a particular type of living entity so that he may work according to his past desires. The living entity is not independent. One should not think himself independent of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The individual is always under the Lord’s control. Therefore one’s duty is to surrender, and that is the injunction of the next verse.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
61. O Arjuna, the Lord is situated in the heart of all living entities. He engages them in action by His energy, like dolls moving by strings.
Commentary

Having stated the views of the advocates of innate nature (svabhāva) [Note: According to the theory of Svabhāva-vāda, nature and its properties are the cause of everything.] in two verses, the Lord now states His own view. The Lord, Nārāyaṇa, is the antaryāmī. yaḥ pṛthivyāṁ tiṣṭhan pṛthivyā antaro, yaṁ pṛthivī na veda, yasya pṛthivī śarīraṁ, yaḥ pṛthivīm antaro yamayati He is situated within the earth. The earth does not know Him. The earth is His body. He controls the earth from within. Bṛhad Āraṇyaka Upaniṣad 3.6.3 yac ca kiñcij jagaty asmin dṛśyate śrūyate’pi vā antar-bahiś ca tat sarvaṁ vyāpya nārāyaṇaḥ sthitaḥ Nārāyaṇa is spread everywhere inside and outside of everything seen or heard of in the universe. Mahānārāyaṇa Upaniṣad 13.5 As is stated in these śrutis, the Lord is situated in the heart. What does He do? By His own śakti (māyayā) He makes all living entities engage in their respective actions (bhrāmayan). [Note: Svabhāva by itself cannot make the living entities do anything.] The living entities, like artificial dolls attached to a device with strings, are made to move by māyā. Or another meaning is: all living entities mounted in their bodies are made to move by māyā.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
61. O Arjuna, the Lord is situated in the heart of all living entities. By His energy, He engages them, mounted in their bodies, in action.
Commentary

Seeing that Arjuna still seemed to have the false concept of thinking he knew everything, and because of Arjuna’s inability to give that up, the Lord then teaches in a different way in two verses O Arjuna, though you think that your knowledge is your own, you know that onlyh through the Supreme Lord as the antaryāmi. That Lord is situated in the hearts of all beings from Brahmā down to the non-moving creatures, and He makes them wander about by His śakti (māyayā). He describes these living entities. They are mounted on the apparatus characterized by body, senses and prāṇas (yantra ārūḍhāni), constructed by māyā according to their karmas (māyayā). A comparison is suggested using the ornament called rūpaka (metaphor). The Lord makes the living entities move about just as a puppeteer mounts artificial beings on wooden devices with strings attached (yantra ārūḍhāni) and makes them move about.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Supreme Lord is the master and puppeteer

He is situated in everyone’s heart
Directing the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated on a machine (made of material energy)

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SECTION VII

Perfection is available by focusing on the instructions of the Supersoul in the heart

Focus of Learning

(a) Result of following the Lord:

Anyone who voluntarily engages himself under the direction of the Supreme Lord becomes glorious
Anyone who refuses to act so – He gets compelled to act by the modes

(a) Examples of acting according to nature – Arjuna as a ksatriya has natural duty to fight

(b) Refusal to fight was under false ego – because he was fearing that by killing his relatives he

would incur sinful reactions

(c) Forgetfulness of conditioned soul – Forget the relationship with Supreme Personality of

Godhead and considering himself as the master of his actions

(d) Conclusion – Unhesitatingly execute the order of Supreme Personality of Godhead – That will

keep one safe under all circumstances

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.61 Arjuna, O Arjuna-one whose self is naturally white (pure), i.e. one possessing a pure internal organ. This follows from the Vedic text, 'The day is dark and the day is arjuna (white) (Rg. 6.9.1). Isvarah, the Lord , Narayana the Ruler; tisthati, resides, remains seated; hrd-dese, in the region of the heart; sarva-bhutanam, of all creatures, of all living beings. How does He reside? In answer the Lord says: bhramayan, revolving; mayaya, through Maya, through delusion; sarva-bhutani, all the creatures; as though yantra-arudhani, mounted on a machine-like man' etc., made of wood, mounted on a machine. The word iva (as though) has to be thus understood here. Bhramayan, revolving, is to be connected with tisthati, resides (conveying the idea, 'resides৷৷.while revolving').
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.61 Lord Vasudeva, who is the ruler over all, lives in 'the heart of all beings,' i.e., in the region from which arises all knowledge which is at the root of all secular and spiritual activities. How and doing what does He exist? He exists enabling, by His Maya (power), 'all beings who are mounted, as it were, on the machine Prakrti' in the form of body and senses created by Himself, to act in accordance with their Gunas of Sattva and others. It was already expressed in 'And I am seated in the hearts of all. From Me are memory, knowledge and their removal also' (15.15) and in 'From Me proceed everything' (10.8). The Srutis also proclaim 'He who, dwelling in the self' (Br. U. Madh., 3.7.22). He now explains the way to get rid of the Maya:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.61 See Comment under 18.62
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.61 The Lord dwells in the hearts of all beings, O Arjuna, causing all beings, by His illusive power, to revolve as if mounted on a machine.
Commentary

18.61 ईश्वरः the Lord? सर्वभूतानाम् of all beings? हृद्देशे in the hearts? अर्जुन O Arjuna? तिष्ठति dwells? भ्रामयन् causing to revolve? सर्वभूतानि all beings? यन्त्रारूढानि mounted on a machine? मायया by illusion.Commentary Isvara The Lord the Ruler of the universe Narayana.The Lord abides in the hearts of all beings. It is He Who has given a gift of this marvellous machine to you. It is by His power that all bodies move. The Lord is the real Actor within.By Maya By causing illusion.He causes all beings to revolve like wooden dolls mounted on a machine. (Cf.X.20.XIII.18)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.61 O Arjuna, the Lord resides in the region of the heart of all creatures, revolving through Maya all the creatures (as though) mounted on a machine!
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.61 God dwells in the hearts of all beings, O Arjuna! He causes them to revolve as it were on a wheel by His mystic power.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 15.15 BG 13.23 BG 10.20 SB 1.2.11 SB 11.11.11 SB 3.26.18 CC Madhya 20.264 CC Madhya 22.102 CC Madhya 6.156 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.11Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.1.1
Concepts
Maya
The Supreme Lord is situated in the heart of every living being and is directing the wanderings of all who are seated as on a machine.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize the Lord as inner director.
  • Stop pretending you direct alone.
  • Cultivate awareness of His presence.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I act as if I'm the sole director?
  • What does shared direction offer?

An archer thinks he aims, but his hand is steadied by another hand he cannot see. Every living being on the wheel is such an archer — moving, yes, but moved. The Lord seated in the heart is the unseen steady hand inside every machine.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.62

↗
तमेव शरणं गच्छ सर्वभावेन भारत । तत्प्रसादात्परां शान्तिं स्थानं प्राप्स्यसि शाश्वतम् ॥ ६२ ॥
tam eva śaraṇaṁ gaccha
[tam eva sharanam gachcha]
sarva-bhāvena bhārata
[sarva-bhaavena bhaarata]
tat-prasādāt parāṁ śāntiṁ
[tat-prasaadaat paraam shaantim]
sthānaṁ prāpsyasi śāśvatam
[sthaanam praapsyasi shaashvatam]
tam — unto Him eva — certainly śaraṇam gaccha — surrender sarva - bhāvena — in all respects bhārata — O son of Bharata tat - prasādāt — by His grace parām — transcendental śāntim — peace sthānam — the abode prāpsyasi — you will get śāśvatam — eternal .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tam eva śaraṇaṁ gaccha
tam
unto Him
eva
certainly
śaraṇam gaccha
surrender
sarva-bhāvena bhārata
sarva - bhāvena
in all respects
bhārata
O son of Bharata
tat - prasādāt
by His grace
tat-prasādāt parāṁ śāntiṁ
parām
transcendental
śāntim
peace
sthānaṁ prāpsyasi śāśvatam
sthānam
the abode
prāpsyasi
you will get
śāśvatam
eternal .
  • tam — unto Him
    Demonstrative. With eva: unto Him alone. The verse points specifically to the Īśvara of the previous verse — the Paramātmā in the heart — and says: surrender to *this* one.
  • śaraṇam gaccha — surrender, go for shelter
    Imperative phrase from the synonyms list. The literal command. Earlier verses have suggested śaraṇa; this one *commands* it. The verb gam — go, move toward — has the active-pilgrim energy.
  • sarva - bhāvena — in all respects
    Instrumental compound. Not partial, not conditional. Sarva — all. The mood, the intelligence, the body, the future — all of them surrendered together.
  • tat - prasādāt — by His grace
    Ablative compound. The mechanism. Peace and abode are *granted* — they are not extracted. Prasāda is the Lord's free offering, not the disciple's reward.
  • śāntim — peace
    Accusative. With parām: the supreme peace. The verse promises both this inner condition and the outer destination (sthānam). The two gifts come together by His grace.
O scion of Bharata, surrender unto Him utterly. By His grace you will attain transcendental peace and the supreme and eternal abode.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Given the heart-dwelling Lord, the conclusion is plain: go to Him as refuge with your whole being. The fruit promised is twofold — supreme peace (psychological) and eternal abode (soteriological).
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
First explicit śaraṇāgati-imperative in chapter 18. 'Sarva-bhāvena' (with the whole of one's being) demands more than partial assent. The verse anticipates the carama-śloka (v. 66) but stages it within the bhakti-jñāna synthesis rather than as a stand-alone commandment. Tat-prasāda is now the operative cause; effort prepares, grace delivers.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे भारत! सर्व-भावेन तम् एव शरणं गच्छ । तत्-प्रसादात् परां शान्तिं शाश्वतं स्थानं च प्राप्स्यसि ।
he bhārata! sarva-bhāvena tam eva śaraṇaṃ gaccha | tat-prasādāt parāṃ śāntiṃ śāśvataṃ sthānaṃ ca prāpsyasi |
O scion of Bharata, take refuge in Him alone with your whole being. By His grace you will attain the supreme peace and the eternal abode.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
तम् एव शरणं गच्छ सर्व-भावेन भारत । तत्-प्रसादात् परां शान्तिं स्थानं प्राप्स्यसि शाश्वतम् ॥
tam eva śaraṇaṃ gaccha sarva-bhāvena bhārata | tat-prasādāt parāṃ śāntiṃ sthānaṃ prāpsyasi śāśvatam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
तम् tam तद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. Him
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) alone
शरणम् śaraṇam शरण (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) refuge
गच्छ gaccha √गम् impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) go!
सर्व-भावेन sarva-bhāvena tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)m. with whole being
भारत bhārata भारत (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O scion of Bharata
तत्-प्रसादात् tat-prasādāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. by His grace
पराम् parām परा (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)f. supreme
शान्तिम् śāntim शान्ति (f.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) peace
स्थानम् sthānam स्थान (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) abode
प्राप्स्यसि prāpsyasi प्र + √आप् fut. (future) 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) you will attain
शाश्वतम् śāśvatam शाश्वत (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. eternal

A living entity should therefore surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is situated in everyone’s heart, and that will relieve him from all kinds of miseries of this material existence. By such surrender, not only will one be released from all miseries in this life, but at the end he will reach the Supreme God. The transcendental world is described in the Vedic literature ( Ṛg Veda 1.22.20) as tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṁ padam. Since all of creation is the kingdom of God, everything material is actually spiritual, but paramaṁ padam specifically refers to the eternal abode, which is called the spiritual sky or Vaikuṇṭha. In the Fifteenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā it is stated, sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭaḥ: the Lord is seated in everyone’s heart. So this recommendation that one should surrender unto the Supersoul sitting within means that one should surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa has already been accepted by Arjuna as the Supreme. He was accepted in the Tenth Chapter as paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma. Arjuna has accepted Kṛṣṇa as the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the supreme abode of all living entities, not only because of his personal experience but also because of the evidence of great authorities like Nārada, Asita, Devala and Vyāsa.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
62. O descendent of Bharata, take refuge in the Paramātmā alone with complete devotion. Having extinguished both avidyā and vidyā, by My mercy, you will attain the eternal spiritual abode.
Commentary

This verse explains the purpose of the knowledge just revealed: take shelter of that Lord. You will attain the cessation of vidyā and avidyā (parāṁ śāntim) and then you will attain My eternal place Vaikuṇṭha (śāśvataṁ sthānam). This surrender to the antaryāmī is for worshippers of the antaryāmī (Paramātmā) whereas the worshippers of Bhagavān surrender to Bhagavān, which will be explained later. [Note: The direct process of bhakti and realization of Bhagavān are described in verse 65 and 66.] This is the opinion of some concerning this verse. “My Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, is my guru, and gives me instructions which are beneficial for my bhakti. I surrender unto Him.” In this way, a person will think. Uddhava says: naivopayanty apacitiṁ kavayas taveśa brahmayusāpi kṛtam ṛddha-mudaḥ smarantaḥ yo’ntar-bahis tanu-bhṛtām aśubhaṁ vidhunvan ācārya-caittya-vapuṣā sva-gatiṁ vyanakti O my Lord! Transcendental poets and experts in spiritual science could not fully express their indebtedness to You, even if they were endowed with the prolonged lifetime of Brahmā, for You appear in two features—externally as the ācārya and internally as the Supersoul—to deliver the embodied living being by directing him how to come to You. SB 11.29.6

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
62. O descendent of Bharata, take refuge in the paramātmā alone with all your facilities. By His mercy, you will attain the eternal spiritual abode.
Commentary

Therefore surrender to the Lord (tam) with body, mind and all other elements (sarva bhāvena). Then what happens? You will attain the eternal place (śāśvatam sthānam), with absence of all suffering (parām śāntim), the abode of the Lord glorified in the śrutis as tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṁ padam. That person (tam) is none other than I, your companion. This has been stated by Me before with sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭaḥ: I, Kṛṣṇa, am seated in everyone’s heart. (BG 15.15) It has also been stated by you and accepted by the devas and ṛṣis with the statement paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma: You (Kṛṣṇa) are the supreme brahman and the supreme form. (BG 10.12) I have also showed that to you directly in showing you the universal form. Therefore remain fixed in My teachings.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

This 'sarva‑bhavena bharata' is also mentioned in Chapter Fifteen, Text 19: 'Yo mam evam asammudho/ janati purusottamam/sa sarva‑vid bhajanti mam/ sarva‑bhavena bharata' ‑ "Whoever knows Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, without doubting, is the knower of everything. He therefore engages himself in full devotional service to Me, O son of Bharata." 'Sarva‑vid', 'he knows everything', 'bhajanti mam', therefore because of his knowledge, 'he worships Me', how? 'Sarva‑bhavena bharata', in all respects ‑ that is surrender. Surrender doesn't mean that one surrender something and holds back something else ‑ that is not surrender, nor that so‑called surrender ever blossom into prema or love. One has to surrender in all respects and then that will blossom, grow into prema‑bhakti.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura writes: “Some say that taking shelter of the Supersoul as de-

scribed here is meant only for worshipers of the Supersoul, whereas taking shelter of the Personal-

ity of Godhead is later going to be mentioned as appropriate for the worshipers of Godhead.

Someone else, however, may say, ‘The same Śrī Kṛṣṇa who is my worshipable Deity is also my

spiritual master. He is teaching me bhakti-yoga and giving me helpful instructions that lead to the

development of bhakti-yoga. I take shelter of Him. That same Kṛṣṇa is indeed the Supersoul within

Bhagavad Gita Notes

me. May He kindly impel me in all activities. I take shelter of Him.’ Such a devotee constantly

thinks in this fashion.”

Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa explains Kṛṣṇa’s words thus: “‘You should in all ways take shelter of

that Supreme Lord, the Supersoul, with the activities of your body and so on. You will achieve the

supreme peace, characterized as release from all kinds of distress, and also the eternal abode, the

personal residence of the Lord, glorified in such śruti statements as tad viṣṇoù paramaā padam.

That Supreme Lord is none other than Me, your friend. This is proven by My previous statements,

such as: “I am situated in everyone’s heart.” It is also proven by your agreement to this in your own

statements made in accordance with the authority of Devarṣi Nārada and others, such as: “You are

the Supreme Absolute Truth, the supreme abode,” and by the empiric evidence of your vision of

the universal form. Therefore you should follow My instructions.’”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.62 Gaccha saranam, take refuge; tam eva, in Him, the Lord alone; sarva-bhavena, with your whole being, for getting rid of your mundane sufferings, O scion of the Bharata dynasty. Tat-prasadat, through His grace, through God's grace; prapsyasi, you will attain; param, the supreme; santim, Peace, the highest Tranillity; and the sasvatam, eternal; sthanam, Abode, the supreme State of Mine who am Visnu.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.62 Such being the case, take refuge with all your heart (Sarvabhavena), by every disposition of your body, senses and mind (Sarvatmana) in Him - Him, the ruler of all, who has become your charioteer out of compassion for dependents, and who orders you, 'Act thus' and so on. Even if you do not do so now, fighting in battle etc., is inevitable for you who are ignorant and actuated by His Maya, but then you will get ruined. Therefore, fight etc., in the manner which has been explained by Him. Such is the meaning. Acting in this way, you will attain supreme peace, release from all bondage, and the eternal abode. Hundreds of Srutis declare it: 'That supreme place of Visnu which the sages see' (Rg. S., 1.2.6.5); 'They become meritorious and reach this heaven where Devas and Sadhyas dwell' (Tai. A., 3.12); 'Where dwell the ancient sages, the first-born' (Tai.Sam., 4.7.13.1); 'The supreme place above the paradise in the heart of the Supreme Heaven' (Ma. Na., 8.14); 'He who is in the Supreme Heaven and presides over this' (Rg. S., 8.7.17.7); 'Now that light which shines above this Supreme Heaven' (Cha. U., 3.13.7); and 'He reaches the end of the journey, the Highest abode of Visnu' (Ka. U., 3.9).
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.61-62 Isvarah etc. Tam eva etc. This Lord, the Supreme Self, must be taken hold of as refuge. When that Supreme Ruler, the [real] Agent-of-all-actions, the [real] Knower, the very Self of your own, is reflected upon, there (in the heart) the [effects of] actions do not enjoy any locus standi. Indeed, the deer-calves which are of wavering mind [by nature] and are noted only for their power of running away to escape, do not take recourse to their skill in pursuing freely their [usual] activities while there dwells in the [nearby] cave a loin-calf, the glory of whose valour has been made evident by the accessories in the form of the heaps of pearls scattered from the elephants' temples broken upon with the very sharp edges of his (lion-calf's) excellent claws. By the cocluding statement that commences 'To Him alone you must go for refuge' and [runs] as 'Through My Grace etc.', the Bhagavat indicates the Lord Supreme Self, and Vasudeva krsna to be identical.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.62 Fly unto Him for refuge with all thy being, O Arjuna; by His grace thou shalt obtain supreme peace (and) the eternal abode.
Commentary

18.62 तम् to Him? एव even? शरणम् गच्छ take refuge? सर्वभावेन with all thy being? भारत O Bharata? तत्प्रसादात् by His grace? पराम् supreme? शान्तिम् peace? स्थानम् the abode? प्राप्स्यसि (thou) shalt obtain? शाश्वतम् eternal.Commentary Do total and perfect surrender to the Lord. Do not keep any secret desires for silent gratification. Desire and egoism are the two chief obstacles that stand in the way of selfsurrender. Kill them ruthlessly.Run to the Lord for shelter with all thy being for freeing thyself from the troubles? afflictions and sorrows of Samsara. Take the Lord as the sole refuge. Then by His grace? thou shalt obtain supreme peace and attain to the supreme? eternal Abode.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.62 Take refuge in Him alone with your whole being, O scion of the Bharata dynasty. Through His grace you will attain the supreme Peace and the eternal Abode.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.62 With all thy strength, fly unto Him and surrender thyself, and by His grace shalt thou attain Supreme Peace and reach the Eternal Home.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 7.14 BG 18.66 BG 15.6 SB 11.29.34 SB 10.14.8 SB 11.14.14 CC Madhya 22.96 CC Madhya 8.67 CC Antya 4.192 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.18Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.20
Stories
kritajnata_sb_college
Concepts
Bhava
Surrender unto Him utterly, O Bhārata — by His grace you will attain transcendental peace and the supreme eternal abode.
Practical Applications
  • Take this verse as direct address to you.
  • Adopt the surrender posture explicitly.
  • Trust the promise of peace and abode.
Reflection Questions
  • What does 'utterly' look like in my surrender?
  • Where am I still 'mostly' surrendered?

A wave that turns back to face the ocean and lets itself be received. So is the soul in this verse — surrendering not to a doctrine, not to a discipline, but to the personal Lord seated in the heart, and finding eternal peace in the embrace.

Vibhīṣaṇa's defection

Vibhīṣaṇa left Rāvaṇa's court and crossed the ocean to Rāma's camp with empty hands and no army. Tam eva śaraṇam gaccha — surrender utterly. Rāma accepted him at once and ultimately gave him Laṅkā itself, śāśvatam.

The verse's compressed formula was Vibhīṣaṇa's lived path: full surrender, grace flowing back, peace and an eternal abode. The Bhāgavatam holds him up as a model of just this verse.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.63

↗
इति ते ज्ञानमाख्यातं गुह्याद्‍‍गुह्यतरं मया । विमृश्यैतदशेषेण यथेच्छसि तथा कुरु ॥ ६३ ॥
iti te jñānam ākhyātaṁ
[iti te jnaanam aakhyaatam]
guhyād guhya-taraṁ mayā
[guhyaad guhya-taram mayaa]
vimṛśyaitad aśeṣeṇa
[vimrishyaitad asheshena]
yathecchasi tathā kuru
[yathechchasi tathaa kuru]
iti — thus te — unto you jñānam — knowledge ākhyātam — described guhyāt — than confidential guhya - taram — still more confidential mayā — by Me vimṛśya — deliberating etat — on this aśeṣeṇa — fully yathā — as icchasi — you like tathā — that kuru — perform .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
iti te jñānam ākhyātaṁ
iti
thus
te
unto you
jñānam
knowledge
ākhyātam
described
guhyād guhya-taraṁ mayā
guhyāt
than confidential
guhya - taram
still more confidential
mayā
by Me
vimṛśyaitad aśeṣeṇa
vimṛśya
deliberating
etat
on this
aśeṣeṇa
fully
yathecchasi tathā kuru
yathā
as
icchasi
you like
tathā
that
kuru
perform .
  • ākhyātam — described
    Past participle — *has been declared*. The Gītā as a body of jñāna is now finished. The verse marks the formal end of exposition.
  • guhya - taram — still more confidential
    Comparative compound. The knowledge has been deeper than secret — *most* secret. Kṛṣṇa is rating his own teaching: there is nothing deeper than what he has just disclosed.
  • vimṛśya — having deliberated
    Gerund from vi-mṛś — to consider thoroughly. The disciple is asked to *think it through* — not to obey reflexively. The Gītā prizes reflective response, not blind compliance.
  • aśeṣeṇa — without remainder, completely
    Adverb. Total reflection — not partial digestion. The disciple is to weigh the whole teaching, not just the easy parts.
  • kuru — perform
    Imperative — *do*. In the famous phrase yathā icchasi tathā kuru (as you wish, so do). After offering the deepest knowledge, Kṛṣṇa refuses to coerce. Arjuna's response must come from his own settled volition.
Thus I have explained to you knowledge still more confidential. Deliberate on this fully, and then do what you wish to do.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Kṛṣṇa pauses to formally close the teaching: 'I have told you what is more secret than secret; weigh it in full and decide as you wish.' The autonomy of the disciple is respected — the teaching does not coerce.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A remarkable verse for its respect of Arjuna's freedom. Notwithstanding the imperatives of vv. 57 and 62, Kṛṣṇa leaves the final choice to Arjuna — knowledge is offered, not imposed. 'Yathecchasi tathā kuru' is a freedom-clause anticipating the apparent finality. But the most confidential instruction is yet to come in vv. 64-66.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
इति ते मया गुह्यात् गुह्य-तरं ज्ञानम् आख्यातम् । एतत् अशेषेण विमृश्य यथा इच्छसि तथा कुरु ।
iti te mayā guhyāt guhya-taraṃ jñānam ākhyātam | etat aśeṣeṇa vimṛśya yathā icchasi tathā kuru |
Thus I have declared to you the knowledge more secret than the secret. Having considered it completely, do as you wish.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
इति ते ज्ञानम् आख्यातं गुह्यात् गुह्य-तरं मया । विमृश्य एतत् अशेषेण यथा इच्छसि तथा कुरु ॥
iti te jñānam ākhyātaṃ guhyāt guhya-taraṃ mayā | vimṛśya etat aśeṣeṇa yathā icchasi tathā kuru ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
ते te युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) to you
ज्ञानम् jñānam ज्ञान (n.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) knowledge
आख्यातम् ākhyātam आ + √ख्या p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. declared
गुह्यात् guhyāt गुह्य (adj.) abl.sg. (ablative singular)n. than the secret
गुह्य-तरम् guhya-taram compar. (comparative) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. more secret
मया mayā अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by Me
विमृश्य vimṛśya वि + √मृश् abs. (absolutive) having considered
एतत् etat एतद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. this
अशेषेण aśeṣeṇa ind. (indeclinable) completely
यथा yathā ind. (indeclinable) as
इच्छसि icchasi √इष् pres. (present) 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) you wish
तथा tathā ind. (indeclinable) so
कुरु kuru √कृ impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) do!

The Lord has already explained to Arjuna the knowledge of brahma-bhūta. One who is in the brahma-bhūta condition is joyful; he never laments, nor does he desire anything. That is due to confidential knowledge. Kṛṣṇa also discloses knowledge of the Supersoul. This is also Brahman knowledge, knowledge of Brahman, but it is superior. Here the words yathecchasi tathā kuru – “As you like, you may act” – indicate that God does not interfere with the little independence of the living entity. In Bhagavad-gītā, the Lord has explained in all respects how one can elevate his living condition. The best advice imparted to Arjuna is to surrender unto the Supersoul seated within his heart. By right discrimination, one should agree to act according to the order of the Supersoul. That will help one become situated constantly in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, the highest perfectional stage of human life. Arjuna is being directly ordered by the Personality of Godhead to fight. Surrender to the Supreme Personality of Godhead is in the best interest of the living entities. It is not for the interest of the Supreme. Before surrendering, one is free to deliberate on this subject as far as the intelligence goes; that is the best way to accept the instruction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such instruction comes also through the spiritual master, the bona fide representative of Kṛṣṇa.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
63. Thus I have explained a scripture more secret than the secret knowledge of karma, jñāna and aṣṭāṅga-yoga. Considering this thoroughly, do as you wish to do.
Commentary

Here the Lord concludes the whole subject of Gītā. Jñāna or knowledge consists of karma-yoga, aṣṭāṅga-yoga and jñāna-yoga. The word jñāna means “that by which one knows.” Thus jñāna refers to a process, in this case scriptures, which produce knowledge of these sādhanas. I have revealed a scripture, jñāna, which is more secret than those scriptures (guhyād guhyataram), a process that has not been revealed in the scriptures written by authors such as Vasiṣṭa, Bādarāyaṇa or Nārada. Another meaning is: In relation to their omniscience, I am infinite. Thus they cannot understand the knowledge because of its most confidential nature. I also did not teach them at all because of its intensely confidential nature. Considering this thoroughly (aśeṣeṇa), as is suitable to your taste, do what you want to do. Thus, the last six chapters concerning jñāna have been completed. These three groups of six chapters, the Gītā, the crown jewel of all knowledge, are the box containing the most valuable secret treasure of bhakti. The first six chapters, concerning karma, are the lower covering made of gold. The last six chapters, concerning jñāna, are the lid made of gold and studded with jewels. Within the middle six chapters, resting within the container and the lid, shines the most excellent jewel of bhakti, more valuable than anything in the three worlds—which brings Śrī Kṛṣṇa under control. Bhakti’s servants consisting of two verses (65 and 66) of sixty-four syllables (jewels) embedded on the lid of the box (last six chapters) should also be understood to be pure.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
63. Thus I have explained a scripture more secret than secret knowledge of mantras. Considering this thoroughly, do as you wish to do.
Commentary

The Lord now concludes the scripture. Thus in the manner just spoken (iti), I have declared to you this knowledge (jñānam), the scripture of the Gītā, the means of understanding karma, bhakti and jñāna. Jñāna means “that which something is known.” It is more secret than the scriptures which teach secret mantras. It should be kept secret. After reflecting on this scripture fully (aśeṣena), do as you wish. The intended meaning is “Reviewing this scripture thoroughly, your ignorance will be destroyed and you will be steadfast in My words.”

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Srila Prabhupada says in his Purport: "The Lord has already explained to Arjuna the knowledge of brahma‑bhuta. One who is in the brahma‑bhuta condition is joyful; he never laments, nor does he desire anything. That is due to confidential knowledge. Krsna also discloses knowledge of the Supersoul. This is also Brahman knowledge, knowledge of Brahman, but it is superior. Here the words yathecchasi tatha kuru‑‑``As you like, you may act''‑‑indicate that God does not interfere with the little independence of the living entity. In Bhagavad‑gita, the Lord has explained in all respects how one can elevate his living condition. The best advice imparted to Arjuna is to surr unto the Supersoul seated within his heart. By right discrimination, one should agree to act according to the order of the Supersoul. That will help one become situated constantly in Krsna consciousness, the highest perfectional stage of human life. Arjuna is being directly ordered by the Personality of Godhead to fight. Surrender to the Supreme Personali Godhead is in the best interest of the living entities. It is not for the interest of the Supreme. Before surrendering, o free to deliberate on this subject as far as the intelligence goes; that is the best way to accept the instruction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such instruction comes also through the spiritual master, the bona fide representative of Krsna." Now Krsna has just explained the most confidential knowledge, which is surrender to the Supersoul. But He will tell a even more confidential knowledge next.

[H. THE MOST CONFIDENTIAL KNOWLEDGE OF ALL: BECOME A PURE DEVOTEE OF KRSNA (18. 64‑66) Always think of Krsna, become Krsna's devotee, worship Krsna, offer all homage unto Krsna, and thus come to Krsna. Surrender only to Krsna; do not fear sinful reactions. ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

More confidential knowledge is explained in Texts 18.61 – 18.63

Krishna gives choice to Arjuna – “Deliberate on this fully and do what you wish to do”
Focus of Learning

(a) Importance of words “yathecchasi tatha kuru” – Krishna gives the choice

Indicates that God does not interfere with the little independence of the living entity

(b) Bhagavad-gita explains “How to elevate one’s living condition”

Best advice given to Arjuna in interest of all living entities – Surrender unto the Supersoul in the heart

(c) Best way to accept Lord’s instruction

Before surrendering one is free to deliberate on this subject as far as the intelligence goes
Such instructions also come through the spiritual master

(a) Solution to relief of all miseries and achieving supreme abode – Surrender unto the Supreme

Godhead situated in everyone’s heart

(b) Transcendental world – Ref. Vedic literatures

“Paramam padam” – Specifically refers to the eternal abode / spiritual sky / Vaikuntha

(c) Surrender to Supersoul implies surrender to Krishna

Supporting Ref. Bg. 15.15; Bg. 10.12 – 10.13

(a) This verse points out limited discretion of Arjuna

Arjuna is not the supreme knower
Supreme Personality of Godhead is directing us according to our past deeds
Living entitiy in one body has to work under the spell of modes
Analogy: Person seated in a high speed motor car goes faster than one in a slower car, though the drivers may be the same

(b) Conclusion: Our duty is to surrender because living entity is not independent and always under the

Lord’s control

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.63 Te, to you; akhyatam, has been imparted, spoken of; maya, by Me who am the omniscient God; iti, this; jnanam, knowledge; which is guhyataram, more secret; guhyat, than any secret-i.e. it is extremely profound, mystical. Vimrsya, pondering over, contemplating on; etat, this, the Scripture as imparted; asesena, as a whole, and also on all the subjects dealt with; kuru, do; yatha icchasi tatha, as you like. 'Once again, hear what is beng said by Me:'
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.63 Thus, in this manner, has been set forth everything that is to be acired by those aspirants for release - the mystery of mysteries, concerning Karma Yoga, Jnana Yoga and Bhakti Yoga. Reflecting on it fully, do what you wish to do according to your alification - i.e., follow Karma Yoga, or Jnana Yoga or Bhakti Yoga according to your liking. Such is the meaning.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.63 Iti te etc. : The [path of] wisdom has been taught to you. It is a better secret than the secret literature i.e., the last portion of the Vedas (the Upanisads), as it reveals the supreme Non-duality (Advaita-philosophy). Comprehend it fully and then : Deliberate on the purport of it and then. The purport has been, no doubt, elucidated by us by taking-by-horn-method (directly) whenever occasion arose. Yet, a clear reflection of the entire subject matter is shown here. Because it is the choicest one, the mind is never satisfied, when it is being elucidated and listened to. The most secret thing is being determined here. The method by which that is known, you must listen to now - so He says :-
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.63 Thus has wisdom, more secret than secrecy itself, been declared unto thee by Me; having reflected over it fully, then act as thou wishest.
Commentary

18.63 इति thus? ते to thee? ज्ञानम् wisdom? आख्यातम् has been declared? गुह्यात् than the secret? गुह्यतरम् more secret? मया by Me? विमृश्य reflecting over? एतत् this? अशेषेण fully? यथा as? इच्छसि (thou) wishest? तथा so? कुरु act.Commentary Thus has wisdom? more profound than all secrets? been declared to thee by Me. This teaching is well known as the Gita? the essence of all the Vedas. If anyone follows it and lives in the spirit of this teaching he will certainly attain supreme peace? highest knowledge and immortality. There is no doubt about this. I have revealed the mystery of this secret treasure to thee as thou art dear to Me? O Arjuna.It The teaching declared above. Reflect fully over everything that has been taught to thee.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.63 To you has been imparted by Me this knowledge [Derived in the instrumental sense of 'means of knowledge'; i.e. the scripture Gita.] which is moe secret than any secret. Pondering over this as a whole, do as you like.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.63 Thus have I revealed to thee the Truth, the Mystery of mysteries. Having thought it over, thou art free to act as thou wilt.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)
Related verses
BG 15.20 BG 2.7 BG 3.32 SB 11.11.35 SB 11.29.3 SB 11.23.61 CC Madhya 24.191 CC Madhya 22.156 CC Madhya 8.273 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.10Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.22
Thus I have explained to you knowledge more confidential — deliberate fully, then do as you wish.
Practical Applications
  • Honor Kṛṣṇa's respect for your free will.
  • Deliberate fully, don't rush.
  • Act from deliberation, not impulse.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I rushed past deliberation?
  • What deserves slow reconsideration?

A teacher who has given the entire map opens his hand and says, 'Now you walk.' Coercion would corrupt the very freedom the teaching is meant to restore. The traveler must take the next step under his own consent.

📝 My note

Section 8 (18.64–18.66)
THE MOST CONFIDENTIAL KNOWLEDGE OF ALL: BECOME
Section overview

A PURE DEVOTEE OF KRISHNA

Always think of Krishna, become Krishna’s devotee, worship Krishna, offer all homage unto Krishna and thus come to Krishna.
Surrender to Krishna, do not fear sinful reactions
THE MOST CONFIDENTIAL KNOWLEDGE OF ALL:
BECOME A PURE DEVOTEE OF KRISHNA

LINK BETWEEN SECTION VII & SECTION VIII: In one sense, the Bhagavad-gita could have finished with

Text 18.63. Lord Krishna has left Arjuna with the choice to accept His direction or neglect His direction.

Still because of Sri Krishna’s compassion for Arjuna, He speaks on, giving Arjuna deeper impetus to

surrender.

Lord Krishna clearly explains the essential meaning of the Bhagavad-gita, one should serve Him in full

conviction and not concern himself with any other form of Dharma. One need only serve Krishna, as Krishna

undoubtedly tends to all of the needs of His surrendered devotees

Bhagavad-gītā 18.64

↗
सर्वगुह्यतमं भूय: श‍ृणु मे परमं वच: । इष्टोऽसि मे दृढमिति ततो वक्ष्यामि ते हितम् ॥ ६४ ॥
sarva-guhyatamaṁ bhūyaḥ
[sarva-guhyatamam bhooyah]
śṛṇu me paramaṁ vacaḥ
[shrinu me paramam vachah]
iṣṭo ’si me dṛḍham iti
[ishto ’si me dridham iti]
tato vakṣyāmi te hitam
[tato vakshyaami te hitam]
sarva - guhya - tamam — the most confidential of all bhūyaḥ — again śṛṇu — just hear me — from Me paramam — the supreme vacaḥ — instruction iṣṭaḥ asi — you are dear me — to Me dṛḍham — very iti — thus tataḥ — therefore vakṣyāmi — I am speaking te — for your hitam — benefit .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sarva-guhyatamaṁ bhūyaḥ
sarva - guhya - tamam
the most confidential of all
bhūyaḥ
again
śṛṇu me paramaṁ vacaḥ
śṛṇu
just hear
me
from Me
paramam
the supreme
vacaḥ
instruction
iṣṭo ’si me dṛḍham iti
iṣṭaḥ asi
you are dear
me
to Me
dṛḍham
very
iti
thus
tato vakṣyāmi te hitam
tataḥ
therefore
vakṣyāmi
I am speaking
te
for your
hitam
benefit .
  • sarva - guhya - tamam — the most confidential of all
    Superlative compound. Even *more* secret than the guhya-tara of the previous verse. Kṛṣṇa is escalating: he has more to say, the deepest layer is yet to come.
  • bhūyaḥ — again
    Adverb. Kṛṣṇa is doubling back. Having said the teaching was complete, he now opens it once more — for the deepest stratum. The structure mirrors the Vaiṣṇava conviction that bhakti is the *culminating* secret.
  • iṣṭaḥ asi — you are dear
    Iṣṭa — beloved. With dṛḍham: very dear. The reason for the further disclosure is *friendship*. Kṛṣṇa tells Arjuna the deepest secret not because he is qualified by tapas or jñāna but because he is *dear*.
  • vacaḥ — instruction
    With paramam: the supreme instruction. Not a doctrine, not a method — a *word* (vacas), and the *supreme* one. The verse highlights the personal-utterance quality of what follows.
  • hitam — for (your) benefit
    The whole disclosure is for Arjuna's hita — welfare. Not for Kṛṣṇa's pleasure, not for cosmic instruction. The most confidential knowledge is shared precisely because it benefits the beloved.
Because you are My very dear friend, I am speaking to you My supreme instruction, the most confidential knowledge of all. Hear this from Me, for it is for your benefit.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
After the apparent finality of v. 63, Kṛṣṇa reopens the conversation for one more — the most confidential — word. The stated reason is intimate: 'you are firmly dear to Me.' Love, not pedagogy, motivates the last gift.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The superlative 'sarva-guhya-tamam' (most secret of all) raises the stakes for what follows: the carama-śloka of v. 66. 'Iṣṭo 'si me dṛḍham' is among the most personally affectionate lines Kṛṣṇa addresses to Arjuna anywhere — it grounds the final instruction in the friendship of v. 64ff (cf. 4.3 'sakhā ceti').
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
मे परमं सर्व-गुह्य-तमं वचः भूयः शृणु । मे दृढम् इष्टः असि — इति ततः ते हितं वक्ष्यामि ।
me paramaṃ sarva-guhya-tamaṃ vacaḥ bhūyaḥ śṛṇu | me dṛḍham iṣṭaḥ asi — iti tataḥ te hitaṃ vakṣyāmi |
Hear once more My supreme word, most secret of all. Because you are firmly dear to Me, I shall therefore speak what is good for you.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
सर्व-गुह्य-तमं भूयः शृणु मे परमं वचः । इष्टः असि मे दृढम् इति ततः वक्ष्यामि ते हितम् ॥
sarva-guhya-tamaṃ bhūyaḥ śṛṇu me paramaṃ vacaḥ | iṣṭaḥ asi me dṛḍham iti tataḥ vakṣyāmi te hitam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
सर्व-गुह्य-तमम् sarva-guhya-tamam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) superl. acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. most secret of all
भूयः bhūyaḥ ind. (indeclinable) again
शृणु śṛṇu √श्रु impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) hear!
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of Me
परमम् paramam परम (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. supreme
वचः vacaḥ वचस् (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) word
इष्टः iṣṭaḥ √इष् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. dear
असि asi √अस् pres. (present) 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) you are
दृढम् dṛḍham ind. (indeclinable) firmly
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
ततः tataḥ ind. (indeclinable) therefore
वक्ष्यामि vakṣyāmi √वच् fut. (future) 1sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) I shall speak
ते te युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) to you
हितम् hitam हित (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. the good

The Lord has given Arjuna knowledge that is confidential (knowledge of Brahman) and still more confidential (knowledge of the Supersoul within everyone’s heart), and now He is giving the most confidential part of knowledge: just surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. At the end of the Ninth Chapter He has said, man-manāḥ: “Just always think of Me.” The same instruction is repeated here to stress the essence of the teachings of Bhagavad-gītā. This essence is not understood by a common man, but by one who is actually very dear to Kṛṣṇa, a pure devotee of Kṛṣṇa. This is the most important instruction in all Vedic literature. What Kṛṣṇa is saying in this connection is the most essential part of knowledge, and it should be carried out not only by Arjuna but by all living entities.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
64. Again hear from Me the highest words, the supreme secret. Since you are very dear to Me, I will speak for your benefit.
Commentary

Glancing at Arjuna, His very dear friend, standing silently as he began to review the very deep meaning of the Gītā scripture, the Lord, His heart melting like butter due to His mercy, spoke. “O My dear friend Arjuna, I will now speak the essence of the whole scripture in eight verses. Forget about the difficulties in having to review everything in order to understand it.” Again (bhūyaḥ) hear the most secret knowledge. [Note: This knowledge is therefore more secret than that discussed in verse 62, which was more secret that the knoweldge of karma, jñāna and yoga.] He says “again” because He said the same thing at the end of the ninth chapter: man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru mām evaiṣyasi yuktvaivam ātmānaṁ mat-parāyaṇaḥ BG 9.34

Those are the highest words (paramaṁ vacaḥ), the most secret (guhyatamam), the essence of even the Gītā, which is the essence of the meaning of all scriptures. There is no secret greater than this, in any place, from any cause, by any means. He then gives the reason for speaking this. Because you are very (dṛḍham) dear (iṣṭaḥ), My friend, I speak for your benefit. Without having such friendship no one speaks any most confidential topic. Dṛḍha-matiḥ (with fixed mind) instead of dṛḍham iti is another reading of the text.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
64. Again hear from Me the highest words, the supreme secret, since you are very dear to M and you have faith in its authority. I will speak for your benefit.
Commentary

The Lord will now explain the process and attainment of the nirapekṣa bhakta. First He praises this process of the nirapekṣa bhakta. Among all secrets, this is the most secret (sarva guhyatamam). Hear this again, for in the ninth chapter, I have already stated this (man manā bhava mad bhakto), but because it is very dear to Me, at the end, listen as I say I again. It is the supreme (paramam) statement, the essence of the Gītā, which is the essence of all other scriptures. What is the reason for saying it again? You are the dearest to Me (iṣṭaḥ). You have faith that My words possess all authority (dṛḍham iti). Therefore I will speak for your benefit. Therefore, you should act upon this. This is the implied meaning.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura has mentioned the following in his commentary on texts 63–

64:

Thus the six chapters teaching jñāna have reached their completion. These six chapters of the śāstra,

Śrī Gītā, are jewels of spiritual education. They form part of a treasure chest containing the rarest secret of

bhakti. The first six chapters dealing with karma form the golden, lower part of the chest, and the third six

chapters dealing with jñāna form its gem-studded cover. The bhakti found within is the most precious treas-

ure in the three worlds. It has the power to bring Śrī Kṛṣṇa under control. It shines brilliantly as the most ex-

cellent of precious jewels. The key to obtaining this jewel is the pair of verses on the cover of the treasure

chest, the sacred sixty-four syllables beginning man-manā bhava [texts 65–66].

Seeing His dear friend Arjuna silently deliberating on the Gītā-śāstra, with its deep meanings, the Lord

felt His heart melt like butter out of compassion and said, “My dear friend Arjuna, I will now speak the es-

sence of this entire śāstra. You don’t have to exert yourself any more with this troublesome deliberating.”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.64 Srnu, listen; bhuyah, again; to me, My; paramam, highest; vacah, utternace; which is sarva-guhyatamam, profundest of all, most secret of all secrets, though it has been repeatedly stated. Neither from fear nor even for the sake of money am I speaking! What then? Iti, since, considering that; asi, you are; drdham, ever, unwaveringly; istah, dear; me, to Me; tatah, therefore, for that reason; vaksyami, I shall speak; what is hitam, beneficial; te, to you, what is the highest means of attaining Knowledge. That is indeed the most beneficial of all beneficial things. 'What is that (You are going to tell me)?' In answer the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.64 It has been said that Bhakti Yoga is the most secret of all secrets, in such texts as 'I will declare to you, who does not cavil, this most mysterious knowledge' (9.1). Hear again My supreme word concerning it (i.e., Bhakti Yoga). As you are exceedingly dear to Me, therefore, I shall declare what is good for you.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.64 See Comment under 18.65
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.64 Hear thou again My supreme word, most secret of all; because thou art dearly beloved of Me, I will tell thee what is good.
Commentary

18.64 सर्वगुह्यतमम् the most secret of all? भूयः again? श्रृणु hear? मे My? परमम् supreme? वचः word? इष्टः beloved? असि (thou) art? मे of Me? दृढम् dearly? इति thus? ततः therefore? वक्ष्यामि (I) will speak? ते thy? हितम् what is good.Commentary Now listen once more with rapt attention to My words. Thou art very dear to Me. Thou art a sincere aspirant. Therefore I am telling thee this most mysterious truth. Hear from Me this mystery of all mysteries. I shall tell it to you again to make a deep impression on your mind? although it has been declared more than once. I do not hope to get any reward from thee. Thou art My most beloved friend and disciple. Therefore I will speak what is good for thee? the means of attaining Selfrealisation. This is the supreme good or the highest of all kinds of good for thee.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.64 Listen again to My highest utterance which is the profoundest of all. Since you are ever dear to Me, therefore I shall speak what is beneficial to you.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.64 Only listen once more to My last word, the deepest secret of all; thou art My beloved, thou are My friend, and I speak for thy welfare.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 18.65 BG 4.3 BG 10.1 SB 11.29.5 SB 10.87.23 SB 1.1.1 CC Madhya 24.192 CC Antya 5.79 CC Madhya 8.195 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.7Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.22
Hear again My most confidential instruction — because you are very dear to Me, I speak this for your benefit.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize the affection in Kṛṣṇa's repeating Himself.
  • Don't take repetition as redundancy.
  • Receive the renewed instruction freshly.
Reflection Questions
  • What instruction has Kṛṣṇa repeated for me that I missed first time?
  • What does fresh receiving allow?

After all the public teaching of a long evening, the master leans toward one beloved disciple and lowers his voice. The whole village has heard the doctrine; only this disciple receives the heart of it. Friendship, here, is the channel of the deepest disclosure.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.65

↗
मन्मना भव मद्भ‍क्तो मद्याजी मां नमस्कुरु । मामेवैष्यसि सत्यं ते प्रतिजाने प्रियोऽसि मे ॥ ६५ ॥
man-manā bhava mad-bhakto
[man-manaa bhava mad-bhakto]
mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru
[mad-yaajee maam namaskuru]
mām evaiṣyasi satyaṁ te
[maam evaishyasi satyam te]
pratijāne priyo ’si me
[pratijaane priyo ’si me]
mat - manāḥ — thinking of Me bhava — just become mat - bhaktaḥ — My devotee mat - yājī — My worshiper mām — unto Me namaskuru — offer your obeisances mām — unto Me eva — certainly eṣyasi — you will come satyam — truly te — to you pratijāne — I promise priyaḥ — dear asi — you are me — to Me .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
man-manā bhava mad-bhakto
mat - manāḥ
thinking of Me
bhava
just become
mat - bhaktaḥ
My devotee
mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru
mat - yājī
My worshiper
mām
unto Me
namaskuru
offer your obeisances
mām evaiṣyasi satyaṁ te
mām
unto Me
eva
certainly
eṣyasi
you will come
satyam
truly
te
to you
pratijāne priyo ’si me
pratijāne
I promise
priyaḥ
dear
asi
you are
me
to Me .
  • mat - manāḥ — thinking of Me
    Compound. Mind absorbed in Kṛṣṇa. The first of the four-fold injunction. Without mat-manāḥ, the other three become hollow.
  • mat - bhaktaḥ — My devotee
    Compound. Not merely interested in Kṛṣṇa — *His* devotee. Identity rather than activity. Bhaktaḥ is what one *is*, not what one does on Sundays.
  • mat - yājī — My worshiper
    Compound. The third — formal worship. The verse names worship as a continuous discipline (yājī is one-who-worships, ongoing) rather than as occasional ritual.
  • namaskuru — offer your obeisances
    Imperative. The bodily act of bowing. The verse covers all three doors — mind (mat-manāḥ), self (mat-bhaktaḥ + mat-yājī), and body (namaskuru) — leaving no aperture unsanctified.
  • pratijāne — I promise
    First person — *I swear*. The Lord *swears* that the bhakta will come to Him. The Gauḍīya tradition treats this as one of the Lord's binding promises (and quotes it endlessly).
  • priyaḥ — dear
    The promise's *ground* — not contract, but love. The verse concludes by naming the reason for the oath: priyaḥ asi me — you are dear to Me. The deepest assurance in the Gītā rests on personal affection.
Always think of Me, become My devotee, worship Me and offer your homage unto Me. Thus you will come to Me without fail. I promise you this because you are My very dear friend.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Four imperatives — be Me-minded, be My devotee, be My worshiper, bow to Me — and the guarantee: you will come to Me. Kṛṣṇa seals it with an oath: 'I promise you truly; you are dear to Me.' Bhakti is given as the most direct path.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
A near-identical verse appears at 9.34 — its restatement here, moments before the carama-śloka, marks bhakti as the operative summary of the Gītā's teaching. The structural parallel manas-bhakta-yājin-namas covers thought, allegiance, action, and gesture. The 'satyaṁ pratijāne' is unusually emphatic: Kṛṣṇa stakes his word on the outcome.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
मत्-मनाः भव, मत्-भक्तः मत्-याजी, मां नमस्कुरु — माम् एव एष्यसि । ते सत्यं प्रतिजाने, मे प्रियः असि ।
mat-manāḥ bhava, mat-bhaktaḥ mat-yājī, māṃ namaskuru — mām eva eṣyasi | te satyaṃ pratijāne, me priyaḥ asi |
Be Me-minded, My devotee, My worshiper; bow to Me — you shall come to Me alone. I promise you truly; you are dear to Me.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
मत्-मनाः भव मत्-भक्तः मत्-याजी मां नमस्कुरु । माम् एव एष्यसि सत्यं ते प्रतिजाने प्रियः असि मे ॥
mat-manāḥ bhava mat-bhaktaḥ mat-yājī māṃ namaskuru | mām eva eṣyasi satyaṃ te pratijāne priyaḥ asi me ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
मत्-मनाः mat-manāḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. Me-minded
भव bhava √भू impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) be!
मत्-भक्तः mat-bhaktaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. My devotee
मत्-याजी mat-yājī tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. My worshiper
माम् mām अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular) Me
नमस्कुरु namaskuru नमस् + √कृ impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) do obeisance!
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) alone
एष्यसि eṣyasi √इ fut. (future) 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) you will come
सत्यम् satyam सत्य (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) truly
ते te युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) to you
प्रतिजाने pratijāne प्रति + √ज्ञा pres. (present) 1sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) I promise
प्रियः priyaḥ प्रिय (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. dear
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) to Me

The most confidential part of knowledge is that one should become a pure devotee of Kṛṣṇa and always think of Him and act for Him. One should not become an official meditator. Life should be so molded that one will always have the chance to think of Kṛṣṇa. One should always act in such a way that all his daily activities are in connection with Kṛṣṇa. He should arrange his life in such a way that throughout the twenty-four hours he cannot but think of Kṛṣṇa. And the Lord’s promise is that anyone who is in such pure Kṛṣṇa consciousness will certainly return to the abode of Kṛṣṇa, where he will be engaged in the association of Kṛṣṇa face to face. This most confidential part of knowledge is spoken to Arjuna because he is the dear friend of Kṛṣṇa. Everyone who follows the path of Arjuna can become a dear friend to Kṛṣṇa and obtain the same perfection as Arjuna. These words stress that one should concentrate his mind upon Kṛṣṇa – the very form with two hands carrying a flute, the bluish boy with a beautiful face and peacock feathers in His hair. There are descriptions of Kṛṣṇa found in the Brahma-saṁhitā and other literatures. One should fix his mind on this original form of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. One should not even divert his attention to other forms of the Lord. The Lord has multiforms as Viṣṇu, Nārāyaṇa, Rāma, Varāha, etc., but a devotee should concentrate his mind on the form that was present before Arjuna. Concentration of the mind on the form of Kṛṣṇa constitutes the most confidential part of knowledge, and this is disclosed to Arjuna because Arjuna is the most dear friend of Kṛṣṇa’s.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
65. Being My devotee, offer your mind to Me. Offer articles to Me in worship.. Offer respects to Me. I promise that you will come to Me without doubt, for you are most dear to Me.
Commentary

The phrase bhava mad-bhakto means “Being My devotee, think of Me.” The Lord says this to exclude the other possibilities. He does not mean, “Be a jñānī or be a yogī and meditate on Me.” Or the phrase man-manā can mean: “Give your mind as a gift to Me, Śyāmasundara, with moon-like face, with shining locks of hair and beautiful eye brows, raining nectar in the form of glances of sweet mercy.” And then bhava mad-bhaktaḥ can mean, “And give all your senses such as the ears to Me. Perform worship of Me (bhava mad-bhaktaḥ) using all the senses with such services as hearing, chanting, seeing My mūrti, cleaning and anointing My temple, picking flowers, and offering Me garlands, ornaments, umbrella and cāmara.” And then the Lord says, “Give Me objects such as gandha, flowers, incense, lamp and naivedya. Be My worshipper. Perform My worship.” (mad-yājī). And then Lord says, “O, just give Me respects (māṁ namaskuru). Falling on the ground with the whole body, offer respects, by touching the body to the ground with eight limbs.” “Of these four—thinking of Me with the mind, serving Me with the senses, worshipping Me with items and offering respects to Me with the whole body—do all of them or any of them, and you will attain Me (mām eva eṣyasi). Make an offering of your mind, your senses, or items of worship unto Me, and I make an oath to you (te satyam): I will give Myself to you.” [Note: Kṛṣṇa said, “You will come to me.” Another way of saying this is “I will give Myself to you.”] The word satyam implies something of which there is no doubt. According to the Amara Kośa, satyam means an oath and truth. “Well, the people born in the land of Mathurā make such oaths in every sentence.” [Note: Here is a reference to Kṛṣṇa promising to return to Vraja.]

That is true. In that case, under oath (pratijāne) I declare, “You are dear to Me. No one cheats a person dear to himself.”

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
65. Being My devotee offer your mind to Me. Offer articles to Me in worship me. Offer respects to Me. I promise that you will come to Me without doubt, for you are most dear to Me.
Commentary

Now the Lord gives the instruction. This has been explained before (BG 9.34). By concentrating your mind on Me, worshipping Me and offering respects to Me, you will attain only Me, Kṛṣṇa, with human form, the son of Devakī, most affectionate to you, with dark complexion, the color of the blue lotus—not the universal form with a thousand heads, nor the form of paramātmā, the size of a thumb, nor Nrsimha or Varāha. I will give Myself, your friend, to you. I make this oath to you (te satyam). The Nānārtha Varga says satyaṁ śapatha-tathyayoḥ: satyam means an oath or the truth. You should not have doubt about this. “But my doubt is not destroyed, because even when you made a vow, you did not return from Mathurā to Vraja.” “Therefore I have said this after making an admission (pratijāne): you are dear to Me. If the resident of Mathurā, having an affectionate mind, does not cheat the one He loves, what then to speak of one He loves the most? I have great affection for he who has great affection for Me. I cannot tolerate separation from him. I have already said this with words like priyo hi (BG 7.17). Therefore have faith in My words: you will certainly attain Me.”

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

In the end of Chapter Nine, almost exactly the same verse is there: man‑mana bhava mad‑bhakto mad‑yaji mam namaskuru atmamam mat‑parayanah

mat‑manah‑‑always thinking of Me; bhava‑‑become; mat‑‑My; bhak tah‑‑devotee; mat‑‑My; yaji‑‑worshiper; mam‑‑unto Me; namaskuru‑‑offer obeisances; mam‑‑unto Me; eva‑‑completely; esyasi‑‑you will come; yuktva‑‑being absorbed; evam‑‑thus; atmanam‑‑your soul; mat‑parayanah‑‑devoted to Me.

TRANSLATION: "Engage your mind always in thinking of Me, become My devotee, offer obeisances to Me and worship Me. Being completely absorbed in Me, surely you will come to Me."(9.34) And that Chapter was entitled: "The most confidential knowle dge". And here is that 'most confidential knowledge' summarized by Krsna. These words stress that one should concentrate his mind upon Krsna‑‑the very form with two hands carrying a flute, the bluish boy with a beautiful face and peacock feathers in His hair. There are descriptions of Krsna found in the Brahma‑samhita and other literatures. One should fix his mind on this original form of Godhead, Krsna. One should not even divert his attention to other forms of the Lord. The Lord has multiforms as Visnu, Narayana, Rama, Varaha, etc., but a devotee should concentrate his mind on the form that was present before Arjuna. Concentration of the mind on the form of constitutes the most confidential part of knowledge, and th disclosed to Arjuna because Arjuna is the most dear frie Krsna's."

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura and Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa offer similar comments. Śrīla

Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura states:

“You will come to Me, achieve Me, so therefore offer your mind to Me. Or else offer your ears and

other senses. Or else offer incense, flowers and so on. I tell you truly that I will give you even My own self in

exchange. You have no reason to doubt this.”

The Amara-koṣa defines satyam as meaning “a vow” and “the true facts of a case.” Yet Arjuna may

reply, “But people born in Mathurā district always make vows. In every sentence they utter they use the

word satyam.”

Kṛṣṇa replies, “Then I say this. I make a solemn vow: ‘You are dear to me!’ And no one cheats

someone who is dear to him.”

Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa states:

“As explained before, if you develop the qualities of always thinking of Me and so on, you will cer-

tainly come to Me, who am your beloved friend Kṛṣṇa, the son of Devakī. I have qualities such as being dark

blue like a blue lotus flower, and I appear in a human form. You will not go to some other form of Mine like

the thousand-headed Puruṣa, the thumb-sized Supersoul, Lord Nṛsiāha or Lord Varāha. This is my vow, that

in truth I will give you possession even of Myself, Your friend.”

Bhagavad Gita Notes

The Nānārtha-varga defines the word satyam as “a vow” and “the true facts of a case.” Yet Arjuna

replies, “But because You are from Mathurā, even Your having made a vow does not destroy my doubt.”

To this the Lord responds, “Then I say this: You are very dear to Me, and the affectionate people of

Mathurā do not deceive those who are dear to them, what to speak of deceiving one who is most dear. He

to whom I am very dear is also very dear to Me. I cannot tolerate the absence of such a person, as I have al-

ready said in the words beginning priyo hi and so on. Therefore you should trust My words: ‘You will indeed

achieve Me.’”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.65 Bhava manmana, have your mind fixed on Me; be mad-bhaktah, My devotee; be a madyaji,sacrificer to Me, be engaged in sacrifices to Me; namaskuru, bow down; mam, to Me. Offer ever your salutations to Me alone. Continuing thus in them, by surrendering all ends, means and needs to Vasudeva only, esyasi, you will come; mam, to Me; eva, alone. (This) satyam, truth: do I pratijane, promise; te, to you, i.e. in this matter I make this true promise. For, asi, you are; priyah, dear; me, to Me. The idea conveyed by the passage is: Having thus understood that the Lord is true in His pormise, and knowing for certain that liberation is the unfailing result of devotion to the Lord, one should have dedication to God as his only supreme goal. Having summed up surrender to God as the highest secret of steadiness in Karma-yoga, there-after, with the idea that complete realization, which is the fruit of adherence to Karma-yoga and which has been enjoined in all the Upanisads, has to be spoken about, the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.65 What is enjoined in Vedanta texts such as 'I know the Great Person of the radiance of the sun, who is beyond this Prakrti. Knowing Him thus, one becomes here immortal; there is no path for immortality' (Sve. U., 3.8); what is designated by words such as knowledge (Vedanta), meditation (Dhyana) and worship (Upasana); what is of the form of direct perception (Darsana) having the character of continuous succession of memory of a surpassingly loving nature to the worshipped - it is this that is enjoined herein by the words 'Focus your mind on Me,' 'Be My devotee.' It means, be one to whom I am incomparably dear. Since I am the object of superabundant love, meditate on Me, i.e., practise the succession of memory of unsurpassed love of Me. Such is the meaning. Be My worshipper (yaji). Here also the expression, 'Be My devotee' is applicable. Yajna is worship. Worship Me as one exceedingly dear to you. Worship (Aradhana) is complete subservience to the Lord. Prostrate before Me. Prostration means bowing down. The meaning is: Bow down humbly before Me with great love. Renouncing thus all ego-centredness, you shall come to Me. I make this solemn promise to you. Do not take it as a mere flattery. For you are dear to Me. It has been already stated, 'For I am inexpressibly dear to the man of knowledge and dear is he to Me' (7.17). He in whom there is surpassing love for Me, I hold him also as surpassingly dear to Me. Conseently, not being able to bear separation from him, I myself will enable him to attain Me. It is this truth alone that has been solemnly declared to you in the expression that 'you shall come to Me alone.'
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.64-65 Sarva - etc. Manmanah etc, By the portion 'Be with your mind fixed in Me' etc., it is determined that in the scriptures the importance completely lies only in dedicating [everything] to the Brahman; and it is declared that this present scripture (the Holy Bhagavatgita) is of use [only] in the case of one who cultivates [the attitude of] dedication to the Brahman. Also He says -
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.65 Fix thy mind on Me, by devoted to Me, sacrifice to Me, bow down to Me. Thou shalt come even to Me; truly do I promise unto thee, (for) thou art dear to Me.
Commentary

18.65 मन्मनाः with mind fixed on Me? भव be? मद्भक्तः devoted to Me? मद्याजी sacrifice to Me? माम् to Me? नमस्कुरु bow down? माम् to Me? एव even? एष्यसि (thou) shalt come? सत्यम् truth? ते to thee? प्रतिजाने (I) promise? प्रियः dear? असि (thou) art? मे of Me.Commentary Develop onepointedness of mind. Fix thy thought on Me. If the mind wanders bring it again and again to the centre or point or object of meditation? through constant practice. Offer all thy actions to Me. Let thy tongue utter My name. Let thy hands work for Me. Let thy feet move for Me. Let all thy actions be for Me. Give up hatred towards any living creature. Bow down to Me. Then thou wilt attain Me.The Lord gives Arjuna His definite word of promise or solemn declaration. Having received My grace thou wilt gain complete knowledge of Me and that in itself will indeed lead to thy absorption into My Being.O Arjuna? looking up to Me alone as thy aim and the sole refuge? thou shalt assuredly come to,Me.Have faith in the words of the Lord and make a solemn promise. Take the Lord as your sole refuge. You will attain final emancipation.The secret of devotion is to take the Lord as your sole refuge. In the next verse the Lord proceeds to speak of the gist of selfsurrender. (Cf.IX.34XII.8)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.65 Have your mind fixed on Me, be My devotee, be a sacrificer to Me and bow down to Me. (Thus) you will come to Me alone. (This) truth do I pormise to you. (For) you are dear to Me.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.65 Dedicate thyself to Me, worship Me, sacrifice all for Me, prostrate thyself before Me, and to Me thou shalt surely come. Truly do I pledge thee; thou art My own beloved.
Primary values
Prema (Divine Love)
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
Stories
prahlada_devotion_middle
Concepts
Bhava
Always think of Me, become My devotee, worship Me, offer obeisances unto Me — you shall come to Me without fail; this I promise, for you are My very dear friend.
Practical Applications
  • Adopt the fourfold instruction as life-shape.
  • Trust the without-fail promise.
  • Receive friendship from Kṛṣṇa as warm fact.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of the four is least practiced?
  • What does Kṛṣṇa's friendship feel like to me?

Four steady candles in the heart's chapel — think of Me, become Mine, worship Me, bow to Me. Each candle lit, the room is illuminated; the Lord Himself walks through the open door. He has just sworn, on His friendship, that the door will not refuse.

Mīrābāī's daily life

Mīrābāī's entire existence in Mewar and later in Vraja was simply the living-out of this verse. Mat-manāḥ — every thought tilted toward Kṛṣṇa; mat-bhaktaḥ — explicitly His devotee through poison-cup and exile; mat-yājī — her bhajans were her sacrifice; mām namaskuru — she bowed at every Govindajī shrine she reached.

Her disappearance into the Dvārakā temple — absorbed, the tradition says, into the Lord's own form — is precisely mām eva eṣyasi satyam te pratijāne. The promise was kept.

Ambarīṣa Mahārāja's daily routine

Mahārāja Ambarīṣa's whole schedule in the Bhāgavatam — mind always on Govinda, words always His glories, body always in service, head always bowing — is verse 18.65 expanded into a daily liturgy. Each clause of the verse maps directly onto one of his daily disciplines.

The Bhāgavatam concludes that the cakra of Viṣṇu Himself protected him because he was the verse incarnate.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.66

↗
सर्वधर्मान्परित्यज्य मामेकं शरणं व्रज । अहं त्वां सर्वपापेभ्यो मोक्षयिष्यामि मा श‍ुच: ॥ ६६ ॥
sarva-dharmān parityajya
[sarva-dharmaan parityajya]
mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja
[maam ekam sharanam vraja]
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo
[aham tvaam sarva-paapebhyo]
mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ
[mokshayishyaami maa shuchah]
sarva - dharmān — all varieties of religion parityajya — abandoning mām — unto Me ekam — only śaraṇam — for surrender vraja — go aham — I tvām — you sarva — all pāpebhyaḥ — from sinful reactions mokṣayiṣyāmi — will deliver mā — do not śucaḥ — worry .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sarva-dharmān parityajya
sarva - dharmān
all varieties of religion
parityajya
abandoning
mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja
mām
unto Me
ekam
only
śaraṇam
for surrender
vraja
go
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo
aham
I
tvām
you
sarva
all
pāpebhyaḥ
from sinful reactions
mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ
mokṣayiṣyāmi
will deliver
mā
do not
śucaḥ
worry .
  • sarva - dharmān — all varieties of religion
    Compound + plural. The most striking phrase of the Gītā. *All* dharmas — including the very religious frameworks the chapter has been building. The verse is the radical capstone.
  • parityajya — abandoning
    Gerund — *having completely renounced* (pari + tyaj). The intensified form of tyaj. The verse asks not for reform of dharma but for its abandonment in favor of pure surrender.
  • ekam — only
    With mām: unto Me alone. Not 'as the main one' but *the only one*. The surrender narrows to a single object: Kṛṣṇa Himself, not any system or method.
  • vraja — go
    Imperative — *walk, go*. With śaraṇam: go for shelter. Movement-toward command. The disciple is asked not to think about śaraṇa or admire it but to *walk into* it.
  • mokṣayiṣyāmi — will deliver
    Future tense, first person — *I myself* will deliver. Not 'you will be delivered' (passive) but Kṛṣṇa personally takes the act of liberation upon Himself.
  • śucaḥ — worry, grieve
    Verb, negated by mā — do not. The verse closes not with a doctrine but with a tender command. The Gītā began with Arjuna's śoka (1.46 territory); it ends with mā śucaḥ. The whole arc is sealed.
Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
The carama-śloka: drop every dharma, take refuge in Me alone, and I will personally free you from all sin. Do not grieve. The Gītā's most absolute promise — sole refuge in Kṛṣṇa as the final word.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The most cited and contested verse of the Gītā, called by Vaiṣṇava commentators the carama-śloka — Kṛṣṇa's final, definitive instruction. Interpretive divisions: Śaṅkara reads 'sarva-dharmān' as the lower karma-dharmas to be transcended by jñāna; Rāmānuja reads it as renouncing dependence on means and taking exclusive refuge as prapatti; Madhva and the Gauḍīyas read śaraṇāgati as the supreme summative act. All converge on the centrality of refuge and the promise of grace. 'Mā śucaḥ' answers Arjuna's grief of 1.47 — the dialogue ends as it began, but inverted.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
सर्व-धर्मान् परित्यज्य माम् एकं शरणं व्रज । अहं त्वां सर्व-पापेभ्यः मोक्षयिष्यामि, मा शुचः ।
sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṃ śaraṇaṃ vraja | ahaṃ tvāṃ sarva-pāpebhyaḥ mokṣayiṣyāmi, mā śucaḥ |
Abandoning all dharmas, take refuge in Me alone. I will release you from all sins; do not grieve.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
सर्व-धर्मान् परित्यज्य माम् एकं शरणं व्रज । अहं त्वां सर्व-पापेभ्यः मोक्षयिष्यामि मा शुचः ॥
sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṃ śaraṇaṃ vraja | ahaṃ tvāṃ sarva-pāpebhyaḥ mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
सर्व-धर्मान् sarva-dharmān tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.pl. (accusative plural)m. all dharmas
परित्यज्य parityajya परि + √त्यज् abs. (absolutive) having abandoned
माम् mām अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular) Me
एकम् ekam एक (num.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. alone
शरणम् śaraṇam शरण (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) refuge
व्रज vraja √व्रज् impv. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) go!
अहम् aham अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular) I
त्वाम् tvām युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular) you
सर्व-पापेभ्यः sarva-pāpebhyaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.pl. (ablative plural)n. from all sins
मोक्षयिष्यामि mokṣayiṣyāmi √मुच् caus. (causative) fut. (future) 1sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) I shall release
मा mā ind. (indeclinable) prohibitive do not
शुचः śucaḥ √शुच् aor. 2sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) grieve!

The Lord has described various kinds of knowledge and processes of religion – knowledge of the Supreme Brahman, knowledge of the Supersoul, knowledge of the different types of orders and statuses of social life, knowledge of the renounced order of life, knowledge of nonattachment, sense and mind control, meditation, etc. He has described in so many ways different types of religion. Now, in summarizing Bhagavad-gītā, the Lord says that Arjuna should give up all the processes that have been explained to him; he should simply surrender to Kṛṣṇa. That surrender will save him from all kinds of sinful reactions, for the Lord personally promises to protect him. In the Seventh Chapter it was said that only one who has become free from all sinful reactions can take to the worship of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Thus one may think that unless he is free from all sinful reactions he cannot take to the surrendering process. To such doubts it is here said that even if one is not free from all sinful reactions, simply by the process of surrendering to Śrī Kṛṣṇa he is automatically freed. There is no need of strenuous effort to free oneself from sinful reactions. One should unhesitatingly accept Kṛṣṇa as the supreme savior of all living entities. With faith and love, one should surrender unto Him. The process of surrender to Kṛṣṇa is described in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (11.676): ānukūlyasya saṅkalpaḥ prātikūlyasya varjanam rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāso goptṛtve varaṇaṁ tathā ātma-nikṣepa-kārpaṇye ṣaḍ-vidhā śaraṇāgatiḥ According to the devotional process, one should simply accept such religious principles that will lead ultimately to the devotional service of the Lord. One may perform a particular occupational duty according to his position in the social order, but if by executing his duty one does not come to the point of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, all his activities are in vain. Anything that does not lead to the perfectional stage of Kṛṣṇa consciousness should be avoided. One should be confident that in all circumstances Kṛṣṇa will protect him from all difficulties. There is no need of thinking how one should keep the body and soul together. Kṛṣṇa will see to that. One should always think himself helpless and should consider Kṛṣṇa the only basis for his progress in life. As soon as one seriously engages himself in devotional service to the Lord in full Kṛṣṇa consciousness, at once he becomes freed from all contamination of material nature. There are different processes of religion and purificatory processes by cultivation of knowledge, meditation in the mystic yoga system, etc., but one who surrenders unto Kṛṣṇa does not have to execute so many methods. That simple surrender unto Kṛṣṇa will save him from unnecessarily wasting time. One can thus make all progress at once and be freed from all sinful reactions. One should be attracted by the beautiful vision of Kṛṣṇa. His name is Kṛṣṇa because He is all-attractive. One who becomes attracted by the beautiful, all-powerful, omnipotent vision of Kṛṣṇa is fortunate. There are different kinds of transcendentalists – some of them are attached to the impersonal Brahman vision, some of them are attracted by the Supersoul feature, etc., but one who is attracted to the personal feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and, above all, one who is attracted by the Supreme Personality of Godhead as Kṛṣṇa Himself, is the most perfect transcendentalist. In other words, devotional service to Kṛṣṇa, in full consciousness, is the most confidential part of knowledge, and this is the essence of the whole Bhagavad-gītā. Karma-yogīs, empiric philosophers, mystics and devotees are all called transcendentalists, but one who is a pure devotee is the best of all. The particular words used here, mā śucaḥ, “Don’t fear, don’t hesitate, don’t worry,” are very significant. One may be perplexed as to how one can give up all kinds of religious forms and simply surrender unto Kṛṣṇa, but such worry is useless.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
66. Giving up all dharmas, just surrender unto Me alone. I will deliver you from all sins. Do not worry.
Commentary

“Am I supposed to perform the meditation and other processes along with my varṇa āśrama duties or without them?” “Giving up all duties of varṇa and āśrama (sarva-dharmān parityajya), surrender only to Me.” One should not say that parityaja means sannyasya, to adopt the sannyāsa order, because Arjuna was a kṣatriya, not qualified for sannyāsa. As well it should not be said the Lord used Arjuna just to instruct all other people who are not kṣatriyas to take sannyāsa, for Arjuna was qualified to be the recipient of the Lord’s instructions which could not be taught to others. Nor should one explain the meaning of parityajya in this verse as merely “give up all the results of activities.” For it is said: devarṣi-bhūtāpta-nṝṇāṁ pitṝṇāṁ nāyaṁ kiṅkaro nāyam ṛṇī ca rājan sarvātmanā yaḥ śaraṇaṁ śaraṇyaṁ gato mukundaṁ parihṛtya kartam Anyone who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of Mukunda, the giver of liberation, giving up all kinds of obligation, and has taken to the path in all seriousness, owes neither duties nor obligations to the demigods, sages, general living entities, family members, humankind or forefathers. SB 11.5.41 martyo yadā tyakta-samasta-karmā niveditātmā vicikīrṣito me tadāmṛtatvaṁ pratipadyamāno mayātma-bhūyāya ca kalpate vai A person who gives up all fruitive activities and offers himself entirely unto Me, eagerly desiring to render service unto Me, achieves liberation from birth and death and is promoted to the status of sharing My own opulences.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
66. Giving up all dharmas, just surrender unto Me alone. I will deliver you from all sins. Do not worry.
Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

We are moving from the most confidential knowledge of all to become a pure devotee of Krsna and always think of Him, to the next section about 'preaching and studying the Bhagavad‑gita'.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Essence of Bhagavad-gita

THEME: If one simply thinks of Krishna at all times, what will happen to his duties. So Krishna says that:

Give up those duties and all varieties of religion
Our only duty is to exclusively surrender unto Him
Thus material reaction will not touch you – Do not hesitate or fear

Focus of Learning

(a) Lord’s advice

Do not become official mediator – Mold your life and all daily acts in relation to Krishna
Become a pure devotee of Krishna
Always thinking and working for Him
Promise of the lord
Anyone who is in such pure Krishna consciousness will certainly return to the abode of Krishna
To engage in the association of Krishna face to face

(b) Why this knowledge is spoken to Arjuna

Because He is a dear friend to Krishna

(c) How can we obtain the same perfection as Arjuna

Anyone who follows the path of Arjuna can become a dear friend to Krishna and obtain the same perfection

(d) Which form should be concentrated on as per 18.65

Concentrate mind upon Krishna as per Brahma Samhita’s description – that constitutes the most confidential part of knowledge
Not even divert one’s attention to other forms of the Lord like Vishnu, Narayana, Rama etc.

SUMMARISED THEME 18A

SUMMARY OF 18.54 – 18.66

A) Confidential knowledge: Knowledge of Brahman (18.54)

BRAHMA-BHUTA platform: Joyful, never laments or desires to have anything, equally disposed to all living entities and attains pure devotional service

B) More confidential knowledge: Knowledge of Paramatma (18.61)

Supreme Lord in everyone’s heart
Body is a machine or a vehicle
Living entity is seated in a machine
Paramatma directs the wanderings
Surrender to Him
Thus attin transcendental peace in this life
Attain eternal abode in the next life

C) Most confidential knowledge: Devotional service to Bhagavan, Krishna

The process (18.65)
Always think of Me
Become My devotee
Worship Me
Offer homage unto Me
Essence of all religion: Surrender unto Krishna (18.66)
He will deliver one from all sinful reactions (18.66)

(a) What Krishna means by seeing “Abandon all varieties of religion”

Lord has described various kinds of knowledge and processes of religion
Now he recommends to give up all that and simple surrender

(b) How surrender will save

Lord personally promises to protect from all kinds of sinful reaction

(c) No need of strenuous effort to free oneself from sinful reaction –

Just “process of surrender” will automatically free one from all reactions; although Bg. 7.28 demands freedom from all sin to understand Krishna

(d) Process of surrender: Ref. Hari-bhakti Vilasa (6 points)

1. Simply accept such religious principles that are favorable to devotional service

2. Avoid anything unfavorable to devotional service

3. Confidence of Krishna’s protection in all circumstances

4. No need of thinking how to keep body and soul together. Krishna will see to that

5. Always think oneself helpless

6. Consider Krishna as the only basis of one’s progress in life

(e) No need of other purificatory and religious processes (Srila Prabhupada thus explains uselessness

of worry and hesitation)

Importance of “ma sucah” – Indicates “do not fear or hesitate”
One may be perplexed as to how one can give up all kinds of religious forms and simply surrender unto Krishna, but such worry is useless
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.66 Sarva-dharman, all forms of rites and duties: Here the word dharma (righteousness) includes adharma (unrighteousness) as well; for, what is intended is total renunciation of all actions, as is enjoined in Vedic and Smrti texts like, 'One who has not desisted from bad actions' (Ka. 1.2.24), 'Give up religions and irreligion' (Mbh. Sa. 329.40), etc. Parityajya, abandoning all rites and duties; [Being a Ksatriya, Arjuna is not alified for steadfastness in Knowledge through monasticism in the primary sense. Still, the Gita being meant for mankind as a whole, monasticism is spoken of here by accepting Arjuna as a representative man.] saranam vraja, take refuge; mam ekam, in Me alone, the Self of all, the same in all, existing in all beings, the Lord, the Imperishable, free from being in the womb, birth, old age and death-by knowing that I am verily so. That is, know it for certain that there is nothing besides Me. By revealing My real nature, aham, I; moksayisyami, shall free; tva, you, who have this certitude of understanding; sarva-paphyah, from all sins, from all bondages in the form of righteousness and unrighteousness. It has also been stated, 'I, residing in their hearts, destroy the dark-ness born of ignorance with the luminous lamp of Knowledge' (10.11). Therefore, ma, do not; sucah, grieve, i.e. do not sorrow. In this scripture, the Gita, has knowledge been established as the supreme means to Liberation, or is it action, or both? Why does the doubt arise? (Because) the passages like, '৷৷.by realizing which one attains Immortality' (13.12), 'Then, having known Me in truth, he enters (into Me) immediately after that (Knowledge)' (55), etc. point to the attainment of Liberation through Knowledge alone. Texts like, 'Your right is for action alone' (2.47), '(you undertake) action itself (4.15), etc. show that actions have to be under-taken as a matter of compulsory duty. Since both Knowledge and action are thus enjoined as duties, therefore the doubt may arise that they, in combination as well, may become the cause of Liberation. Objection: What, again, would be the result of this iniry? Vedantin: Well, the resut will verily be this: The ascertainment of one of these as the cuase of the highest good. Hence this has to be investigated more extensively. Knowledge of the Self, however, is exclusively the cause of the highest good; for, through the removal of the idea of differences, it culminates in the result that is Liberation. The idea of distinction among action, agent and result is ever active with regard to the Self because of ignorance. This ignorance in the form, 'My work; I am the agent; I shall do this work for that resut', has been at work from time without beginning. The dispeller of this ignorance is this Knowledge regarding the Self-in the form, 'I am the absolute, non agent, free from action and result; there is none else other than myself because, when it (Knowledge) arises it despels the idea of differences which is the cause of engagement in action. The word 'however' above is used for ruling out the other two alternatives. This refutes the two other alternative views by showing that the highest good cannot be attained through mere actions, nor by a combination of Knowledge and action. Besides, since Liberation is not a product, therefore it is illogical that it should have action as its means. Indeed, an eternal entity cannot be produced by either action of Knowledge. Objection: In that case, ever exclusive Knowledge is purposeless. Vedantin: No, since Knowledge, being the destroyer of ignorance, culminates in Liberation which is directly experienced result. The fact that Knowledge, which removes the darkness of ignorance, culminates in Liberation as its result is directly perceived in the same way as is the result of the light of a lamp which removes ignorance the form of sanke etc. and darkness from objects such as rope etc. Indeed, the result of light amounts to the mere (awareness of the) rope, free from the wrong notions of snake etc. So is the case with Knowledge. As in the case of the acts like 'cutting down', 'producing fire by friction' etc., in which accessories such as the agent and others operate, and which have perceivable results, there is no possiblity of (the agent etc.) engaging in any other activity giving some other result apart from 'splitting into two', 'seeing (or lighting of) fire' etc, similarly, in the case of the agent and the other factors engaged in the 'act' of steadfastness in Knowledge which has a tangible result, there is no possibility of (their) engagement in any other action which has a result different from that in the form of the sole existence of the Self. Hence, steadfastness in Knowledge combined with action is not logical. Objection: May it not be argued that this is possible like the acts of eating and Agnihotra sacrifice etc.? [As such a common action as eating can go hand in hand with such Vedic rites as the Agnihotra-sacrifice, so, actions can be combined with Knowledge.] Vedantin: No, since it is unreasonable that, when Knowledge which resutls in Liberation is attained, there can remain a hankering for results of actions. Just as there is no desire for an action or its result [Action, i.e. digging etc.; result, i.e. bathing etc.] in connection with a well, pond, etc. when there is a flood all around, similarly when Knowledge which has Liberation for its result is attained there can be no possibility of hankering for any other result or any action which leads to it. Indeed, when somody is engaged in actions aimed at winning a kingdom, there can be no possibility of his engaging in any activity for securing a piece of land, or having a longing for it! Hence, action does not constitute the means to the highest good. Nor do Knowledge and action in combination. Further, Knowledge which has Liberation as its result can have no dependence on the assistance of action, because, being the remover of ignorance, it is opposed (to action). Verily, darkness cannot be the dispeller of darkness. Therefore Knowledge alone is the means to the highest good. Objection: Not so, because from non-performance of nityakarmas one incurs sin. Besides, freedom (of the Self) is eternal. As for the view that Liberation is attainable through Knowledge alone, it is wrong. For, if nityakarmas [As also the occasional duties (naimittika-karmas).] which are prescribed by the Vedas are not performed, then one will incur evil in the form of going to hell etc. Counter-objection: If this be so, then, since Liberation cannot come from action, will there not arise the contingency of there being no Liberation at all? Pseudo-Vedantin: Not so, for Liberation is eternal. as a result of performing nityakarmas there will not be incurring of evil, and as a result of not doing any prohibited action (nisiddha-karma) there will not be any possibility of birth in an undesirable body; from relinishing actions meant for desired results (kamya-karmas) there will be no possibility of being born in some desirable body. Since there is no cause to produce another body when the present body falls after the results of actions that produced this body get exhausted by experiencing them, and since one does not have attachment etc., therefore Liberation consists in the mere continuance of the Self in Its own natural state. Thus, Liberation is attained without effort. Objection: May it not be argued that, since in the case of actions done in many past lives-which are calculated to yield such results as attainment of heaven, hell, etc. but have not commenced bearing results-there is no possiblity of their being experienced, therefore they cannot be exhausted? Pseudo-Vedantin: No, since the suffering of pain from the effort involved in the nityakarmas can reasonably be (considered to be) the experiencing of their [i.e. of actions done in past lives, which have not commenced bearing their fruits.-Tr.] results. Or, since the nityakarmas, like expiations, may be considered as being meant for eliminating the sins incurred earlier, and since actions that have begun bearing their fruits get exhausted merely through their being experienced, therefore Liberation is attained without effort-provided no fresh actions are performed. Vedantin: No, since there is the Upanisadic text, 'Knowing Him alone, one goes beyond death; there is no other way to go by' (Sv. 3.8), which states that for Liberation there is no other path but enlightenment; also because there is the Upanisadic statement that Liberation for an unenlightened person is as impossible as the rolling up of the sky like leather (Sv. 6.20); and since it is mentioned in the Puranas and the Smrtis that Liberation follows only from Knowledge. (From your view) it also follows that there is no possibility of the exhaustion of the results of virtuous deeds which have not as yet begun yielding their fruits. And, as there is the possibility of the persistence of sins which were incurred in the past but have not yet commenced yielding results, similarly there can be the possibility of the persistence of virtues which have not yet begun bearing fruits. And so, if there be no scope of their being exhausted without creating another body, then there is no possibility of Liberation. And since attachment, hatred and delusion, which are the causes of virtue and vice, cannot be eradicated through any means other than Knowledge, therefore the eradication of virtue and vice becomes impossible. Besides, since the Sruti [See Ch. .2.23.1 and Br. 1.5.16-Tr.] mentions that nityakarmas have heaven as their result, and there is the Smrti text, 'Persons belonging to castes and stages of life, and engaged in their own duties' ['৷৷.attain to a high, immeasurable happiness.'-Tr.] (Ap. Dh. Su. 2.2.2.3), etc., therefore the exhaustion of (the fruits of) actions (through nityakarmas) is not possible. As for those who say, 'The nityakarmas, being painful in themselves, must surely be the result of evil deeds done in the past; but apart from being what they are, they have no other result because this is not mentioned in the Vedas and they are enjoined on the basis of the mere fact that one is alive'-(this is) not so, because actions which have not become operative cannot yield any result. Besides, there is no ground for experiencing a particular conseence in the form of pain [Pain involved in the performance of nityakarmas.] The statement, that the pain one suffers from the effort involved in performing the nityakarmas is the result of sinful acts done in past lives, is false. Indeed, it does not stand to reason that the result of any action which did not become operative at the time of death to yield its fruit is experienced in a life produced by some other actions. Otherwise, there will be no reason why the fruit of some action that is to lead to hell should not be experienced in a life that is produced by such actions as Agnihotra etc. and is meant for enjoying the result in the form of heaven! Besides, that (pain arising from the effort in performing nityakarmas) cannot be the same as the conseence in the form of the particular suffering arising from sin. Since there can be numerous kinds of sins with results productive of various kinds of sorrows, therefore, if it be imagined that their (sins') result will be merely in the form of pain arising from the effort in undertaking the nityakarmas, then it will certainly not be possible to suppose that they (the sins incurred in the past) are the causes of such obstacles as the pairs of opposites (heat and cold, etc.), disease etc., and that the result of sins incurred in the past will be only the pain arising from the exertion in performing nityakarmas, but not the sufferings like carrying stones on the head etc. Further, it is out of context to say this, that the pain resulting from the effort in performing nityakarmas is the result of sinful acts done in the past. Objection: How? Vedantin: What is under discussion is that the sin committed in the past, which has not begun to bear fruit, cannot be dissipated. In that context you say that pain resulting from the effort in undertaking nityakarmas is the result of action which has begun bearing fruit, not of that which has not yet commenced yielding fruit! On the other hand, if you think that all sins committed in the past have begun yielding their results, then it is unreasonable to specify that the pain resulting from the exertion in performing the nitya-karmas is their only result. And there arises the contingency of the injunction to perform nityakarmas becoming void, because the sinful deed which has begun bearing fruit can ligically be dissipated only be experiencing its result. Further, if pain be the result of nityakarmas enjoined by the Vedas, then it is seen to arise from the very effort in undertaking nityakarmas-as in the case of excercise etc. To imagine that it is the result of something else is illogical. [The pain arising from bodily excercise is the result of the excercise itself, and not the result of any past sin! Similarly, the pain resulting from undertaking nityakarmas is the conseence of that performance itself, and need not be imagined to be the result of any past sin.] And if the nityakarmas have been enjoined simply on the basis of a person's being alive, it is unreasonable that it should be the result of sins committed in the past, any more than expiation is. An expiation that has been enjoined following a particular sinful act is not the result of that sin! On the other hand, if the suffering arising from expiation be the reslut of that very sin which is its cause, then the pain from the effort in performing nityakarmas, though prescribed merely on the fact of one's being alive, may become the fruit of that very fact of one's being alive-which was itself the occasion (for enjoining the nityakarmas)-, because both the nityakarmas and expiatory duties are indistinguishable so far as their being occasioned by something is concerned. Moreover, there is the other fact: There can be no such distinction that only the pain resulting from the performance of nityakarmas is the result of past sinful deeds, but not so the pain from performing kamya-karmas (rites and duties undertaken for desired results), because the pain in performing Agnihotra-sacrifice etc. is the same when it is performed as a nityakarma or as a kamya-karma. Thus the latter also may be the result of past sinful acts. This being the case, it is untenable to assume on the ground of circumstantial inference that, since no result is enjoined in the Vedas for nityakarmas and since its prescription cannot be justified on any other ground, therefore pain from the effort in performing nityakarmas is the result of sinful past deeds. Thus, the (Vedic) injunction being unjustifiable otherwise, it can be inferred that nityakarmas have got some result other than the pain arising from the effort in undertaking them. It also involves this contradiction: It is contradictory to say that through the performance of nityakarma a result of some other action is experienced. And when this is admitted, it is again a contradiction to say that that very experience is the result of the nityakarma, and yet that niyakarma has no result! Moreover, when Agnihotra and other sacrifices are performed for desirable results (Kamya-Agnihotra), then the Agnihotra etc. which are performed as nityakarma (Nitya-Agnihotra) become accomplished simultaneously (on a account of its being a part ofthe former). Hence, since the Kamya-Agnihotra (as an act) is dependent on and not different from the Nitya-Agnihotra, therefore the result of the Agnihotra and other sacrifices performed with a desire for results will get exhausted through the suffering involved in the exertion in undertaking it (the Nitya-Agnihotra). On the other hand, if the result of Kamya-Agnihotra etc. be different, viz heaven etc., then even the suffering arising from the exertion in performing them ought to be necessarily different (from the suffering involved in the Nitya-Agnihotra). And that is not the fact, because it contradicts what is directly perceived; for the pain resulting from the effort in performing only the Nitya-(-Agnihotra) does not differ from the pain resulting from the exertion in undertaking the Kamya (-Agnihotra). Besides, there is this other consideration: Actions which have not been enjoined or prohibited (by the scriptures) produce immediate results. But those enjoined or prohibited by the scriptures do not produce immediate results; were they to do so, then there would be no effort even with regard to heaven etc. and injunctions concerning unseen results. And it cannot be imagined that only the fruit of (Nitya-) Agnihotra etc. gets exhausted through the suffering arising from the effort in performing them, but the Kamya (-Agnihotra) has exalted results like heaven etc. merely as a conseence of the fact of desire for results, though as acts there is no essential difference between them (the Nitya and the Kamya) and there is no additional subsidiary part, processes of performance, etc. (in the kamya-Agnihotra). Therefore, it can never be established that nitya-karmas have no unseen results. And hence, enlightenment alone, not the performance of nityakarmas, is the cuase of the total dissipation of actions done through ignorance, be they good or bad. For, all actions have for their origin ignorance and desire. Thus has it been established (in the following passages) that action (rites and duties) is meant for the ignorant, and steadfastness in Knowledge-after renunciation of all actions-is meant for the enlightened: 'both of them do not know' (2.19); 'he who knows this One as indestructible, eternal' (2.21); 'through the Yoga of Knowledge for the men of realization; through the Yoga of Action for the yogis' (3.3); 'the ignorant, who are attached to work' (3.26); 'But৷৷.the one who is a knower৷৷.does not become attached, thinking thus: "The organs rest on the objects of the organs"' (3.28); 'The embodied man৷৷.having given up all actions mentally, continues' (5.13); 'Remaining absorbed in the Self, the knower of Reality should think, "I certainly do not do anything"' (5.8); i.e; the unenlightened person thinks, 'I do'; 'For (the sage) who wishes to ascend (to Dhyana-yoga), action is said to be the means৷৷.when he has ascended (when he is established in the Yoga of Meditation), inaction alone is said to be the means' (6.3); 'noble indeed' are all the three (classes of) unenlightened persons, 'but the man of Knowledge is the very Self. (This is) My opinion' (7.18); the unenlightened who perform their rites and duties, 'who are desirous of pleasures, attain the state of going and returning' (9.21); 'becoming non-different from Me and meditative' (9.22) and endowed with steadfast devotion, they worship (Me) the Self which has been described as comparable to space and taintless; and 'I grant that possession of wisdom by which they reach Me' (10.10); i.e., the unenlightened persons who perform rites and duties 'do not reach Me.' Those who perform works for the Lord and who, though they be the most devout, are ignorant persons performing rites and duties,-they remain involved in practices which, in a descending order, culminate in giving up the fruit of actions (cf. 12.6-11). But those who meditate on the indefinable Immutable take recourse to the disciplines stated in the passages beginning with 'He who is not hateful towards any creature' (12.13) and ending with that Chapter, and also resort to the path of Knowledge presented in the three chapters beginning with the Chapter on the 'field'. The three results of actions, viz the undesirable etc. (cf. 12), do not accrue only to the mendicants belonging to the Order of Paramahamsas (the highest Order of monks)-who have renounced all actions that originate from the five causes beginning with the locus (cf. 14), who possess the knowledge of the oneness and non-agentship of the Self (17,20), who continue in the supreme steadfastness in Knowledge, who know the real nature of the Lord, and who have taken refuge in the unity of the real nature of the Lord with the Self. It does accrue to the others who are not monks, the ignorant persons who perform rites and duties. Such is this distinction made in the scripture Gita with regard to what is duty and what is not. Objection: May it not be argued that it cannot be proved that all actions are due to ignorance? Reply: No, (it can be proved,) as in the case of slaying a Brahmin. Although the nityakarmas are known from the scriptures, still they are meant only for the ignorant. As such an action as killing a Brahmin, even though known to be a source of evil from the scripture prohibiting it, is still perpetrated by one who has defects such as ignorance, passion, etc.-because impulsion to any action is otherwise not possible-, so also is it with regard to the nitya, naimittika and kamya actions. Objection: May it not be held that impulsion to nityakarma etc. is not possible if the Self be not known as a distinct entity? [Unless one knows the Self to be distinct from the body etc. he will not perform the nityakarmas etc. meant for results in the other worlds, viz heaven etc. (Tr.:) In place of vyatiriktatmani, Ast. reads 'deha-vyatiriktatmani, the Self which is distinct from the body'.] Reply: No, since it is seen that with regard to actions which are of the nature of motion and are accomplished by the not-Self, one engages in them with the idea, 'I do.' [The actionless Self is not the agent of the movements of the body etc. Still agentship is superimposed on It through ignorance.] Objection: Can it not be said that the notion of egoism with regard to the aggregate of body etc. occurs in a figurative sense; it is not false? Reply: No, since its effects [i.e. the effects of the notion of egoism.] also will become figurative. Objection: The notion of 'I' with regard to the aggregate of one's own body etc. occurs in a figurative sense. As with regard to one's own son it is said (in the Veda), 'It is you yourself who is called the son' (Sa. Br. 14.9.4.26), and in common parlance also it is said, 'This cow is my very life', so is the case here. [As the use of the word 'I' with regard to a son is figurative, so also with regard to the body.] This is certainly not a false notion. However, a false notion (of identity) occurs in the case of a stump and a man, when the distinction between them is not evident (due to darkness). Reply: A figuratively expressed notion cannot lead to an effect in the real sense, because that (notion) is used for the eulogy of its basis with the help of a word of comparison which remains understood. As for instance, such sentences as, 'Devadatta is a lion', 'The boy is a fire'-implying 'like a lion', 'like a fire', on the basis of the similarity of cruelty, the tawny colour, etc.-are meant only for eulogizing Devadatta and the boy who are the basis (i.e. the subjects of the two sentences). But no action of a lion or a fire is accomplished because of the use of the figurative words or ideas. On the contrary, one experiences the evil effects of false notions. [Therefore the idea of 'I' with regard to one's body etc. does not occur in a secondary sense, but it does so falsely.] And with regard to the subjects of the figurative notions, one understands, 'This Devadatta cannot be a lion; this boy cannot be a fire.' Similarly, actions done by the aggregate of body etc., which is the 'Self' in a figurative sense, cannot be held to have been done by the Self which is the real subject of the notion of 'I'. For, actions done by the figurative lion or fire cannot be considered to have been accomplished by the real lion or fire. Nor is any action of the real lion and fire accomplished through the (figurative) cruelty or tawnyaness; for, their purpose is fully served by being used for eulogy. And those who are praised know, 'I am not a lion; I am not fire; and neither is the work of a lion or fire mine.' So the more ligical notion is, 'The action of the aggregate (of body etc.) do not belong to me who am the real Self', and not, 'I am the agent; it is my work.' As for the assertion made by some that the Self acts through Its own memory, deisre and effort, which are the causes of activity-that is not so, for they are based on false knowledge. Memory, desire, effort, etc. indeed follow from the tendencies born from the experience of the desirable and the undesirable results of actions (-which actions themselves arise from the notions of the 'desirable' and the 'undesirable') caused by false knowledge. [False knowledge gives rise to the ideas of the desirable and the undesirable. From these arise desire and repulsion. Actions which follow give rise to the experience of their desirable and undesirable results. Such experiences create impressions in the mind, from which are born memory etc.] Just as in this life virtue, vice and the experience of their results are cuased by the identification (of the Self) with the aggregate of body etc. and attraction, repulsion, etc., so also was it in the previous birth, and even in the life preceding that. Thus it can be inferred that past and future mundane existence is without beginning and is a product of ignorance. And from this it becomes proved that the absolute cessation of mundane existence is caused by steadfastness in Knowledge, accompanied by renunciation of all rites and duties. Besides, since self-identification with the body is nothing but ignorance, therefore, when the (ignorance) ceases, there remains so possibility of re-birth, and so, mundane existence becomes impossible. The identification of the Self with the aggregate of body etc. is nothing but ignorance, because in common life it is not seen that anybody who knows, 'I am different from cattle etc., and the cattle etc. are different from me', entertains the notion of 'I' with regard to them. However, mistaken perceiving a stump to be a man, one may out of indiscrimination entertain the idea of 'I' with regard to the aggregate of body etc.; not so when perceiving them as distinct. As for that notion of considering the son to be oneself-as mentioned in, 'It is you yourself who is called the son' (Sa. Br. 14.9.4.26)-, that is a metaphor based on the relationship between the begotten and the begetter. And no real action like eating etc.can be accomplished through something considered metaphorically as the Self, just as actions of the real lion or fire (cannot be accomplished) by someone metaphorically thought of to be a lion or fire. Objection: Since an injunction relating to an unseen result is valid, therefore, may it not be said that the purposes of the Self are accomplished by the body and organs which are figuratively considered to be the Self? Reply: No, since the thinking of them as the Self is the result of ignorance. The body, organs, etc. are not the Self in a figurative sense. Objection: How then? Reply: Although the Self is devoid of relationship, still, by an ascription of relationship (to the Self), they (body etc.) come to be regarded as the Self, verily through a false notion. For, this identification (of body etc.) with the Self exists so long as the false notion is there, and ceases to exist when it is not there. So long as ignorance lasts, identification of the Self with the aggregate of body and organs is seen only in the case of non-discriminating, immature, ignorant poeple who say, 'I am tall', 'I am fair'. But in the case of discriminating persons who possess the knowledge, 'I am different from the aggregate of body etc.', there does not arise the idea of egoism with regard to the body etc. at that time (i.e. simultaneously with that knowledge). Hence, since it (i.e. identification of the Self with the body etc.) ceases in the absence of the false notion, therefore it is a creation of that (false notion), and not a figurative notion. It is only when the common and the uncommon features of the lion and Devadatta, or of fire and the boy, are known distinctly, that a figurative notion or verbal expression can occur; not when the common and the uncommon features are unknown. As for the argument that (the figurative notion should be accepted) on the authority of the Vedas, we say, 'No', because their validity concerns unseen results. The validity of the Vedas holds good only with regard to matters concerning the relation between ends and means of Agnihotra etc., which are not known through such valid means of knowledge as direct perception; but not with regard to objects of direct perception etc., because the validity of the Vedas lies in revealing what is beyond direct perception. Therefore it is not possible to imagine that the idea of egism with regard to the aggregate of body etc., arising from an obviously of false knowledge, is a figurative notion. Surely, even a hundred Vedic texts cannot become valid if they assert that fire is cold or non-luminous! Should a Vedic text say that fire is cold or non-luminous, even then one has to assume that the intended meaning of the text is different, for otherwise (its) validity cannot be maintained; but one should not assume its meaning in a way that might contradict some other valid means of knowledge or contradict its own statement. Objection: May it not be said that since actions are undertaken by one possessed of a false idea of agentship, therefore, when the agent ceases to be so ['According to you (the Vedantin), an ignorant man alone can be an agent. Therefore, when he becomes illumined, he will cease to be ignorant and conseently the Vedas will cease to be valid for him.'] the Vedas will become invalid? Reply: No, since the Vedas become logically meaningful in respect of knowledge of Brahman. [Though the Vedic injunctions about rituals etc. be inapplicable in the case of an enlightened person, still they have empirical validity before enlightenment. Besides, the Vedas have real validity with regard to the knowledge of Brahman.] Objection: May it not be said that there arises the contingency of the Vedic texts enjoining knowledge of Brahman becoming as invalid as those texts enjoining rites and duties? Reply: No, since there cannot possibly be any notion which can remove (the knowledge of Brahman). Unlike the manner in which the idea of egoism with regard to the aggregate of body etc. is removed after the realization of the Self from hearing the Vedic injunctions regarding the knowledge of Brahman, the realization of the Self in the Self can never be removed in any way in that manner by anything whatsoever-just as the knowledge that fire is hot and luminous is irremovable-, since (Self-) realization is inseparable from its result (i.e. cessation of ignorance). Besides, the Vedic texts enjoining rites (and duties) etc. are not invalid, because they, through the generation of successively newer tendencies by eliminating the successively preceding tendencies, are meant for creating the tendency to turn towards the indwelling Self. [The Vedic injunctions make people up rituals etc. by giving up their earlier worldly tendencies. Thery their minds become purified. The purified mind then aspires to know the indwelling Self. Thus, since the ritualistic injunctions are meant for making a person turn towards the knowledge ofthe indwelling Self, they are not invalid.] Although the means be unreal (in itself), still it may be meaningful in relation to the truth of the purpose it serves, as are the eulogistic sentences (arthavada) [See note on p. 40.-Tr.] occuring along with injunctions. Even in the world, when it becomes necessary to make to child or a lunatic drink milk etc. it is said that it will help growth of hair [Cuda, lit. hair on the top of the head; or single lock of hair left on the crown of the head after tonsure. See V.S.A.] etc.! Before the dawn of Knowledge, the (ritualistic) Vedic texts concerned with a different situation [The situation obtaining before the dawn of Self-knowledge.] are also as valid in themselves as are direct perception etc. occuring due to Self-identification with the body etc. On the other hand, as for your view 'The Self, though inactive by Itself, acts through Its mere proximity; and that itself constitutes agentship of the Self in the primary sense. Just as it is well known that a king, though not himself engaged in a battle, is, merely by virtue of his being in charge, said to be fighting when his soldiers are fighting, and that he is victorious or defeated; similarly, as the ?nder of an army acts through his mere orders, and it is seen that the results of the actions accrue to the king or to the ?nder; or, just as the actions of the priests are ascribed to the sacrificer,-in that very manner are the actions done by the body etc. ought to be of the Self because the result of those actions accrues to the Self. And, as the agentship of a magnet which, in fact, is not active, is attributed to it in the primary sense because it causes a piece of iron to move, similar is the agentship of the Self'-that is wrong, since it will amunt to an inactive entity becoming an agent. Objection: May not agentship be of various kinds? Reply: No, for in the case of the 'king' and others it is seen that they have agentship even in the primary sense. As for the king, he fights even through his personal engagement. And he has agentship in the primary sense by virtue of making (his) warriors fight, distributing wealth, and also reaping the fruits of victory or defeat. Similarly, the agentship of a sacrificer is primary by virtue of his offering the main oblation and giving gifts due to the priests. Therefore it is understood that the agentship which is attributed to an inactive entity is figurative. If primary agentship consisting in their personal engagement is not perceived in the case of the king, a sacrificer and others, then it could be assumed that they have primary agentship owing to the mere fact of their presence, just as a magnet has by virtue of making the iron move. But in the case of the king and others it is not perceived that they have no personal engagement in that way. Therefore, even the agentship owing to mere presence is a figurative one. And if that be so, the connection with the result of such agentship will also be figurative. No action in the primary sense is performed by an agent figuratively thought to be so. Hence the assertion is certainly wrong that owing to the activities of the body etc. the actionless Self becomes an agent and experiencer. But everything becomes possible due to error. This is just as it happens in dream or in jugglery! Besides, in deep sleep, absorption in Brahman, etc. where the current of the mistaken idea of Self-identity with the body etc. ceases, evils like agentship, enjoyership, etc. are not perceived. Therefore this delusion of mundane existence is surely due to false knowledge; but it is not reality. Conseently, it is established that it ceases absolutely as a result of full enlightenment. Having summed up in this chapter the import of the whole of the scripture Gita, and having again summarized it specially here at the end (in verse 66) for the sake of emphasizing the purport of the Scripture, now after that, the Lord states the rules for handing down the Scripture:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.66 'Relinishing all Dharmas means the complete relinishment of the sense of agency, possessiveness, fruits etc., in the practising of Karma, Jnana and Bhakti Yogas in the way instructed, and the realising of Me as the agent, object of worship, the means and the end. It means that relinishment is not of all devotional duties but only of the sense of agency and the fruits. This is the Sastraic relinishment of all Dharmas. It is firmly established in the beginning of this chapter commencing from, 'Listen regarding My decision, O Arjuna, about abandonment; for abandonment is declared to be of three kinds' (18.4), and 'Renouncing attachments and also the fruit, such abandonment is regarded as Sattvika ৷৷. for it is impossible for one who bears the body to abandon acts entirely. But he who gives up the fruits of works, is called the abandoner' (18.9-11). If you practise such abandonment of the sense of agency and fruits, I will release you from all 'sins' - i.e., I will release you from all evil incompatible with the attainment of Myself, consisting of innumerable acts of the nature of doing what ought not to be done and not doing what ought to be done. These piled up from beginningless times from the obstruction in the way. Grieve not, you should not despair; for I shall release you from all these obstructions. Another (alternative) explanation is this: Bhakti Yoga is possible only for those people to whom the Lord is exceedingly dear and who are free from all evils. Those evils are so huge in their case that the expiatory rites which could wash them off, could not be performed in the limited time of one's life span. Ajuna therefore thought that he was unfit for commencing Bhakti Yoga. To remove the grief of Arjuna the Lord said: 'Completely relinishing all Dharmas, seek Me alone for refuge.' Expiatory rites can be taken here as what is meant by Dharma, Completely forsake these rites (Dharmas) appropriate for the removal of numerous and varied sins piled up from beginningless time and obstructing the starting of Bhakti Yoga. The expiatory rites consist of practices like Krcchra, Candrayana, Kusmanda, Vaisvanara, Vratapati, Pavitresti, Trvrit, Agnistoma etc., which are of manifold varieties, and which are difficult to perform on account of the brevity of life. So in order to succeed in commencing Bhakti Yoga, seek Me alone for refuge. I am supremely compassionate, the refuge of all without considering the differences of character among them, and am an ocean of tenderness for those dependent on Me. I will release you from all evil, the nature of which has been explained as incompatible with the commencement of Bhakti Yoga. Grieve not. [Both these interpretations of this famous verse are said to teach only Bhakti Yoga and not Prapatti. But the estion will rise in one's mind - why should it not be so taken?]
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.66 Sarvadharman etc. Abandoning all attributes : This act of slaying the kinsmen and the like that arises incidentally while fighting a war - not owning those acts as your own attribute by your thought 'I am the doer of all these'; also giving up by mind, the notion 'If the act of slaying the teacher etc., is avoided, merit will accrue to me'. come to Me: Come to Me alone, the Agent-of-all-actions, the Supreme Lord, the Sovereign. As your Refuge : as the Guardian of all your natural impulses. On that account I, the Omniscient, shall rescue you from all the sins. Don't be sorrowful : Don't get perplexed 'What to be done'.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.66 Abandoning all duties, take refuge in Me alone: I will liberate thee from all sins; grieve not.
Commentary

18.66 सर्वधर्मान् all duties? परित्यज्य having abandoned? माम् to Me? एकम् alone? शरणम् refuge? व्रज take? अहम् I? त्वा thee? सर्वपापेभ्यः from all sins? मोक्षयिष्यामि will liberate? मा dont? शुचः grieve.Commentary This is the answer given by the Lord to the estion put by Arjuna in chapter II? verse 7 I ask Thee which may be the better tell me that decidedly. I am Thy disciple? suppliant to Thee teach me.All Dharmas Righteous deeds? including Adharma all actions? righteous or unrighteous? as absolute freedom from all actions is intended to be taught here.Taking refuge in Me alone implies the knowledge of unity without any thought of duality knowing that there is nothing else except Me? the Self of all? dwelling the same in all. If thou art established in this faith? I shall liberate thee from all sins? from all bonds of Dharma and Adharma by manifesting Myself as thy own Self.To behold forms is the Dharma of the eye. The support or substratum of all forms is Brahman. When you look at an object behold Brahman Which is the one essence and abandon the form as it is illusory and unreal. Have the same attitude towards the other objects which pertain to the other senses.Give up the JivaDharma (the notions I am the doer o actions? I enjoy. I am a Brahmana. I am a Brahmachari. I am endowed with a little knowledge and power? etc. and get yourself established in BrahmaBhavana (the understanding or knowledge I am Brahman). This is what is meant by taking refuge in Lord Krishna? according to the Vedantins.Work ceaselessly for the Lord but surrender the fruits of all actions to the Lord. Take the Lord as your sole refuge. Live for Him. Work for Him. Serve Him in all forms. Think of Him only. Meditate on Him alone. See Him in all forms. Think of Him only. Meditate on Him alone. See Him everywhere. Worship Him in your heart. Consecrate your life? all actions? feelings and thoughts to the Lord. You will rest in Him. You will attain union with Him. You will attain immortal supreme peace and eternal bliss. This is the view of another school of thought.Sri Sankara very strongly refutes the idea that knowledge in conjunction with Karma (action) produces or leads to liberation. He says that Karma and knowledge may not go together in the same man? that karma helps the man to get purification of the heart? and that right knowledge of the Self alone will give him absolute freedom from Samsara. He says that work and knowledge are like darkness and light? that action is possible only in this universe of illusory phenomena which is the projection of ignorance and knowledge dispels this ignorance. (Cf.III.30IX.22)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.66 Abandoning all forms of rites and duties, take refuge in Me alone. I sahll free you from all sins. (Therefore) do not grieve.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.66 Give up then thy earthly duties, surrender thyself to Me only. Do not be anxious; I will absolve thee from all thy sin.
Primary values
Ishvara Pranidhana (Surrender to God)
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
BG 9.22 BG 7.14 BG 11.55 SB 11.29.34 SB 6.17.28 SB 11.12.14 CC Madhya 9.262 CC Madhya 22.96 CC Madhya 8.277 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.18Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.20
Stories
bhakti_epic_collegenishkama_karma_epic_seniorishvara_pranidhana_epic_primary
Concepts
Dharma
Abandon all varieties of dharma and surrender unto Me alone — I shall liberate you from all sinful reactions; do not fear.
Practical Applications
  • Treat this as the climactic instruction of the entire Gītā.
  • Memorize and meditate on it daily.
  • Trust the do-not-fear assurance.
Reflection Questions
  • What dharma-system am I clinging to that this verse asks me to surrender?
  • What does pure surrender to Him alone require?

A child in a burning building who has been weighing options on how to escape. The father shouts, 'Drop everything and come!' Every prior consideration becomes secondary. The verse is Kṛṣṇa's voice from the doorway: drop, come, and the fire will not touch you.

Draupadī's call

When Duḥśāsana began to disrobe her, Draupadī first tried to hold her sārī with her own hand. Only when she let go — both hands raised, calling 'Govinda!' — did Kṛṣṇa's grace arrive. Endless cloth manifested; she was unharmed.

Sarva-dharmān parityajya — abandoning all other strategies — mām ekam śaraṇam vraja. Her surrender was the very enactment of this verse, and the deliverance was instantaneous.

Gajendra's plea

When Gajendra the elephant-king was caught by the crocodile in the pond, he first fought with his own enormous strength. For thousands of years the struggle continued. Only when he raised his trunk with a lotus and cried out, abandoning self-effort, did the Lord descend on Garuḍa and rescue him.

The Bhāgavatam frames this as the literal living of 18.66: drop your own dharma-of-strength, surrender, fear not. The crocodile released him at once.

📝 My note

Section 9 (18.67–18.71)
PREACHING AND STUDYING THE BHAGAVA-GITA
Section overview
One who explains this knowledge of Bhagavad Gita to austere, nonenvious devotees, pure devotional service is guaranteed
Those who study Bhagavad-gita, worship Krishna with their intelligence, and faithful and nonenvious hearers become free from sinful action
PREACHING AND STUDYING THE BHAGVAD GITA

LINK BETWEEN SECTION VIII & SECTION IX: Krishna has just completed speaking the Bhagavad-gita.

What now should be done with the jewels of transcendental knowledge just spoken by Krishna? Should

they be kept secretly or distributed widely? If they should be distributed, who is qualified to receive

them? What result comes to one who hears, studies or preaches Krishna’s message?

Bhagavad-gītā 18.67

↗
इदं ते नातपस्काय नाभक्ताय कदाचन । न चाश‍ुश्रूषवे वाच्यं न च मां योऽभ्यसूयति ॥ ६७ ॥
idaṁ te nātapaskāya
[idam te naatapaskaaya]
nābhaktāya kadācana
[naabhaktaaya kadaachana]
na cāśuśrūṣave vācyaṁ
[na chaashushrooshave vaachyam]
na ca māṁ yo ’bhyasūyati
[na cha maam yo ’bhyasooyati]
idam — this te — by you na — never atapaskāya — to one who is not austere na — never abhaktāya — to one who is not a devotee kadācana — at any time na — never ca — also aśuśrūṣave — to one who is not engaged in devotional service vācyam — to be spoken na — never ca — also mām — toward Me yaḥ — anyone who abhyasūyati — is envious .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
idaṁ te nātapaskāya
idam
this
te
by you
na
never
atapaskāya
to one who is not austere
nābhaktāya kadācana
na
never
abhaktāya
to one who is not a devotee
kadācana
at any time
na cāśuśrūṣave vācyaṁ
na
never
ca
also
aśuśrūṣave
to one who is not engaged in devotional service
vācyam
to be spoken
na ca māṁ yo ’bhyasūyati
na
never
ca
also
mām
toward Me
yaḥ
anyone who
abhyasūyati
is envious .
  • atapaskāya — to one not austere
    Dative. The first disqualification: lack of tapas. Without some inner heat — discipline, fasting, restraint — the teaching has no surface to adhere to.
  • abhaktāya — to one who is not a devotee
    Dative. Without bhakti-orientation, the teaching cannot land in tattva. The whole point of verse 55 is that only bhakti accesses Kṛṣṇa as He is.
  • aśuśrūṣave — to one not engaged in (devotional) hearing-service
    Dative. Aśuśrūṣu — not desiring to hear. Without the listening posture, the teaching cannot enter. The Gītā is for the open ear.
  • abhyasūyati — is envious
    Verb — present indicative. The fourth disqualification — envy of Kṛṣṇa Himself. The envious cannot receive what the loving freely receive. The verse names the deepest disqualifier.
  • vācyam — to be spoken
    Gerundive — *fit to be told*. Negated in the verse: the teaching is *not to be given* indiscriminately. A discipline of restraint for the teacher: not every audience can receive every teaching.
This confidential knowledge may never be explained to those who are not austere, or devoted, or engaged in devotional service, nor to one who is envious of Me.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Four disqualifying conditions for hearing this teaching: lack of tapas, lack of devotion, lack of willingness to listen, and active resentment of Kṛṣṇa. To such a one, the teaching is wasted at best and harmful at worst.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Adhikāra-niyama — fitness rules for transmission. The Gītā treats itself as initiatory knowledge to be guarded. Each of the four exclusions has a positive counterpart: the willing recipient is tapasvī, bhakta, śuśrūṣu, anasūya. Cf. 18.71 for the lower bound — even faithful hearing yields fruit.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
इदं ते अतपस्काय न, अभक्ताय न, अशुश्रूषवे न च — कदाचन वाच्यम् । यः मां अभ्यसूयति, तस्मै च न ।
idaṃ te atapaskāya na, abhaktāya na, aśuśrūṣave na ca — kadācana vācyam | yaḥ māṃ abhyasūyati, tasmai ca na |
This of yours is never to be spoken to one without austerity, without devotion, without willingness to hear — and never to him who envies Me.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
इदं ते न अतपस्काय न अभक्ताय कदाचन । न च अशुश्रूषवे वाच्यं न च मां यः अभ्यसूयति ॥
idaṃ te na atapaskāya na abhaktāya kadācana | na ca aśuśrūṣave vācyaṃ na ca māṃ yaḥ abhyasūyati ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
इदम् idam इदम् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. this
ते te युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of yours
अतपस्काय atapaskāya अ + तपस्क (adj.) dat.sg. (dative singular)m. to one without austerity
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
अभक्ताय abhaktāya अ + भक्त (adj.) dat.sg. (dative singular)m. to a non-devotee
कदाचन kadācana ind. (indeclinable) ever
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
अशुश्रूषवे aśuśrūṣave अ + शुश्रूषु (adj.) dat.sg. (dative singular)m. to one not eager to hear
वाच्यम् vācyam √वच् gerundive nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. to be spoken
माम् mām अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular) Me
यः yaḥ यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. who
अभ्यसूयति abhyasūyati अभि + √असू pres. (present) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) envies, resents

Persons who have not undergone the austerities of the religious process, who have never attempted devotional service in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, who have not tended a pure devotee, and especially those who are conscious of Kṛṣṇa only as a historical personality or who are envious of the greatness of Kṛṣṇa should not be told this most confidential part of knowledge. It is, however, sometimes found that even demoniac persons who are envious of Kṛṣṇa, worshiping Kṛṣṇa in a different way, take to the profession of explaining Bhagavad-gītā in a different way to make business, but anyone who desires actually to understand Kṛṣṇa must avoid such commentaries on Bhagavad-gītā. Actually the purpose of Bhagavad-gītā is not understandable to those who are sensuous. Even if one is not sensuous but is strictly following the disciplines enjoined in the Vedic scripture, if he is not a devotee he also cannot understand Kṛṣṇa. And even when one poses himself as a devotee of Kṛṣṇa but is not engaged in Kṛṣṇa conscious activities, he also cannot understand Kṛṣṇa. There are many persons who envy Kṛṣṇa because He has explained in Bhagavad-gītā that He is the Supreme and that nothing is above Him or equal to Him. There are many persons who are envious of Kṛṣṇa. Such persons should not be told of Bhagavad-gītā, for they cannot understand. There is no possibility of faithless persons’ understanding Bhagavad-gītā and Kṛṣṇa. Without understanding Kṛṣṇa from the authority of a pure devotee, one should not try to comment upon Bhagavad-gītā.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
67. This is not to be spoken to one without control of his senses, to one without true devotion, to one who does not render humble service, or to one who envies Me, thinking that I am material.
Commentary

Having given the instructions of the scripture of the Gītā, the Lord now indicates the process for passing on the information, starting a sampradāya. Atapaskāya refers to one who does not control his senses. The smṛti says: manasaś cendriyāṇāṁ ca aikāgryaṁ paramaṁ tapaḥ Concentration of the mind and senses on one object is the greatest austerity. Mahābhārata, Śānti Parvā, 23 Even if a person controls the senses, if he is not a devotee, he should not be taught. Even if he is qualified with three good qualities just mentioned (sense control, devotion and obedience), he should not be taught if he is envious Me, if he thinks that I am a combination of material qualities contaminating the pure Brahman.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
67. This is not to be spoken to one without control of his senses, to one without true devotion, to one who is not willing to hear, or to one who envies Me, thinking that I am material.
Commentary

In this verse the Lord instructs that the teachings of the Gītā which He Himself has taught should be given to qualified candicates only, not the unqualified. This scripture should not be spoken by you to a person who does not have sense control (atapaskāya). Even if he does control the senses, it should to be given to the non-devotee, who has no devotion to you, the teacher of the scripture, and to Me, the Supreme Lord, the maker of the scripture. And even if he controls the senses, and has devotion to you and Me, you should not teach to him if he has no desire to hear it. You should never speak it to that person who envies Me, the Supreme Lord, who possesses eternal form and eternal qualities, to that person who attributes material form and qualities to Me. The declension, nominative case (yaḥ) is used for the envious person instead of dative case which was used for the others in the list (atapaskāya, abhaktāya, aśuśrūṣave) to point out his particular degraded nature. The author of Vedānta says anāviṣkurvann anvayāt: the teacher should tell the disciple not to reveal the knowledge to the unqualified person, because that is the custom. (Vedānta Sūtra 3.4.50)

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Do not teach Bhagavad-gita to one who is:

Not austere
Not devoted to Krishna’s service
Envious of Krishna
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.67 Idam, this Scripture; which has been taught by Me te, to you, for your good, for terminating mundane existence; an vacyam, should not be taught (-na is connected with the remote word vacyam-); atapaskaya, to one who is devoid of austerities. It should kadacana, never, under any condition whatsoever; be taught abhaktaya, to one who is not a devotee, who is devoid of devotion to his teacher and God, even if he be a man of austerity. Neither should it be taught even asurusave, to one who does not redner service-even though he may be a devotee and a man of austerity. Na ca, nor as well; to him yah, who; abhyasuyati, cavils; mam, at Me, at Vasudeva-thinking that I am an ordinary person; to him who, not knowing My Godhood, imputes self-adulation etc. to Me and cannot tolerate Me. He too is unfit; to him also it should not be imparted. From the force of the context it is understood that the Scripture should be taught to one who has devotion to the Lord, is austere, renders service, and does not cavil. As to that, since it is seen (in a Smrti)-'to one who is intelligent or to one who is austere'-that there is an option between the two, it follows that this should be imparted either to an austere person given to service and devotion, or to an intelligent person endowed with them. It should not be imparted to an austere or even an intelligent person if he lacks service and devotion. It should not be taught to one who cavils at the Lord, even though he be possessed of all the good alities. And it should be taught to one whoserves his teacher and is devout. This is the rule for transmitting the Scripture. Now the Lord states the fruit derived by one who transmits the Scripture:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.67 I have taught you this most secret doctrine. This should not be imparted by you to someone who has not practised austere disciplines. Never should this be taught to someone who is not devoted to Me and to you, the teacher (i.e., when you have to play the role of a teacher of this doctrine). The meaning is that it should not be taught by you to someone who, though practising austerities, is not a devotee and does not serve Me. It is also never to be taught to one who has no wish to listen, even though he is a devotee. Nor should it be imparted to one who traduces Me, that is, who - when My nature, glories and attributes are described - discovers defects in them. The differences of case (from ablative to nominative form) is to teach that the last one is the most despicable character.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.67 Idam etc. If the secrecy of this knowledge is maintained it would yield success, because It is out of reach of all [ordinary] persons. When the knot of sin is cut off through observing austerities, then only the results of good act is ready to become ripe. Hence, austerity comes first. Due to austerity, faith is born. The same (faith) is devotion here. The faith, even if it is born, does not grow well, in case it becomes visible only for a moment and then perishes like lightning. Therefore to help its growth, the desire to listen to is [next]. In the case of certain person, even all this arises with regard to the useless knowledge of the dry Sankhya (reasoning) system that admits no Supreme Lord. Even with regard to a system that adimts the Supreme Lord, it may, n the case of another person-on account of his craving for fruit of action-emerge by raising the fruit-of-action alone to the status of importance and by humbling down one's own Worshipful Self to the role of an instrument in achieving that fruit It has been declared : 'The agent also [is an auxiliary], because he is for the action [enjoined].' (JS, III, i, 6); and 'Actions also [are auxiliary] because they are for the purpose of fruits.' (JS, III, i, 4). Thus in both the instances there is indignation, meaning 'disregard' with the Bhagavat (Self) - This is the purport.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.67 This is never to be spoken by thee to one who is devoid of austerities or devotion, nor to one who does not render service or who does not desire to listen, nor to one who cavils at Me.
Commentary

18.67 इदम् this? ते by thee? न not? अतपस्काय to one who is devoid of austerity? न not? अभक्ताय to one who is not devoted? कदाचन never? न not? च and? अशुश्रूषवे to one who does not render service or who does not desire to listen? वाच्यम् to be spoken? न not? च and? माम् Me? यः who? अभ्यसूयति cavils at.Commentary This The scripture which has been taught to you.Service To the Guru.The scripture can be taught to him who does not speak ill of the Lord? who is a man of austerities? who is devoted? who is thirsting to hear and who renders service to his Guru.One who cavils at Me He who disregards Me taking Me for an ordinary man? who does not like to be told that I am the Lord.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.67 This (that I have taught) you should not ever be taught to one who is devoid of austerities and to one who is not a devotee; also, neither to one who does not render service, nor as well to one who cavils at Me.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.67 Speak not this to one who has not practised austerities, or to him who does not love, or who will not listen, or who mocks.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 4.3 BG 9.1 BG 18.68 SB 11.29.30 SB 11.11.23 SB 1.1.2 CC Madhya 22.116 CC Madhya 25.277 CC Antya 5.124 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.10Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.22
This confidential knowledge is not to be explained to those who are not austere, devoted, or engaged in service — nor to those who envy Me.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize the unsuitability of teaching to certain audiences.
  • Don't cast pearls before swine; honor receptivity.
  • Discern audience before teaching.
Reflection Questions
  • When have I taught to unsuitable audiences?
  • What discernment is needed?

A locksmith's master key is not handed to the careless, the resentful, or the spiteful. The teaching is real, but its recipient must be ready. To pour the Gītā into the wrong vessel is to crack the vessel and waste the pour.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.68

↗
य इदं परमं गुह्यं मद्भ‍क्तेष्वभिधास्यति । भक्तिं मयि परां कृत्वा मामेवैष्यत्यसंशय: ॥ ६८ ॥
ya idaṁ paramaṁ guhyaṁ
[ya idam paramam guhyam]
mad-bhakteṣv abhidhāsyati
[mad-bhakteshv abhidhaasyati]
bhaktiṁ mayi parāṁ kṛtvā
[bhaktim mayi paraam kritvaa]
mām evaiṣyaty asaṁśayaḥ
[maam evaishyaty asamshayah]
yaḥ — anyone who idam — this paramam — most guhyam — confidential secret mat — of Mine bhakteṣu — amongst devotees abhidhāsyati — explains bhaktim — devotional service mayi — unto Me parām — transcendental kṛtvā — doing mām — unto Me eva — certainly eṣyati — comes asaṁśayaḥ — without doubt .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ya idaṁ paramaṁ guhyaṁ
yaḥ
anyone who
idam
this
paramam
most
guhyam
confidential secret
mad-bhakteṣv abhidhāsyati
mat
of Mine
bhakteṣu
amongst devotees
abhidhāsyati
explains
bhaktiṁ mayi parāṁ kṛtvā
bhaktim
devotional service
mayi
unto Me
parām
transcendental
kṛtvā
doing
mām evaiṣyaty asaṁśayaḥ
mām
unto Me
eva
certainly
eṣyati
comes
asaṁśayaḥ
without doubt .
  • guhyam — confidential secret
    With paramam: the supreme secret. The most confidential teaching. The verse refers specifically to what has just been disclosed — the bhakti-conclusion of verses 65-66, the deepest stratum.
  • bhakteṣu — amongst devotees
    Locative plural. With mat: amongst My devotees. The teaching is transmitted within a devotee-community. Not broadcast to the indifferent; shared among the lineage.
  • abhidhāsyati — will explain / speak
    Future tense from abhi-dhā — to declare authoritatively. The verse names a specific future act — the *teacher's* speaking — and attaches a particular reward to it.
  • kṛtvā — doing
    Gerund — *having done*. With bhaktim parām: having performed supreme devotion. The teacher of the Gītā, by the very act of teaching, *performs* parā-bhakti. Teaching is itself worship in this verse.
  • asaṁśayaḥ — without doubt
    Compound — without (a)-doubt (saṁśaya). The verse closes with absolute certainty. There is no probability statement here; the reward is *guaranteed*.
For one who explains this supreme secret to the devotees, pure devotional service is guaranteed, and at the end he will come back to Me.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Conversely: whoever transmits this teaching to fellow devotees performs supreme bhakti and reaches Kṛṣṇa without fail. Teaching the Gītā is itself a yoga, the highest service.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The act of preaching/teaching (abhidhāna) is here named a form of parā bhakti. Two conditions: an audience of devotees (mat-bhakteṣu) and a teaching-act that itself constitutes devotion. The verse establishes the legitimacy of Gītā-pravacana within the Vaiṣṇava transmission tradition. Cross-ref: the Bhāgavata's nava-vidhā bhakti (śravaṇa, kīrtana).
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यः इदं परमं गुह्यं मत्-भक्तेषु अभिधास्यति, सः मयि परां भक्तिं कृत्वा असंशयः माम् एव एष्यति ।
yaḥ idaṃ paramaṃ guhyaṃ mat-bhakteṣu abhidhāsyati, saḥ mayi parāṃ bhaktiṃ kṛtvā asaṃśayaḥ mām eva eṣyati |
He who will declare this supreme secret to My devotees — having made supreme bhakti to Me — without doubt comes to Me.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यः इदं परमं गुह्यं मत्-भक्तेषु अभिधास्यति । भक्तिं मयि परां कृत्वा माम् एव एष्यति असंशयः ॥
yaḥ idaṃ paramaṃ guhyaṃ mat-bhakteṣu abhidhāsyati | bhaktiṃ mayi parāṃ kṛtvā mām eva eṣyati asaṃśayaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यः yaḥ यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. who
इदम् idam इदम् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. this
परमम् paramam परम (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. supreme
गुह्यम् guhyam गुह्य (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. secret
मत्-भक्तेषु mat-bhakteṣu tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) loc.pl. (locative plural)m. among My devotees
अभिधास्यति abhidhāsyati अभि + √धा fut. (future) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) will declare
भक्तिम् bhaktim भक्ति (f.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) devotion
मयि mayi अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) loc.sg. (locative singular) in Me
पराम् parām परा (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)f. supreme
कृत्वा kṛtvā √कृ abs. (absolutive) having done
माम् mām अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular) Me
एव eva ind. (indeclinable) alone
एष्यति eṣyati √इ fut. (future) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) will come
असंशयः asaṃśayaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. doubtless

Generally it is advised that Bhagavad-gītā be discussed amongst the devotees only, for those who are not devotees will understand neither Kṛṣṇa nor Bhagavad-gītā . Those who do not accept Kṛṣṇa as He is and Bhagavad-gītā as it is should not try to explain Bhagavad-gītā whimsically and become offenders. Bhagavad-gītā should be explained to persons who are ready to accept Kṛṣṇa as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is a subject matter for the devotees only and not for philosophical speculators. Anyone, however, who tries sincerely to present Bhagavad-gītā as it is will advance in devotional activities and reach the pure devotional state of life. As a result of such pure devotion, he is sure to go back home, back to Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
68. One who teaches this supreme secret to My devotees, attains the highest bhakti, and finally attains Me without doubt.
Commentary

This verse and the next state the results of giving instructions on bhakti. The instructor first attains supreme bhakti (parāṁ bhaktim) and then the Lord Himself (mām eva eṣyati).

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
68. One who teaches this supreme secret to My devotees, attains the highest bhakti, and finally attains Me without doubt.
Commentary

The result for one who teaches this scripture is narrated. The one who teaches attains pure bhakti to Me, and then attains Me.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Srila Prabhupada explains in his Purport: "Generally it is advised that Bhagavad‑gita be discussed amongst the devotees only, for those who are not devotees will understand neither Krsna nor Bhagavad‑gita. Those who do not accept Krsna as He is and Bhagavad‑gita as it is should not try to explain Bhagavad‑ gita whimsically and become offenders. Bhagavad‑gita should be explained to persons who are ready to accept Krsna as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is a subject matter for the devotees only and not for philosophical speculators. Anyone, however, who tries sincerely to present Bhagavad‑gita as it is will advance in devotional activities and reach the pure devotional state of life. As a result of such pure devotion, he is sure to go back home, back to Godhead."

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Benediction for the teacher/preacher

THEME: One who teaches to Krishna’s devotees gets “pure devotional service” and returns to Krishna

Amongst whom is this Bhagavad-gita discussion is generally recommended
Only amongst devotees
Not for philosophical speculators

Focus of Learning

(a) PRACTICAL APPLICATION: Various categories of persons who cannot understand Bhagavad-gita

Professional commentators – who are envious and explain Bhagavad-gita to make a business
To those who are sensuous
Even if not sensuous but are strictly following the Vedic scriptural disciplines, but if he is not a devotee, he cannot understand Krishna
Even if one poses himself as a devotee, but not engaged in Krishna conscious activities, he cannot understand Krishna

(b) Why different people envy Krishna

Because He is the Supreme and nothing is above or equal to Him

(c) Who should not try to comment on Bhagavad-gita – envious, faithless and those without

understanding of Krishna from authority of a pure devotee

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SECTION IX

There are auspicious results for anyone who encounters the sacred

message of Bhagavad-gita, whether it be through preaching, studying or hearing

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.68 Yah, he who; abhi-dhasyati, will speak of, i.e., will present with the help of the text and its meaning, as I have done to you; imam, this; paramam, highest-that which has Liberation as its purpose; guhyam, secret, as spoken of above-(i.e.) the text in the form of a conversation between Kesava and Arjuna; madbhaktesu, to My devotees-. How will present? This is being stated: Krtva, entertaining; param, supreme; bhaktim, devotion; mayi, to Me, i.e., entertainting an idea thus-'A service is being rendered by me to the Lord who is the supreme Teacher'-. Tho him comes this result: esyati, he will reach; mam, Me; eva, alone. He is certainly freed. No doubt should be entertained in this regard. By the repetition of (the word) bhakti (devotion) [In the word madbhaktesu.], it is understood that one becomes fit for being taught (this) Scripture by virtue of devotion alone to Him. Besides,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.68 Whose expounds or elucidates this supreme mystery to My devotees, he, aciring supreme devotion towards Me, will reach Me only. There is no doubt about this.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.68 See Comment under 18.72
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.68 He who with supreme devotion to Me will teach this supreme secret to My devotees, shall doubtlessly come to Me.
Commentary

18.68 यः who? इमम् this? परमम् supreme? गुह्यम् secret? मद्भक्तेषु in My devotees? अभिधास्यति shall declare? भक्तिम् devotion? मयि in Me? पराम् supreme? कृत्वा having done? माम् to Me? एव even? एष्यति shall come? असंशयः doubtless.Commentary This supreme secret The teachings of the Gita as taught above in the form of a dialogue between Lord Krishna and Arjuna. Why is it called a supreme secret Because it helps one to attain immortality or freedom from the whell of birth and death.He alone? who has devotion? is alified to receive the teachings of the Gita.Teach with the faith that he is thus doing service to the Lord? the Supreme Teacher.Doubtless may also mean freedom from doubts.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.68 He who, entertaining supreme devotion to Me, will speak of this highest secret, to My devotees will without doubt reach Me alone.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.68 But he who teaches this great secret to My devotees, his is the highest devotion, and verily he shall come unto Me.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
He who explains this supreme secret to My devotees performs the highest devotional service — he will come to Me without doubt.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize the merit in spreading the Gītā.
  • Find devotee-audiences who can receive.
  • Treat teaching as devotional service.
Reflection Questions
  • What devotee-audience could I share with?
  • What teaching service is calling?

A lamp that lights other lamps does not lose its brightness — it multiplies it. The one who teaches this Gītā among devotees doubles his own flame; and at the end, the lamp's light returns to the original sun.

Sūta Gosvāmī at Naimiṣāraṇya

Sūta Gosvāmī, having heard the Bhāgavatam from Śukadeva, sat at the long sacrifice in Naimiṣāraṇya and spoke it to Śaunaka and the assembled sages. He embodied this verse: yaḥ idam paramam guhyam mat-bhakteṣu abhidhāsyati.

The entire Bhāgavatam in its current form exists because of Sūta's transmission. The promise of mām eva eṣyati asaṁśayaḥ — coming to Kṛṣṇa without doubt — was sealed in his life by the very act of speaking.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.69

↗
न च तस्मान्मनुष्येषु कश्चिन्मे प्रियकृत्तम: । भविता न च मे तस्मादन्य: प्रियतरो भुवि ॥ ६९ ॥
na ca tasmān manuṣyeṣu
[na cha tasmaan manushyeshu]
kaścin me priya-kṛttamaḥ
[kashchin me priya-krittamah]
bhavitā na ca me tasmād
[bhavitaa na cha me tasmaad]
anyaḥ priya-taro bhuvi
[anyah priya-taro bhuvi]
na — never ca — and tasmāt — than him manuṣyeṣu — among men kaścit — anyone me — to Me priya - kṛt - tamaḥ — more dear bhavitā — will become na — nor ca — and me — to Me tasmāt — than him anyaḥ — another priya - taraḥ — dearer bhuvi — in this world .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
na ca tasmān manuṣyeṣu
na
never
ca
and
tasmāt
than him
manuṣyeṣu
among men
kaścin me priya-kṛttamaḥ
kaścit
anyone
me
to Me
priya - kṛt - tamaḥ
more dear
bhavitā na ca me tasmād
bhavitā
will become
na
nor
ca
and
me
to Me
tasmāt
than him
anyaḥ priya-taro bhuvi
anyaḥ
another
priya - taraḥ
dearer
bhuvi
in this world .
  • tasmāt — than him
    Ablative — *than* the teacher described in the previous verse. The comparison is sharp: no one else is dearer.
  • priya - kṛt - tamaḥ — more dear
    Triple compound from the synonyms list. Priya — beloved; kṛt — doer; tama — superlative. The one who *does* beloved-service most. The verse names a precise spiritual office: chief among the Lord's friends.
  • manuṣyeṣu — among men
    Locative plural. Specifically within the human realm. Among manuṣyas — among those with the rare gift of human birth — this is the highest station.
  • bhavitā — will become
    Future tense — *there will (not) be*. Combined with the verse's negation: not only is there no one dearer now — there will never be. The verse extends across time. The office of Gītā-teacher remains the dearest in every age.
  • priya - taraḥ — dearer
    Compound comparative. Echoes priya-kṛt-tamaḥ. The verse seals its claim twice — once in superlative (priya-kṛt-tamaḥ), once in comparative (priya-taraḥ). Redundancy as emphasis.
There is no servant in this world more dear to Me than he, nor will there ever be one more dear.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
No one among humans is dearer to Kṛṣṇa than the one who shares the Gītā with fellow devotees — nor will there ever be. The double superlative (now and ever) crowns the teacher of devotion.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Continuation of v. 68. The phala-śruti is exceptional: not merely a reward but the highest possible relational status with Kṛṣṇa. Sets the stage for the long tradition of Gītā-pravacana / Bhāgavata-pravacana as soteriologically potent activity. 'Bhavitā' (periphrastic future) makes the claim time-binding into the future as well.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
तस्मात् मनुष्येषु मे प्रिय-कृत्तमः कश्चित् न । तस्मात् अन्यः मे प्रिय-तरः भुवि न भविता च ।
tasmāt manuṣyeṣu me priya-kṛttamaḥ kaścit na | tasmāt anyaḥ me priya-taraḥ bhuvi na bhavitā ca |
And there is no one among humans who does dearer work for Me than he; nor will there be on earth another more dear to Me than he.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
न च तस्मात् मनुष्येषु कश्चित् मे प्रिय-कृत्तमः । भविता न च मे तस्मात् अन्यः प्रिय-तरः भुवि ॥
na ca tasmāt manuṣyeṣu kaścit me priya-kṛttamaḥ | bhavitā na ca me tasmāt anyaḥ priya-taraḥ bhuvi ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
न na ind. (indeclinable) negation not
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
तस्मात् tasmāt तद् (pron. (pronoun)) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. than him
मनुष्येषु manuṣyeṣu मनुष्य (m.) loc.pl. (locative plural) among humans
कश्चित् kaścit किम् (pron. (pronoun)) + चित् nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. anyone
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) to Me
प्रिय-कृत्तमः priya-kṛttamaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) superl. nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. doing the most dear deed
भविता bhavitā √भू fut. (future) 3sg.par. (periph.) will be
अन्यः anyaḥ अन्य (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. another
प्रिय-तरः priya-taraḥ compar. (comparative) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. more dear
भुवि bhuvi भू (f.) loc.sg. (locative singular) on earth
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
69. Among men there is no one so dear to Me. There will never be one dearer to Me than he.
Commentary

There is no other whom I love so much as the person who teaches bhakti.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
69. Among men, there is no one who has satisfied Me as much and never will there be in the future. There has never been one dearer to Me than he in this world, and there will never be in the future.
Commentary

Among all men, there has never been one who satisfies Me (priya kṛttamaḥ) as much as the teacher of the Gītā, nor will there be such a person in the future. There has been no one dearer to Me in this world in the past, and there will be no one dearer in the future.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Benediction for the teacher/preacher

THEME: No one is a more dear servant to Me than he (As mentioned in 18.68), nor will there ever be one

more dear

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.69 Ca, and; tasmat, as compared with him, with the one who hands down the Scripture; na kascit, none else; manusyesu, among human beings; is priya-krt-tamah, the best accomplisher of what is dear; me, to Me, i.e., among the present human beings, surely none else other than him exists who is a better accomplisher of what I cherish. Moreover, na bhavita, nor will there be in future; anyah, anyone else, a second person; bhuvi, in he world, here; priyatarah, dearer; tasmat, than him. [It may be argued that, since for a seeker of Liberation meditation is the best means for It, therefore he will have no inclination to transmit scriptural teachings. To this the Lord's answer is: One longing for Liberation has a duty to impart this scriptural teaching to one possessing the aforesaid alities.]
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.69 There never exists nor has existed anyone other than such a person as described, who does greater service to Me than he. In the future too, there will not be another such. The first reference is to those who are not worthy to hear the Gita. It is meant to teach that explaining it to them is more displeasing to the Lord than not teaching to those who are worthy.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.69 See Comment under 18.72
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.69 Nor is there any among men who does dearer service to Me, nor shall there be another on earth dearer to Me than he.
Commentary

18.69 न not? च and? तस्मात् than he? मनुष्येषु among men? कश्चित् any? मे of Me? प्रियकृत्तमः one who does dearer service? भविता shall be? न not? च and? मे of Me? तस्मात् than he? अन्यः another? प्रियतरः dearer? भुवि on the earth.Commentary He who hands down this Gita to My devotees does immense service to Me. He is very dear to Me. There is none in the present generation who des dearer service to Me? nor shall there be in future also in this world.Bhuvi On earth in this world.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.69 And as compared with him, none else among human beings is the best accomplisher of what is dear to Me. Moreover, nor will there be anyone else in the world dearer to Me than he.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.69 Nor is there among men any who can perform a service dearer to Me than this, or any man on earth more beloved by Me than he.
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Kshama (Forgiveness / Patience)Anahankarah (Freedom from False Ego)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)Svadhyaya (Self-study & Scripture Study)
Related verses
There is no servant in this world more dear to Me than he, nor will there ever be one more dear.
Practical Applications
  • Receive the affection: spreading the Gītā makes you most dear to Kṛṣṇa.
  • Trust the love behind this verse.
  • Use it as motivation.
Reflection Questions
  • Has Kṛṣṇa's love motivated me as much as my own preferences?
  • What does this verse open?

Among countless servants of a great king, the one most beloved is the one who carries the king's voice to his children. So with the teacher of the Gītā: no servant of the Lord ranks higher than the one who hands the Lord's own words forward.

Vyāsadeva

Vyāsadeva compiled the Vedas, composed the Mahābhārata (within which the Gītā sits), and dictated the Bhāgavatam. By 18.69's standard he is na tasmāt manuṣyeṣu kaścit me priya-kṛt-tamaḥ — none more dear in the human realm.

The Gauḍīya tradition holds Vyāsa-pūjā precisely because of this verse: the one who transmits the Gītā to subsequent generations is incomparably dear to Kṛṣṇa.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.70

↗
अध्येष्यते च य इमं धर्म्यं संवादमावयो: । ज्ञानयज्ञेन तेनाहमिष्ट: स्यामिति मे मति: ॥ ७० ॥
adhyeṣyate ca ya imaṁ
[adhyeshyate cha ya imam]
dharmyaṁ saṁvādam āvayoḥ
[dharmyam samvaadam aavayoh]
jñāna-yajñena tenāham
[jnaana-yajnena tenaaham]
iṣṭaḥ syām iti me matiḥ
[ishtah syaam iti me matih]
adhyeṣyate — will study ca — also yaḥ — he who imam — this dharmyam — sacred saṁvādam — conversation āvayoḥ — of ours jñāna — of knowledge yajñena — by the sacrifice tena — by him aham — I iṣṭaḥ — worshiped syām — shall be iti — thus me — My matiḥ — opinion .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
adhyeṣyate ca ya imaṁ
adhyeṣyate
will study
ca
also
yaḥ
he who
imam
this
dharmyaṁ saṁvādam āvayoḥ
dharmyam
sacred
saṁvādam
conversation
āvayoḥ
of ours
jñāna-yajñena tenāham
jñāna
of knowledge
yajñena
by the sacrifice
tena
by him
aham
I
iṣṭaḥ syām iti me matiḥ
iṣṭaḥ
worshiped
syām
shall be
iti
thus
me
My
matiḥ
opinion .
  • adhyeṣyate — will study
    Future passive. The specific verb for serious textual study — adhi-i, to study. Not casual reading but disciplined engagement. The verse honors the studious reader.
  • dharmyam — sacred
    Adjective. With saṁvādam: the dharmic conversation. Dharmya — in accord with dharma. The verse identifies the Gītā as a *dharmic dialogue*, not as a treatise.
  • āvayoḥ — of us two
    Genitive dual. *Our* conversation — between Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna together. The Gītā is repeatedly framed as a two-person event, and the verse preserves that intimate quality.
  • yajñena — by the sacrifice
    Instrumental. With jñāna: by the sacrifice of knowledge. The study itself is *the* sacrifice. The verse re-categorizes scriptural study as a form of yajña — equal in standing to fire-rituals.
  • iṣṭaḥ — worshiped
    Past participle. *I — Kṛṣṇa personally — am worshiped* through this jñāna-yajña. The verse personalizes the reward: study reaches the Lord directly.
And I declare that he who studies this sacred conversation of ours worships Me by his intelligence.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Even reading-study of this dialogue is itself a jñāna-yajña — a knowledge-sacrifice that worships Kṛṣṇa. Recitation and study of the Gītā are valid pūjā. So Kṛṣṇa himself declares.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The verse names svādhyāya of the Gītā as a sacrifice. 'Mat-iti'-framed Self-declaration — 'iti me matiḥ' — is exceptionally rare and weighty. Establishes scriptural recitation as itself a soteriological act. Cf. 4.28 jñāna-yajña; here the text becomes its own yajña-form.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यः च इमं आवयोः धर्म्यं संवादम् अध्येष्यते, तेन अहं ज्ञान-यज्ञेन इष्टः स्याम् — इति मे मतिः ।
yaḥ ca imaṃ āvayoḥ dharmyaṃ saṃvādam adhyeṣyate, tena ahaṃ jñāna-yajñena iṣṭaḥ syām — iti me matiḥ |
And whoever shall study this dharma-laden conversation of ours — by him I shall be worshiped through the sacrifice of knowledge: that is My view.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
अध्येष्यते च यः इमं धर्म्यं संवादम् आवयोः । ज्ञान-यज्ञेन तेन अहम् इष्टः स्याम् इति मे मतिः ॥
adhyeṣyate ca yaḥ imaṃ dharmyaṃ saṃvādam āvayoḥ | jñāna-yajñena tena aham iṣṭaḥ syām iti me matiḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
अध्येष्यते adhyeṣyate अधि + √इ fut. (future) 3sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) will study
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
यः yaḥ यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. who
इमम् imam इदम् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. this
धर्म्यम् dharmyam धर्म्य (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. dharma-laden
संवादम् saṃvādam संवाद (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) dialogue
आवयोः āvayoḥ अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.du. (genitive dual) of us two
ज्ञान-यज्ञेन jñāna-yajñena tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)m. by jñāna-yajña
तेन tena तद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)m. by him
अहम् aham अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular) I
इष्टः iṣṭaḥ √यज् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. worshiped
स्याम् syām √अस् opt. (optative) 1sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) may be
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of Me
मतिः matiḥ मति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) view
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
70. It is My conviction that he who studies this sacred conversation between us two will have worshipped Me through the sacrifice of knowledge. [Note: In chapter four Kṛṣṇa stated the the sacrifice of knowledge was superior to the sacrifice of materials.]
Commentary

This verse speaks of the results of studying this scripture.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
70. It is my conviction that he who studies this sacred conversation between us two will have worshipped Me through the sacrifice of knowledge. [Note: In chapter four Kṛṣṇa stated the the sacrifice of knowledge was superior to the sacrifice of materials.]
Commentary

This verse describes the results for one who studies the Gītā. I will have been worshipped (iṣṭaḥ) by the jñāna yajña described previously in chapter four, just by the study of the Gītā. This is my opinion. I am easily attained by the person who studies the Gītā.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Benediction for the student

THEME: “One who studies this sacred conversion of ours, worships Me by his intelligence”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.70 Ca, and; even he yah, who; adhyesyate, will study; imam, this; samvadam, conversation, the text in the form of a dialogue; between avayoh, us two; which is dharmyam, conducive to virtue, not divorced from virtue; tena, by him; this will be accomplished through that study; aham, I; syam, shall be; istah, adored; jnana-yajnena, through the Sacrifice in the form of Knowledge. Iti, this is me, My; matih, judgement. As compared with the various sacrifices, viz rituals, loud prayer, prayer uttered in a low voice and mental prayer, the Sacrifice in the from of Knowledge is the best [See 4.33.] because it is mental. Hence, the study of the scripture Gita is praised as that Sacrifice in the form of Knowledge. Or, this (verse) may merely be a judgement about the result. The idea is that the result of the study is comparable to the result of the Sacrifice in the form of the knowledge of gods and others. Now, this is the reward for the hearer:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.70 He who will study the dialogue between us, which is consistent with the path to realisation, by him I shall be worshipped through the sacrifice of knowledge. Such is My view. The meaning is that whateve sacrifice of knowledge is taught herein, by that I shall become worshipped by the mere fact of its study.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.70 See Comment under 18.72
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.70 And he who will study this sacred dialogue of ours, by him I shall have been worshipped by the sacrifice of wisdom, such is My conviction.
Commentary

18.70 अध्येष्यते shall study? च and? यः who? इमम् this? धर्म्यम् sacred? संवादम् dialogue? आवयोः of ours? ज्ञानयज्ञेन by the sacrifice of wisdom? तेन by him? अहम् I? इष्टः worshipped? स्याम् (I) shall have been? इति thus? मे My? मतिः conviction. Commentary There are four kinds of sacrifice -- Vidhi? Japa? Upamsu and Manasa. Vidhi is ritual. Japa is recitation of a Mantra. Upamsu is Japa done in a whisper. Of the four kinds? JnanaYajna or the wisdomsacrifice comes under Manasa and is? therefore? the highest. The Gita is eulogised as a JnanaYajna. He who studies this scripture with faith and devotion will attain the fruit that is eal to that of performing JnanaYajna or meditation on a deity and the like.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.70 And he who will study this sacred conversation between us two, which is conducive to virtue, by him I shall be adored through the Sacrifice in the form of Knowledge. This is My judgement.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.70 He who will study this spiritual discourse of ours, I assure thee, he shall thereby worship Me at the altar of Wisdom.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Dana (Charity / Generosity)Kshama (Forgiveness / Patience)Aparigraha (Non-possessiveness)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Yajña (Sacrifice / Spirit of Offering)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)
Related verses
Concepts
YajnaDharma
Whoever studies this sacred conversation between us — by him I am worshipped through sacrifice of knowledge.
Practical Applications
  • Treat your reading of the Gītā as a yajña — knowledge-sacrifice.
  • Don't read it like ordinary literature.
  • Honor the conversation.
Reflection Questions
  • Have I been reading like ordinary literature?
  • What sacramental shift is offered?

A scholar of sacred texts who studies the Gītā with attentive devotion offers a jñāna-yajña — the fire of his attention is itself the sacrificial flame. The text is the altar; the study is the oblation; the Lord receives the offering as worship.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.71

↗
श्रद्धावाननसूयश्च श‍ृणुयादपि यो नर: । सोऽपि मुक्त: शुभाँल्ल‍ोकान्प्राप्‍नुयात्पुण्यकर्मणाम् ॥ ७१ ॥
śraddhāvān anasūyaś ca
[shraddhaavaan anasooyash cha]
śṛṇuyād api yo naraḥ
[shrinuyaad api yo narah]
so ’pi muktaḥ śubhāḻ lokān
[so ’pi muktah shubhaaḻ lokaan]
prāpnuyāt puṇya-karmaṇām
[praapnuyaat punya-karmanaam]
śraddhā - vān — faithful anasūyaḥ — not envious ca — and śṛṇuyāt — does hear api — certainly yaḥ — who naraḥ — a man saḥ — he api — also muktaḥ — being liberated śubhān — the auspicious lokān — planets prāpnuyāt — he attains puṇya - karmaṇām — of the pious .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śraddhāvān anasūyaś ca
śraddhā - vān
faithful
anasūyaḥ
not envious
ca
and
śṛṇuyād api yo naraḥ
śṛṇuyāt
does hear
api
certainly
so ’pi muktaḥ śubhāḻ lokān
prāpnuyāt puṇya-karmaṇām
yaḥ
who
naraḥ
a man
saḥ
he
api
also
muktaḥ
being liberated
śubhān
the auspicious
lokān
planets
prāpnuyāt
he attains
puṇya - karmaṇām
of the pious .
  • śraddhā-vān — faithful
    Compound noun. The first qualifier of the hearer — having śraddhā. Without faith, even hearing produces no purification. With faith, hearing alone is enough.
  • anasūyaḥ — non-envious
    Negative compound. The second qualifier — without asūyā (envy/spite toward Kṛṣṇa or the teaching). The same disqualification as verse 67, now stated positively for the qualified hearer.
  • śṛṇuyāt — (would) hear
    Optative — *should hear* / *if one hears*. The verb governs the whole verse. Mere hearing — not full study, not teaching — is the act being rewarded here.
  • muktaḥ — being liberated (from sin)
    Past participle. The first reward — *already* liberated from sin by the act of faithful hearing. The verse compresses an enormous purification into a small act.
  • lokān — the planets
    Accusative plural. With śubhān: the auspicious worlds. The second reward — auspicious destinations. The verse promises both purification (now) and destination (later) for the faithful hearer.
And one who listens with faith and without envy becomes free from sinful reactions and attains to the auspicious planets where the pious dwell.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Even mere faithful hearing — without yet practicing or fully understanding — earns release from sin and access to auspicious worlds. The minimum bar for benefit is set very low: śraddhā plus non-resentment.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Lower-bound phala-śruti, matching the upper-bound of vv. 68-69. Two minimal conditions — faith (śraddhā) and absence of envy (anasūyatā) — open the door to the puṇya-loka payoff. Even partial reception of the teaching is salvific. The verse encloses a spectrum: study, hearing, transmission — each level rewarded.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
श्रद्धावान् अनसूयः च यः नरः शृणुयात् अपि, सः अपि मुक्तः पुण्य-कर्मणां शुभान् लोकान् प्राप्नुयात् ।
śraddhāvān anasūyaḥ ca yaḥ naraḥ śṛṇuyāt api, saḥ api muktaḥ puṇya-karmaṇāṃ śubhān lokān prāpnuyāt |
And the person who, faithful and non-resentful, even merely hears it — he too, liberated, would attain the auspicious worlds of those whose deeds are virtuous.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
श्रद्धावान् अनसूयः च शृणुयात् अपि यः नरः । सः अपि मुक्तः शुभान् लोकान् प्राप्नुयात् पुण्य-कर्मणाम् ॥
śraddhāvān anasūyaḥ ca śṛṇuyāt api yaḥ naraḥ | saḥ api muktaḥ śubhān lokān prāpnuyāt puṇya-karmaṇām ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
श्रद्धावान् śraddhāvān श्रद्धावत् (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. faith-endowed
अनसूयः anasūyaḥ अन् + असूय (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. non-resentful
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
शृणुयात् śṛṇuyāt √श्रु opt. (optative) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) may hear
अपि api ind. (indeclinable) even
यः yaḥ यद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. who
नरः naraḥ नर (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) person
सः saḥ तद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. he
मुक्तः muktaḥ √मुच् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. liberated
शुभान् śubhān शुभ (adj.) acc.pl. (accusative plural)m. auspicious
लोकान् lokān लोक (m.) acc.pl. (accusative plural) worlds
प्राप्नुयात् prāpnuyāt प्र + √आप् opt. (optative) 3sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) would attain
पुण्य-कर्मणाम् puṇya-karmaṇām tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) gen.pl. (genitive plural)m. of those of pious deeds

In the sixty-seventh verse of this chapter, the Lord explicitly forbade the Gītā’s being spoken to those who are envious of the Lord. In other words, Bhagavad-gītā is for the devotees only. But it so happens that sometimes a devotee of the Lord will hold open class, and in that class not all the students are expected to be devotees. Why do such persons hold open class? It is explained here that although not everyone is a devotee, still there are many men who are not envious of Kṛṣṇa. They have faith in Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If such persons hear from a bona fide devotee about the Lord, the result is that they become at once free from all sinful reactions and after that attain to the planetary system where all righteous persons are situated. Therefore simply by hearing Bhagavad-gītā, even a person who does not try to be a pure devotee attains the result of righteous activities. Thus a pure devotee of the Lord gives everyone a chance to become free from all sinful reactions and to become a devotee of the Lord. Generally those who are free from sinful reactions, those who are righteous, very easily take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. The word puṇya-karmaṇām is very significant here. This refers to the performance of great sacrifices, like the aśvamedha-yajña, mentioned in the Vedic literature. Those who are righteous in performing devotional service but who are not pure can attain the planetary system of the polestar, or Dhruvaloka, where Dhruva Mahārāja is presiding. He is a great devotee of the Lord, and he has a special planet, which is called the polestar.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
71. Even that person who, being full of faith, without envy, just hears this teaching, will become free of sin and attain the auspicious world of devotees.
Commentary

This verse states the results of hearing the Gītā .

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
71. And that person who, being full of faith, without envy, just hears this teaching will become free of sin and attain the auspicious world of devotees.
Commentary

This verse describes the result for the hearer of the Gītā. He who hears with faith alone, without envy—not finding fault in it by thinking “What is the purpose of his reciting?” or “Why does he recites an inaccurate text in a loud voice,” becomes free of all sins, and will attain the planets of those who perform aśvamedha sacrifices, or the planets of the devotees such as Dhruvaloka, the variety of vaikuṇthas.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Translation
And one who listens with faith and without envy becomes free from sinful reactions and attains to the auspicious planets where the pious dwell. (cn) Not only one who studies but even one who hears, as long as he hears without envy, is greatly benefited. And Srila Prabhupada explains in his Purport: "In the sixty‑ seventh verse of this chapter, the Lord explicitly forbade the Gita's being spoken to those who are envious of the Lord. In other words, Bhagavad‑gita is for the devotees only. But it so happens that sometimes a devotee of the Lord will hold open class, and in that class not all the students are expected to be devotees. Why do such persons hold open class? It is explained here that although not everyone is a devotee, still there are many men who are not envious of Krsna. They have faith in Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If such persons hear from a bona fide devotee about the Lord, the result is that they become at once free from all sinful reactions and after that attain to the planetary system where all righteous persons are situated. Therefore simply by hearing Bhagavad‑gita, even a person who does not try to be a pure devotee attains the result of righteous activities. Thus a pure devotee of the Lord gives everyone a chance to become free from all sinful reactions and to become a devotee of the Lord."
Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Benediction for the student

THEME: If one hears with faith and without envy

He becomes free from sinful reaction
He attains to the auspicious planets where the pious dwells

SUMMARISED THEME 18B

WHAT TO DO WITH THE KNOWLEDGE GIVEN IN BHAGAVAD-GITA

A) Distribute it

Then pure devotional service is guaranteed
One will go to Krishna

B) Study it

This is worship with one’s intelligence

C) Hear it with faith and without envy. It results in:

Freedom from sinful reactions
Attain to the auspicious planets where the pious dwell.
Focus of Learning

(a) Why a devotee holds open classes if 18.67 recommends that one should not preach to the

envious

Although everyone is not a devotee still many men are non-envious
They have faith in Him as Supreme Personality of Godhead
Result - Hearing from a bona-fide devotee will free them from sinful reactions and they will attain to the planets of righteous persons
Even a person who does not try to be a pure devotee attains the results of righteous activities

(b) Importance of “Punya-Karmanam”

It refers to the performance of great sacrifices like ‘Asvamedha-yajna’
Those righteous in performing devotional service but not pure, can attain the planetary system of Pole-Star, Dhruvaloka
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.71 Yah narah, any man who; being sraddhavan, reverential; and anasuyah, free from cavilling; srnuyat api, might even hear this text-the word even suggests that one who knows the meaning (of the Scripture) hardly needs to be mentioned-; sah api, he too; becoming muktah, free from sin; prapnuyat, shall attain; subhan, the blessed, auspicious; lokan, worlds; punya-karmanam, of those who perform virtuous deeds, of those who perform rites like Agnihotra etc. In order to ascertaini whether or not the disciple has comprehended the meaning of the Scripture, the Lord asks (the following estion), the intention of the estioner beings, 'If it is known that it has not been comprehended, I shall again make him grasp it through other means.' Hery is shown the duty of the teacher that a student should be made to achieve his goal by taking the help of a different method.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.71 A man who, with faith and without cavilling, hears the Gita when faught by a alified teacher, he too is, by such hearing, released from all evil incompatible with devotional life. He shall reach the Lokas, i.e., the realms of the hosts of My devotees who have done virtuous acts, and who will facilitate the growth of devotion in these new arrivals and lead them ultimately to liberation.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.71 See Comment under 18.72
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.71 Also the man who hears this, full of faith and free from malice, he, too, liberated, shall attain to the happy worlds of those of righteous deeds.
Commentary

18.71 श्रद्धावान् full of faith? अनसूयः free from malice? च and? श्रृणुयात् may hear? अपि also? यः who? नरः man? सः he? अपि also? मुक्तः liberated? शुभान् happy? लोकान् worlds? प्राप्नुयात् shall attain? पुण्यकर्मणाम् of those of righteous deeds.Commentary Liberated from sin.Punyakarmanam Of those who have done Agnihotra and such other sacrifices.He too Much more so who understands the teachings of the Gita? lives in its spirit and who practises the most valuable spiritual instructions contained in it.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.71 Any man who, being reverential and free from cavilling, might even hear (this), he too, becoming free, shall attain the blessed worlds of those who perform virtuous deeds.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.71 Yea, he who listens to it with faith and without doubt, even he, freed from evil, shalt rise to the worlds which the virtuous attain through righteous deeds.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Even one who only listens with faith, free of envy, becomes liberated from sin and attains pious worlds.
Practical Applications
  • Listen to the Gītā regularly, even when you can't read.
  • Pair audio with daily routines.
  • Trust hearing as a complete practice.
Reflection Questions
  • What audio practice could I add?
  • What time naturally suits hearing?

A traveler stops by the river to listen — and not even to recite, only to listen — and the river's holy water washes him as fully as if he had bathed in it. Hearing the Gītā with faith is precisely such a bath in flowing speech.

📝 My note

Section 10 (18.72–18.73)
ARJUNA IS FIRMLY FIXED
Section overview
After hearing Bhagavad-gita, Arjuna is fixed and determined to act according to Krishna’s instructions

Bhagavad-gītā 18.72

↗
कच्च‍िदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा । कच्च‍िदज्ञानसम्मोह: प्रणष्टस्ते धनञ्जय ॥ ७२ ॥
kaccid etac chrutaṁ pārtha
[kachchid etach chrutam paartha]
tvayaikāgreṇa cetasā
[tvayaikaagrena chetasaa]
kaccid ajñāna-sammohaḥ
[kachchid ajnaana-sammohah]
praṇaṣṭas te dhanañ-jaya
[pranashtas te dhanan-jaya]
kaccit — whether etat — this śrutam — heard pārtha — O son of Pṛthā tvayā — by you eka - agreṇa — with full attention cetasā — by the mind kaccit — whether ajñāna — of ignorance sammohaḥ — the illusion praṇaṣṭaḥ — dispelled te — of you dhanam - jaya — O conqueror of wealth (Arjuna) .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kaccid etac chrutaṁ pārtha
kaccit
whether
etat
this
śrutam
heard
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
tvayaikāgreṇa cetasā
tvayā
by you
eka - agreṇa
with full attention
cetasā
by the mind
kaccid ajñāna-sammohaḥ
kaccit
whether
ajñāna
of ignorance
sammohaḥ
the illusion
praṇaṣṭas te dhanañ-jaya
praṇaṣṭaḥ
dispelled
te
of you
dhanam - jaya
O conqueror of wealth (Arjuna) .
  • kaccit — whether
    Interrogative particle. Soft, careful. The verse asks a yes-or-no question that allows the student to answer truly. Kṛṣṇa does not assume comprehension; he checks.
  • eka - agreṇa — with full attention
    Compound instrumental. Eka-agra — single-tipped. The verse asks not merely whether Arjuna heard but whether he heard with *concentrated* attention. Quality of listening is at issue.
  • sammohaḥ — the illusion
    From sam-muh — to be thoroughly bewildered. The specific moha — the bewilderment of 1.46 territory that opened the Gītā. The verse asks whether the original problem has been resolved.
  • praṇaṣṭaḥ — is dispelled
    Past participle — pra-naṣṭa, utterly destroyed. Kṛṣṇa wants to know whether the illusion has been *destroyed*, not merely shaken. The threshold is high.
  • dhanam-jaya — O conqueror of wealth
    Address. Kṛṣṇa uses Arjuna's victory-name precisely at the moment of testing whether the inner victory has occurred. The address itself is gentle encouragement.
O son of Pṛthā, O conqueror of wealth, have you heard this with an attentive mind? And are your ignorance and illusions now dispelled?
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Kṛṣṇa pauses to ask: did you take it in? Has your delusion-born confusion gone? The teaching now requires the student's verbal confirmation. The dialogue's pedagogical arc closes on consent.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The double 'kaccit' — one for attention, one for transformation — recapitulates the chapter-1 problem (delusion-grief) and checks whether the Gītā has done its work. The teacher's humility is striking: even after 700 verses he asks rather than assumes. Cf. the opening confession of Arjuna at 2.7.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे पार्थ! कच्चित् त्वया एकाग्रेण चेतसा एतत् श्रुतम् । हे धनञ्जय! कच्चित् ते अज्ञान-सम्मोहः प्रणष्टः?
he pārtha! kaccit tvayā ekāgreṇa cetasā etat śrutam | he dhanañjaya! kaccit te ajñāna-sammohaḥ praṇaṣṭaḥ?
O Pārtha, has this been heard by you with one-pointed mind? O Dhanañjaya, has your delusion-from-ignorance been destroyed?
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
कच्चित् एतत् श्रुतं पार्थ त्वया एकाग्रेण चेतसा । कच्चित् अज्ञान-सम्मोहः प्रणष्टः ते धनञ्जय ॥
kaccit etat śrutaṃ pārtha tvayā ekāgreṇa cetasā | kaccit ajñāna-sammohaḥ praṇaṣṭaḥ te dhanañjaya ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
कच्चित् kaccit ind. (indeclinable) interr. (interrogative) perhaps?, has it?
एतत् etat एतद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. this
श्रुतम् śrutam √श्रु p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)n. heard
पार्थ pārtha पार्थ (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O Pārtha
त्वया tvayā युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by you
एकाग्रेण ekāgreṇa एकाग्र (adj.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular)n. with one-pointed
चेतसा cetasā चेतस् (n.) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) mind
अज्ञान-सम्मोहः ajñāna-sammohaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. ignorance-delusion
प्रणष्टः praṇaṣṭaḥ प्र + √नश् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. destroyed
ते te युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) your
धनञ्जय dhanañjaya tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) voc.sg. (vocative singular)m. O winner of wealth

The Lord was acting as the spiritual master of Arjuna. Therefore it was His duty to inquire from Arjuna whether he understood the whole Bhagavad-gītā in its proper perspective. If not, the Lord was ready to re-explain any point, or the whole Bhagavad-gītā if so required. Actually, anyone who hears Bhagavad-gītā from a bona fide spiritual master like Kṛṣṇa or His representative will find that all his ignorance is dispelled. Bhagavad-gītā is not an ordinary book written by a poet or fiction writer; it is spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Any person fortunate enough to hear these teachings from Kṛṣṇa or from His bona fide spiritual representative is sure to become a liberated person and get out of the darkness of ignorance.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
72. O son of Pṛthā, have you heard this with close attention? O conqueror of wealth, have your ignorance and bewilderment been destroyed?
Commentary

The Lord speaks this verse with the intention of teaching it again to Arjuna, if he were unable to grasp the meaning fully.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
72. O son of Pṛthā, have you heard this with close attention? O conqueror of wealth, have your ignorance and bewilderment been destroyed?
Commentary

Thus the scripture and glorification of speaking and hearing it have been spoken. The Lord now asks about the comprehension of the meaning of the scripture and the realization of the scripture. kaccid is an indeclinable particle indicating a question. If you have not completely understood, then I will again teach it. That is the intention of the question.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

If Krsna, the teacher, is asking Arjuna, His student: "Do you understand now what you have to do? Have you heard properly?" And why is Krsna asking this? ‑ Because, out of His great patience and affection for His student Arjuna who was surrender to Him, if Arjuna haven't been able to understand, Krsna was fully prepared to explain the entire Bhagavad‑gita again.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Krishna asks if, Bhagavad-gita has freed Arjuna from ignorance and illusion

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.72 O Partha, kaccit etat, has this that has been said by Me; been srutam, listened to, grasped through hearing; ekagrena, with a none-pointed; cetasa, mind? Or have you been inattentive? O Dhananjaya, kaccit, has; te, your; ajnana-sammohah, delusion caused by ignorance, bewilderment, natural indiscrimination; been pranastah, destroyed, for which purpose has there been this effort on your part for hearing the Scripture, and on My part, the effort of being a teacher?
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.72 O Arjuna, have you heard attentively all that I have taught? Has your delusion caused by ignorance, been dispelled - that ignorance deluded by which you said, 'I shall not fight'?
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.68-72 Ya idam etc. upto Dhananjaya. The very act of explaining this among My devotees is itself an act of cultivating devotion towards Me. Whosoever shall declare etc : Whosoever directs the mind [of the devotees] by face to face method, following the best procedure prescribed in the scriptures; i.e., he who shall impart [this knowledge] - he becomes one with Me. This is an injunction [concerning the result] and not a sentence of praise. Likewise is [the case] in other places also.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.72 Has this been heard, O Arjuna, with one-pointed mind? Has the delusion of thy ignorance been destroyed, O Dhananjaya?
Commentary

18.72 कच्चित् whether? एतत् this? श्रुतम् heard? पार्थ O son of Kunti (Arjuna)? त्वया by thee? एकाग्रेण onepointed? चेतसा by mind? कच्चित् whether? अज्ञानसंमोहः the delusion of ignorance? प्रनष्टः has been destroyed? ते thy? धनञ्जय O Dhananjaya.Commentary It is the duty of the spiritual teacher or preceptor to make the aspirant understand the teaching of the scripture and to enable him to attain the goal of life (Moksha). If the student has not grasped the subject he will have to explain it in some other way with similes? analogies and illustrations. That is the reason why Lord Krishna asks Arjuna Has the delusion of thy ignorance been destroyedThis What I have told thee.Have you heard it? O Arjuna? with onepointed mind Have you grasped My teachingDelusion of ignorance The absence of discrimination which is caused by ignorance and which is natural. The destruction of delusion is the aim of all this endeavour on your part to hear the scripture and the exertion on My part as the teacher.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.72 O Partha, has this been listened to by you with a one-pointed mind? O Dhananjaya, has your delusion caused by ignorance been destroyed?
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.72 O Arjuna! Hast thou listened attentively to My words? Has thy ignorance and thy delusion gone?
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Arjava (Simplicity / Straightforwardness)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 2.7 BG 2.11 BG 4.35 SB 1.7.5 SB 11.29.41 SB 11.23.61 CC Madhya 24.320 CC Madhya 8.280 CC Madhya 6.254 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 2.3.16Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.9
Have you, with concentrated mind, heard this? Has your illusion of ignorance been dispelled, O Dhanañjaya?
Practical Applications
  • Periodically check yourself: has my own confusion been dispelled by what I've read?
  • If not, re-read.
  • Don't pretend dispelling that hasn't happened.
Reflection Questions
  • What confusion has the Gītā dispelled in me?
  • What confusion remains?

A teacher who has poured out a long instruction pauses to check: has the cup actually filled? Or has the listener been holding the cup at an angle? Kṛṣṇa's question is gentle but precise — he wants the student's own verification before they part.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.73

↗
नष्टो मोह: स्मृतिर्लब्धा त्वत्प्रसादान्मयाच्युत । स्थितोऽस्मि गतसन्देह: करिष्ये वचनं तव ॥ ७३ ॥
arjuna uvāca
[arjuna uvaacha]
naṣṭo mohaḥ smṛtir labdhā
[nashto mohah smritir labdhaa]
tvat-prasādān mayācyuta
[tvat-prasaadaan mayaachyuta]
sthito ’smi gata-sandehaḥ
[sthito ’smi gata-sandehah]
kariṣye vacanaṁ tava
[karishye vachanam tava]
arjunaḥ uvāca — Arjuna said naṣṭaḥ — dispelled mohaḥ — illusion smṛtiḥ — memory labdhā — regained tvat - prasādāt — by Your mercy mayā — by me acyuta — O infallible Kṛṣṇa sthitaḥ — situated asmi — I am gata — removed sandehaḥ — all doubts kariṣye — I shall execute vacanam — order tava — Your .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
arjuna uvāca
arjunaḥ uvāca
Arjuna said
naṣṭo mohaḥ smṛtir labdhā
naṣṭaḥ
dispelled
mohaḥ
illusion
smṛtiḥ
memory
labdhā
regained
tvat-prasādān mayācyuta
tvat - prasādāt
by Your mercy
mayā
by me
acyuta
O infallible Kṛṣṇa
sthito ’smi gata-sandehaḥ
sthitaḥ
situated
asmi
I am
gata
removed
sandehaḥ
all doubts
kariṣye vacanaṁ tava
kariṣye
I shall execute
vacanam
order
tava
Your .
  • naṣṭaḥ — dispelled
    Past participle of naś — to be destroyed. With mohaḥ: illusion dispelled. The literal echo of Kṛṣṇa's question. Moha — same word that opened Arjuna's complaint in chapter 1 — is now *naṣṭa*.
  • smṛtiḥ — memory
    With labdhā: memory regained. Not merely 'I now understand' but *I remember*. The Gauḍīya reading: smṛti is the soul's remembrance of its own eternal nature and its relationship with Kṛṣṇa.
  • tvat - prasādāt — by Your mercy
    Compound ablative. Arjuna assigns credit precisely — *by Your grace*, not by my study. The verse models the surrendered disciple's response: the awakening is the teacher's gift.
  • sandehaḥ — all doubts
    From sam-dih — to plaster over, confuse. With gata: doubts *gone*. Arjuna's specific opening complaint (2.6: 'I do not know what is best') has been answered. The chapter pattern of chinna-saṁśaya (verse 10) becomes his condition.
  • kariṣye — I shall execute
    Future tense. With vacanam tava: I shall execute Your word. The whole Gītā has been aiming at this sentence. *I shall act*. The teaching's success is verified not in claims of understanding but in the disciple's resumed action.
Arjuna said: My dear Kṛṣṇa, O infallible one, my illusion is now gone. I have regained my memory by Your mercy. I am now firm and free from doubt and am prepared to act according to Your instructions.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Arjuna's final reply: delusion gone, memory restored, doubts cut, ready to act on Kṛṣṇa's word. Three crisp verbs cancel three problems of chapter 1: moha lost, smṛti gained, sandeha departed. The Gītā has done its work.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The minimal but complete confession. 'Smṛti' (remembrance — of one's true svarūpa and dharma) is restored, answering Kṛṣṇa's own diagnosis at 15.15 ('matta smṛtir jñānam'). 'Kariṣye vacanaṁ tava' is the operative ending of the human-side dialogue: the surrender of v. 66 is verbally accepted. The narrative now passes back to Sañjaya.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे अच्युत! त्वत्-प्रसादात् मया मोहः नष्टः, स्मृतिः लब्धा । स्थितः अस्मि गत-सन्देहः । तव वचनं करिष्ये ।
he acyuta! tvat-prasādāt mayā mohaḥ naṣṭaḥ, smṛtiḥ labdhā | sthitaḥ asmi gata-sandehaḥ | tava vacanaṃ kariṣye |
O Acyuta, by Your grace my delusion is destroyed, memory regained. I stand, my doubts gone. I shall do Your word.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
अर्जुनः उवाच
arjunaḥ uvāca
नष्टः मोहः स्मृतिः लब्धा त्वत्-प्रसादात् मया अच्युत । स्थितः अस्मि गत-सन्देहः करिष्ये वचनं तव ॥
naṣṭaḥ mohaḥ smṛtiḥ labdhā tvat-prasādāt mayā acyuta | sthitaḥ asmi gata-sandehaḥ kariṣye vacanaṃ tava ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
नष्टः naṣṭaḥ √नश् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. destroyed
मोहः mohaḥ मोह (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) delusion
स्मृतिः smṛtiḥ स्मृति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) memory
लब्धा labdhā √लभ् p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. obtained
त्वत्-प्रसादात् tvat-prasādāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. by Your grace
मया mayā अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) ins.sg. (instrumental singular) by me
अच्युत acyuta अच्युत (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O Infallible
स्थितः sthitaḥ √स्था p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. standing
अस्मि asmi √अस् pres. (present) 1sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) I am
गत-सन्देहः gata-sandehaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. doubt-departed
करिष्ये kariṣye √कृ fut. (future) 1sg.ātm. (ātmanepada / middle voice) I shall do
वचनम् vacanam वचन (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) word
तव tava युष्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) Your

The constitutional position of a living entity, represented by Arjuna, is that he has to act according to the order of the Supreme Lord. He is meant for self-discipline. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu says that the actual position of the living entity is that of eternal servant of the Supreme Lord. Forgetting this principle, the living entity becomes conditioned by material nature, but in serving the Supreme Lord he becomes the liberated servant of God. The living entity’s constitutional position is to be a servitor; he has to serve either the illusory māyā or the Supreme Lord. If he serves the Supreme Lord he is in his normal condition, but if he prefers to serve the illusory, external energy, then certainly he will be in bondage. In illusion the living entity is serving in this material world. He is bound by his lust and desires, yet he thinks of himself as the master of the world. This is called illusion. When a person is liberated, his illusion is over, and he voluntarily surrenders unto the Supreme to act according to His desires. The last illusion, the last snare of māyā to trap the living entity, is the proposition that he is God. The living entity thinks that he is no longer a conditioned soul, but God. He is so unintelligent that he does not think that if he were God, then how could he be in doubt? That he does not consider. So that is the last snare of illusion. Actually to become free from the illusory energy is to understand Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and agree to act according to His order. The word moha is very important in this verse. Moha refers to that which is opposed to knowledge. Actually real knowledge is the understanding that every living being is eternally a servitor of the Lord, but instead of thinking oneself in that position, the living entity thinks that he is not a servant, that he is the master of this material world, for he wants to lord it over the material nature. That is his illusion. This illusion can be overcome by the mercy of the Lord or by the mercy of a pure devotee. When that illusion is over, one agrees to act in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Kṛṣṇa consciousness is acting according to Kṛṣṇa’s order. A conditioned soul, illusioned by the external energy of matter, does not know that the Supreme Lord is the master who is full of knowledge and who is the proprietor of everything. Whatever He desires He can bestow upon His devotees; He is the friend of everyone, and He is especially inclined to His devotee. He is the controller of this material nature and of all living entities. He is also the controller of inexhaustible time, and He is full of all opulences and all potencies. The Supreme Personality of Godhead can even give Himself to the devotee. One who does not know Him is under the spell of illusion; he does not become a devotee, but a servitor of māyā. Arjuna, however, after hearing Bhagavad-gītā from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, became free from all illusion. He could understand that Kṛṣṇa was not only his friend but the Supreme Personality of Godhead. And he understood Kṛṣṇa factually. So to study Bhagavad-gītā is to understand Kṛṣṇa factually. When a person is in full knowledge, he naturally surrenders to Kṛṣṇa. When Arjuna understood that it was Kṛṣṇa’s plan to reduce the unnecessary increase of population, he agreed to fight according to Kṛṣṇa’s desire. He again took up his weapons – his arrows and bow – to fight under the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
73. Arjuna said: My delusion has been destroyed, and my memory has been restored by Your mercy, O Acyuta. I remain without doubts, and will follow Your instructions.
Commentary

“What else can I ask? Having given up all duties, surrendering to You completely, without worries, I now completely trust You.” Thus he speaks this verse. “I am ready to follow You, who are worthy of surrender. That is the duty of me, who have surrendered to You. I have no use for following my varṇa and āśrama, nor jñāna-yoga or other processes. Starting today, I have given them all up.” “Oh My dear friend Arjuna, I have some remaining work to do in relieving the burden of the earth. I want you to do that work.” When the Lord said this, Arjuna, with Gāṇḍīva bow in hand, rose to fight.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
73. Arjuna said: My delusion has been destroyed, and my correct vision has been restored by Your mercy, O Acyuta. I remain without doubts, and will follow Your instructions.
Commentary

Being asked by Kṛṣṇa, Arjuna answers that he has understood, by reciting the results. Ignorance (mohaḥ), the opposite of knowledge, has disappeared, by Your mercy alone. I have understood correctly the nature of things (smṛtiḥ labdhā). I have had all my doubts now cleared. I will follow your instructions. What he has said is this. All the living entities such as devas and men have the conception of being their bodies, and being independent in their actions. Men worship the devas, and the devas bestow on men what they desire. But who is the real Lord? I previously had the illusion, the opposite of knowledge, that prakṛti is the cause of the world. In contrast to that, I thought the Lord was without qualities and form, and was indifferent to men’s affairs. That illusion has been destroyed by the teachings acquired from You. I have now true knowledge of that Lord who is the famous possessor of form and powers, a form of knowledge and bliss; who is an ocean of good qualities such as omniscience, omnipotence, and satya saṅkalpa; who is the friend of His devotees, though the Lord of all; who creates the variegated bodies in the universe according to the karmas of the jīvas just by His will, through His energies of jīva, time and prakṛti; who treasures the selfless devotee to whom He gives even Himself. And I understand that the Lord is You, the son of Vasudeva, situated as my friend. Therefore I surrender to ou. You will never abandon me. This doubt has been destroyed. If You have Your goals to achieve of ridding the earth of its burden, and You want me who have surrendered to You to do it, then I will obey Your words. Thus Arjuna rose with bow in hand.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

After surrendering to Krsna and hearing from Him then Arjuna was prepared to fight according to Krsna's instructions in proper consciousness, Krsna consciousness.

[K. SANJAYA'S PREDICTIONS (18. 74‑78) Sanjaya ecstatically thinks of the wondrous form of Krsna and predicts victory for Arjuna, the supreme archer, and Krsna, the master of all mystics. ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Arjuna’s realisations (4 points):

1. My illusion is now gone

2. Regained my memory by Your mercy

3. I am now firm and free from doubt

4. Prepared to act according to Your instructions

Focus of Learning

(a) Why Krishna asks this question as spiritual master

As spiritual master it was His duty to know, if Arjuna understood Bhagavad-gita in proper perspective

(b) Expected result of hearing (As per Krishna’s expectations)

Ignorance and illusion dispelled

(c) Bhagavad-gita is not an ordinary book – So what is expected

Any person fortunate to hear from a bona-fide representative is sure to become liberated and get out of the darkness of ignorance

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SECTION X

The result of hearing Bhagavad-gita properly is full surrender to Lord Krishna
In the context of Bhagavad-gita, Arjuna represents all living entities that are faced with the Supreme decision of whether to serve Krishna or to turn away
By properly hearing the science of Bhagvad-gita from Krishna or His representative, one understands fully his constitutional position as Krishna’s servant, and he thus serves Krishna in full conviction, free from misgivings
Thus, Arjuna, fixed in knowledge is fully prepared to fight for Krishna
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.73 O Acyuta, (my) mohah, born of ignorance and the cause of all evil in the form of mundane existence, and difficult to cross like an ocean;l nastah has been destroyed. And smrtih, memory, regarding the reality of the Self-on the acisition of which follows the loosening of all the bonds; labdha, has been regained, tvat-prasadat, through Your grace maya, by me, who am dependent on Your grace. By this estion about the destruction of delusion and the answer to it, it becomes conclusively revealed that the fruit derived from understanding the import of the entire Scripture is this much alone-which is the destruction of delusion arising from ignorance and the regaining of the memory about the Self. And similarly, in the Upanisadic text beginning with 'I grieve because I am not a knower of the Self' (Ch. 7.1.3), it is shown that all bonds become destroyed when the Self is realized. There are also the words of the Upanisadic verses, 'The knot of the heart gets untied' (Mu. 2.2.8); 'at that time (or to that Self) what delusion and what sorrow can there be for that seer of oneness?' (Is.7). Now then, sthitah, asmi, I stand under Your ?nd; gata-sandehah, with (my) doubts removed. Karisye, I shall follow; tava, Your; vacanam, instruction. By Your grace I have achieved the goal of life. The idea is, there is no duty, as such, for me. The teaching of the Scripture is concluded. There-after, now in order to show the connection (of this) with the (main) narrative-.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.73 Arjuna said 'Delusion' or misapprehension is perverted knowledge. By Your grace it has been destroyed. 'Smrti' or memory is the knowledge of things as they really are. I have acired that. Misapprehension here is the misconception that the self is the Prakrti (body-mind) which is the non-self in reality. It consists in one not apprehending that all intelligent and non-intelligent entities, by reason of their forming the body of the Supreme Being, have Him as their Atman and are thus ensouled by Him. The misapprehension also consists in the lack of knowledge that actions, obligatory and occasional, do not cause bondage but actually form a means for the propitiation of the Supreme Being. All such misapprehensions are now destroyed. The various phases of knowledge that cleared the misunderstanding may be catalogued as follows: (1) The self is different from Prakrti and is therefore devoid of the alities of Prakrti. Its nature is that of the knower of Prakrti. (2) The self is a Sesa (sub-ordinate and servant) of the Supreme Person and is ruled by Him. The true knowledge about the Supreme Person is that He is what is signified by the expression Supreme Brahman. (3) He is the great ocean of all auspicious, excellent attributes such as knowledge, strength, glory, valour, power, brilliance etc., which are unbounded and natural. His essence consists solely of auspiciousness. He is antagonistic to all that is evil without exception. The origin, sustentation and dissolution of the entire universe are His sport. (4) You (Sri Krsna) are Vasudeva, the Supreme Person, known from the Vedanta, and who can be reached only by worship, which has taken the form of Bhakti. (5) Bhakti can be achieved by the control of the senses and the mind, the abandonment of prohibited acts and the performance of occasional and obligatory acts as solely intended for the goal of the satisfaction of the Supreme Person. Bhakti has to be developed day after day through the regular practice of the discriminatory knowledge of the higher and lower truths. All this has been attained by me (Arjuna). Therefore I stand steadfast, freed from the doubts and devoid of the depression rooted in perverted knowledge nourished by compassion and love for relatives. Now I shall fulfil Your words, concerned with fighting etc., which ought to be done by me. I shall fight as instructed by You. Such is the meaning. Sanjaya now relates to Dhrtarastra who had estioned him earlier as to what his sons and the Pandavas were doing in the battle:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.73 Nastah etc. By the passage '[My] delusion is destroyed etc', it is indicated that [after hearing the Lord's instruction], only an inclination to fight has risen in Arjuna, but the perfect realisation of the Brahman is not yet born in him. While indicating so, [the sage Vyasa] provides a scope for the would-be subject matter for the Anugita.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.73 Arjuna said Destroyed is my delusion as I have gained my knowledge (memory) through Thy grace, O Krishna. I remain freed from doubts. I will act according to Thy word.
Commentary

18.73 नष्टः is destroyed? मोहः delusion? स्मृतिः memory (knowledge)? लब्धा has been gained? त्वत्प्रसादात् through Thy grace? मया by me? अच्युत O Krishna? स्थितः अस्मि I remain? गतसन्देहः freed from doubts? करिष्ये (I) will do? वचनम् word? तव Thy.Commentary Moha Delusion This is the strongest weapon of Maya to take the Jivas in Her clutch. It is born of ignorance. It is the cause of the whole evil of Samsara. It is as hard to cross as the ocean.Smritih I have attained knowledge of the true nature of the Self. The whole aim of Sadhana or spiritual practice and the study of scriptures is the annihilation of delusion and the attainment of the knowledge of the Self. When one gets it? the three knots or ties of ignorance? viz.? ignorance? delusion (desire) and action are destroyed? all the doubts are cleared? and all the Karmas are destroyed.To him who beholds the Self in all beings? what delusion is there? what grief (Isavasya Upanishad? 7)I shall do Thy word Arjuna means to say? I am firm in Thy ?nd. Through Thy grace I have achieved the end of life. I have nothing more to do.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.73 Arjuna said O Acyuta, (my) delusion has been destroyed and memory has been regained by me through Your grace. I stand with my doubt removed; I shall follow Your instruction.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.73 Arjuna replied: My Lord! O Immutable One! My delusion has fled. By Thy Grace, O Changeless One, the light has dawned. My doubts are gone, and I stand before Thee ready to do Thy will."
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)
Related verses
BG 11.1 BG 2.7 BG 11.45 SB 11.29.41 SB 1.7.8 SB 11.23.61 CC Madhya 24.350 CC Madhya 8.286 CC Antya 4.192 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.9Kaṭha Upaniṣad 2.3.17
Concepts
Maya
Arjuna says: My illusion is gone; by Your grace, I have regained my memory; my doubts are dispelled; I am now firm and free; I will act according to Your word.
Practical Applications
  • Use Arjuna's response as a model.
  • Speak it back when you've heard well.
  • Act on what's clarified.
Reflection Questions
  • What of Arjuna's response can I genuinely speak as my own?
  • What partial speaking is honest?

The lamp the wind had blown out is relit. The bow that had slipped from the hand is taken up again. Arjuna's reply is the small voice of restored memory — not boasting, not theatrical, just clear: I see again, I will act.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.74

↗
इत्यहं वासुदेवस्य पार्थस्य च महात्मन: । संवादमिममश्रौषमद्भुतं रोमहर्षणम् ॥ ७४ ॥
sañjaya uvāca
[sanjaya uvaacha]
ity ahaṁ vāsudevasya
[ity aham vaasudevasya]
pārthasya ca mahātmanaḥ
[paarthasya cha mahaatmanah]
saṁvādam imam aśrauṣam
[samvaadam imam ashrausham]
adbhutaṁ roma-harṣaṇam
[adbhutam roma-harshanam]
sañjayaḥ uvāca — Sañjaya said iti — thus aham — I vāsudevasya — of Kṛṣṇa pārthasya — and Arjuna ca — also mahā - ātmanaḥ — of the great soul saṁvādam — discussion imam — this aśrauṣam — have heard adbhutam — wonderful roma - harṣaṇam — making the hair stand on end .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sañjaya uvāca
sañjayaḥ uvāca
Sañjaya said
ity ahaṁ vāsudevasya
iti
thus
aham
I
vāsudevasya
of Kṛṣṇa
pārthasya ca mahātmanaḥ
pārthasya
and Arjuna
ca
also
mahā - ātmanaḥ
of the great soul
saṁvādam imam aśrauṣam
saṁvādam
discussion
imam
this
aśrauṣam
have heard
adbhutaṁ roma-harṣaṇam
adbhutam
wonderful
roma - harṣaṇam
making the hair stand on end .
  • vāsudevasya — of Kṛṣṇa
    Genitive. With pārthasya ca, Sañjaya names both speakers. The whole Gītā is framed as their two-voice exchange, and Sañjaya honors both by name.
  • mahā - ātmanaḥ — of the great soul
    Genitive compound. Applied here to Arjuna (or to both). Mahā-ātman — the title given to those who have surrendered their entire orientation to the Lord.
  • saṁvādam — the dialogue
    The genre-name for the Gītā throughout. Saṁ-vāda — speaking together. Not lecture, not treatise — *conversation*. The Bhāgavata tradition keeps insisting on this.
  • adbhutam — wonderful
    Adjective. Sañjaya's emotional verdict. The Gītā is adbhuta — wonder-producing. The verse is one of the Gītā's own attestations to its rasa-effect on the hearer.
  • roma - harṣaṇam — making the hair stand on end
    Compound noun. The standard Sanskrit phrase for ecstatic physical response. The Gītā produces bodily *rapture* in the qualified hearer. Sañjaya's body verifies what his mind has registered.
Sañjaya said: Thus have I heard the conversation of two great souls, Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna. And so wonderful is that message that my hair is standing on end.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sañjaya speaks: the narrative frame returns. He marvels at the wondrous, hair-raising conversation between Vāsudeva and Pārtha. The chapter's last five verses are his report to Dhṛtarāṣṭra.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Closing of the chapter and of the Gītā returns us to the outermost frame of 1.1 (Dhṛtarāṣṭra's question) via Sañjaya. 'Roma-harṣaṇa' (hair standing on end) is the classical sign of bhakti-rasa. Sañjaya, the auditory witness, becomes the first model of the listener whose hair stands on end — exactly the response v. 71 predicts.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
इति अहं वासुदेवस्य पार्थस्य च महा-आत्मनः इमम् अद्भुतं रोम-हर्षणं संवादम् अश्रौषम् ।
iti ahaṃ vāsudevasya pārthasya ca mahā-ātmanaḥ imam adbhutaṃ roma-harṣaṇaṃ saṃvādam aśrauṣam |
Thus I heard this wonderful, hair-raising dialogue of Vāsudeva and the great-souled Pārtha.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
सञ्जयः उवाच
sañjayaḥ uvāca
इति अहं वासुदेवस्य पार्थस्य च महा-आत्मनः । संवादम् इमम् अश्रौषम् अद्भुतं रोम-हर्षणम् ॥
iti ahaṃ vāsudevasya pārthasya ca mahā-ātmanaḥ | saṃvādam imam aśrauṣam adbhutaṃ roma-harṣaṇam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
इति iti ind. (indeclinable) thus
अहम् aham अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular) I
वासुदेवस्य vāsudevasya वासुदेव (m.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of Vāsudeva
पार्थस्य pārthasya पार्थ (m.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of Pārtha
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
महा-आत्मनः mahā-ātmanaḥ bahuvrīhi cpd. (compound) gen.sg. (genitive singular)m. of the great-souled
संवादम् saṃvādam संवाद (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) dialogue
इमम् imam इदम् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. this
अश्रौषम् aśrauṣam √श्रु aor. 1sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) I heard
अद्भुतम् adbhutam अद्भुत (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. wonderful
रोम-हर्षणम् roma-harṣaṇam tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. hair-raising

In the beginning of Bhagavad-gītā, Dhṛtarāṣṭra inquired from his secretary Sañjaya, “What happened on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra?” The entire study was related to the heart of Sañjaya by the grace of his spiritual master, Vyāsa. He thus explained the theme of the battlefield. The conversation was wonderful because such an important conversation between two great souls had never taken place before and would not take place again. It was wonderful because the Supreme Personality of Godhead was speaking about Himself and His energies to the living entity, Arjuna, a great devotee of the Lord. If we follow in the footsteps of Arjuna to understand Kṛṣṇa, then our life will be happy and successful. Sañjaya realized this, and as he began to understand it, he related the conversation to Dhṛtarāṣṭra. Now it is concluded that wherever there is Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna, there is victory.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
74. Sañjaya said: Thus I have heard this remarkable, hair-raising conversation between Vāsudeva and the son of Pṛthā, a great devotee of the Lord.
Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
74. Sañjaya said: Thus I have heard this remarkable, hair-raising conversation between Vāsudeva and the son of Pṛthā, a great devotee of the Lord.
Commentary

The scripture is concluded. Sañjaya speaks to Dhṛtarāṣṭra to finish the story. This discourse is astonishing to the consciousness (adbhūtam), because it has never appeared before among men. It has caused my body hair to stand on end (romaharṣaṇam).

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Sanjaya relates his experience of the whole conversation: “Hairs standing on end”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.74 Aham, I; iti, thus; asrausam, heard; imam, this; samvadam, conversation, as has been narrated; vasudevasya, of Vasudeva; and mahatmanah, parthasya, of the great-soulded Partha; which is adbhutam, unie, extremely wonderful; and roma-harsanam, makes one's hair stand on end.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.74 Sanjaya said Thus, in this way have I been hearing, this wondrous and thrilling dialogue, as it took place between Vasudeva, the son of Vasudeva, and His paternal aunt's son Arjuna, who is a Mahatman, one possessed of a great intelligence, and who has resorted to the feet of Sri Krsna.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.74 See Comment under 18.78
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.74 Sanjaya said Thus I have heard this wonderful dialogue between Krishna and the high-souled Arjuna, which causes the hair to stand on end.
Commentary

18.74 इति thus? अहम् I? वासुदेवस्य of Krishna? पार्थस्य of Arjuna? च and? महात्मनः highsouled? संवादम् dialogue? इमम् this? अश्रौषम् (I) have heard? अद्भुतम् wonderful? रोमहर्षणम् which causes the hair to stand on end.Commentary Wonderful because it deals with Yoga and transcendental spiritual matters that pertain to the mysterious immortal Self.Whenever good? higher emotions manifest themselves in the heart the hair stands on end. Devotees often experience this horripilation.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.74 Sanjaya said I thus heard this conversation of Vasudeva and of the great-souled Partha, which is unie and makes one's hair stand on end.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.74 Sanjaya told: "Thus have I heard this rare, wonderful and soul-stirring discourse of the Lord Shri Krishna and the great-souled Arjuna.
Related values
Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Discriminative WisdomVinaya (Humility / Modesty)Anahankarah (Freedom from False Ego)
Related verses
Sañjaya says: I have heard this wonderful conversation between Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna — and my hair stands on end.
Practical Applications
  • Honor the body's response to sacred conversation.
  • Trust the recipient's experience as testimony.
  • Cultivate the receptivity that hears wonder.
Reflection Questions
  • When did sacred conversation last give me goosebumps?
  • What conditions support that receptivity?

The witness, watching from a great distance, has his hair stand on end as he registers the magnitude of what he has just overheard. Sañjaya is exactly such a witness — and his physical response is one of the Gītā's testimonies to its own power.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.75

↗
व्यासप्रसादाच्छ्रुतवानेतद्‍गुह्यमहं परम् । योगं योगेश्वरात्कृष्णात्साक्षात्कथयत: स्वयम् ॥ ७५ ॥
vyāsa-prasādāc chrutavān
[vyaasa-prasaadaach chrutavaan]
etad guhyam ahaṁ param
[etad guhyam aham param]
yogaṁ yogeśvarāt kṛṣṇāt
[yogam yogeshvaraat krishnaat]
sākṣāt kathayataḥ svayam
[saakshaat kathayatah svayam]
vyāsa - prasādāt — by the mercy of Vyāsadeva śrutavān — have heard etat — this guhyam — confidential aham — I param — the supreme yogam — mysticism yoga - īśvarāt — from the master of all mysticism kṛṣṇāt — from Kṛṣṇa sākṣāt — directly kathayataḥ — speaking svayam — personally .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
vyāsa-prasādāc chrutavān
vyāsa - prasādāt
by the mercy of Vyāsadeva
śrutavān
have heard
etad guhyam ahaṁ param
etat
this
guhyam
confidential
aham
I
param
the supreme
yogaṁ yogeśvarāt kṛṣṇāt
yogam
mysticism
yoga - īśvarāt
from the master of all mysticism
kṛṣṇāt
from Kṛṣṇa
sākṣāt kathayataḥ svayam
sākṣāt
directly
kathayataḥ
speaking
svayam
personally .
  • vyāsa-prasādāt — by Vyāsa's mercy
    Ablative compound. Sañjaya names his source. Vyāsa's mercy is what enabled his divya-cakṣus — the divine vision by which he overheard a distant battlefield conversation.
  • guhyam — confidential
    Adjective. Sañjaya rates the teaching as confidential — echoing Kṛṣṇa's own guhya-tamam. He is in agreement with the Lord on the teaching's stature.
  • yogam — mysticism
    The Gītā is here called simply *yoga* — the supreme method. The whole text has been a synthesis of various yogas (karma, jñāna, dhyāna, bhakti); Sañjaya names them in their unified form.
  • yoga - īśvarāt — from the master of all mysticism
    Compound ablative. Yoga-īśvara — Lord of yoga, the title that will close the Gītā in verse 78. Sañjaya identifies Kṛṣṇa precisely in the title that holds all the yogas together.
  • sākṣāt — directly
    Adverb — face to face. With svayam (by Himself), Sañjaya stresses that the teaching was not relayed through intermediaries. He overheard the Lord *himself* speaking *in person*.
By the mercy of Vyāsa, I have heard these most confidential talks directly from the master of all mysticism, Kṛṣṇa, who was speaking personally to Arjuna.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sañjaya credits Vyāsa for the divya-cakṣus that made his eavesdropping possible. Through that grace he received the supreme secret, yoga, from yogeśvara Kṛṣṇa speaking in person. The teaching's pedigree is unimpeachable.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Establishes a clean line of transmission: Kṛṣṇa speaks → Sañjaya hears (by Vyāsa's boon) → Dhṛtarāṣṭra is told → text preserved by Vyāsa. The phrase 'yogaṁ yogeśvarāt' is a designation that becomes the chapter's traditional title (mokṣa-sannyāsa-yoga). 'Sākṣāt … svayam' emphasizes direct, first-person divine utterance.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
व्यास-प्रसादात् अहं एतत् परं गुह्यं स्वयं कथयतः योग-ईश्वरात् कृष्णात् साक्षात् योगं श्रुतवान् ।
vyāsa-prasādāt ahaṃ etat paraṃ guhyaṃ svayaṃ kathayataḥ yoga-īśvarāt kṛṣṇāt sākṣāt yogaṃ śrutavān |
By Vyāsa's grace I have heard this supreme secret — the yoga, from the Lord of yoga, Kṛṣṇa himself speaking — directly.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
व्यास-प्रसादात् श्रुतवान् एतत् गुह्यम् अहं परम् । योगं योग-ईश्वरात् कृष्णात् साक्षात् कथयतः स्वयम् ॥
vyāsa-prasādāt śrutavān etat guhyam ahaṃ param | yogaṃ yoga-īśvarāt kṛṣṇāt sākṣāt kathayataḥ svayam ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
व्यास-प्रसादात् vyāsa-prasādāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. by Vyāsa's grace
श्रुतवान् śrutavān √श्रु p.p.p. (past passive participle) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. (perf. (perfect)act.part.) have heard
एतत् etat एतद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. this
गुह्यम् guhyam गुह्य (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. secret
अहम् aham अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) nom.sg. (nominative singular) I
परम् param पर (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. supreme
योगम् yogam योग (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) yoga
योग-ईश्वरात् yoga-īśvarāt tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) abl.sg. (ablative singular)m. from the Lord of yoga
कृष्णात् kṛṣṇāt कृष्ण (m.) abl.sg. (ablative singular) from Kṛṣṇa
साक्षात् sākṣāt ind. (indeclinable) directly
कथयतः kathayataḥ √कथ् pres. (present)part. gen.sg. (genitive singular)m. of the one speaking
स्वयम् svayam ind. (indeclinable) himself

Vyāsa was the spiritual master of Sañjaya, and Sañjaya admits that it was by Vyāsa’s mercy that he could understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This means that one has to understand Kṛṣṇa not directly but through the medium of the spiritual master. The spiritual master is the transparent medium, although it is true that the experience is still direct. This is the mystery of the disciplic succession. When the spiritual master is bona fide, then one can hear Bhagavad-gītā directly, as Arjuna heard it. There are many mystics and yogīs all over the world, but Kṛṣṇa is the master of all yoga systems. Kṛṣṇa’s instruction is explicitly stated in Bhagavad-gītā – surrender unto Kṛṣṇa. One who does so is the topmost yogī. This is confirmed in the last verse of the Sixth Chapter. Yoginām api sarveṣām. Nārada is the direct disciple of Kṛṣṇa and the spiritual master of Vyāsa. Therefore Vyāsa is as bona fide as Arjuna because he comes in the disciplic succession, and Sañjaya is the direct disciple of Vyāsa. Therefore by the grace of Vyāsa, Sañjaya’s senses were purified, and he could see and hear Kṛṣṇa directly. One who directly hears Kṛṣṇa can understand this confidential knowledge. If one does not come to the disciplic succession, he cannot hear Kṛṣṇa; therefore his knowledge is always imperfect, at least as far as understanding Bhagavad-gītā is concerned. In Bhagavad-gītā, all the yoga systems – karma-yoga, jñāna-yoga and bhakti-yoga – are explained. Kṛṣṇa is the master of all such mysticism. It is to be understood, however, that as Arjuna was fortunate enough to understand Kṛṣṇa directly, so, by the grace of Vyāsa, Sañjaya was also able to hear Kṛṣṇa directly. Actually there is no difference between hearing directly from Kṛṣṇa and hearing directly from Kṛṣṇa via a bona fide spiritual master like Vyāsa. The spiritual master is the representative of Vyāsadeva also. Therefore, according to the Vedic system, on the birthday of the spiritual master the disciples conduct the ceremony called Vyāsa-pūjā.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
75. By the mercy of Vyāsa, I have heard this supreme secret of bhakti-yoga, directly from the master of yoga Kṛṣṇa while He personally spoke it.
Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
75. By the mercy of Vyāsa, I have heard this supreme secret of bhakti yoga, directly from the master who is related to all living entities, Kṛṣṇa, while He personally spoke it.
Commentary

In this verse Sañjaya speaks of his own qualification for hearing the conversation that just took place. By the mercy of Vyāsa, attaining a form with transcendental eyes and ears given by him, I have heard this secret. What is this secret? It is the yoga—karma yoga, jñāna yoga and bhakti yoga—which manifests the supreme entity (param). I have heard it from the controller (īśvāra) of all beings, who has a natural fellowship with all living entities such as devas and men (yoga). I have heard it from the original form (svayam), Kṛṣṇa, from His own mouth as He spoke it (kathayataḥ), not from another person indirectly. Sañjaya celebrates his own good fortune.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Sanjaya acknowledges the mercy of Vyasa, by whose mercy he could hear the master of mysticism,

Krishna

Focus of Learning

(a) Import of this verse

One has to understand Krishna not directly, but through the medium of the spiritual master
Spiritual master is the transparent via medium and experience is still direct

(b) Krishna as the master of all mysticism

Many mystics and yogis are there all over the world, but Krishna is the master of all yoga systems
Topmost yogi according to Krishna’s instruction: one who surrenders unto Krishna (Bg. 6.47)

(c) Vyasadeva is as bona-fide as Arjuna

Because he comes in the disciplic succession and Sanjaya is the direct disciple of Vyasa
Vyasa is a disciple of Narada Muni who is a direct disciple of Krishna

(d) Sanjaya could see and hear Krishna directly because

He is a direct disciple of Vyasa
Also senses are purified, by the grace of Vyasa

(e) Disciplic succession is must

Without disciplic succession one cannot hear Krishna and his knowledge (especially regarding Bhagavad-gita) is always imperfect

(f) Spiritual master is the representative of Vyasadeva

Therefore birthday of spiritual master is celebrated as Vyasa-puja

(a) What was so wonderful about the message

Supreme Personality of Godhead was speaking about Himself and His energies to the living entity, Arjuna (a great devotee of the Lord)
Important conversation between two great souls had never taken place before and would not take place again

(b) How to make our life happy and successful

Follow in the footsteps of Arjuna to understand Krishna
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.75 And vyasa-prasadat, through the favour of Vyasa, by having received divine vision from him; aham, I; srutvan, heard; etat [The Commentator uses etam in the masculine gender, in place of etat in the text, because it refers to the masculine word samvada.] (should rather be etam), this; guhyam, secret dialogue, such as it is; concerning the param, supreme; Yogam, Yoga-or, this dialogue itself is the Yoga because it is meant for it-; krsnat, from Krsna; yogeswarat, from the Lord of yogas; kathayatah, while He was speaking; svayam, Himself; saksat, actually; not indirectly through others.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.75 By the grace of Vyasa i.e., by the benefit of the divine sense of perception, granted by him, I have heard this supreme mystery called Yoga from Sri Krsna himself - Sri Krsna who is the treasure-house of knowledge, strength, sovereignty, valour, power and brilliance.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.75 See Comment under 18.78
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.75 Through the grace of Vyasa I have heard this supreme and most secret Yoga direct from Krishna, the Lord of Yoga, Himself declaring it.
Commentary

18.75 व्यासप्रसादात् through the grace of Vyasa? श्रुतवान् have heard? एतत् this? गुह्यम् secret? अहम् I? परम् supreme? योगम् Yoga? योगेश्वरात् from the Lord of Yoga? कृष्णात् from Krishna? साक्षात् directly? कथयतः declaring? स्वयम् Himself.Commentary Through the grace of Vyasa By obtaining the divine eye from him.Yoga This dialogue between Krishna and Arjuna? I have heard it direct from Him. This dialogue is called Yoga because it treats of Yoga and it leads to the attainment of union with the Lord.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.75 Through the favour of Vyasa I heard this secret concerning the supreme Yoga from Krsna, the Lord of yogas, while He Himself was actually speaking!
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.75 Through the blessing of the sage Vyasa, I listened to this secret and noble science from the lips of its Master, the Lord Shri Krishna.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Prema (Divine Love)
Related verses
BG 10.13 BG 15.15 BG 11.8 SB 1.4.25 SB 1.3.21 SB 12.13.1 CC Ādi 1.91 CC Madhya 25.96 CC Madhya 24.320 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.13Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.23
By the mercy of Vyāsa, I have heard this most secret talk directly from the master of all mysticism.
Practical Applications
  • Honor Vyāsa's mercy in transmitting the conversation.
  • Recognize that you receive through a chain of grace.
  • Don't take transmission for granted.
Reflection Questions
  • Whose mercy am I receiving the Gītā through?
  • What gratitude is appropriate?

A messenger who has been gifted not merely the king's words but a window through which to hear them directly. Sañjaya was granted divine vision by Vyāsa precisely so that he could relay this exchange — and he honors the gift by attributing it to its source.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.76

↗
राजन्संस्मृत्य संस्मृत्य संवादमिममद्भुतम् । केशवार्जुनयो: पुण्यं हृष्यामि च मुहुर्मुहु: ॥ ७६ ॥
rājan saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya
[raajan samsmritya samsmritya]
saṁvādam imam adbhutam
[samvaadam imam adbhutam]
keśavārjunayoḥ puṇyaṁ
[keshavaarjunayoh punyam]
hṛṣyāmi ca muhur muhuḥ
[hrishyaami cha muhur muhuh]
rājan — O King saṁsmṛtya — remembering saṁsmṛtya — remembering saṁvādam — message imam — this adbhutam — wonderful keśava — of Lord Kṛṣṇa arjunayoḥ — and Arjuna puṇyam — pious hṛṣyāmi — I am taking pleasure ca — also muhuḥ muhuḥ — repeatedly .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
rājan saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya
rājan
O King
saṁsmṛtya
remembering
saṁsmṛtya
remembering
saṁvādam imam adbhutam
saṁvādam
message
imam
this
adbhutam
wonderful
keśavārjunayoḥ puṇyaṁ
keśava
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
arjunayoḥ
and Arjuna
puṇyam
pious
hṛṣyāmi ca muhur muhuḥ
hṛṣyāmi
I am taking pleasure
ca
also
muhuḥ muhuḥ
repeatedly .
  • saṁsmṛtya — remembering
    Gerund — *having remembered*. Doubled in the verse (saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya). The repetition matters — Sañjaya does not merely remember once; he keeps remembering. The Gītā is *worth* repeated remembrance.
  • saṁvādam — message
    The dialogue between Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna. Same word used in verse 74. The saṁvāda keeps producing wonder on every retelling. Sañjaya is testifying to the Gītā's inexhaustibility.
  • arjunayoḥ — and Arjuna
    Genitive dual. With keśava: of Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna. The two principals named together. Keśava — the long-haired one, an intimate name for Kṛṣṇa. Sañjaya speaks with familiarity.
  • puṇyam — pious
    Adjective. The dialogue is *puṇya* — meritorious. Even the act of remembering it produces puṇya. The Gītā is a portable source of merit for the qualified hearer.
  • muhuḥ muhuḥ — repeatedly
    Reduplicated adverb from the synonyms list. *Again and again*. Sañjaya's testimony is a continual refreshment of joy. The Gītā does not wear out for the one who keeps remembering it.
O King, as I repeatedly recall this wondrous and holy dialogue between Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna, I take pleasure, being thrilled at every moment.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
The mere act of recalling the Gītā dialogue floods Sañjaya with joy, again and again. The text models its own ideal reception: smaraṇa (recollection) generates ānanda. Bhakti's natural response is repetition.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
Reduplicated 'saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya' and 'muhur muhuḥ' convey wave upon wave of remembrance. The verse demonstrates anusmṛti (continual recollection) as itself a form of bhakti — the same practice Kṛṣṇa enjoined at 8.7 ('māṁ anusmara') and 9.34. Sañjaya enacts the teaching while reporting it.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे राजन्! केशव-अर्जुनयोः इमम् अद्भुतं पुण्यं संवादं संस्मृत्य संस्मृत्य मुहुः मुहुः च हृष्यामि ।
he rājan! keśava-arjunayoḥ imam adbhutaṃ puṇyaṃ saṃvādaṃ saṃsmṛtya saṃsmṛtya muhuḥ muhuḥ ca hṛṣyāmi |
O King, remembering and remembering this wondrous, holy dialogue of Keśava and Arjuna, I rejoice again and again.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
राजन् संस्मृत्य संस्मृत्य संवादम् इमम् अद्भुतम् । केशव-अर्जुनयोः पुण्यं हृष्यामि च मुहुः मुहुः ॥
rājan saṃsmṛtya saṃsmṛtya saṃvādam imam adbhutam | keśava-arjunayoḥ puṇyaṃ hṛṣyāmi ca muhuḥ muhuḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
राजन् rājan राजन् (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O King
संस्मृत्य saṃsmṛtya सम् + √स्मृ abs. (absolutive) remembering
संवादम् saṃvādam संवाद (m.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) dialogue
इमम् imam इदम् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. this
अद्भुतम् adbhutam अद्भुत (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. wondrous
केशव-अर्जुनयोः keśava-arjunayoḥ dvandva cpd. (compound) gen.du. (genitive dual)m. of Keśava and Arjuna
पुण्यम् puṇyam पुण्य (adj.) acc.sg. (accusative singular)m. holy
हृष्यामि hṛṣyāmi √हृष् pres. (present) 1sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) I rejoice
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
मुहुः मुहुः muhuḥ muhuḥ ind. (indeclinable), reduplicated again and again

The understanding of Bhagavad-gītā is so transcendental that anyone who becomes conversant with the topics of Arjuna and Kṛṣṇa becomes righteous and he cannot forget such talks. This is the transcendental position of spiritual life. In other words, one who hears the Gītā from the right source, directly from Kṛṣṇa, attains full Kṛṣṇa consciousness. The result of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is that one becomes increasingly enlightened, and he enjoys life with a thrill, not only for some time, but at every moment.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
76. O King, remembering this wonderful, sacred conversation between Keśava and Arjuna again and again, I rejoice again and again.
Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
76. O King, remembering this wonderful, sacred conversation beween Keśava and Arjuna again and again, my hairs are standing on end at every moment.
Commentary

O king, O Dhṛtarāṣṭra, remembering this wonderous conversation which destroys all faults of the hearer, and destroys even avidyā—the cause of our existence in this world (puṇyam), at every moment (muhur muhuḥ) my hairs are standing on end.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Sanjaya recalls and finds thrilling pleasure at every moment by remembering Bhagavad-gita

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.76 And, rajan, O king, Dhrtarastra; after having heard, samsmrtya samsmrtya, while repeatedly remembering; imam, this; adbhuttam, unie; samvadam, dialogue; kesava-arjunayoh, between Kesava and Arjuna; which is punyam, sacred, removes sin even when heard; hrsyami, I rejoice; muhuh, muhuh, every moment.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.76 Remembering this auspicious and wondrous dialogue between Sri Krsna and Arjuna, directly heard by me, I rejoice again and again.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.76 See Comment under 18.78
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.76 O King, remembering this wonderful and holy dialogue between Krishna and Arjuna, I rejoice again and again.
Commentary

18.76 राजन् O King? संस्मृत्य having remembered? संस्मृत्य having remembered? संवादम् the dialogue? इमम् this? अद्भुतम् wonderful? केशवार्जुनयोः between Kesava and Arjuna? पुण्यम् holy? हृष्यामि (I) rejoice? च and? मुहुः again? मुहुः again.Commentary Rajan King Dhritarashtra to whom the Gita is narrated by Sanjaya.Punyam Holy because the mere hearing of the dialogue destroys a multitude of sins and makes the hearer pious and Godfearing and turns his mind towards God.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.76 And, O king, while repeatedly remembering this unie, sacred dialogue between Kesava and Arjuna, I rejoice every moment.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.76 O King! The more I think of that marvellous and holy discourse, the more I lose myself in joy.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
Remembering this wonderful, sacred dialogue, I rejoice again and again.
Practical Applications
  • Practice rejoicing in the Gītā repeatedly.
  • Don't restrict joy to first reading.
  • Treat re-rejoicing as a discipline.
Reflection Questions
  • When did I last rejoice over a verse I've read many times?
  • What enables that rejoicing?

A traveler who returns to a perfumed grove every evening just to smell the same flowers — and finds each evening a fresh delight. So with the Gītā: each recollection of the Kṛṣṇa-Arjuna saṁvāda is itself a renewable ecstasy.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.77

↗
तच्च‍ संस्मृत्य संस्मृत्य रूपमत्यद्भुतं हरे: । विस्मयो मे महान्‍राजन्हृष्यामि च पुन: पुन: ॥ ७७ ॥
tac ca saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya
[tach cha samsmritya samsmritya]
rūpam aty-adbhutaṁ hareḥ
[roopam aty-adbhutam hareh]
vismayo me mahān rājan
[vismayo me mahaan raajan]
hṛṣyāmi ca punaḥ punaḥ
[hrishyaami cha punah punah]
tat — that ca — also saṁsmṛtya — remembering saṁsmṛtya — remembering rūpam — form ati — greatly adbhutam — wonderful hareḥ — of Lord Kṛṣṇa vismayaḥ — wonder me — my mahān — great rājan — O King hṛṣyāmi — I am enjoying ca — also punaḥ punaḥ — repeatedly .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tac ca saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya
tat
that
ca
also
saṁsmṛtya
remembering
saṁsmṛtya
remembering
rūpam aty-adbhutaṁ hareḥ
rūpam
form
ati
greatly
adbhutam
wonderful
hareḥ
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
vismayo me mahān rājan
vismayaḥ
wonder
me
my
mahān
great
rājan
O King
hṛṣyāmi ca punaḥ punaḥ
hṛṣyāmi
I am enjoying
ca
also
punaḥ punaḥ
repeatedly .
  • rūpam — form
    Sañjaya is remembering not just the conversation but specifically Kṛṣṇa's universal form (chapter 11). The verse qualifies this rūpam with ati and adbhutam — exceedingly wonderful.
  • hareḥ — of Lord Kṛṣṇa
    Genitive. Hari — He who removes (sins, suffering, illusion). A name used here with full devotional weight.
  • vismayaḥ — wonder
    Sañjaya's self-report — *my wonder is great*. Vismaya — astonishment. The same response Arjuna gave at the universal form, now in Sañjaya's repeated experience.
  • punaḥ punaḥ — repeatedly
    Reduplicated adverb from the synonyms list. Echoes muhuḥ muhuḥ from the previous verse. Sañjaya is constructing a litany of repetition — the Gītā keeps producing fresh response, perpetually.
  • hṛṣyāmi — I rejoice
    First person. Same verb as verse 76. Sañjaya keeps rejoicing — the Gītā is for him a continually flowing source of bliss, not a one-time event.
O King, as I remember the wonderful form of Lord Kṛṣṇa, I am struck with wonder more and more, and I rejoice again and again.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Beyond the dialogue, Sañjaya keeps recalling Kṛṣṇa's exceedingly wondrous form — almost certainly the viśva-rūpa of chapter 11. The cosmic vision haunts him with delight.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The viśva-rūpa of ch. 11 is named obliquely as 'tad rūpam aty-adbhutam.' Sañjaya, granted divya-cakṣus, has seen what no mortal except Arjuna saw; the memory remains vivid. Vismaya (awe) and harṣa (joy) — the canonical bhakti rasas of adbhuta and hāsya — characterize his ongoing devotional state.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
हे राजन्! हरेः तत् अति-अद्भुतं रूपं च संस्मृत्य संस्मृत्य मे महान् विस्मयः, पुनः पुनः च हृष्यामि ।
he rājan! hareḥ tat ati-adbhutaṃ rūpaṃ ca saṃsmṛtya saṃsmṛtya me mahān vismayaḥ, punaḥ punaḥ ca hṛṣyāmi |
And remembering and remembering that extraordinarily wondrous form of Hari, O King, my wonder is great — and I rejoice again and again.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
तत् च संस्मृत्य संस्मृत्य रूपम् अति-अद्भुतं हरेः । विस्मयः मे महान् राजन् हृष्यामि च पुनः पुनः ॥
tat ca saṃsmṛtya saṃsmṛtya rūpam ati-adbhutaṃ hareḥ | vismayaḥ me mahān rājan hṛṣyāmi ca punaḥ punaḥ ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
तत् tat तद् (pron. (pronoun)) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. that
च ca ind. (indeclinable) and
संस्मृत्य saṃsmṛtya सम् + √स्मृ abs. (absolutive) remembering
रूपम् rūpam रूप (n.) acc.sg. (accusative singular) form
अति-अद्भुतम् ati-adbhutam karmadhāraya cpd. (compound) acc.sg. (accusative singular)n. exceedingly wondrous
हरेः hareḥ हरि (m.) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of Hari
विस्मयः vismayaḥ विस्मय (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) wonder
मे me अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) of me
महान् mahān महत् (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. great
राजन् rājan राजन् (m.) voc.sg. (vocative singular) O King
हृष्यामि hṛṣyāmi √हृष् pres. (present) 1sg.par. (parasmaipada / active voice) I rejoice
पुनः पुनः punaḥ punaḥ ind. (indeclinable), reduplicated again and again

It appears that Sañjaya also, by the grace of Vyāsa, could see the universal form Kṛṣṇa exhibited to Arjuna. It is, of course, said that Lord Kṛṣṇa had never exhibited such a form before. It was exhibited to Arjuna only, yet some great devotees could also see the universal form of Kṛṣṇa when it was shown to Arjuna, and Vyāsa was one of them. He is one of the great devotees of the Lord, and he is considered to be a powerful incarnation of Kṛṣṇa. Vyāsa disclosed this to his disciple Sañjaya, who remembered that wonderful form of Kṛṣṇa exhibited to Arjuna and enjoyed it repeatedly.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
77. O King, remembering again and again that amazing form of Hari, I am filled with wonder, and rejoice again and again.
Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
77. O King, remembering also, again and again, that amazing form of Hari, the universal form, I am filled with wonder, and my hairs stand on end again and again.
Commentary

Tat here refers to the universal form which was shown to Arjuna.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Further experiences of Sanjaya: Remembering the wonderful form of Krishna he becomes struck with

wonder more and more and rejoices again and again

Focus of Learning

(a) It appears that Sanjaya also saw the universal form

Some great devotees could also see the Universal Form when it was shown to Arjuna
And Vyasa is one of them who disclosed this to Sanjaya

(a) Transcendental position of spiritual life

Understanding of Bhagavad-gita is so transcendental that anyone who becomes conversant with the topics of Bhagavad-gita becomes righteous and cannot forget such talks

(b) How one develops such understanding – This comes from hearing from the right source and leads

to full Krishna consciousness

(c) Result of Krishna consciousness

One becomes increasingly enlightened
Enjoys life with a thrill, not only for some time, but at every moment
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.77 And, rajan, O King; samsmrtya samsmrtya, repeatedly recollecting; tat, that; ati-adbhutam, greatly extraordinary; rupam, form, the Cosmic form; hareh, of Hari; mahan vismayah me, I am struck with great wonder. And hrsyami, I rejoice; punah punah, again and again.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.77 Great amazement is caused in me, stirred by joy born of the repeated remembrance of that most marvellous and sovereign form of the Lord revealed to Arjuna and directly witnessed by me. I rejoice again and again. Why say more?
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.77 See Comment under 18.78
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.77 And, remembering again and again, also that most wonderful form of Hari, great is my wonder, O King; and I rejoice again and again.
Commentary

18.77 तत् that? च and? संस्मृत्य having remembered? संस्मृत्य having remembered? रूपम् the form? अत्यद्भुतम् the most wonderful? हरेः of Hari? विस्मयः wonder? मे my? महान् great? राजन् O King? हृष्यामि (I) rejoice? च and? पुनः again? पुनः again.Commentary Form The Cosmic Form. (Cf.XI)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.77 O king, repeatedly recollecting that greatly extraordinary form of Hari, I am struck with wonder. And I rejoice again and again.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.77 As memory recalls again and again the exceeding beauty of the Lord, I am filled with amazement and happiness.
Related verses
Recalling the wonderful form of Kṛṣṇa, my wonder is great — and I rejoice continually.
Practical Applications
  • Cultivate ongoing wonder, not initial enthusiasm only.
  • Use the universal form vision as an anchor for wonder.
  • Refuse to let wonder fade.
Reflection Questions
  • When did wonder last fade for me?
  • What restored it?

The viewer of an extraordinary sunset who finds the same scene more wondrous the longer he looks. Sañjaya saw the universal form through Kṛṣṇa's gift, and even the *memory* of that form keeps producing fresh wonder.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 18.78

↗
यत्र योगेश्वर: कृष्णो यत्र पार्थो धनुर्धर: । तत्र श्रीर्विजयो भूतिर्ध्रुवा नीतिर्मतिर्मम ॥ ७८ ॥
yatra yogeśvaraḥ kṛṣṇo
[yatra yogeshvarah krishno]
yatra pārtho dhanur-dharaḥ
[yatra paartho dhanur-dharah]
tatra śrīr vijayo bhūtir
[tatra shreer vijayo bhootir]
dhruvā nītir matir mama
[dhruvaa neetir matir mama]
yatra — where yoga - īśvaraḥ — the master of mysticism kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa yatra — where pārthaḥ — the son of Pṛthā dhanuḥ - dharaḥ — the carrier of the bow and arrow tatra — there śrīḥ — opulence vijayaḥ — victory bhūtiḥ — exceptional power dhruvā — certain nītiḥ — morality matiḥ mama — my opinion .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yatra yogeśvaraḥ kṛṣṇo
yatra
where
yoga - īśvaraḥ
the master of mysticism
kṛṣṇaḥ
Lord Kṛṣṇa
yatra pārtho dhanur-dharaḥ
yatra
where
pārthaḥ
the son of Pṛthā
dhanuḥ - dharaḥ
the carrier of the bow and arrow
tatra śrīr vijayo bhūtir
tatra
there
śrīḥ
opulence
vijayaḥ
victory
bhūtiḥ
exceptional power
dhruvā nītir matir mama
dhruvā
certain
nītiḥ
morality
matiḥ mama
my opinion .
  • yoga - īśvaraḥ — the master of mysticism
    Compound title. Yoga-īśvara — the Lord of all yoga. Sañjaya's final title for Kṛṣṇa, sealing the Gītā with the name that holds every previous yoga teaching together.
  • dhanuḥ - dharaḥ — the carrier of the bow and arrow
    Compound. Arjuna with bow restored. He had thrown it down in 1.46; now he carries it again, having heard the Gītā. The image itself is the chapter's verdict that the teaching worked.
  • śrīḥ — opulence
    Goddess Lakṣmī herself. Where Kṛṣṇa-and-Arjuna stand, śrī is present — wealth, prosperity, fortune. The verse names her first.
  • vijayaḥ — victory
    Wherever they stand, victory follows. Not probability — *follows*. The verse promises unbroken success to the Kṛṣṇa-devotee alliance.
  • bhūtiḥ — exceptional power
    Extraordinary strength or majesty. The third gift. Distinct from vijaya — bhūti is the *capacity* that produces victory.
  • nītiḥ — morality
    Nīti — moral order. With dhruvā: *certain* morality. The fourth gift: where Kṛṣṇa and the devotee stand, dharma itself is stable. The whole Gītā ends with morality assured.
  • matiḥ mama — my opinion
    Synonyms-list entry. The Gītā's final word — Sañjaya's signature. He stamps his own conviction on the closing verdict. The 18th chapter ends, fittingly, with a settled mati — the disciple's stable conviction.
Wherever there is Kṛṣṇa, the master of all mystics, and wherever there is Arjuna, the supreme archer, there will also certainly be opulence, victory, extraordinary power, and morality. That is my opinion.
How Sanskrit scholars read this verse — split, rearranged, grammar-tagged. For the plain English distilled meaning, jump to Plain meaning below.
Auto-generated study layers — original analysis of the public-domain śloka. Review against a published edition for academic work.
Plain meaning (तात्पर्य · Tātparya)
Sañjaya's last and most famous verdict: wherever Kṛṣṇa the Yogeśvara meets Pārtha the bowman, there will be śrī, vijaya, bhūti, and firm nīti. Divine wisdom plus human effort — that is the unbeatable combination. The Gītā ends.
Further notes (विवरण · Vivaraṇa)
The Bhagavad-gītā's final śloka, widely recited as a maṅgala-verse. The pairing is significant: divine resource (Kṛṣṇa) PLUS human capability deployed (Pārtha dhanur-dharaḥ). Neither alone suffices — but together they guarantee śrī (the Lakṣmī of all flourishing), vijaya (victory), bhūti (welfare), and dhruvā nītiḥ (steady justice). Sañjaya's 'mama matiḥ' answers Dhṛtarāṣṭra's anxious question of 1.1: the war's outcome is foregone. The text closes on a benediction.
Prose order (अन्वय · Anvaya)
यत्र योग-ईश्वरः कृष्णः, यत्र धनुर्-धरः पार्थः — तत्र श्रीः विजयः भूतिः ध्रुवा नीतिः च । मम मतिः (इयम्) ।
yatra yoga-īśvaraḥ kṛṣṇaḥ, yatra dhanur-dharaḥ pārthaḥ — tatra śrīḥ vijayaḥ bhūtiḥ dhruvā nītiḥ ca | mama matiḥ (iyam) |
Where there is Kṛṣṇa, the Lord of yoga, where there is Pārtha, the wielder of the bow — there will be prosperity, victory, well-being, and firm policy. This is my view.
Word split (पदच्छेद · Padaccheda)
यत्र योग-ईश्वरः कृष्णः यत्र पार्थः धनुर्-धरः । तत्र श्रीः विजयः भूतिः ध्रुवा नीतिः मतिः मम ॥
yatra yoga-īśvaraḥ kṛṣṇaḥ yatra pārthaḥ dhanur-dharaḥ | tatra śrīḥ vijayaḥ bhūtiḥ dhruvā nītiḥ matiḥ mama ||
Grammar (व्याकरण · Vyākaraṇa)
SanskritIASTGrammarMeaning
यत्र yatra ind. (indeclinable) where
योग-ईश्वरः yoga-īśvaraḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. Lord of yoga
कृष्णः kṛṣṇaḥ कृष्ण (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) Kṛṣṇa
पार्थः pārthaḥ पार्थ (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) Pārtha
धनुर्-धरः dhanur-dharaḥ tatpuruṣa cpd. (compound) nom.sg. (nominative singular)m. bow-wielder
तत्र tatra ind. (indeclinable) there
श्रीः śrīḥ श्री (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) fortune
विजयः vijayaḥ विजय (m.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) victory
भूतिः bhūtiḥ भूति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) well-being
ध्रुवा dhruvā ध्रुव (adj.) nom.sg. (nominative singular)f. firm
नीतिः nītiḥ नीति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) policy, justice
मतिः matiḥ मति (f.) nom.sg. (nominative singular) view
मम mama अस्मद् (pron. (pronoun)) gen.sg. (genitive singular) my

The Bhagavad-gītā began with an inquiry of Dhṛtarāṣṭra’s. He was hopeful of the victory of his sons, assisted by great warriors like Bhīṣma, Droṇa and Karṇa. He was hopeful that the victory would be on his side. But after describing the scene on the battlefield, Sañjaya told the King, “You are thinking of victory, but my opinion is that where Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna are present, there will be all good fortune.” He directly confirmed that Dhṛtarāṣṭra could not expect victory for his side. Victory was certain for the side of Arjuna because Kṛṣṇa was there. Kṛṣṇa’s acceptance of the post of charioteer for Arjuna was an exhibition of another opulence. Kṛṣṇa is full of all opulences, and renunciation is one of them. There are many instances of such renunciation, for Kṛṣṇa is also the master of renunciation. The fight was actually between Duryodhana and Yudhiṣṭhira. Arjuna was fighting on behalf of his elder brother, Yudhiṣṭhira. Because Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna were on the side of Yudhiṣṭhira, Yudhiṣṭhira’s victory was certain. The battle was to decide who would rule the world, and Sañjaya predicted that the power would be transferred to Yudhiṣṭhira. It is also predicted here that Yudhiṣṭhira, after gaining victory in this battle, would flourish more and more because not only was he righteous and pious but he was also a strict moralist. He never spoke a lie during his life. There are many less intelligent persons who take Bhagavad-gītā to be a discussion of topics between two friends on a battlefield. But such a book cannot be scripture. Some may protest that Kṛṣṇa incited Arjuna to fight, which is immoral, but the reality of the situation is clearly stated: Bhagavad-gītā is the supreme instruction in morality. The supreme instruction of morality is stated in the Ninth Chapter, in the thirty-fourth verse: man-manā bhava mad-bhaktaḥ. One must become a devotee of Kṛṣṇa, and the essence of all religion is to surrender unto Kṛṣṇa ( sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja ). The instructions of Bhagavad-gītā constitute the supreme process of religion and of morality. All other processes may be purifying and may lead to this process, but the last instruction of the Gītā is the last word in all morality and religion: surrender unto Kṛṣṇa. This is the verdict of the Eighteenth Chapter. From Bhagavad-gītā we can understand that to realize oneself by philosophical speculation and by meditation is one process, but to fully surrender unto Kṛṣṇa is the highest perfection. This is the essence of the teachings of Bhagavad-gītā. The path of regulative principles according to the orders of social life and according to the different courses of religion may be a confidential path of knowledge. But although the rituals of religion are confidential, meditation and cultivation of knowledge are still more confidential. And surrender unto Kṛṣṇa in devotional service in full Kṛṣṇa consciousness is the most confidential instruction. That is the essence of the Eighteenth Chapter. Another feature of Bhagavad-gītā is that the actual truth is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. The Absolute Truth is realized in three features – impersonal Brahman, localized Paramātmā, and ultimately the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. Perfect knowledge of the Absolute Truth means perfect knowledge of Kṛṣṇa. If one understands Kṛṣṇa, then all the departments of knowledge are part and parcel of that understanding. Kṛṣṇa is transcendental, for He is always situated in His eternal internal potency. The living entities are manifested of His energy and are divided into two classes, eternally conditioned and eternally liberated. Such living entities are innumerable, and they are considered fundamental parts of Kṛṣṇa. Material energy is manifested into twenty-four divisions. The creation is effected by eternal time, and it is created and dissolved by external energy. This manifestation of the cosmic world repeatedly becomes visible and invisible. In Bhagavad-gītā five principal subject matters have been discussed: the Supreme Personality of Godhead, material nature, the living entities, eternal time and all kinds of activities. All is dependent on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. All conceptions of the Absolute Truth – impersonal Brahman, localized Paramātmā and any other transcendental conception – exist within the category of understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although superficially the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the living entity, material nature and time appear to be different, nothing is different from the Supreme. But the Supreme is always different from everything. Lord Caitanya’s philosophy is that of “inconceivable oneness and difference.” This system of philosophy constitutes perfect knowledge of the Absolute Truth. The living entity in his original position is pure spirit. He is just like an atomic particle of the Supreme Spirit. Thus Lord Kṛṣṇa may be compared to the sun, and the living entities to sunshine. Because the living entities are the marginal energy of Kṛṣṇa, they have a tendency to be in contact either with the material energy or with the spiritual energy. In other words, the living entity is situated between the two energies of the Lord, and because he belongs to the superior energy of the Lord, he has a particle of independence. By proper use of that independence he comes under the direct order of Kṛṣṇa. Thus he attains his normal condition in the pleasure-giving potency. Thus end the Bhaktivedanta Purports to the Eighteenth Chapter of the Śrīmad Bhagavad-gītā in the matter of its Conclusion – the Perfection of Renunciation.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
78. Where there is Kṛṣṇa, the master of yoga, and where there is Arjuna, the holder of the bow, there will be unfailing prosperity, victory, ever-increasing wealth, and righteousness. That is my conviction.
Commentary

As for the commentary on the last five verses, which brings out the purport of the whole Gītā, they were written on two pages, which have been taken away by the carrier of Ganeśa (a rat). I have not bothered to write them again. They were a trifling matter. Let that be. Thus the commentaries on the Bhagavad Gītā called Sārārtha Darśinī have been completed. May this shower of meanings of the essence of scripture, which give benefit to the whole world, delight the devotee cātaka birds with its sweetness and may the pleasure they derive from it light up my heart. Thus end the commentaries on the eighteenth chapter of the Gītā for the pleasure of the devotees’ hearts, by the mercy of the ācāryas.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
78. Where there is Kṛṣṇa, the master of yoga, and where there is Arjuna, the holder of the bow, there will be unfailing prosperity, victory, ever-increasing wealth, and righteousness. That is my conviction.
Commentary

This being so, give up the desire for the victory of your sons. Where there is the master who is related to all beings (yogeśvāraḥ, explained above), who brings into motion and maintains the forms of all other living entities just by His will, where there is Kṛṣṇa, the son of Vasudeva, who takes the role of a helper even as the charioteer of Arjuna, and where there is Arjuna, the son of Prthā, your father’s sister, [Note: Kṛṣṇa’s father, Vasudeva, was the sister of Pṛthā. Both were children of king Śūrasena. Pṛthā was adopted by King Kuntibhoja and called Kuntī. She married Pāṇḍu and gave birth to Arjuna.] who is the avatāra of Nara, the pure devotee of Kṛṣṇa, the holder of the bow Gāṇḍīva which cannot be cut (dhanur dharaḥ)—at that place alone, where Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna are situated, siding with Yudhiṣṭhira, there will also be secured the wealth of kings (śrī), victory (vijaya)—great superiority causing the defeat of the enemy, the constant increase of that royal wealth (bhūtiḥ), and the permanent (dhruvā) sense of justice (nītiḥ). One should not worry that this scripture is favoring war. It is not so. The instructions are man-manā bhava mad-bhakta and sarva-dharmān parityajya. It is clear that the prescribed actions according to the four varṇas and āśramas (including fighting) have been delineated for purification of the heart, and for teaching the populace. [Note: These instructions are for the saniṣṭha and pariniṣṭhita devoee.] There are many methods, but among them, surrender (prapatti), along with the attitude of being a servant, quickly pleases Viṣṇū. This is the conclusion of the eighteenth chapter. In the Gītā, the supreme truth Kṛṣṇa, filled with all spiritual qualities, who drunk the breast milk of Yaśodā, who became the charioteer of Arjuna, is glorified. Attaining the fulfillment of my desires, I immersed myself in the milk ocean of the Gītā, but I have not been able to lift the jewel of very wonderul meanings out of the ocean, though I have understood to some degree. In this way, my master, the joyful son of Nanda, with great delight, shows His affection for me. With care Vidyābhūṣana has attended upon this commentary called Śrīmad Gītā Bhūṣaṇa. O devotees who are greedy for the sweetness of prema of Śrī Govinda, filled with mercy, please purify this work.

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam with Acarya Commentaries First Canto Creation Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam Canto 1: "Creation" Preface Introduction 1. Questions by the Sages • Translations 1-23 2. Divinity and Divine Service • Translations 1-34 3. Kṛṣṇa Is the Source of All Incarnations • Translations 1-44 4. The Appearance of Śrī Nārada • Translations 1-33 5. Nārada's Instructions on Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam for Vyāsadeva • Translations 1-40 6. Conversation Between Nārada and Vyāsadeva • Translations 1-38 7. The Son of Droṇa Punished • Translations 1-58 8. Prayers by Queen Kuntī, and Parīkṣit Saved • Translations 1-52 9. The Passing Away of BhCīṣmadeva in the Presence of Lord Kṛṣṇa • Translations 1-49 10. Departure of Lord Kṛṣṇa for Dvārakā • Translations 1-36 11. Lord Kṛṣṇa's Entrance into Dvārakā • Translations 1-39 12. Birth of Emperor Parīkṣit • Translations 1-36 13. Dhṛtarāṣṭra Quits Home • Translations 1-60 14. The Disappearance of Lord Kṛṣṇa • Translations 1-44 15. The Pāṇḍavas Retire Timely • Translations 1-51 16. How Pariksit Received the Age of Kali • Translations 1-36 17. Punishment and Reward of Kali • Translations 1-45 18. Mahārāja Parīkṣit Cursed by a Brāhmaṇa Boy • Translations 1-50 19. The Appearance of Śukadeva Gosvāmī • Translations 1-40 Dedication To Śrīla Prabhupāda Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Mahārāja My Spiritual Master On the 26th Annual Ceremony of His Appearance Day

He lives forever by his divine instructions and the follower lives with him.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

There, Sanjaya is speaking to Dhrtarastra, who is wandering what is going to happen in this battle, who is going to win? are the Kauravas going to defeat the Pandavas?, despite the fact that they are opposing Krsna. And Dhrtarastra was so eager, (if we remember way back from the beginning of Bhagavad‑gita) when Sanjaya informed him that Arjuna had put down his Gandiva bow and his arrows and was standing in the middle of the battlefield perplexed, and now after hearing the entire Bhagavad‑gita, Dhrtarastra being informed by Sanjaya that there is no hope for his sons to win. Because wherever there is Krsna there will be victory and all opulence and extraordinary power and morality. That is the opinion of Sanjaya. Srila Prabhupada says in his Purport: " From Bhagavad‑gita we can understand that to realize oneself by philosophical speculation and by meditation is one process, but to surrender unto Krsna is the highest perfection. This is the essence of the teachings of Bhagavad‑gita. The path of regulative principles according to the orders of social life and according to the different courses of religion may be a confidential path of knowledge. But although the rituals of religion are confidential, meditation and cultivation of knowledge are still more confidential. And surrender unto in devotional service in full Krsna consciousness is the most confidential instruction. That is the essence of the Eighteenth Chapter." And then by the end: "In Bhagavad‑gita five principal subject matters have been discussed: the Supreme Personality of Godhead, material nature, the living entities, eternal time and all kinds of activities. All is dependent on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krsna. All conceptions of the Absolute Truth‑‑impersonal Brahman, localized Paramatma and any other transcendental conception‑‑exist within the catego understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although superficially the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the l entity, material nature and time appear to be different, nothing is different from the Supreme. But the Supreme is always different from everything. Lord Caitanya's philosophy is th ``inconceivable oneness and difference.'' This syst philosophy constitutes perfect knowledge of the Absolute Truth. The living entity in his original position is pure spirit. He is just like an atomic particle of the Supreme Spirit. Thus Lord Krsna may be compared to the sun, and the living entities to sunshine. Because the living entities are the marginal energy of Krsna, they have a tendency to be in contact either with the material energy or with the spiritual energy. In other words, the living entity is situated between the two energies of the Lord, and because he belongs to the superior energy of the Lord, he has a particle of independence. By proper use of that independence he comes under the direct order of Krsna. Thus he attains his normal condition in the pleasure‑giving potency."

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta Purports to the Eighteenth Chapter of the Srimad Bhagavad‑gita in the matter of its Conclusion‑‑the Perfection of Renunciation.

Right in the end a very nice point was made by Srila Prabhupada, how the living entity is marginal. If he associates with matter he will become wet, he will become 'matter‑conscious'. But yet on the other hand, if he associates with the spiritual energy, we will become elevated in Krsna consciousness. This is the secret of Krsna consciousness ‑ it is association. If one drips away, like a riven cloud, one will dissipate ‑ but not really because whatever one gains it will be always his benefit.

THUS ENDS THE STUDY OF CHAPTER EIGHTEEN.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa ends his Gītā-bhūṣaṇa, “the ornament of the Bhagavad-gītā,” with the

following words: “Having obtained the boat of the Lord’s desire, I have submerged myself in the

sea of Bhagavad-gītā, where I have collected many very wonderful gems of its purports. Due to my

great feelings of joy, I cannot raise myself out of this sea. I only hope that the cunning son of

Nanda is pleased with me. I, Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa, have with great effort compiled this commen-

tary named Śrī-gītā-bhūṣaṇa. May the saintly devotees correct any faults it contains. They are al-

ways eager to taste the sweetness of pure love for Śrī Govinda, and their hearts are always melting

with compassion.”

Appendix

APPENDIX A
THE MODES OF MATERIAL NATURE

VERSE

ITEM

MODE OF GOODNESS

MODE OF PASSION

MODE OF IGNORANCE

14.6

to 14.8

Binding Force

Sense of:

Happiness
Satisfaction
Knowledge
Superiority
Attachment to fruitive activities
Binds by the ropes of desire and attachment
Madness
Indolence (Laziness)
Sleep

14.11

to 14.13

Symptoms

Illuminates the gates of the body with knowledge
Frees one from sinful reactions
Intense, unlimited desires and longings
Great attachment
Fruitive activities
Delusion/ Illusion
Darkness
Madness
Inertia

14.14

to 14.15

Destination at

death

Attains the pure, higher planets of the great sages
Attains earthly planets
Birth in lower species

14.16

to 14.18

Results of

action

Pure
Knowledge (sees things as they are)
Elevation to higher planets like Brahmaloka or Janaloka
Misery
Greed
Earthly planets
Foolishness
Madness
Illusion
Life in hellish worlds

17.4

Worship

Demigods
Demons
Ghosts and Spirits

17.8

to 17.10

Food

Type of foods:

Juicy, fatty, wholesome and pleasing to the heart

Effect of such foods:

Increases the duration of life
Purifies one’s existence
Gives strength, health, happiness and satisfaction

Type of foods:

Too bitter, Too sour, salty, hot pungent, dry and burning

Effect of such foods:

Distress
Misery
Disease

Type of foods:

Prepared more than three hours before being eaten
Food that is tasteless, decomposed and putrid
Food consisting of remnants and untouchable things

Effect of such foods:

Infection
Disease

Appendix

VERSE

ITEM

MODE OF GOODNESS

MODE OF PASSION

MODE OF IGNORANCE

17.11

to

17.13

Sacrifice

According to directions of scripture
As a matter of duty
Without desire of reward
Performs for some material benefit
For the sake of pride
Without regard for the directions of scripture
Without distribution of prasadam (spiritual food)
Without chanting of Vedic hymns
Without remuneration to the priests
Without faith

17.17

to

17.19

Austerity

Performed with transcendental faith
Without expecting material benefits
Only for the sake of the Supreme
Performed out of pride
For the sake of gaining respect
It is neither permanent nor stable
Performed out of foolishness
With self-torture
To destroy or injure others

17.20

to

17.22

Charity

Given out of duty
Without expectation of return
At the proper time and place
To a worthy person
With expectation of some return
With the desire for fruitive results
In a grudging mood
Performed at an impure place
At an impure time
To unworthy persons
Without proper attention and respect

18.7

to

18.9

Renunciation

Performing prescribed duty only because it ought to be done
Renounces all material association
Renounces all attachment to the fruit
Renounces prescribed duties as troublesome or out of fear of bodily discomfort
Renounces prescribed duties because of illusion

18.20

to

18.22

Knowledge

Knowledge by which one undivided spiritual nature is seen in all living entities, though they are divided into innumerable forms
Knowledge by which one sees that in every different body there is a different type of living entity
Knowledge by which one is attached to one kind of work as all in all
Without knowledge of the truth
Which is very meager

Appendix

VERSE

ITEM

MODE OF GOODNESS

MODE OF PASSION

MODE OF IGNORANCE

18.23

to

18.25

Action

Regulated by sastras
Performed without attachment
Without love or hatred
Without desire for fruitive results
With great effort by one seeking to gratify his desires
Enacted from a sense of false ego
Performed in illusion
In disregard of scriptural injunctions
Without concern for future bondage or for violence or distress caused to others

18.26

to

18.28

Performer of

action (worker)

Performs his duty without association with the modes of material nature
Without false ego
With great determination and enthusiasm
Without wavering in success or failure
Attached to work and fruits of work
Desiring to enjoy those fruits
Greedy
Envious
Impure and
Moved by joy and sorrow
Work against the injunctions of the scripture
Materialistic
Obstinate
Cheating
Expert in insulting others
Lazy
Always morose and
Procrastinating

18.30

to

18.32

Understanding

One knows what ought to be done and what ought not to be done
What is to be feared and what is not to be feared
What is binding and what is liberating
Cannot distinguish between religion and irreligion
Between action that should be done and action that should not be done
Considers religion to be irreligion and irreligion to be religion
Under the spell of illusion and darkness
Always striving in the wrong direction

18.33

to

18.35

Determination

Unbreakable
Sustained with steadfastness by yoga practice
Controls the activities of mind, life and senses
One holds fast to fruitive results in religion, economic development and sense gratification
One cannot go beyond dreaming
Fearfulness
Lamentation
Moroseness
Illusion

18.37

to

18.39

Happiness

Just like poison in the beginning and nectar at the end
Awakes one to self-realisation
Derived from contact of the senses with their objects
Appears as nectar at first but poison at the end
Blind to self realisation
Delusion from beginning to end
Arises from sleep, laziness and illusion
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
18.78 To be brief, yatra, where, the side on which; there is Krsna, yogeswarah, the Lord of yogas-who is the Lord of all the yogas and the source of all the yogas, since they originate from Him; and yatra, where, the side on which; there is Partha, dhanurdharah, the wielder of the bow, of the bow called Gandiva; tatra, there, on that side of the Pandavas; are srih, fortune; vijayah, victory; and there itself is bhutih, prosperity, great abundance of fortune; and dhruva, unfailing; nitih, prudence. Such is me, my ; matih, conviction.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
18.78 Wherever there is Sri Krsna, the son of Vasudeva, the 'Yogesvara' who is the ruler of the various manifestations of Nature pertaining to all intelligent and non-intelligent entities that have high and low forms, and on whose volition depend the differences in the essential natures, existences and the activities of all things other than Himself, and wherever there is Arjuna, the archer, who is his paternal aunt's son and who took sole refuge at His feet - in such places there always will be present fortune, victory, wealth and sound morality. Such is my firm conviction.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
18.74-78 Ityaham etc. upto matir mama While concluding the [Krsna-Arjuna] dialogue with Sanjaya's speech, the [sage Vyasa] teaches this : What leads to the Absolute Brahman is nothing but the recollection of the purport of the dialoguea recollection that is led finally to the status of the highly vivid, direct cognition admitting no differentiation [between its subject and object], resulting from the continuity helped by the series of incessant contemplations [on the purport of the dialogue] according to the method of firmly fixing. Thus, only through the recollection of the dialogue of the Bhagavat and Arjuna, the Reality could be reached and due to that come fortunes, voctories and prosperity.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
18.78 Wherever is Krishna, the Lord of Yoga; wherever is Arjuna, the wielder of the bow; there are prosperity, victory, happiness and firm policy; such is my conviction.
Commentary

18.78 यत्र wherever? योगेश्वरः the Lord of Yoga? कृष्णः Krishna? यत्र wherever? पार्थः Arjuna? धनुर्धरः the archer? तत्र there? श्रीः prosperity? विजयः victory? भूतिः happiness? ध्रुवा firm? नीतिः policy? मतिः conviction? मम my.Commentary This verse is called the Ekasloki Gita? i.e.? Bhagavad Gita in one verse. Repetition of even this one verse bestows the benefits of reading the whole of the scripture.Wherever On that side on which.Yogesvarah The Lord of Yoga. Krishna is called the Lord of Yogas as the seed of all Yogas comes forth from Him.Dhanurdharah The wielder of the bow called the Gandiva. There On the side of the Pandavas.Thus in the Upanishads of the glorious Bhagavad Gita? the science of the Eternal? the scripture of Yoga? the dialogue between Sri Krishna and Arjuna? ends the eighteenth discourse entitledThe Yoga of Liberation by Renunciation.OM SHANTIH SHANTIH SHANTIH ,,

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
18.78 Where there is Krsna, the Lord of yogas, and where there is Partha, the wielder of the bow, there are fortune, victory, prosperity and unfailing prudence. Such is my conviction.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
18.78 Wherever is the Lord Shri Krishna, the Prince of Wisdom, and wherever is Arjuna, the Great Archer, I am more than convinced that good fortune, victory, happiness and righteousness will follow"
Related values
Kshama (Forgiveness / Patience)Nyaya (Justice / Righteous Judgment)Discriminative WisdomVairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Satya (Truthfulness)Daya (Compassion / Mercy)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Kartavya (Duty / Responsibility)Shanti (Peace / Tranquility)
Related verses
BG 9.22 BG 11.33 BG 6.30 SB 10.90.27 SB 1.8.22 SB 11.14.14 CC Antya 5.159 CC Madhya 25.280 CC Ādi 17.311 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.13Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.3.9
Wherever Kṛṣṇa, the master of mysticism, and Arjuna, the supreme archer, are found — there, certainly, are opulence, victory, extraordinary power, morality. This is my conclusion.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize the formula: Kṛṣṇa + sincere devotee = victory.
  • Trust this conclusion in your own situation.
  • End the Gītā with this confidence.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I doubted that Kṛṣṇa + sincere effort wins?
  • What does Sañjaya's final verdict allow me to do today?

Wherever the Lord and the devoted soul stand together — Kṛṣṇa with His flute, Arjuna with his bow — the air around them carries opulence, victory, exceptional strength, and unbreakable morality. The Gītā's final word: this is where to stand.

The Kurukṣetra war's outcome

Sañjaya's verse is, in part, his explanation of why Dhṛtarāṣṭra's side has been losing despite numerical superiority. Wherever Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna stand together, śrī, vijaya, bhūti, and nīti are guaranteed. The other side has neither.

The verse is not abstract: it is Sañjaya pointing to the actual battlefield and saying, this is why your son cannot win. The Lord and the surrendered devotee in alliance constitute an unbreakable side.

📝 My note